Gecko [ 122.154.134.11 ]

Name	Size	Permission
charsets	[ DIR ]	drwxr-xr-x
e	[ DIR ]	drwxr-xr-x
gnus	[ DIR ]	drwxr-xr-x
images	[ DIR ]	drwxr-xr-x
nxml	[ DIR ]	drwxr-xr-x
refcards	[ DIR ]	drwxr-xr-x
schema	[ DIR ]	drwxr-xr-x
tutorials	[ DIR ]	drwxr-xr-x
AUTHORS	103.54 KB	-rw-r--r--
BABYL	5.25 KB	-rw-r--r--
CENSORSHIP	4.14 KB	-rw-r--r--
CONTRIBUTE	6.38 KB	-rw-r--r--
COPYING	34.32 KB	-rw-r--r--
DEBUG	31.14 KB	-rw-r--r--
DEVEL.HUMOR	8.31 KB	-rw-r--r--
DISTRIB	5.38 KB	-rw-r--r--
DOC-23.1.1	2.24 MB	-rw-r--r--
ERC-NEWS	44.11 KB	-rw-r--r--
ETAGS.EBNF	4.06 KB	-rw-r--r--
ETAGS.README	2.31 KB	-rw-r--r--
FTP	210 B	-rw-r--r--
GNU	26.41 KB	-rw-r--r--
GNUS-NEWS	10.6 KB	-rw-r--r--
HELLO	4.59 KB	-rw-r--r--
INTERVIEW	24.15 KB	-rw-r--r--
LINUX-GNU	7.5 KB	-rw-r--r--
MACHINES	26.03 KB	-rw-r--r--
MAILINGLISTS	15.43 KB	-rw-r--r--
MH-E-NEWS	108.18 KB	-rw-r--r--
MORE.STUFF	9.55 KB	-rw-r--r--
MOTIVATION	8.68 KB	-rw-r--r--
NEWS	74.56 KB	-rw-r--r--
NEWS.1-17	96.26 KB	-rw-r--r--
NEWS.18	62.13 KB	-rw-r--r--
NEWS.19	266.31 KB	-rw-r--r--
NEWS.20	183.84 KB	-rw-r--r--
NEWS.21	187.36 KB	-rw-r--r--
NEWS.22	232.77 KB	-rw-r--r--
NXML-NEWS	6.42 KB	-rw-r--r--
ORDERS	570 B	-rw-r--r--
PROBLEMS	153.81 KB	-rw-r--r--
README	587 B	-rw-r--r--
SERVICE	303 B	-rw-r--r--
TERMS	9.86 KB	-rw-r--r--
THE-GNU-PROJECT	46.03 KB	-rw-r--r--
TODO	28.68 KB	-rw-r--r--
WHY-FREE	11.21 KB	-rw-r--r--
compilation.txt	13.77 KB	-rw-r--r--
copying.paper	40.14 KB	-rw-r--r--
echo.msg	3.43 KB	-rw-r--r--
edt-user.doc	43.22 KB	-rw-r--r--
emacs-buffer.gdb	8.32 KB	-rw-r--r--
emacs.bash	2.26 KB	-rw-r--r--
emacs.csh	1.11 KB	-rw-r--r--
emacs.desktop	459 B	-rw-r--r--
emacs.icon	1.89 KB	-rw-r--r--
emacs.py	230 B	-rw-r--r--
emacs.pyc	356 B	-rw-r--r--
emacs.pyo	356 B	-rw-r--r--
emacs2.py	8.18 KB	-rw-r--r--
emacs2.pyc	6.91 KB	-rw-r--r--
emacs2.pyo	6.91 KB	-rw-r--r--
enriched.doc	10.94 KB	-rw-r--r--
forms-d2.dat	565 B	-rw-r--r--
gnus-tut.txt	10.4 KB	-rw-r--r--
grep.txt	3.95 KB	-rw-r--r--
ms-kermit	4.05 KB	-rw-r--r--
ps-prin0.ps	5.25 KB	-rw-r--r--
ps-prin1.ps	22.74 KB	-rw-r--r--
rgb.txt	18.6 KB	-rw-r--r--
ses-example.ses	8.52 KB	-rw-r--r--
spook.lines	4.34 KB	-rw-r--r--
yow.lines	403 B	-rw-r--r--

Code Editor : DOC-23.1.1

Sdosfns.o
Fint86
Call specific MS-DOS interrupt number INTERRUPT with REGISTERS.
Return the updated REGISTER vector.

INTERRUPT should be an integer in the range 0 to 255.
REGISTERS should be a vector produced by `make-register' and
`set-register-value'.

(fn INTERRUPT REGISTERS)Fmsdos-memget
Read DOS memory at offset ADDRESS into VECTOR.
Return the updated VECTOR.

(fn ADDRESS VECTOR)Fmsdos-memput
Write DOS memory at offset ADDRESS from VECTOR.

(fn ADDRESS VECTOR)Fmsdos-set-keyboard
Set keyboard layout according to COUNTRY-CODE.
If the optional argument ALLKEYS is non-nil, the keyboard is mapped for
all keys; otherwise it is only used when the ALT key is pressed.
The current keyboard layout is available in dos-keyboard-code.

(fn COUNTRY-CODE &optional ALLKEYS)Fmsdos-mouse-p
Report whether a mouse is present.

(fn)Fmsdos-mouse-init
Initialize and enable mouse if available.

(fn)Fmsdos-mouse-enable
Enable mouse if available.

(fn)Fmsdos-mouse-disable
Disable mouse if available.

(fn)Finsert-startup-screen
Insert copy of screen contents prior to starting Emacs.
Return nil if startup screen is not available.

(fn)Ffile-system-info
Return storage information about the file system FILENAME is on.
Value is a list of floats (TOTAL FREE AVAIL), where TOTAL is the total
storage of the file system, FREE is the free storage, and AVAIL is the
storage available to a non-superuser.  All 3 numbers are in bytes.
If the underlying system call fails, value is nil.

(fn FILENAME)Vdos-country-code
The country code returned by Dos when Emacs was started.
Usually this is the international telephone prefix.Vdos-codepage
The codepage active when Emacs was started.
The following are known:
	437	United States
	850	Multilingual (Latin I)
	852	Slavic (Latin II)
	857	Turkish
	860	Portugal
	861	Iceland
	863	Canada (French)
	865	Norway/DenmarkVdos-timezone-offset
The current timezone offset to UTC in minutes.
Implicitly modified when the TZ variable is changed.Vdos-version
The (MAJOR . MINOR) Dos version (subject to modification with setver).Vdos-windows-version
The (MAJOR . MINOR) Windows version for DOS session on MS-Windows.Vdos-display-scancodes
*Controls whether DOS raw keyboard events are displayed as you type.
When non-nil, the keyboard scan-codes are displayed at the bottom right
corner of the display (typically at the end of the mode line).
The output format is: scan code:char code*modifiers.Vdos-hyper-key
*If set to 1, use right ALT key as hyper key.
If set to 2, use right CTRL key as hyper key.Vdos-super-key
*If set to 1, use right ALT key as super key.
If set to 2, use right CTRL key as super key.Vdos-keypad-mode
*Controls what key code is returned by a key in the numeric keypad.
The `numlock ON' action is only taken if no modifier keys are pressed.
The value is an integer constructed by adding the following bits together:

0x00	Digit key returns digit    (if numlock ON)
  0x01	Digit key returns kp-digit (if numlock ON)
  0x02	Digit key returns M-digit  (if numlock ON)
  0x03	Digit key returns edit key (if numlock ON)

0x00	Grey key returns char      (if numlock ON)
  0x04	Grey key returns kp-key    (if numlock ON)

0x00	Digit key returns digit    (if numlock OFF)
  0x10	Digit key returns kp-digit (if numlock OFF)
  0x20	Digit key returns M-digit  (if numlock OFF)
  0x30	Digit key returns edit key (if numlock OFF)

0x00	Grey key returns char      (if numlock OFF)
  0x40	Grey key returns kp-key    (if numlock OFF)

0x200	ALT-0..ALT-9 in top-row produces shifted codes.Vdos-keyboard-layout
Contains the country code for the current keyboard layout.
Use msdos-set-keyboard to select another keyboard layout.Vdos-decimal-point
The character to produce when kp-decimal key is pressed.
If non-zero, this variable contains the character to be returned when the
decimal point key in the numeric keypad is pressed when Num Lock is on.
If zero, the decimal point key returns the country code specific value.Smsdos.o
Fmsdos-set-mouse-buttons
Set the number of mouse buttons to use by Emacs.
This is useful with mice that report the number of buttons inconsistently,
e.g., if the number of buttons is reported as 3, but Emacs only sees 2 of
them.  This happens with wheeled mice on Windows 9X, for example.

(fn NBUTTONS)Fmsdos-remember-default-colors
Remember the screen colors of the current frame.

(fn FRAME)Frecent-doskeys
Return vector of last 100 keyboard input values seen in dos_rawgetc.
Each input key receives two values in this vector: first the ASCII code,
and then the scan code.

(fn)Fmsdos-long-file-names
Return non-nil if long file names are supported on MS-DOS.

(fn)Fmsdos-downcase-filename
Convert alphabetic characters in FILENAME to lower case and return that.
When long filenames are supported, doesn't change FILENAME.
If FILENAME is not a string, returns nil.
The argument object is never altered--the value is a copy.

(fn FILENAME)Vdos-unsupported-char-glyph
*Glyph to display instead of chars not supported by current codepage.
This variable is used only by MS-DOS terminals.Vdelete-exited-processes
*Non-nil means delete processes immediately when they exit.
A value of nil means don't delete them until `list-processes' is run.Sxterm.o
Vx-use-underline-position-properties
*Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
A value of nil means ignore them.  If you encounter fonts with bogus
UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
to 4.1, set this to nil.  You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
sizes.Vx-underline-at-descent-line
*Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
baseline level.  The default value is nil.Vx-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position
Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
click on a frame to select it (give it focus).  In that case, a value
of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
selected window or cursor position is preserved.Vx-toolkit-scroll-bars
What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit.Vx-alt-keysym
Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms.  The default
is nil, which is the same as `alt'.Vx-hyper-keysym
Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms.  The
default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'.Vx-meta-keysym
Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms.  The
default is nil, which is the same as `meta'.Vx-super-keysym
Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms.  The
default is nil, which is the same as `super'.Vx-keysym-table
Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes.Sxfns.o
Fx-wm-set-size-hint
Send the size hints for frame FRAME to the window manager.
If FRAME is nil, use the selected frame.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fx-create-frame
Make a new X window, which is called a "frame" in Emacs terms.
Return an Emacs frame object.
PARMS is an alist of frame parameters.
If the parameters specify that the frame should not have a minibuffer,
and do not specify a specific minibuffer window to use,
then `default-minibuffer-frame' must be a frame whose minibuffer can
be shared by the new frame.

This function is an internal primitive--use `make-frame' instead.

(fn PARMS)Fx-focus-frame
Set the input focus to FRAME.
FRAME nil means use the selected frame.

(fn FRAME)Fxw-color-defined-p
Internal function called by `color-defined-p', which see.

(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)Fxw-color-values
Internal function called by `color-values', which see.

(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)Fxw-display-color-p
Internal function called by `display-color-p', which see.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-display-grayscale-p
Return t if the X display supports shades of gray.
Note that color displays do support shades of gray.
The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-display-pixel-width
Return the width in pixels of the X display TERMINAL.
The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-display-pixel-height
Return the height in pixels of the X display TERMINAL.
The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-display-planes
Return the number of bitplanes of the X display TERMINAL.
The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-display-color-cells
Return the number of color cells of the X display TERMINAL.
The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-server-max-request-size
Return the maximum request size of the X server of display TERMINAL.
The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-server-vendor
Return the "vendor ID" string of the X server of display TERMINAL.
(Labelling every distributor as a "vendor" embodies the false assumption
that operating systems cannot be developed and distributed noncommercially.)
The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-server-version
Return the version numbers of the X server of display TERMINAL.
The value is a list of three integers: the major and minor
version numbers of the X Protocol in use, and the distributor-specific release
number.  See also the function `x-server-vendor'.

The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-display-screens
Return the number of screens on the X server of display TERMINAL.
The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-display-mm-height
Return the height in millimeters of the X display TERMINAL.
The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-display-mm-width
Return the width in millimeters of the X display TERMINAL.
The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-display-backing-store
Return an indication of whether X display TERMINAL does backing store.
The value may be `always', `when-mapped', or `not-useful'.
The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-display-visual-class
Return the visual class of the X display TERMINAL.
The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale',
`static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'.

The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
TERMINAL should a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-display-save-under
Return t if the X display TERMINAL supports the save-under feature.
The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fx-open-connection
Open a connection to an X server.
DISPLAY is the name of the display to connect to.
Optional second arg XRM-STRING is a string of resources in xrdb format.
If the optional third arg MUST-SUCCEED is non-nil,
terminate Emacs if we can't open the connection.

(fn DISPLAY &optional XRM-STRING MUST-SUCCEED)Fx-close-connection
Close the connection to TERMINAL's X server.
For TERMINAL, specify a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a
string).  If TERMINAL is nil, that stands for the selected frame's
terminal.

(fn TERMINAL)Fx-display-list
Return the list of display names that Emacs has connections to.

(fn)Fx-synchronize
If ON is non-nil, report X errors as soon as the erring request is made.
If ON is nil, allow buffering of requests.
Turning on synchronization prohibits the Xlib routines from buffering
requests and seriously degrades performance, but makes debugging much
easier.
The optional second argument TERMINAL specifies which display to act on.
TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
If TERMINAL is omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn ON &optional TERMINAL)Fx-change-window-property
Change window property PROP to VALUE on the X window of FRAME.
PROP must be a string.
VALUE may be a string or a list of conses, numbers and/or strings.
If an element in the list is a string, it is converted to
an Atom and the value of the Atom is used.  If an element is a cons,
it is converted to a 32 bit number where the car is the 16 top bits and the
cdr is the lower 16 bits.
FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
If TYPE is given and non-nil, it is the name of the type of VALUE.
If TYPE is not given or nil, the type is STRING.
FORMAT gives the size in bits of each element if VALUE is a list.
It must be one of 8, 16 or 32.
If VALUE is a string or FORMAT is nil or not given, FORMAT defaults to 8.
If OUTER_P is non-nil, the property is changed for the outer X window of
FRAME.  Default is to change on the edit X window.

Value is VALUE.

(fn PROP VALUE &optional FRAME TYPE FORMAT OUTER-P)Fx-delete-window-property
Remove window property PROP from X window of FRAME.
FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.  Value is PROP.

(fn PROP &optional FRAME)Fx-window-property
Value is the value of window property PROP on FRAME.
If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
If TYPE is nil or omitted, get the property as a string.  Otherwise TYPE
is the name of the Atom that denotes the type expected.
If SOURCE is non-nil, get the property on that window instead of from
FRAME.  The number 0 denotes the root window.
If DELETE_P is non-nil, delete the property after retreiving it.
If VECTOR_RET_P is non-nil, don't return a string but a vector of values.

Value is nil if FRAME hasn't a property with name PROP or if PROP has
no value of TYPE.

(fn PROP &optional FRAME TYPE SOURCE DELETE-P VECTOR-RET-P)Fx-show-tip
Show STRING in a "tooltip" window on frame FRAME.
A tooltip window is a small X window displaying a string.

This is an internal function; Lisp code should call `tooltip-show'.

FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.

PARMS is an optional list of frame parameters which can be used to
change the tooltip's appearance.

Automatically hide the tooltip after TIMEOUT seconds.  TIMEOUT nil
means use the default timeout of 5 seconds.

If the list of frame parameters PARAMS contains a `left' parameters,
the tooltip is displayed at that x-position.  Otherwise it is
displayed at the mouse position, with offset DX added (default is 5 if
DX isn't specified).  Likewise for the y-position; if a `top' frame
parameter is specified, it determines the y-position of the tooltip
window, otherwise it is displayed at the mouse position, with offset
DY added (default is -10).

A tooltip's maximum size is specified by `x-max-tooltip-size'.
Text larger than the specified size is clipped.

(fn STRING &optional FRAME PARMS TIMEOUT DX DY)Fx-hide-tip
Hide the current tooltip window, if there is any.
Value is t if tooltip was open, nil otherwise.

(fn)Fx-uses-old-gtk-dialog
Return t if the old Gtk+ file selection dialog is used.

(fn)Fx-file-dialog
Read file name, prompting with PROMPT in directory DIR.
Use a file selection dialog.  Select DEFAULT-FILENAME in the dialog's file
selection box, if specified.  If MUSTMATCH is non-nil, the returned file
or directory must exist.  ONLY-DIR-P is ignored."

(fn PROMPT DIR &optional DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH ONLY-DIR-P)Fx-file-dialog
Read file name, prompting with PROMPT in directory DIR.
Use a file selection dialog.  Select DEFAULT-FILENAME in the dialog's file
selection box, if specified.  If MUSTMATCH is non-nil, the returned file
or directory must exist.  If ONLY-DIR-P is non-nil, the user can only select
directories.

(fn PROMPT DIR &optional DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH ONLY-DIR-P)Fx-select-font
Read a font name using a GTK font selection dialog.
Return a GTK-style font string corresponding to the selection.

If FRAME is omitted or nil, it defaults to the selected frame.

(fn &optional FRAME IGNORED)Fx-backspace-delete-keys-p
Check if both Backspace and Delete keys are on the keyboard of FRAME.
FRAME nil means use the selected frame.
Value is t if we know that both keys are present, and are mapped to the
usual X keysyms.  Value is `lambda' if we cannot determine if both keys are
present and mapped to the usual X keysyms.

(fn &optional FRAME)Vx-pointer-shape
The shape of the pointer when over text.
Changing the value does not affect existing frames
unless you set the mouse color.Vx-nontext-pointer-shape
The shape of the pointer when not over text.
This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
or when you set the mouse color.Vx-hourglass-pointer-shape
The shape of the pointer when Emacs is busy.
This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
or when you set the mouse color.Vx-mode-pointer-shape
The shape of the pointer when over the mode line.
This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
or when you set the mouse color.Vx-sensitive-text-pointer-shape
The shape of the pointer when over mouse-sensitive text.
This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
or when you set the mouse color.Vx-window-horizontal-drag-cursor
Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged horizontally.
This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
or when you set the mouse color.Vx-cursor-fore-pixel
A string indicating the foreground color of the cursor box.Vx-max-tooltip-size
Maximum size for tooltips.  Value is a pair (COLUMNS . ROWS).
Text larger than this is clipped.Vx-no-window-manager
Non-nil if no X window manager is in use.
Emacs doesn't try to figure this out; this is always nil
unless you set it to something else.Vx-pixel-size-width-font-regexp
Regexp matching a font name whose width is the same as `PIXEL_SIZE'.

Since Emacs gets width of a font matching with this regexp from
PIXEL_SIZE field of the name, font finding mechanism gets faster for
such a font.  This is especially effective for such large fonts as
Chinese, Japanese, and Korean.Vx-gtk-use-old-file-dialog
*Non-nil means prompt with the old GTK file selection dialog.
If nil or if the file selection dialog is not available, the new GTK file
chooser is used instead.  To turn off all file dialogs set the
variable `use-file-dialog'.Vx-gtk-show-hidden-files
*If non-nil, the GTK file chooser will by default show hidden files.
Note that this is just the default, there is a toggle button on the file
chooser to show or not show hidden files on a case by case basis.Vx-gtk-file-dialog-help-text
*If non-nil, the GTK file chooser will show additional help text.
If more space for files in the file chooser dialog is wanted, set this to nil
to turn the additional text off.Vx-gtk-whole-detached-tool-bar
*If non-nil, a detached tool bar is shown in full.
The default is to just show an arrow and pressing on that arrow shows
the tool bar buttons.Vmotif-version-string
Version info for LessTif/Motif.Vgtk-version-string
Version info for GTK+.Sxmenu.o
Fx-popup-menu
Pop up a deck-of-cards menu and return user's selection.
POSITION is a position specification.  This is either a mouse button event
or a list ((XOFFSET YOFFSET) WINDOW)
where XOFFSET and YOFFSET are positions in pixels from the top left
corner of WINDOW.  (WINDOW may be a window or a frame object.)
This controls the position of the top left of the menu as a whole.
If POSITION is t, it means to use the current mouse position.

MENU is a specifier for a menu.  For the simplest case, MENU is a keymap.
The menu items come from key bindings that have a menu string as well as
a definition; actually, the "definition" in such a key binding looks like
(STRING . REAL-DEFINITION).  To give the menu a title, put a string into
the keymap as a top-level element.

If REAL-DEFINITION is nil, that puts a nonselectable string in the menu.
Otherwise, REAL-DEFINITION should be a valid key binding definition.

You can also use a list of keymaps as MENU.
  Then each keymap makes a separate pane.

When MENU is a keymap or a list of keymaps, the return value is the
list of events corresponding to the user's choice. Note that
`x-popup-menu' does not actually execute the command bound to that
sequence of events.

Alternatively, you can specify a menu of multiple panes
  with a list of the form (TITLE PANE1 PANE2...),
where each pane is a list of form (TITLE ITEM1 ITEM2...).
Each ITEM is normally a cons cell (STRING . VALUE);
but a string can appear as an item--that makes a nonselectable line
in the menu.
With this form of menu, the return value is VALUE from the chosen item.

If POSITION is nil, don't display the menu at all, just precalculate the
cached information about equivalent key sequences.

If the user gets rid of the menu without making a valid choice, for
instance by clicking the mouse away from a valid choice or by typing
keyboard input, then this normally results in a quit and
`x-popup-menu' does not return.  But if POSITION is a mouse button
event (indicating that the user invoked the menu with the mouse) then
no quit occurs and `x-popup-menu' returns nil.

(fn POSITION MENU)Fx-popup-dialog
Pop up a dialog box and return user's selection.
POSITION specifies which frame to use.
This is normally a mouse button event or a window or frame.
If POSITION is t, it means to use the frame the mouse is on.
The dialog box appears in the middle of the specified frame.

CONTENTS specifies the alternatives to display in the dialog box.
It is a list of the form (DIALOG ITEM1 ITEM2...).
Each ITEM is a cons cell (STRING . VALUE).
The return value is VALUE from the chosen item.

An ITEM may also be just a string--that makes a nonselectable item.
An ITEM may also be nil--that means to put all preceding items
on the left of the dialog box and all following items on the right.
(By default, approximately half appear on each side.)

If HEADER is non-nil, the frame title for the box is "Information",
otherwise it is "Question".

If the user gets rid of the dialog box without making a valid choice,
for instance using the window manager, then this produces a quit and
`x-popup-dialog' does not return.

(fn POSITION CONTENTS &optional HEADER)Fx-menu-bar-open-internal
Start key navigation of the menu bar in FRAME.
This initially opens the first menu bar item and you can then navigate with the
arrow keys, select a menu entry with the return key or cancel with the
escape key.  If FRAME has no menu bar this function does nothing.

If FRAME is nil or not given, use the selected frame.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fx-menu-bar-open-internal
Start key navigation of the menu bar in FRAME.
This initially opens the first menu bar item and you can then navigate with the
arrow keys, select a menu entry with the return key or cancel with the
escape key.  If FRAME has no menu bar this function does nothing.

If FRAME is nil or not given, use the selected frame.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fmenu-or-popup-active-p
Return t if a menu or popup dialog is active.

(fn)Sxselect.o
Fx-own-selection-internal
Assert an X selection of the given TYPE with the given VALUE.
TYPE is a symbol, typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'.
(Those are literal upper-case symbol names, since that's what X expects.)
VALUE is typically a string, or a cons of two markers, but may be
anything that the functions on `selection-converter-alist' know about.

(fn SELECTION-NAME SELECTION-VALUE)Fx-get-selection-internal
Return text selected from some X window.
SELECTION is a symbol, typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'.
(Those are literal upper-case symbol names, since that's what X expects.)
TYPE is the type of data desired, typically `STRING'.
TIME_STAMP is the time to use in the XConvertSelection call for foreign
selections.  If omitted, defaults to the time for the last event.

(fn SELECTION-SYMBOL TARGET-TYPE &optional TIME-STAMP)Fx-disown-selection-internal
If we own the selection SELECTION, disown it.
Disowning it means there is no such selection.

(fn SELECTION &optional TIME)Fx-selection-owner-p
Whether the current Emacs process owns the given X Selection.
The arg should be the name of the selection in question, typically one of
the symbols `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'.
(Those are literal upper-case symbol names, since that's what X expects.)
For convenience, the symbol nil is the same as `PRIMARY',
and t is the same as `SECONDARY'.

(fn &optional SELECTION)Fx-selection-exists-p
Whether there is an owner for the given X Selection.
The arg should be the name of the selection in question, typically one of
the symbols `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'.
(Those are literal upper-case symbol names, since that's what X expects.)
For convenience, the symbol nil is the same as `PRIMARY',
and t is the same as `SECONDARY'.

(fn &optional SELECTION)Fx-get-cut-buffer-internal
Returns the value of the named cut buffer (typically CUT_BUFFER0).

(fn BUFFER)Fx-store-cut-buffer-internal
Sets the value of the named cut buffer (typically CUT_BUFFER0).

(fn BUFFER STRING)Fx-rotate-cut-buffers-internal
Rotate the values of the cut buffers by N steps.
Positive N means shift the values forward, negative means backward.

(fn N)Fx-get-atom-name
Return the X atom name for VALUE as a string.
VALUE may be a number or a cons where the car is the upper 16 bits and
the cdr is the lower 16 bits of a 32 bit value.
Use the display for FRAME or the current frame if FRAME is not given or nil.

If the value is 0 or the atom is not known, return the empty string.

(fn VALUE &optional FRAME)Fx-register-dnd-atom
Request that dnd events are made for ClientMessages with ATOM.
ATOM can be a symbol or a string.  The ATOM is interned on the display that
FRAME is on.  If FRAME is nil, the selected frame is used.

(fn ATOM &optional FRAME)Fx-send-client-message
Send a client message of MESSAGE-TYPE to window DEST on DISPLAY.

For DISPLAY, specify either a frame or a display name (a string).
If DISPLAY is nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
DEST may be a number, in which case it is a Window id.  The value 0 may
be used to send to the root window of the DISPLAY.
If DEST is a cons, it is converted to a 32 bit number
with the high 16 bits from the car and the lower 16 bit from the cdr.  That
number is then used as a window id.
If DEST is a frame the event is sent to the outer window of that frame.
A value of nil means the currently selected frame.
If DEST is the string "PointerWindow" the event is sent to the window that
contains the pointer.  If DEST is the string "InputFocus" the event is
sent to the window that has the input focus.
FROM is the frame sending the event.  Use nil for currently selected frame.
MESSAGE-TYPE is the name of an Atom as a string.
FORMAT must be one of 8, 16 or 32 and determines the size of the values in
bits.  VALUES is a list of numbers, cons and/or strings containing the values
to send.  If a value is a string, it is converted to an Atom and the value of
the Atom is sent.  If a value is a cons, it is converted to a 32 bit number
with the high 16 bits from the car and the lower 16 bit from the cdr.
If more values than fits into the event is given, the excessive values
are ignored.

(fn DISPLAY DEST FROM MESSAGE-TYPE FORMAT VALUES)Vselection-converter-alist
An alist associating X Windows selection-types with functions.
These functions are called to convert the selection, with three args:
the name of the selection (typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD');
a desired type to which the selection should be converted;
and the local selection value (whatever was given to `x-own-selection').

The function should return the value to send to the X server
(typically a string).  A return value of nil
means that the conversion could not be done.
A return value which is the symbol `NULL'
means that a side-effect was executed,
and there is no meaningful selection value.Vx-lost-selection-functions
A list of functions to be called when Emacs loses an X selection.
(This happens when some other X client makes its own selection
or when a Lisp program explicitly clears the selection.)
The functions are called with one argument, the selection type
(a symbol, typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD').Vx-sent-selection-functions
A list of functions to be called when Emacs answers a selection request.
The functions are called with four arguments:
  - the selection name (typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD');
  - the selection-type which Emacs was asked to convert the
    selection into before sending (for example, `STRING' or `LENGTH');
  - a flag indicating success or failure for responding to the request.
We might have failed (and declined the request) for any number of reasons,
including being asked for a selection that we no longer own, or being asked
to convert into a type that we don't know about or that is inappropriate.
This hook doesn't let you change the behavior of Emacs's selection replies,
it merely informs you that they have happened.Vx-selection-timeout
Number of milliseconds to wait for a selection reply.
If the selection owner doesn't reply in this time, we give up.
A value of 0 means wait as long as necessary.  This is initialized from the
"*selectionTimeout" resource.Sxrdb.o
Sxsmfns.o
Fhandle-save-session
Handle the save_yourself event from a session manager.
A session manager can tell Emacs that the window system is shutting down
by sending Emacs a save_yourself message.  Emacs executes this function when
such an event occurs.  This function then executes `emacs-session-save'.
After that, this function informs the session manager that it can continue
or abort shutting down the window system depending on the return value
from `emacs-session-save'  If the return value is non-nil the session manager
is told to abort the window system shutdown.

Do not call this function yourself.

(fn EVENT)Vx-session-id
The session id Emacs got from the session manager for this session.
Changing the value does not change the session id used by Emacs.
The value is nil if no session manager is running.
See also `x-session-previous-id', `emacs-save-session-functions',
`emacs-session-save' and `emacs-session-restore'."Vx-session-previous-id
The previous session id Emacs got from session manager.
If Emacs is running on a window system that has a session manager, the
session manager gives Emacs a session id.  It is feasible for Emacs Lisp
code to use the session id to save configuration in, for example, a file
with a file name based on the session id.  If Emacs is running when the
window system is shut down, the session manager remembers that Emacs was
running and saves the session id Emacs had.

When the window system is started again, the session manager restarts
Emacs and hands Emacs the session id it had the last time it was
running.  This is now the previous session id and the value of this
variable.  If configuration was saved in a file as stated above, the
previous session id shall be used to reconstruct the file name.

The session id Emacs has while it is running is in the variable
`x-session-id'.  The value of this variable and `x-session-id' may be the
same, depending on how the session manager works.

See also `emacs-save-session-functions', `emacs-session-save' and
`emacs-session-restore'."Sfringe.o
Fdestroy-fringe-bitmap
Destroy fringe bitmap BITMAP.
If BITMAP overrides a standard fringe bitmap, the original bitmap is restored.

(fn BITMAP)Fdefine-fringe-bitmap
Define fringe bitmap BITMAP from BITS of size HEIGHT x WIDTH.
BITMAP is a symbol identifying the new fringe bitmap.
BITS is either a string or a vector of integers.
HEIGHT is height of bitmap.  If HEIGHT is nil, use length of BITS.
WIDTH must be an integer between 1 and 16, or nil which defaults to 8.
Optional fifth arg ALIGN may be one of `top', `center', or `bottom',
indicating the positioning of the bitmap relative to the rows where it
is used; the default is to center the bitmap.  Fifth arg may also be a
list (ALIGN PERIODIC) where PERIODIC non-nil specifies that the bitmap
should be repeated.
If BITMAP already exists, the existing definition is replaced.

(fn BITMAP BITS &optional HEIGHT WIDTH ALIGN)Fset-fringe-bitmap-face
Set face for fringe bitmap BITMAP to FACE.
If FACE is nil, reset face to default fringe face.

(fn BITMAP &optional FACE)Ffringe-bitmaps-at-pos
Return fringe bitmaps of row containing position POS in window WINDOW.
If WINDOW is nil, use selected window.  If POS is nil, use value of point
in that window.  Return value is a list (LEFT RIGHT OV), where LEFT
is the symbol for the bitmap in the left fringe (or nil if no bitmap),
RIGHT is similar for the right fringe, and OV is non-nil if there is an
overlay arrow in the left fringe.
Return nil if POS is not visible in WINDOW.

(fn &optional POS WINDOW)Voverflow-newline-into-fringe
*Non-nil means that newline may flow into the right fringe.
This means that display lines which are exactly as wide as the window
(not counting the final newline) will only occupy one screen line, by
showing (or hiding) the final newline in the right fringe; when point
is at the final newline, the cursor is shown in the right fringe.
If nil, also continue lines which are exactly as wide as the window.Vfringe-bitmaps
List of fringe bitmap symbols.Simage.o
Fimage-size
Return the size of image SPEC as pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT).
PIXELS non-nil means return the size in pixels, otherwise return the
size in canonical character units.
FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.  FRAME nil
or omitted means use the selected frame.

(fn SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME)Fimage-mask-p
Return t if image SPEC has a mask bitmap.
FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.  FRAME nil
or omitted means use the selected frame.

(fn SPEC &optional FRAME)Fimage-extension-data
Return extension data for image SPEC.
FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.  FRAME nil
or omitted means use the selected frame.

(fn SPEC &optional FRAME)Fclear-image-cache
Clear the image cache.
FILTER nil or a frame means clear all images in the selected frame.
FILTER t means clear the image caches of all frames.
Anything else, means only clear those images which refer to FILTER,
which is then usually a filename.

(fn &optional FILTER)Fimage-refresh
Refresh the image with specification SPEC on frame FRAME.
If SPEC specifies an image file, the displayed image is updated with
the current contents of that file.
FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
FRAME t means refresh the image on all frames.

(fn SPEC &optional FRAME)Fimagep
Value is non-nil if SPEC is a valid image specification.

(fn SPEC)Flookup-image

(fn SPEC)Finit-image-library
Initialize image library implementing image type TYPE.
Return non-nil if TYPE is a supported image type.

Image types pbm and xbm are prebuilt; other types are loaded here.
Libraries to load are specified in alist LIBRARIES (usually, the value
of `image-library-alist', which see).

(fn TYPE LIBRARIES)Vimage-types
List of potentially supported image types.
Each element of the list is a symbol for an image type, like 'jpeg or 'png.
To check whether it is really supported, use `image-type-available-p'.Vimage-library-alist
Alist of image types vs external libraries needed to display them.

Each element is a list (IMAGE-TYPE LIBRARY...), where the car is a symbol
representing a supported image type, and the rest are strings giving
alternate filenames for the corresponding external libraries.

Emacs tries to load the libraries in the order they appear on the
list; if none is loaded, the running session of Emacs won't
support the image type.  Types 'pbm and 'xbm don't need to be
listed; they are always supported.Vmax-image-size
Maximum size of images.
Emacs will not load an image into memory if its pixel width or
pixel height exceeds this limit.

If the value is an integer, it directly specifies the maximum
image height and width, measured in pixels.  If it is a floating
point number, it specifies the maximum image height and width
as a ratio to the frame height and width.  If the value is
non-numeric, there is no explicit limit on the size of images.Vcross-disabled-images
Non-nil means always draw a cross over disabled images.
Disabled images are those having a `:conversion disabled' property.
A cross is always drawn on black & white displays.Vx-bitmap-file-path
List of directories to search for window system bitmap files.Vimage-cache-eviction-delay
Time after which cached images are removed from the cache.
When an image has not been displayed this many seconds, remove it
from the image cache.  Value must be an integer or nil with nil
meaning don't clear the cache.Sfontset.o
Fquery-fontset
Return the name of a fontset that matches PATTERN.
The value is nil if there is no matching fontset.
PATTERN can contain `*' or `?' as a wildcard
just as X font name matching algorithm allows.
If REGEXPP is non-nil, PATTERN is a regular expression.

(fn PATTERN &optional REGEXPP)Fset-fontset-font
Modify fontset NAME to use FONT-SPEC for TARGET characters.

NAME is a fontset name string, nil for the fontset of FRAME, or t for
the default fontset.

TARGET may be a cons; (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are characters.
In that case, use FONT-SPEC for all characters in the range FROM and
TO (inclusive).

TARGET may be a script name symbol.  In that case, use FONT-SPEC for
all characters that belong to the script.

TARGET may be a charset.  In that case, use FONT-SPEC for all
characters in the charset.

TARGET may be nil.  In that case, use FONT-SPEC for any characters for
that no FONT-SPEC is specified.

FONT-SPEC may one of these:
 * A font-spec object made by the function `font-spec' (which see).
 * A cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is a font family name and
   REGISTRY is a font registry name.  FAMILY may contain foundry
   name, and REGISTRY may contain encoding name.
 * A font name string.
 * nil, which explicitly specifies that there's no font for TARGET.

Optional 4th argument FRAME is a frame or nil for the selected frame
that is concerned in the case that NAME is nil.

Optional 5th argument ADD, if non-nil, specifies how to add FONT-SPEC
to the font specifications for TARGET previously set.  If it is
`prepend', FONT-SPEC is prepended.  If it is `append', FONT-SPEC is
appended.  By default, FONT-SPEC overrides the previous settings.

(fn NAME TARGET FONT-SPEC &optional FRAME ADD)Fnew-fontset
Create a new fontset NAME from font information in FONTLIST.

FONTLIST is an alist of scripts vs the corresponding font specification list.
Each element of FONTLIST has the form (SCRIPT FONT-SPEC ...), where a
character of SCRIPT is displayed by a font that matches one of
FONT-SPEC.

SCRIPT is a symbol that appears in the first extra slot of the
char-table `char-script-table'.

FONT-SPEC is a vector, a cons, or a string.  See the documentation of
`set-fontset-font' for the meaning.

(fn NAME FONTLIST)Finternal-char-font
For internal use only.

(fn POSITION &optional CH)Ffontset-info
Return information about a fontset FONTSET on frame FRAME.

FONTSET is a fontset name string, nil for the fontset of FRAME, or t
for the default fontset.  FRAME nil means the selected frame.

The value is a char-table whose elements have this form:

((FONT OPENED-FONT ...) ...)

FONT is a name of font specified for a range of characters.

OPENED-FONT is a name of a font actually opened.

The char-table has one extra slot.  If FONTSET is not the default
fontset, the value the extra slot is a char-table containing the
information about the derived fonts from the default fontset.  The
format is the same as above.

(fn FONTSET &optional FRAME)Ffontset-font
Return a font name pattern for character CH in fontset NAME.
If NAME is t, find a pattern in the default fontset.

The value has the form (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is a font
family name and REGISTRY is a font registry name.  This is actually
the first font name pattern for CH in the fontset or in the default
fontset.

If the 2nd optional arg ALL is non-nil, return a list of all font name
patterns.

(fn NAME CH &optional ALL)Ffontset-list
Return a list of all defined fontset names.

(fn)Ffontset-list-all
Return a brief summary of all fontsets for debug use.

(fn)Vfont-encoding-charset-alist
Alist of charsets vs the charsets to determine the preferred font encoding.
Each element looks like (CHARSET . ENCODING-CHARSET),
where ENCODING-CHARSET is a charset registered in the variable
`font-encoding-alist' as ENCODING.

When a text has a property `charset' and the value is CHARSET, a font
whose encoding corresponds to ENCODING-CHARSET is preferred.Vuse-default-ascent
Char table of characters whose ascent values should be ignored.
If an entry for a character is non-nil, the ascent value of the glyph
is assumed to be specified by _MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT property of a font.

This affects how a composite character which contains
such a character is displayed on screen.Vignore-relative-composition
Char table of characters which are not composed relatively.
If an entry for a character is non-nil, a composition sequence
which contains that character is displayed so that
the glyph of that character is put without considering
an ascent and descent value of a previous character.Valternate-fontname-alist
Alist of fontname vs list of the alternate fontnames.
When a specified font name is not found, the corresponding
alternate fontnames (if any) are tried instead.Vfontset-alias-alist
Alist of fontset names vs the aliases.Vvertical-centering-font-regexp
*Regexp matching font names that require vertical centering on display.
When a character is displayed with such fonts, the character is displayed
at the vertical center of lines.Votf-script-alist
Alist of OpenType script tags vs the corresponding script names.Snsterm.o
Vns-input-file
The file specified in the last NS event.Vns-input-text
The data received in the last NS text drag event.Vns-working-text
String for visualizing working composition sequence.Vns-input-font
The font specified in the last NS event.Vns-input-fontsize
The fontsize specified in the last NS event.Vns-input-line
The line specified in the last NS event.Vns-input-color
The color specified in the last NS event.Vns-input-spi-name
The service name specified in the last NS event.Vns-input-spi-arg
The service argument specified in the last NS event.Vns-alternate-modifier
This variable describes the behavior of the alternate or option key.
Set to control, meta, alt, super, or hyper means it is taken to be that key.
Set to none means that the alternate / option key is not interpreted by Emacs
at all, allowing it to be used at a lower level for accented character entry.Vns-command-modifier
This variable describes the behavior of the command key.
Set to control, meta, alt, super, or hyper means it is taken to be that key.Vns-control-modifier
This variable describes the behavior of the control key.
Set to control, meta, alt, super, or hyper means it is taken to be that key.Vns-function-modifier
This variable describes the behavior of the function key (on laptops).
Set to control, meta, alt, super, or hyper means it is taken to be that key.
Set to none means that the function key is not interpreted by Emacs at all,
allowing it to be used at a lower level for accented character entry.Vns-antialias-text
Non-nil (the default) means to render text antialiased. Only has an effect on OS X Panther and above.Vns-use-qd-smoothing
Whether to render text using QuickDraw (less heavy) antialiasing. Only has an effect on OS X Panther and above.  Default is nil (use Quartz smoothing).Vns-confirm-quit
Whether to confirm application quit using dialog.Vx-toolkit-scroll-bars
If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars.Vx-use-underline-position-properties
NOT SUPPORTED UNDER NS.
*Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
A value of nil means ignore them.  If you encounter fonts with bogus
UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
to 4.1, set this to nil.

NOTE: Not supported on Mac yet.Vx-underline-at-descent-line
NOT SUPPORTED UNDER NS.
*Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
baseline level.  The default value is nil.Snsfns.o
Fx-create-frame
Make a new Nextstep window, called a "frame" in Emacs terms.
Return an Emacs frame object.
PARMS is an alist of frame parameters.
If the parameters specify that the frame should not have a minibuffer,
and do not specify a specific minibuffer window to use,
then `default-minibuffer-frame' must be a frame whose minibuffer can
be shared by the new frame.

(fn PARMS)Fx-focus-frame
Set the input focus to FRAME.
FRAME nil means use the selected frame.

(fn FRAME)Fns-popup-font-panel
Pop up the font panel.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fns-popup-color-panel
Pop up the color panel.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fns-read-file-name
Use a graphical panel to read a file name, using prompt PROMPT.
Optional arg DIR, if non-nil, supplies a default directory.
Optional arg ISLOAD, if non-nil, means read a file name for saving.
Optional arg INIT, if non-nil, provides a default file name to use.

(fn PROMPT &optional DIR ISLOAD INIT)Fns-get-resource
Return the value of the property NAME of OWNER from the defaults database.
If OWNER is nil, Emacs is assumed.

(fn OWNER NAME)Fns-set-resource
Set property NAME of OWNER to VALUE, from the defaults database.
If OWNER is nil, Emacs is assumed.
If VALUE is nil, the default is removed.

(fn OWNER NAME VALUE)Fx-server-max-request-size
This function is a no-op.  It is only present for completeness.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-server-vendor
Return the vendor ID string of Nextstep display server DISPLAY.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, the selected frame's display is used.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-server-version
Return the version numbers of the server of DISPLAY.
The value is a list of three integers: the major and minor
version numbers of the X Protocol in use, and the distributor-specific
release number.  See also the function `x-server-vendor'.

The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-screens
Return the number of screens on Nextstep display server DISPLAY.
DISPLAY should be a frame, the display name as a string, or a terminal ID.
If omitted or nil, the selected frame's display is used.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-mm-height
Return the height of Nextstep display server DISPLAY, in millimeters.
DISPLAY should be a frame, the display name as a string, or a terminal ID.
If omitted or nil, the selected frame's display is used.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-mm-width
Return the width of Nextstep display server DISPLAY, in millimeters.
DISPLAY should be a frame, the display name as a string, or a terminal ID.
If omitted or nil, the selected frame's display is used.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-backing-store
Return whether the Nexstep display DISPLAY supports backing store.
The value may be `buffered', `retained', or `non-retained'.
DISPLAY should be a frame, the display name as a string, or a terminal ID.
If omitted or nil, the selected frame's display is used.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-visual-class
Return the visual class of the Nextstep display server DISPLAY.
The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale',
`static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'.
DISPLAY should be a frame, the display name as a string, or a terminal ID.
If omitted or nil, the selected frame's display is used.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-save-under
Non-nil if the Nextstep display server supports the save-under feature.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be a frame, the display name as a string, or a terminal ID.
If omitted or nil, the selected frame's display is used.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-open-connection
Open a connection to a Nextstep display server.
DISPLAY is the name of the display to connect to.
Optional arguments XRM-STRING and MUST-SUCCEED are currently ignored.

(fn DISPLAY &optional RESOURCE-STRING MUST-SUCCEED)Fx-close-connection
Close the connection to the current Nextstep display server.
The argument DISPLAY is currently ignored.

(fn DISPLAY)Fx-display-list
Return the list of display names that Emacs has connections to.

(fn)Fns-hide-others
Hides all applications other than Emacs.

(fn)Fns-hide-emacs
If ON is non-nil, the entire Emacs application is hidden.
Otherwise if Emacs is hidden, it is unhidden.
If ON is equal to `activate', Emacs is unhidden and becomes
the active application.

(fn ON)Fns-emacs-info-panel
Shows the 'Info' or 'About' panel for Emacs.

(fn)Fns-font-name
Determine font postscript or family name for font NAME.
NAME should be a string containing either the font name or an XLFD
font descriptor.  If string contains `fontset' and not
`fontset-startup', it is left alone.

(fn NAME)Fns-list-colors
Return a list of all available colors.
The optional argument FRAME is currently ignored.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fns-list-services
List available Nextstep services by querying NSApp.

(fn)Fns-perform-service
Perform Nextstep SERVICE on SEND.
SEND should be either a string or nil.
The return value is the result of the service, as string, or nil if
there was no result.

(fn SERVICE SEND)Fns-convert-utf8-nfd-to-nfc
Return an NFC string that matches the UTF-8 NFD string STR.

(fn STR)Fns-do-applescript
Execute AppleScript SCRIPT and return the result.
If compilation and execution are successful, the resulting script value
is returned as a string, a number or, in the case of other constructs, t.
In case the execution fails, an error is signaled.

(fn SCRIPT)Fxw-color-defined-p
Return t if the current Nextstep display supports the color COLOR.
The optional argument FRAME is currently ignored.

(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)Fxw-color-values
Return a description of the color named COLOR.
The value is a list of integer RGBA values--(RED GREEN BLUE ALPHA).
These values appear to range from 0 to 65280; white is (65280 65280 65280 0).
The optional argument FRAME is currently ignored.

(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)Fxw-display-color-p
Return t if the Nextstep display supports color.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame, a display name (a string), or terminal ID.
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-grayscale-p
Return t if the Nextstep display supports shades of gray.
Note that color displays do support shades of gray.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame, a display name (a string), or terminal ID.
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-pixel-width
Return the width in pixels of the Nextstep display DISPLAY.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame, a display name (a string), or terminal ID.
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-pixel-height
Return the height in pixels of the Nextstep display DISPLAY.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame, a display name (a string), or terminal ID.
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fdisplay-usable-bounds
Return the bounds of the usable part of the screen.
The return value is a list of integers (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), which
are the boundaries of the usable part of the screen, excluding areas
reserved for the Mac menu, dock, and so forth.

The screen queried corresponds to DISPLAY, which should be either a
frame, a display name (a string), or terminal ID.  If omitted or nil,
that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-planes
Return the number of bitplanes of the Nextstep display DISPLAY.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame, a display name (a string), or terminal ID.
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-color-cells
Returns the number of color cells of the Nextstep display DISPLAY.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame, a display name (a string), or terminal ID.
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-show-tip
Show STRING in a "tooltip" window on frame FRAME.
A tooltip window is a small window displaying a string.

FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.

PARMS is an optional list of frame parameters which can be used to
change the tooltip's appearance.

Automatically hide the tooltip after TIMEOUT seconds.  TIMEOUT nil
means use the default timeout of 5 seconds.

If the list of frame parameters PARMS contains a `left' parameter,
the tooltip is displayed at that x-position.  Otherwise it is
displayed at the mouse position, with offset DX added (default is 5 if
DX isn't specified).  Likewise for the y-position; if a `top' frame
parameter is specified, it determines the y-position of the tooltip
window, otherwise it is displayed at the mouse position, with offset
DY added (default is -10).

A tooltip's maximum size is specified by `x-max-tooltip-size'.
Text larger than the specified size is clipped.

(fn STRING &optional FRAME PARMS TIMEOUT DX DY)Fx-hide-tip
Hide the current tooltip window, if there is any.
Value is t if tooltip was open, nil otherwise.

(fn)Vns-icon-type-alist
Alist of elements (REGEXP . IMAGE) for images of icons associated to frames.
If the title of a frame matches REGEXP, then IMAGE.tiff is
selected as the image of the icon representing the frame when it's
miniaturized.  If an element is t, then Emacs tries to select an icon
based on the filetype of the visited file.

The images have to be installed in a folder called English.lproj in the
Emacs folder.  You have to restart Emacs after installing new icons.

Example: Install an icon Gnus.tiff and execute the following code

(setq ns-icon-type-alist
        (append ns-icon-type-alist
                '(("^\\*\$Group\\*$\\|Summary \\|Article\\*$\$"
                   . "Gnus"))))

When you miniaturize a Group, Summary or Article frame, Gnus.tiff will
be used as the image of the icon representing the frame.Vns-version-string
Toolkit version for NS Windowing.Snsmenu.o
Fns-reset-menu
Cause the NS menu to be re-calculated.

(fn)Fx-popup-menu
Pop up a deck-of-cards menu and return user's selection.
POSITION is a position specification.  This is either a mouse button event
or a list ((XOFFSET YOFFSET) WINDOW)
where XOFFSET and YOFFSET are positions in pixels from the top left
corner of WINDOW.  (WINDOW may be a window or a frame object.)
This controls the position of the top left of the menu as a whole.
If POSITION is t, it means to use the current mouse position.

If REAL-DEFINITION is nil, that puts a nonselectable string in the menu.
Otherwise, REAL-DEFINITION should be a valid key binding definition.

You can also use a list of keymaps as MENU.
  Then each keymap makes a separate pane.

If HEADER is non-nil, the frame title for the box is "Information",
otherwise it is "Question".

If the user gets rid of the dialog box without making a valid choice,
for instance using the window manager, then this produces a quit and
`x-popup-dialog' does not return.

(fn POSITION CONTENTS &optional HEADER)Fmenu-or-popup-active-p
Return t if a menu or popup dialog is active.

(fn)Snsselect.o
Fx-own-selection-internal
Assert a selection.
SELECTION-NAME is a symbol, typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'.
VALUE is typically a string, or a cons of two markers, but may be
anything that the functions on `selection-converter-alist' know about.

(fn SELECTION-NAME SELECTION-VALUE)Fx-disown-selection-internal
If we own the selection SELECTION, disown it.

(fn SELECTION-NAME &optional TIME)Fx-selection-exists-p
Whether there is an owner for the given selection.
The arg should be the name of the selection in question, typically one of
the symbols `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'.
(Those are literal upper-case symbol names.)
For convenience, the symbol nil is the same as `PRIMARY',
and t is the same as `SECONDARY'.)

(fn &optional SELECTION)Fx-selection-owner-p
Whether the current Emacs process owns the given selection.
The arg should be the name of the selection in question, typically one of
the symbols `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'.
(Those are literal upper-case symbol names.)
For convenience, the symbol nil is the same as `PRIMARY',
and t is the same as `SECONDARY'.)

(fn &optional SELECTION)Fx-get-selection-internal
Return text selected from some pasteboard.
SELECTION is a symbol, typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'.
(Those are literal upper-case symbol names.)
TYPE is the type of data desired, typically `STRING'.

(fn SELECTION-NAME TARGET-TYPE)Fns-get-cut-buffer-internal
Returns the value of the named cut buffer.

(fn BUFFER)Fns-rotate-cut-buffers-internal
Rotate the values of the cut buffers by N steps.
Positive N means move values forward, negative means
backward. CURRENTLY NOT IMPLEMENTED UNDER NEXTSTEP.

(fn N)Fns-store-cut-buffer-internal
Sets the value of the named cut buffer (typically CUT_BUFFER0).

(fn BUFFER STRING)Vns-sent-selection-hooks
A list of functions to be called when Emacs answers a selection request.
The functions are called with four arguments:
  - the selection name (typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD');
  - the selection-type which Emacs was asked to convert the
    selection into before sending (for example, `STRING' or `LENGTH');
  - a flag indicating success or failure for responding to the request.
We might have failed (and declined the request) for any number of reasons,
including being asked for a selection that we no longer own, or being asked
to convert into a type that we don't know about or that is inappropriate.
This hook doesn't let you change the behavior of Emacs's selection replies,
it merely informs you that they have happened.Vselection-converter-alist
An alist associating X Windows selection-types with functions.
These functions are called to convert the selection, with three args:
the name of the selection (typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD');
a desired type to which the selection should be converted;
and the local selection value (whatever was given to `x-own-selection').

(fn SOUND)Fset-screen-color
Set screen colors.

(fn FOREGROUND BACKGROUND)Fset-cursor-size
Set cursor size.

(fn SIZE)Vw32-use-full-screen-buffer
Non-nil means make terminal frames use the full screen buffer dimensions.
This is desirable when running Emacs over telnet.
A value of nil means use the current console window dimensions; this
may be preferrable when working directly at the console with a large
scroll-back buffer.Sw32fns.o
Fw32-define-rgb-color
Convert RGB numbers to a Windows color reference and associate with NAME.
This adds or updates a named color to `w32-color-map', making it
available for use.  The original entry's RGB ref is returned, or nil
if the entry is new.

(fn RED GREEN BLUE NAME)Fw32-default-color-map
Return the default color map.

(fn)Fx-create-frame
Make a new window, which is called a "frame" in Emacs terms.
Return an Emacs frame object.
PARAMETERS is an alist of frame parameters.
If the parameters specify that the frame should not have a minibuffer,
and do not specify a specific minibuffer window to use,
then `default-minibuffer-frame' must be a frame whose minibuffer can
be shared by the new frame.

This function is an internal primitive--use `make-frame' instead.

(fn PARAMETERS)Fx-focus-frame
Give FRAME input focus, raising to foreground if necessary.

(fn FRAME)Fxw-color-defined-p
Internal function called by `color-defined-p', which see.

(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)Fxw-color-values
Internal function called by `color-values', which see.

(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)Fxw-display-color-p
Internal function called by `display-color-p', which see.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-grayscale-p
Return t if DISPLAY supports shades of gray.
Note that color displays do support shades of gray.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-pixel-width
Return the width in pixels of DISPLAY.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-pixel-height
Return the height in pixels of DISPLAY.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-planes
Return the number of bitplanes of DISPLAY.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-color-cells
Return the number of color cells of DISPLAY.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-server-max-request-size
Return the maximum request size of the server of DISPLAY.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-server-vendor
Return the "vendor ID" string of the W32 system (Microsoft).
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-screens
Return the number of screens on the server of DISPLAY.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-mm-height
Return the height in millimeters of DISPLAY.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-mm-width
Return the width in millimeters of DISPLAY.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-backing-store
Return an indication of whether DISPLAY does backing store.
The value may be `always', `when-mapped', or `not-useful'.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-visual-class
Return the visual class of DISPLAY.
The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale',
`static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'.

The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-save-under
Return t if DISPLAY supports the save-under feature.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn &optional DISPLAY)Fx-open-connection
Open a connection to a server.
DISPLAY is the name of the display to connect to.
Optional second arg XRM-STRING is a string of resources in xrdb format.
If the optional third arg MUST-SUCCEED is non-nil,
terminate Emacs if we can't open the connection.

(fn DISPLAY &optional XRM-STRING MUST-SUCCEED)Fx-close-connection
Close the connection to DISPLAY's server.
For DISPLAY, specify either a frame or a display name (a string).
If DISPLAY is nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.

(fn DISPLAY)Fx-display-list
Return the list of display names that Emacs has connections to.

(fn)Fx-synchronize
This is a noop on W32 systems.

(fn ON &optional DISPLAY)Fx-change-window-property
Change window property PROP to VALUE on the X window of FRAME.
VALUE may be a string or a list of conses, numbers and/or strings.
If an element in the list is a string, it is converted to
an Atom and the value of the Atom is used.  If an element is a cons,
it is converted to a 32 bit number where the car is the 16 top bits and the
cdr is the lower 16 bits.
FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
If TYPE is given and non-nil, it is the name of the type of VALUE.
If TYPE is not given or nil, the type is STRING.
FORMAT gives the size in bits of each element if VALUE is a list.
It must be one of 8, 16 or 32.
If VALUE is a string or FORMAT is nil or not given, FORMAT defaults to 8.
If OUTER_P is non-nil, the property is changed for the outer X window of
FRAME.  Default is to change on the edit X window.

Value is VALUE.

(fn PROP VALUE &optional FRAME TYPE FORMAT OUTER-P)Fx-delete-window-property
Remove window property PROP from X window of FRAME.
FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.  Value is PROP.

(fn PROP &optional FRAME)Fx-window-property
Value is the value of window property PROP on FRAME.
If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.  Value is nil
if FRAME hasn't a property with name PROP or if PROP has no string
value.

(fn PROP &optional FRAME)Fx-show-tip
Show STRING in a "tooltip" window on frame FRAME.
A tooltip window is a small window displaying a string.

This is an internal function; Lisp code should call `tooltip-show'.

FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.

PARMS is an optional list of frame parameters which can be
used to change the tooltip's appearance.

Automatically hide the tooltip after TIMEOUT seconds.  TIMEOUT nil
means use the default timeout of 5 seconds.

A tooltip's maximum size is specified by `x-max-tooltip-size'.
Text larger than the specified size is clipped.

(fn STRING &optional FRAME PARMS TIMEOUT DX DY)Fx-hide-tip
Hide the current tooltip window, if there is any.
Value is t if tooltip was open, nil otherwise.

(fn)Fx-file-dialog
Read file name, prompting with PROMPT in directory DIR.
Use a file selection dialog.
Select DEFAULT-FILENAME in the dialog's file selection box, if
specified.  Ensure that file exists if MUSTMATCH is non-nil.
If ONLY-DIR-P is non-nil, the user can only select directories.

(fn PROMPT DIR &optional DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH ONLY-DIR-P)Fsystem-move-file-to-trash
Move file or directory named FILENAME to the recycle bin.

(fn FILENAME)Fw32-send-sys-command
Send frame a Windows WM_SYSCOMMAND message of type COMMAND.
Some useful values for COMMAND are #xf030 to maximize frame (#xf020
to minimize), #xf120 to restore frame to original size, and #xf100
to activate the menubar for keyboard access.  #xf140 activates the
screen saver if defined.

If optional parameter FRAME is not specified, use selected frame.

(fn COMMAND &optional FRAME)Fw32-shell-execute
Get Windows to perform OPERATION on DOCUMENT.
This is a wrapper around the ShellExecute system function, which
invokes the application registered to handle OPERATION for DOCUMENT.

OPERATION is either nil or a string that names a supported operation.
What operations can be used depends on the particular DOCUMENT and its
handler application, but typically it is one of the following common
operations:

"open"    - open DOCUMENT, which could be a file, a directory, or an
               executable program.  If it is an application, that
               application is launched in the current buffer's default
               directory.  Otherwise, the application associated with
               DOCUMENT is launched in the buffer's default directory.
 "print"   - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file
 "explore" - start the Windows Explorer on DOCUMENT
 "edit"    - launch an editor and open DOCUMENT for editing; which
               editor is launched depends on the association for the
               specified DOCUMENT
 "find"    - initiate search starting from DOCUMENT which must specify
               a directory
 nil       - invoke the default OPERATION, or "open" if default is
               not defined or unavailable

DOCUMENT is typically the name of a document file or a URL, but can
also be a program executable to run, or a directory to open in the
Windows Explorer.

If DOCUMENT is a program executable, the optional third arg PARAMETERS
can be a string containing command line parameters that will be passed
to the program; otherwise, PARAMETERS should be nil or unspecified.

Optional fourth argument SHOW-FLAG can be used to control how the
application will be displayed when it is invoked.  If SHOW-FLAG is nil
or unspecified, the application is displayed normally, otherwise it is
an integer representing a ShowWindow flag:

0 - start hidden
  1 - start normally
  3 - start maximized
  6 - start minimized

(fn OPERATION DOCUMENT &optional PARAMETERS SHOW-FLAG)Fw32-register-hot-key
Register KEY as a hot-key combination.
Certain key combinations like Alt-Tab are reserved for system use on
Windows, and therefore are normally intercepted by the system.  However,
most of these key combinations can be received by registering them as
hot-keys, overriding their special meaning.

KEY must be a one element key definition in vector form that would be
acceptable to `define-key' (e.g. [A-tab] for Alt-Tab).  The meta
modifier is interpreted as Alt if `w32-alt-is-meta' is t, and hyper
is always interpreted as the Windows modifier keys.

The return value is the hotkey-id if registered, otherwise nil.

(fn KEY)Fw32-unregister-hot-key
Unregister KEY as a hot-key combination.

(fn KEY)Fw32-registered-hot-keys
Return list of registered hot-key IDs.

(fn)Fw32-reconstruct-hot-key
Convert hot-key ID to a lisp key combination.

(fn ID)Fw32-toggle-lock-key
Toggle the state of the lock key KEY.
KEY can be `capslock', `kp-numlock', or `scroll'.
If the optional parameter NEW-STATE is a number, then the state of KEY
is set to off if the low bit of NEW-STATE is zero, otherwise on.

(fn KEY &optional NEW-STATE)Fw32-window-exists-p
Return non-nil if a window exists with the specified CLASS and NAME.

This is a direct interface to the Windows API FindWindow function.

(fn CLASS NAME)Fw32-battery-status
Get power status information from Windows system.

The following %-sequences are provided:
%L AC line status (verbose)
%B Battery status (verbose)
%b Battery status, empty means high, `-' means low,
   `!' means critical, and `+' means charging
%p Battery load percentage
%s Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in seconds
%m Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in minutes
%h Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in hours
%t Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in the form `h:min'

(fn FILENAME)Fdefault-printer-name
Return the name of Windows default printer device.

(fn)Vw32-color-map
An array of color name mappings for Windows.Vw32-pass-alt-to-system
Non-nil if Alt key presses are passed on to Windows.
When non-nil, for example, Alt pressed and released and then space will
open the System menu.  When nil, Emacs processes the Alt key events, and
then silently swallows them.Vw32-alt-is-meta
Non-nil if the Alt key is to be considered the same as the META key.
When nil, Emacs will translate the Alt key to the ALT modifier, not to META.Vw32-quit-key
If non-zero, the virtual key code for an alternative quit key.Vw32-pass-lwindow-to-system
If non-nil, the left "Windows" key is passed on to Windows.

When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
If you set this to nil, the left "Windows" key is processed by Emacs
according to the value of `w32-lwindow-modifier', which see.

Note that some combinations of the left "Windows" key with other keys are
caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
effect.  For example, <lwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
<lwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc.  However, see
the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'.Vw32-pass-rwindow-to-system
If non-nil, the right "Windows" key is passed on to Windows.

When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
If you set this to nil, the right "Windows" key is processed by Emacs
according to the value of `w32-rwindow-modifier', which see.

Note that some combinations of the right "Windows" key with other keys are
caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
effect.  For example, <rwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
<rwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc.  However, see
the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'.Vw32-phantom-key-code
Virtual key code used to generate "phantom" key presses.
Value is a number between 0 and 255.

Phantom key presses are generated in order to stop the system from
acting on "Windows" key events when `w32-pass-lwindow-to-system' or
`w32-pass-rwindow-to-system' is nil.Vw32-enable-num-lock
If non-nil, the Num Lock key acts normally.
Set to nil to handle Num Lock as the `kp-numlock' key.Vw32-enable-caps-lock
If non-nil, the Caps Lock key acts normally.
Set to nil to handle Caps Lock as the `capslock' key.Vw32-scroll-lock-modifier
Modifier to use for the Scroll Lock ON state.
The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
respective modifier, or nil to handle Scroll Lock as the `scroll' key.
Any other value will cause the Scroll Lock key to be ignored.Vw32-lwindow-modifier
Modifier to use for the left "Windows" key.
The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `lwindow' key.
Any other value will cause the key to be ignored.Vw32-rwindow-modifier
Modifier to use for the right "Windows" key.
The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `rwindow' key.
Any other value will cause the key to be ignored.Vw32-apps-modifier
Modifier to use for the "Apps" key.
The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `apps' key.
Any other value will cause the key to be ignored.Vw32-enable-synthesized-fonts
Non-nil enables selection of artificially italicized and bold fonts.Vw32-enable-palette
Non-nil enables Windows palette management to map colors exactly.Vw32-mouse-button-tolerance
Analogue of double click interval for faking middle mouse events.
The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
left and right button down events before they are considered distinct events.
If both mouse buttons are depressed within this interval, a middle mouse
button down event is generated instead.Vw32-mouse-move-interval
Minimum interval between mouse move events.
The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
successive mouse move (or scroll bar drag) events before they are
reported as lisp events.Vw32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system
If non-nil, the fourth and fifth mouse buttons are passed to Windows.
Recent versions of Windows support mice with up to five buttons.
Since most applications don't support these extra buttons, most mouse
drivers will allow you to map them to functions at the system level.
If this variable is non-nil, Emacs will pass them on, allowing the
system to handle them.Vw32-pass-multimedia-buttons-to-system
If non-nil, media buttons are passed to Windows.
Some modern keyboards contain buttons for controlling media players, web
browsers and other applications.  Generally these buttons are handled on a
system wide basis, but by setting this to nil they are made available
to Emacs for binding.  Depending on your keyboard, additional keys that
may be available are:

browser-back, browser-forward, browser-refresh, browser-stop,
browser-search, browser-favorites, browser-home,
mail, mail-reply, mail-forward, mail-send,
app-1, app-2,
help, find, new, open, close, save, print, undo, redo, copy, cut, paste,
spell-check, correction-list, toggle-dictate-command,
media-next, media-previous, media-stop, media-play-pause, media-select,
media-play, media-pause, media-record, media-fast-forward, media-rewind,
media-channel-up, media-channel-down,
volume-mute, volume-up, volume-down,
mic-volume-mute, mic-volume-down, mic-volume-up, mic-toggle,
bass-down, bass-boost, bass-up, treble-down, treble-upVx-pointer-shape
The shape of the pointer when over text.
Changing the value does not affect existing frames
unless you set the mouse color.Vx-hourglass-pointer-shape
The shape of the pointer when Emacs is busy.
This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
or when you set the mouse color.Vx-sensitive-text-pointer-shape
The shape of the pointer when over mouse-sensitive text.
This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
or when you set the mouse color.Vx-window-horizontal-drag-cursor
Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged horizontally.
This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
or when you set the mouse color.Vx-cursor-fore-pixel
A string indicating the foreground color of the cursor box.Vx-max-tooltip-size
Maximum size for tooltips.
Value is a pair (COLUMNS . ROWS). Text larger than this is clipped.Vx-no-window-manager
Non-nil if no window manager is in use.
Emacs doesn't try to figure this out; this is always nil
unless you set it to something else.Vx-pixel-size-width-font-regexp
Regexp matching a font name whose width is the same as `PIXEL_SIZE'.

Since Emacs gets width of a font matching with this regexp from
PIXEL_SIZE field of the name, font finding mechanism gets faster for
such a font.  This is especially effective for such large fonts as
Chinese, Japanese, and Korean.Vw32-bdf-filename-alist
List of bdf fonts and their corresponding filenames.Vw32-strict-fontnames
Non-nil means only use fonts that are exact matches for those requested.
Default is nil, which allows old fontnames that are not XLFD compliant,
and allows third-party CJK display to work by specifying false charset
fields to trick Emacs into translating to Big5, SJIS etc.
Setting this to t will prevent wrong fonts being selected when
fontsets are automatically created.Vw32-strict-painting
Non-nil means use strict rules for repainting frames.
Set this to nil to get the old behavior for repainting; this should
only be necessary if the default setting causes problems.Vw32-ansi-code-page
The ANSI code page used by the system.Sw32heap.o
Sw32inevt.o
Sw32menu.o
Fx-popup-menu
Pop up a deck-of-cards menu and return user's selection.
POSITION is a position specification.  This is either a mouse button
event or a list ((XOFFSET YOFFSET) WINDOW) where XOFFSET and YOFFSET
are positions in pixels from the top left corner of WINDOW's frame
(WINDOW may be a frame object instead of a window).  This controls the
position of the center of the first line in the first pane of the
menu, not the top left of the menu as a whole.  If POSITION is t, it
means to use the current mouse position.

If REAL-DEFINITION is nil, that puts a nonselectable string in the menu.
Otherwise, REAL-DEFINITION should be a valid key binding definition.

You can also use a list of keymaps as MENU.  Then each keymap makes a
separate pane.  When MENU is a keymap or a list of keymaps, the return
value is a list of events.

Alternatively, you can specify a menu of multiple panes with a list of
the form (TITLE PANE1 PANE2...), where each pane is a list of
form (TITLE ITEM1 ITEM2...).
Each ITEM is normally a cons cell (STRING . VALUE); but a string can
appear as an item--that makes a nonselectable line in the menu.
With this form of menu, the return value is VALUE from the chosen item.

If POSITION is nil, don't display the menu at all, just precalculate the
cached information about equivalent key sequences.

CONTENTS specifies the alternatives to display in the dialog box.
It is a list of the form (TITLE ITEM1 ITEM2...).
Each ITEM is a cons cell (STRING . VALUE).
The return value is VALUE from the chosen item.

If HEADER is non-nil, the frame title for the box is "Information",
otherwise it is "Question".

(fn POSITION CONTENTS &optional HEADER)Fmenu-or-popup-active-p
Return t if a menu or popup dialog is active on selected frame.

(fn)Sw32proc.o
Fw32-has-winsock
Test for presence of the Windows socket library `winsock'.
Returns non-nil if winsock support is present, nil otherwise.

If the optional argument LOAD-NOW is non-nil, the winsock library is
also loaded immediately if not already loaded.  If winsock is loaded,
the winsock local hostname is returned (since this may be different from
the value of `system-name' and should supplant it), otherwise t is
returned to indicate winsock support is present.

(fn &optional LOAD-NOW)Fw32-unload-winsock
Unload the Windows socket library `winsock' if loaded.
This is provided to allow dial-up socket connections to be disconnected
when no longer needed.  Returns nil without unloading winsock if any
socket connections still exist.

(fn)Fw32-short-file-name
Return the short file name version (8.3) of the full path of FILENAME.
If FILENAME does not exist, return nil.
All path elements in FILENAME are converted to their short names.

(fn FILENAME)Fw32-long-file-name
Return the long file name version of the full path of FILENAME.
If FILENAME does not exist, return nil.
All path elements in FILENAME are converted to their long names.

(fn FILENAME)Fw32-set-process-priority
Set the priority of PROCESS to PRIORITY.
If PROCESS is nil, the priority of Emacs is changed, otherwise the
priority of the process whose pid is PROCESS is changed.
PRIORITY should be one of the symbols high, normal, or low;
any other symbol will be interpreted as normal.

If successful, the return value is t, otherwise nil.

(fn PROCESS PRIORITY)Fw32-get-locale-info
Return information about the Windows locale LCID.
By default, return a three letter locale code which encodes the default
language as the first two characters, and the country or regional variant
as the third letter.  For example, ENU refers to `English (United States)',
while ENC means `English (Canadian)'.

If the optional argument LONGFORM is t, the long form of the locale
name is returned, e.g. `English (United States)' instead; if LONGFORM
is a number, it is interpreted as an LCTYPE constant and the corresponding
locale information is returned.

If LCID (a 16-bit number) is not a valid locale, the result is nil.

(fn LCID &optional LONGFORM)Fw32-get-current-locale-id
Return Windows locale id for current locale setting.
This is a numerical value; use `w32-get-locale-info' to convert to a
human-readable form.

(fn)Fw32-get-valid-locale-ids
Return list of all valid Windows locale ids.
Each id is a numerical value; use `w32-get-locale-info' to convert to a
human-readable form.

(fn)Fw32-get-default-locale-id
Return Windows locale id for default locale setting.
By default, the system default locale setting is returned; if the optional
parameter USERP is non-nil, the user default locale setting is returned.
This is a numerical value; use `w32-get-locale-info' to convert to a
human-readable form.

(fn &optional USERP)Fw32-set-current-locale
Make Windows locale LCID be the current locale setting for Emacs.
If successful, the new locale id is returned, otherwise nil.

(fn LCID)Fw32-get-valid-codepages
Return list of all valid Windows codepages.

(fn)Fw32-get-console-codepage
Return current Windows codepage for console input.

(fn)Fw32-set-console-codepage
Make Windows codepage CP be the current codepage setting for Emacs.
The codepage setting affects keyboard input and display in tty mode.
If successful, the new CP is returned, otherwise nil.

(fn CP)Fw32-get-console-output-codepage
Return current Windows codepage for console output.

(fn)Fw32-set-console-output-codepage
Make Windows codepage CP be the current codepage setting for Emacs.
The codepage setting affects keyboard input and display in tty mode.
If successful, the new CP is returned, otherwise nil.

(fn CP)Fw32-get-codepage-charset
Return charset of codepage CP.
Returns nil if the codepage is not valid.

(fn CP)Fw32-get-valid-keyboard-layouts
Return list of Windows keyboard languages and layouts.
The return value is a list of pairs of language id and layout id.

(fn)Fw32-get-keyboard-layout
Return current Windows keyboard language and layout.
The return value is the cons of the language id and the layout id.

(fn)Fw32-set-keyboard-layout
Make LAYOUT be the current keyboard layout for Emacs.
The keyboard layout setting affects interpretation of keyboard input.
If successful, the new layout id is returned, otherwise nil.

(fn LAYOUT)Vw32-quote-process-args
Non-nil enables quoting of process arguments to ensure correct parsing.
Because Windows does not directly pass argv arrays to child processes,
programs have to reconstruct the argv array by parsing the command
line string.  For an argument to contain a space, it must be enclosed
in double quotes or it will be parsed as multiple arguments.

If the value is a character, that character will be used to escape any
quote characters that appear, otherwise a suitable escape character
will be chosen based on the type of the program.Vw32-start-process-show-window
When nil, new child processes hide their windows.
When non-nil, they show their window in the method of their choice.
This variable doesn't affect GUI applications, which will never be hidden.Vw32-start-process-share-console
When nil, new child processes are given a new console.
When non-nil, they share the Emacs console; this has the limitation of
allowing only one DOS subprocess to run at a time (whether started directly
or indirectly by Emacs), and preventing Emacs from cleanly terminating the
subprocess group, but may allow Emacs to interrupt a subprocess that doesn't
otherwise respond to interrupts from Emacs.Vw32-start-process-inherit-error-mode
When nil, new child processes revert to the default error mode.
When non-nil, they inherit their error mode setting from Emacs, which stops
them blocking when trying to access unmounted drives etc.Vw32-pipe-read-delay
Forced delay before reading subprocess output.
This is done to improve the buffering of subprocess output, by
avoiding the inefficiency of frequently reading small amounts of data.

If positive, the value is the number of milliseconds to sleep before
reading the subprocess output.  If negative, the magnitude is the number
of time slices to wait (effectively boosting the priority of the child
process temporarily).  A value of zero disables waiting entirely.Vw32-downcase-file-names
Non-nil means convert all-upper case file names to lower case.
This applies when performing completions and file name expansion.
Note that the value of this setting also affects remote file names,
so you probably don't want to set to non-nil if you use case-sensitive
filesystems via ange-ftp.Vw32-generate-fake-inodes
Non-nil means attempt to fake realistic inode values.
This works by hashing the truename of files, and should detect
aliasing between long and short (8.3 DOS) names, but can have
false positives because of hash collisions.  Note that determing
the truename of a file can be slow.Vw32-get-true-file-attributes
Non-nil means determine accurate file attributes in `file-attributes'.
This option controls whether to issue additional system calls to determine
accurate link counts, file type, and ownership information.  It is more
useful for files on NTFS volumes, where hard links and file security are
supported, than on volumes of the FAT family.

Without these system calls, link count will always be reported as 1 and file
ownership will be attributed to the current user.
The default value `local' means only issue these system calls for files
on local fixed drives.  A value of nil means never issue them.
Any other non-nil value means do this even on remote and removable drives
where the performance impact may be noticeable even on modern hardware.Sw32reg.o
Sw32select.o
Fw32-set-clipboard-data
This sets the clipboard data to the given text.

(fn STRING &optional IGNORED)Fw32-get-clipboard-data
This gets the clipboard data in text format.

(fn &optional IGNORED)Fx-selection-exists-p
Whether there is an owner for the given X Selection.
The arg should be the name of the selection in question, typically one of
the symbols `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'.
(Those are literal upper-case symbol names, since that's what X expects.)
For convenience, the symbol nil is the same as `PRIMARY',
and t is the same as `SECONDARY'.

(fn &optional SELECTION)Vselection-coding-system
Coding system for communicating with other programs.
When sending or receiving text via cut_buffer, selection, and
clipboard, the text is encoded or decoded by this coding system.
The default value is the current system default encoding on 9x/Me and
`utf-16le-dos' (Unicode) on NT/W2K/XP.Vnext-selection-coding-system
Coding system for the next communication with other programs.
Usually, `selection-coding-system' is used for communicating with
other programs.  But, if this variable is set, it is used for the
next communication only.  After the communication, this variable is
set to nil.Sw32term.o
Vw32-num-mouse-buttons
Number of physical mouse buttons.Vw32-swap-mouse-buttons
Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons.
When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3.Vw32-grab-focus-on-raise
Raised frame grabs input focus.
When t, `raise-frame' grabs input focus as well.  This fits well
with the normal Windows click-to-focus policy, but might not be
desirable when using a point-to-focus policy.Vw32-capslock-is-shiftlock
Apply CapsLock state to non character input keys.
When nil, CapsLock only affects normal character input keys.Vw32-recognize-altgr
Recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr.
When nil, the right-alt and left-ctrl key combination is
interpreted normally.Vw32-use-visible-system-caret
Flag to make the system caret visible.
When this is non-nil, Emacs will indicate the position of point by
using the system caret instead of drawing its own cursor.  Some screen
reader software does not track the system cursor properly when it is
invisible, and gets confused by Emacs drawing its own cursor, so this
variable is initialized to t when Emacs detects that screen reader
software is running as it starts up.

When this variable is set, other variables affecting the appearance of
the cursor have no effect.Vx-use-underline-position-properties
*Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
A value of nil means ignore them.  If you encounter fonts with bogus
UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
to 4.1, set this to nil.Vx-underline-at-descent-line
*Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
baseline level.  The default value is nil.Vx-toolkit-scroll-bars
If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars.Sw32xfns.o
Sxfont.o
Sftfont.o
Sxftfont.o
Sftxfont.o
Sdispnew.o
Fdump-redisplay-history
Dump redisplay history to stderr.

(fn)Fredraw-frame
Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it.

(fn FRAME)Fredraw-display
Clear and redisplay all visible frames.

(fn)Fopen-termscript
Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal.
FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open.

(fn FILE)Fsend-string-to-terminal
Send STRING to the terminal without alteration.
Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects.

Optional parameter TERMINAL specifies the tty terminal device to use.
It may be a terminal object, a frame, or nil for the terminal used by the
currently selected frame.

(fn STRING &optional TERMINAL)Fding
Beep, or flash the screen.
Also, unless an argument is given,
terminate any keyboard macro currently executing.

(fn &optional ARG)Fsleep-for
Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds.
SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a
fraction of a second.  Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an
additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your
Emacs was built without floating point support.
(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.)

(fn SECONDS &optional MILLISECONDS)Fredisplay
Perform redisplay if no input is available.
If optional arg FORCE is non-nil or `redisplay-dont-pause' is non-nil,
perform a full redisplay even if input is available.
Return t if redisplay was performed, nil otherwise.

(fn &optional FORCE)Fframe-or-buffer-changed-p
Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed.
VARIABLE is a variable name whose value is either nil or a state vector
that will be updated to contain all frames and buffers,
aside from buffers whose names start with space,
along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags.  This allows a fast
check to see whether buffer menus might need to be recomputed.
If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect
the current state.

If VARIABLE is nil, an internal variable is used.  Users should not
pass nil for VARIABLE.

(fn &optional VARIABLE)Finternal-show-cursor
Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW.
WINDOW nil means use the selected window.  SHOW non-nil means
show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay.  SHOW nil means
don't show a cursor.

(fn WINDOW SHOW)Finternal-show-cursor-p
Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW.
WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Flast-nonminibuffer-frame
Value is last nonminibuffer frame.

(fn)Vbaud-rate
*The output baud rate of the terminal.
On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding
and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay.Vinverse-video
*Non-nil means invert the entire frame display.
This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be.Vvisible-bell
*Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell.

See also `ring-bell-function'.Vno-redraw-on-reenter
*Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending.
A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve
Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs.
It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that.Vinitial-window-system
Name of the window system that Emacs uses for the first frame.
The value is a symbol--for instance, `x' for X windows.
The value is nil if Emacs is using a text-only terminal.Vwindow-system
Name of window system through which the selected frame is displayed.
The value is a symbol--for instance, `x' for X windows.
The value is nil if the selected frame is on a text-only-terminal.Vwindow-system-version
The version number of the window system in use.
For X windows, this is 11.Vcursor-in-echo-area
Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there.Vglyph-table
Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame.
If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph.
Each element can be:
 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for.
 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows).
 nil: this glyph mod 524288 is the code of a character to output,
    and this glyph / 524288 is the face number (see `face-id') to use
    while outputting it.Vstandard-display-table
Display table to use for buffers that specify none.
See `buffer-display-table' for more information.Vredisplay-dont-pause
*Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected.Vredisplay-preemption-period
*The period in seconds between checking for input during redisplay.
If input is detected, redisplay is pre-empted, and the input is processed.
If nil, never pre-empt redisplay.Sframe.o
Fframep
Return non-nil if OBJECT is a frame.
Value is t for a termcap frame (a character-only terminal),
`x' for an Emacs frame that is really an X window,
`w32' for an Emacs frame that is a window on MS-Windows display,
`ns' for an Emacs frame on a GNUstep or Macintosh Cocoa display,
`pc' for a direct-write MS-DOS frame.
See also `frame-live-p'.

(fn OBJECT)Fframe-live-p
Return non-nil if OBJECT is a frame which has not been deleted.
Value is nil if OBJECT is not a live frame.  If object is a live
frame, the return value indicates what sort of terminal device it is
displayed on.  See the documentation of `framep' for possible
return values.

(fn OBJECT)Fwindow-system
The name of the window system that FRAME is displaying through.
The value is a symbol---for instance, 'x' for X windows.
The value is nil if Emacs is using a text-only terminal.

FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fmake-terminal-frame
Create an additional terminal frame, possibly on another terminal.
This function takes one argument, an alist specifying frame parameters.

You can create multiple frames on a single text-only terminal, but
only one of them (the selected terminal frame) is actually displayed.

In practice, generally you don't need to specify any parameters,
except when you want to create a new frame on another terminal.
In that case, the `tty' parameter specifies the device file to open,
and the `tty-type' parameter specifies the terminal type.  Example:

(make-terminal-frame '((tty . "/dev/pts/5") (tty-type . "xterm")))

Note that changing the size of one terminal frame automatically
affects all frames on the same terminal device.

(fn PARMS)Fselect-frame
Select FRAME.
Subsequent editing commands apply to its selected window.
Optional argument NORECORD means to neither change the order of
recently selected windows nor the buffer list.

The selection of FRAME lasts until the next time the user does
something to select a different frame, or until the next time
this function is called.  If you are using a window system, the
previously selected frame may be restored as the selected frame
after return to the command loop, because it still may have the
window system's input focus.  On a text-only terminal, the next
redisplay will display FRAME.

This function returns FRAME, or nil if FRAME has been deleted.

(fn FRAME &optional NORECORD)Fhandle-switch-frame
Handle a switch-frame event EVENT.
Switch-frame events are usually bound to this function.
A switch-frame event tells Emacs that the window manager has requested
that the user's events be directed to the frame mentioned in the event.
This function selects the selected window of the frame of EVENT.

If EVENT is frame object, handle it as if it were a switch-frame event
to that frame.

(fn EVENT)Fselected-frame
Return the frame that is now selected.

(fn)Fwindow-frame
Return the frame object that window WINDOW is on.

(fn WINDOW)Fframe-first-window
Returns the topmost, leftmost window of FRAME.
If omitted, FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame.

(fn &optional FRAME)Factive-minibuffer-window
Return the currently active minibuffer window, or nil if none.

(fn)Fframe-root-window
Returns the root-window of FRAME.
If omitted, FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fframe-selected-window
Return the selected window of FRAME.
FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fset-frame-selected-window
Set selected window of FRAME to WINDOW.
If FRAME is nil, use the selected frame.  If FRAME is the
selected frame, this makes WINDOW the selected window.
Optional argument NORECORD non-nil means to neither change the
order of recently selected windows nor the buffer list.
Return WINDOW.

(fn FRAME WINDOW &optional NORECORD)Fframe-list
Return a list of all live frames.

(fn)Fnext-frame
Return the next frame in the frame list after FRAME.
It considers only frames on the same terminal as FRAME.
By default, skip minibuffer-only frames.
If omitted, FRAME defaults to the selected frame.
If optional argument MINIFRAME is nil, exclude minibuffer-only frames.
If MINIFRAME is a window, include only its own frame
and any frame now using that window as the minibuffer.
If MINIFRAME is `visible', include all visible frames.
If MINIFRAME is 0, include all visible and iconified frames.
Otherwise, include all frames.

(fn &optional FRAME MINIFRAME)Fprevious-frame
Return the previous frame in the frame list before FRAME.
It considers only frames on the same terminal as FRAME.
By default, skip minibuffer-only frames.
If omitted, FRAME defaults to the selected frame.
If optional argument MINIFRAME is nil, exclude minibuffer-only frames.
If MINIFRAME is a window, include only its own frame
and any frame now using that window as the minibuffer.
If MINIFRAME is `visible', include all visible frames.
If MINIFRAME is 0, include all visible and iconified frames.
Otherwise, include all frames.

(fn &optional FRAME MINIFRAME)Fdelete-frame
Delete FRAME, permanently eliminating it from use.
FRAME defaults to the selected frame.

A frame may not be deleted if its minibuffer is used by other frames.
Normally, you may not delete a frame if all other frames are invisible,
but if the second optional argument FORCE is non-nil, you may do so.

This function runs `delete-frame-functions' before actually
deleting the frame, unless the frame is a tooltip.
The functions are run with one argument, the frame to be deleted.

(fn &optional FRAME FORCE)Fmouse-position
Return a list (FRAME X . Y) giving the current mouse frame and position.
The position is given in character cells, where (0, 0) is the
upper-left corner of the frame, X is the horizontal offset, and Y is
the vertical offset.
If Emacs is running on a mouseless terminal or hasn't been programmed
to read the mouse position, it returns the selected frame for FRAME
and nil for X and Y.
If `mouse-position-function' is non-nil, `mouse-position' calls it,
passing the normal return value to that function as an argument,
and returns whatever that function returns.

(fn)Fmouse-pixel-position
Return a list (FRAME X . Y) giving the current mouse frame and position.
The position is given in pixel units, where (0, 0) is the
upper-left corner of the frame, X is the horizontal offset, and Y is
the vertical offset.
If Emacs is running on a mouseless terminal or hasn't been programmed
to read the mouse position, it returns the selected frame for FRAME
and nil for X and Y.

(fn)Fset-mouse-position
Move the mouse pointer to the center of character cell (X,Y) in FRAME.
Coordinates are relative to the frame, not a window,
so the coordinates of the top left character in the frame
may be nonzero due to left-hand scroll bars or the menu bar.

The position is given in character cells, where (0, 0) is the
upper-left corner of the frame, X is the horizontal offset, and Y is
the vertical offset.

This function is a no-op for an X frame that is not visible.
If you have just created a frame, you must wait for it to become visible
before calling this function on it, like this.
  (while (not (frame-visible-p frame)) (sleep-for .5))

(fn FRAME X Y)Fset-mouse-pixel-position
Move the mouse pointer to pixel position (X,Y) in FRAME.
The position is given in pixels, where (0, 0) is the upper-left corner
of the frame, X is the horizontal offset, and Y is the vertical offset.

Note, this is a no-op for an X frame that is not visible.
If you have just created a frame, you must wait for it to become visible
before calling this function on it, like this.
  (while (not (frame-visible-p frame)) (sleep-for .5))

(fn FRAME X Y)Fmake-frame-visible
Make the frame FRAME visible (assuming it is an X window).
If omitted, FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fmake-frame-invisible
Make the frame FRAME invisible (assuming it is an X window).
If omitted, FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame.
Normally you may not make FRAME invisible if all other frames are invisible,
but if the second optional argument FORCE is non-nil, you may do so.

(fn &optional FRAME FORCE)Ficonify-frame
Make the frame FRAME into an icon.
If omitted, FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fframe-visible-p
Return t if FRAME is now "visible" (actually in use for display).
A frame that is not "visible" is not updated and, if it works through
a window system, it may not show at all.
Return the symbol `icon' if frame is visible only as an icon.

On a text-only terminal, all frames are considered visible, whether
they are currently being displayed or not, and this function returns t
for all frames.

(fn FRAME)Fvisible-frame-list
Return a list of all frames now "visible" (being updated).

(fn)Fraise-frame
Bring FRAME to the front, so it occludes any frames it overlaps.
If FRAME is invisible or iconified, make it visible.
If you don't specify a frame, the selected frame is used.
If Emacs is displaying on an ordinary terminal or some other device which
doesn't support multiple overlapping frames, this function selects FRAME.

(fn &optional FRAME)Flower-frame
Send FRAME to the back, so it is occluded by any frames that overlap it.
If you don't specify a frame, the selected frame is used.
If Emacs is displaying on an ordinary terminal or some other device which
doesn't support multiple overlapping frames, this function does nothing.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fredirect-frame-focus
Arrange for keystrokes typed at FRAME to be sent to FOCUS-FRAME.
In other words, switch-frame events caused by events in FRAME will
request a switch to FOCUS-FRAME, and `last-event-frame' will be
FOCUS-FRAME after reading an event typed at FRAME.

If FOCUS-FRAME is omitted or nil, any existing redirection is
cancelled, and the frame again receives its own keystrokes.

Focus redirection is useful for temporarily redirecting keystrokes to
a surrogate minibuffer frame when a frame doesn't have its own
minibuffer window.

A frame's focus redirection can be changed by `select-frame'.  If frame
FOO is selected, and then a different frame BAR is selected, any
frames redirecting their focus to FOO are shifted to redirect their
focus to BAR.  This allows focus redirection to work properly when the
user switches from one frame to another using `select-window'.

This means that a frame whose focus is redirected to itself is treated
differently from a frame whose focus is redirected to nil; the former
is affected by `select-frame', while the latter is not.

The redirection lasts until `redirect-frame-focus' is called to change it.

(fn FRAME &optional FOCUS-FRAME)Fframe-focus
Return the frame to which FRAME's keystrokes are currently being sent.
This returns nil if FRAME's focus is not redirected.
See `redirect-frame-focus'.

(fn FRAME)Fframe-parameters
Return the parameters-alist of frame FRAME.
It is a list of elements of the form (PARM . VALUE), where PARM is a symbol.
The meaningful PARMs depend on the kind of frame.
If FRAME is omitted, return information on the currently selected frame.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fframe-parameter
Return FRAME's value for parameter PARAMETER.
If FRAME is nil, describe the currently selected frame.

(fn FRAME PARAMETER)Fmodify-frame-parameters
Modify the parameters of frame FRAME according to ALIST.
If FRAME is nil, it defaults to the selected frame.
ALIST is an alist of parameters to change and their new values.
Each element of ALIST has the form (PARM . VALUE), where PARM is a symbol.
The meaningful PARMs depend on the kind of frame.
Undefined PARMs are ignored, but stored in the frame's parameter list
so that `frame-parameters' will return them.

The value of frame parameter FOO can also be accessed
as a frame-local binding for the variable FOO, if you have
enabled such bindings for that variable with `make-variable-frame-local'.
Note that this functionality is obsolete as of Emacs 22.2, and its
use is not recommended.  Explicitly check for a frame-parameter instead.

(fn FRAME ALIST)Fframe-char-height
Height in pixels of a line in the font in frame FRAME.
If FRAME is omitted, the selected frame is used.
For a terminal frame, the value is always 1.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fframe-char-width
Width in pixels of characters in the font in frame FRAME.
If FRAME is omitted, the selected frame is used.
On a graphical screen, the width is the standard width of the default font.
For a terminal screen, the value is always 1.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fframe-pixel-height
Return a FRAME's height in pixels.
This counts only the height available for text lines,
not menu bars on window-system Emacs frames.
For a terminal frame, the result really gives the height in characters.
If FRAME is omitted, the selected frame is used.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fframe-pixel-width
Return FRAME's width in pixels.
For a terminal frame, the result really gives the width in characters.
If FRAME is omitted, the selected frame is used.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fset-frame-height
Specify that the frame FRAME has LINES lines.
Optional third arg non-nil means that redisplay should use LINES lines
but that the idea of the actual height of the frame should not be changed.

(fn FRAME LINES &optional PRETEND)Fset-frame-width
Specify that the frame FRAME has COLS columns.
Optional third arg non-nil means that redisplay should use COLS columns
but that the idea of the actual width of the frame should not be changed.

(fn FRAME COLS &optional PRETEND)Fset-frame-size
Sets size of FRAME to COLS by ROWS, measured in characters.

(fn FRAME COLS ROWS)Fset-frame-position
Sets position of FRAME in pixels to XOFFSET by YOFFSET.
This is actually the position of the upper left corner of the frame.
Negative values for XOFFSET or YOFFSET are interpreted relative to
the rightmost or bottommost possible position (that stays within the screen).

(fn FRAME XOFFSET YOFFSET)Fx-get-resource
Return the value of ATTRIBUTE, of class CLASS, from the X defaults database.
This uses `INSTANCE.ATTRIBUTE' as the key and `Emacs.CLASS' as the
class, where INSTANCE is the name under which Emacs was invoked, or
the name specified by the `-name' or `-rn' command-line arguments.

The optional arguments COMPONENT and SUBCLASS add to the key and the
class, respectively.  You must specify both of them or neither.
If you specify them, the key is `INSTANCE.COMPONENT.ATTRIBUTE'
and the class is `Emacs.CLASS.SUBCLASS'.

(fn ATTRIBUTE CLASS &optional COMPONENT SUBCLASS)Fx-parse-geometry
Parse a Nextstep-style geometry string STRING.
Returns an alist of the form ((top . TOP), (left . LEFT) ... ).
The properties returned may include `top', `left', `height', and `width'.
This works by calling `ns-parse-geometry'.

(fn STRING)Fx-parse-geometry
Parse an X-style geometry string STRING.
Returns an alist of the form ((top . TOP), (left . LEFT) ... ).
The properties returned may include `top', `left', `height', and `width'.
The value of `left' or `top' may be an integer,
or a list (+ N) meaning N pixels relative to top/left corner,
or a list (- N) meaning -N pixels relative to bottom/right corner.

(fn STRING)Vx-resource-name
The name Emacs uses to look up X resources.
`x-get-resource' uses this as the first component of the instance name
when requesting resource values.
Emacs initially sets `x-resource-name' to the name under which Emacs
was invoked, or to the value specified with the `-name' or `-rn'
switches, if present.

It may be useful to bind this variable locally around a call
to `x-get-resource'.  See also the variable `x-resource-class'.Vx-resource-class
The class Emacs uses to look up X resources.
`x-get-resource' uses this as the first component of the instance class
when requesting resource values.

Emacs initially sets `x-resource-class' to "Emacs".

Setting this variable permanently is not a reasonable thing to do,
but binding this variable locally around a call to `x-get-resource'
is a reasonable practice.  See also the variable `x-resource-name'.Vframe-alpha-lower-limit
The lower limit of the frame opacity (alpha transparency).
The value should range from 0 (invisible) to 100 (completely opaque).
You can also use a floating number between 0.0 and 1.0.
The default is 20.Vdefault-frame-alist
Alist of default values for frame creation.
These may be set in your init file, like this:
  (setq default-frame-alist '((width . 80) (height . 55) (menu-bar-lines . 1)))
These override values given in window system configuration data,
 including X Windows' defaults database.
For values specific to the first Emacs frame, see `initial-frame-alist'.
For window-system specific values, see `window-system-default-frame-alist'.
For values specific to the separate minibuffer frame, see
 `minibuffer-frame-alist'.
The `menu-bar-lines' element of the list controls whether new frames
 have menu bars; `menu-bar-mode' works by altering this element.
Setting this variable does not affect existing frames, only new ones.Vdefault-frame-scroll-bars
Default position of scroll bars on this window-system.Vterminal-frame
The initial frame-object, which represents Emacs's stdout.Vmouse-position-function
If non-nil, function to transform normal value of `mouse-position'.
`mouse-position' calls this function, passing its usual return value as
argument, and returns whatever this function returns.
This abnormal hook exists for the benefit of packages like `xt-mouse.el'
which need to do mouse handling at the Lisp level.Vmouse-highlight
If non-nil, clickable text is highlighted when mouse is over it.
If the value is an integer, highlighting is only shown after moving the
mouse, while keyboard input turns off the highlight even when the mouse
is over the clickable text.  However, the mouse shape still indicates
when the mouse is over clickable text.Vdelete-frame-functions
Functions to be run before deleting a frame.
The functions are run with one arg, the frame to be deleted.
See `delete-frame'.

Note that functions in this list may be called just before the frame is
actually deleted, or some time later (or even both when an earlier function
in `delete-frame-functions' (indirectly) calls `delete-frame'
recursively).Vdefault-minibuffer-frame
Minibufferless frames use this frame's minibuffer.

Emacs cannot create minibufferless frames unless this is set to an
appropriate surrogate.

Emacs consults this variable only when creating minibufferless
frames; once the frame is created, it sticks with its assigned
minibuffer, no matter what this variable is set to.  This means that
this variable doesn't necessarily say anything meaningful about the
current set of frames, or where the minibuffer is currently being
displayed.

This variable is local to the current terminal and cannot be buffer-local.Vfocus-follows-mouse
Non-nil if window system changes focus when you move the mouse.
You should set this variable to tell Emacs how your window manager
handles focus, since there is no way in general for Emacs to find out
automatically.Sscroll.o
Sxdisp.o
Ftool-bar-lines-needed
Return the number of lines occupied by the tool bar of FRAME.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fdump-glyph-matrix
Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.
Shows contents of glyph row structures.  With non-nil
parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well.  If GLYPHS is 1 show
glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form.

(fn &optional GLYPHS)Fdump-frame-glyph-matrix

(fn)Fdump-glyph-row
Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.
GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.
GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.
GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.

(fn ROW &optional GLYPHS)Fdump-tool-bar-row
Dump glyph row ROW of the tool-bar of the current frame to stderr.
GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.
GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.
GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.

(fn ROW &optional GLYPHS)Ftrace-redisplay
Toggle tracing of redisplay.
With ARG, turn tracing on if and only if ARG is positive.

(fn &optional ARG)Ftrace-to-stderr
Like `format', but print result to stderr.

(fn STRING &rest OBJECTS)Fformat-mode-line
Format a string out of a mode line format specification.
First arg FORMAT specifies the mode line format (see `mode-line-format'
for details) to use.

Optional second arg FACE specifies the face property to put
on all characters for which no face is specified.
The value t means whatever face the window's mode line currently uses
(either `mode-line' or `mode-line-inactive', depending).
A value of nil means the default is no face property.
If FACE is an integer, the value string has no text properties.

Optional third and fourth args WINDOW and BUFFER specify the window
and buffer to use as the context for the formatting (defaults
are the selected window and the window's buffer).

(fn FORMAT &optional FACE WINDOW BUFFER)Finvisible-p
Non-nil if the property makes the text invisible.
POS-OR-PROP can be a marker or number, in which case it is taken to be
a position in the current buffer and the value of the `invisible' property
is checked; or it can be some other value, which is then presumed to be the
value of the `invisible' property of the text of interest.
The non-nil value returned can be t for truly invisible text or something
else if the text is replaced by an ellipsis.

(fn POS-OR-PROP)Flookup-image-map
Lookup in image map MAP coordinates X and Y.
An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST).
An AREA is specified as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon:
A rectangle is a cons (rect . ((x0 . y0) . (x1 . y1))) specifying the
pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right corners.
A circle is a cons (circle . ((x0 . y0) . r)) specifying the center
and the radius of the circle; r may be a float or integer.
A polygon is a cons (poly . [x0 y0 x1 y1 ...]) where each pair in the
vector describes one corner in the polygon.
Returns the alist element for the first matching AREA in MAP.

(fn MAP X Y)Vx-stretch-cursor
*Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.
For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as
wide as that tab on the display.Vshow-trailing-whitespace
*Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.
The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.Vnobreak-char-display
*Control highlighting of nobreak space and soft hyphen.
A value of t means highlight the character itself (for nobreak space,
use face `nobreak-space').
A value of nil means no highlighting.
Other values mean display the escape glyph followed by an ordinary
space or ordinary hyphen.Vvoid-text-area-pointer
*The pointer shape to show in void text areas.
A value of nil means to show the text pointer.  Other options are `arrow',
`text', `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'.Vinhibit-redisplay
Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.
This is used for internal purposes.Vglobal-mode-string
String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.Voverlay-arrow-position
Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.
This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.
See also `overlay-arrow-string'.Voverlay-arrow-string
String to display as an arrow in non-window frames.
See also `overlay-arrow-position'.Voverlay-arrow-variable-list
List of variables (symbols) which hold markers for overlay arrows.
The symbols on this list are examined during redisplay to determine
where to display overlay arrows.Vscroll-step
*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.
If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.
If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.
If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set
`scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1.Vscroll-conservatively
*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.
If point moves off-screen, redisplay will scroll by up to
`scroll-conservatively' lines in order to bring point just barely
onto the screen again.  If that cannot be done, then redisplay
recenters point as usual.

A value of zero means always recenter point if it moves off screen.Vscroll-margin
*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.
Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines
of the top or bottom of the window.Vdisplay-pixels-per-inch
Pixels per inch value for non-window system displays.
Value is a number or a cons (WIDTH-DPI . HEIGHT-DPI).Vdebug-end-pos
Don't ask.Vtruncate-partial-width-windows
Non-nil means truncate lines in windows with less than the frame width.
For an integer value, truncate lines in each window with less than the
full frame width, provided the window width is less than that integer;
otherwise, respect the value of `truncate-lines'.

For any other non-nil value, truncate lines in all windows with
less than the full frame width.

A value of nil means to respect the value of `truncate-lines'.

If `word-wrap' is enabled, you might want to reduce this.Vmode-line-inverse-video
When nil, display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.
Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',
`header-line', or `menu' respectively.Vline-number-display-limit
*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.
If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear
in the mode line.  A value of nil means no limit.Vline-number-display-limit-width
*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.
If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the
line number may be omitted from the mode line.Vhighlight-nonselected-windows
*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.Vmultiple-frames
Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.
Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.
This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing
`frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.Vframe-title-format
Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.
(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)

This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format', except that
the %c and %l constructs are ignored.  It is used only on frames for
which no explicit name has been set (see `modify-frame-parameters').Vicon-title-format
Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.
(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)
This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),
and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set
(see `modify-frame-parameters').Vmessage-log-max
Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.
If nil, disable message logging.  If t, log messages but don't truncate
the buffer when it becomes large.Vwindow-size-change-functions
Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.
The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.
Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed
size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,
all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.Vwindow-scroll-functions
List of functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.
Each function is called with two arguments, the window and its new
display-start position.  Note that these functions are also called by
`set-window-buffer'.  Also note that the value of `window-end' is not
valid when these functions are called.Vwindow-text-change-functions
Functions to call in redisplay when text in the window might change.Vredisplay-end-trigger-functions
Functions called when redisplay of a window reaches the end trigger.
Each function is called with two arguments, the window and the end trigger value.
See `set-window-redisplay-end-trigger'.Vmouse-autoselect-window
*Non-nil means autoselect window with mouse pointer.
If nil, do not autoselect windows.
A positive number means delay autoselection by that many seconds: a
window is autoselected only after the mouse has remained in that
window for the duration of the delay.
A negative number has a similar effect, but causes windows to be
autoselected only after the mouse has stopped moving.  (Because of
the way Emacs compares mouse events, you will occasionally wait twice
that time before the window gets selected.)
Any other value means to autoselect window instantaneously when the
mouse pointer enters it.

Autoselection selects the minibuffer only if it is active, and never
unselects the minibuffer if it is active.

When customizing this variable make sure that the actual value of
`focus-follows-mouse' matches the behavior of your window manager.Vauto-resize-tool-bars
*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.
This dynamically changes the tool-bar's height to the minimum height
that is needed to make all tool-bar items visible.
If value is `grow-only', the tool-bar's height is only increased
automatically; to decrease the tool-bar height, use \[recenter].Vauto-raise-tool-bar-buttons
*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.Vmake-cursor-line-fully-visible
*Non-nil means to scroll (recenter) cursor line if it is not fully visible.Vtool-bar-border
*Border below tool-bar in pixels.
If an integer, use it as the height of the border.
If it is one of `internal-border-width' or `border-width', use the
value of the corresponding frame parameter.
Otherwise, no border is added below the tool-bar.Vtool-bar-button-margin
*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.
If an integer, use that for both horizontal and vertical margins.
Otherwise, value should be a pair of integers `(HORZ . VERT)' with
HORZ specifying the horizontal margin, and VERT specifying the
vertical margin.Vtool-bar-button-relief
*Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.Vfontification-functions
List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.
Each function is called with one argument POS.  Functions must
fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give
fontified regions the property `fontified'.Vunibyte-display-via-language-environment
*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.
Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters
are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters
according to the current language environment.  As a result, they are
displayed according to the current fontset.Vmax-mini-window-height
*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.
If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.
If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.Vresize-mini-windows
*How to resize mini-windows.
A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.
A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.
A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow
only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows
go back to their normal size.Vblink-cursor-alist
Alist specifying how to blink the cursor off.
Each element has the form (ON-STATE . OFF-STATE).  Whenever the
`cursor-type' frame-parameter or variable equals ON-STATE,
comparing using `equal', Emacs uses OFF-STATE to specify
how to blink it off.  ON-STATE and OFF-STATE are values for
the `cursor-type' frame parameter.

If a frame's ON-STATE has no entry in this list,
the frame's other specifications determine how to blink the cursor off.Vauto-hscroll-mode
*Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible.Vhscroll-margin
*How many columns away from the window edge point is allowed to get
before automatic hscrolling will horizontally scroll the window.Vhscroll-step
*How many columns to scroll the window when point gets too close to the edge.
When point is less than `hscroll-margin' columns from the window
edge, automatic hscrolling will scroll the window by the amount of columns
determined by this variable.  If its value is a positive integer, scroll that
many columns.  If it's a positive floating-point number, it specifies the
fraction of the window's width to scroll.  If it's nil or zero, point will be
centered horizontally after the scroll.  Any other value, including negative
numbers, are treated as if the value were zero.

Automatic hscrolling always moves point outside the scroll margin, so if
point was more than scroll step columns inside the margin, the window will
scroll more than the value given by the scroll step.

Note that the lower bound for automatic hscrolling specified by `scroll-left'
and `scroll-right' overrides this variable's effect.Vmessage-truncate-lines
If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.
Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect.Vmenu-bar-update-hook
Normal hook run to update the menu bar definitions.
Redisplay runs this hook before it redisplays the menu bar.
This is used to update submenus such as Buffers,
whose contents depend on various data.Vmenu-updating-frame
Frame for which we are updating a menu.
The enable predicate for a menu binding should check this variable.Vinhibit-menubar-update
Non-nil means don't update menu bars.  Internal use only.Vwrap-prefix
Prefix prepended to all continuation lines at display time.
The value may be a string, an image, or a stretch-glyph; it is
interpreted in the same way as the value of a `display' text property.

This variable is overridden by any `wrap-prefix' text or overlay
property.

To add a prefix to non-continuation lines, use `line-prefix'.Vline-prefix
Prefix prepended to all non-continuation lines at display time.
The value may be a string, an image, or a stretch-glyph; it is
interpreted in the same way as the value of a `display' text property.

This variable is overridden by any `line-prefix' text or overlay
property.

To add a prefix to continuation lines, use `wrap-prefix'.Vinhibit-eval-during-redisplay
Non-nil means don't eval Lisp during redisplay.Vinhibit-free-realized-faces
Non-nil means don't free realized faces.  Internal use only.Vinhibit-try-window-id
Inhibit try_window_id display optimization.Vinhibit-try-window-reusing
Inhibit try_window_reusing display optimization.Vinhibit-try-cursor-movement
Inhibit try_cursor_movement display optimization.Voverline-margin
*Space between overline and text, in pixels.
The default value is 2: the height of the overline (1 pixel) plus 1 pixel
margin to the caracter height.Vunderline-minimum-offset
Minimum distance between baseline and underline.
This can improve legibility of underlined text at small font sizes,
particularly when using variable `x-use-underline-position-properties'
with fonts that specify an UNDERLINE_POSITION relatively close to the
baseline.  The default value is 1.Vdisplay-hourglass
Non-zero means Emacs displays an hourglass pointer on window systems.Vhourglass-delay
*Seconds to wait before displaying an hourglass pointer.
Value must be an integer or float.Smenu.o
Swindow.o
Fwindowp
Return t if OBJECT is a window.

(fn OBJECT)Fwindow-live-p
Return t if OBJECT is a window which is currently visible.

(fn OBJECT)Fselected-window
Return the window that the cursor now appears in and commands apply to.

(fn)Fminibuffer-window
Return the window used now for minibuffers.
If the optional argument FRAME is specified, return the minibuffer window
used by that frame.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fwindow-minibuffer-p
Return non-nil if WINDOW is a minibuffer window.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fpos-visible-in-window-p
Return non-nil if position POS is currently on the frame in WINDOW.
Return nil if that position is scrolled vertically out of view.
If a character is only partially visible, nil is returned, unless the
optional argument PARTIALLY is non-nil.
If POS is only out of view because of horizontal scrolling, return non-nil.
If POS is t, it specifies the position of the last visible glyph in WINDOW.
POS defaults to point in WINDOW; WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

If POS is visible, return t if PARTIALLY is nil; if PARTIALLY is non-nil,
return value is a list of 2 or 6 elements (X Y [RTOP RBOT ROWH VPOS]),
where X and Y are the pixel coordinates relative to the top left corner
of the window.  The remaining elements are omitted if the character after
POS is fully visible; otherwise, RTOP and RBOT are the number of pixels
off-window at the top and bottom of the row, ROWH is the height of the
display row, and VPOS is the row number (0-based) containing POS.

(fn &optional POS WINDOW PARTIALLY)Fwindow-line-height
Return height in pixels of text line LINE in window WINDOW.
If WINDOW is nil or omitted, use selected window.

Return height of current line if LINE is omitted or nil.  Return height of
header or mode line if LINE is `header-line' and `mode-line'.
Otherwise, LINE is a text line number starting from 0.  A negative number
counts from the end of the window.

Value is a list (HEIGHT VPOS YPOS OFFBOT), where HEIGHT is the height
in pixels of the visible part of the line, VPOS and YPOS are the
vertical position in lines and pixels of the line, relative to the top
of the first text line, and OFFBOT is the number of off-window pixels at
the bottom of the text line.  If there are off-window pixels at the top
of the (first) text line, YPOS is negative.

Return nil if window display is not up-to-date.  In that case, use
`pos-visible-in-window-p' to obtain the information.

(fn &optional LINE WINDOW)Fwindow-buffer
Return the buffer that WINDOW is displaying.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-height
Return the number of lines in WINDOW.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

The return value includes WINDOW's mode line and header line, if any.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-width
Return the number of display columns in WINDOW.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

Note: The return value is the number of columns available for text in
WINDOW.  If you want to find out how many columns WINDOW takes up, use
(let ((edges (window-edges))) (- (nth 2 edges) (nth 0 edges))).

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-full-width-p
Return t if WINDOW is as wide as its frame.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-hscroll
Return the number of columns by which WINDOW is scrolled from left margin.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fset-window-hscroll
Set number of columns WINDOW is scrolled from left margin to NCOL.
Return NCOL.  NCOL should be zero or positive.

Note that if `automatic-hscrolling' is non-nil, you cannot scroll the
window so that the location of point moves off-window.

(fn WINDOW NCOL)Fwindow-redisplay-end-trigger
Return WINDOW's redisplay end trigger value.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.
See `set-window-redisplay-end-trigger' for more information.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fset-window-redisplay-end-trigger
Set WINDOW's redisplay end trigger value to VALUE.
VALUE should be a buffer position (typically a marker) or nil.
If it is a buffer position, then if redisplay in WINDOW reaches a position
beyond VALUE, the functions in `redisplay-end-trigger-functions' are called
with two arguments: WINDOW, and the end trigger value.
Afterwards the end-trigger value is reset to nil.

(fn WINDOW VALUE)Fwindow-edges
Return a list of the edge coordinates of WINDOW.
(LEFT TOP RIGHT BOTTOM), all relative to 0, 0 at top left corner of frame.
RIGHT is one more than the rightmost column occupied by WINDOW,
and BOTTOM is one more than the bottommost row occupied by WINDOW.
The edges include the space used by the window's scroll bar,
display margins, fringes, header line, and mode line, if it has them.
To get the edges of the actual text area, use `window-inside-edges'.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-pixel-edges
Return a list of the edge pixel coordinates of WINDOW.
(LEFT TOP RIGHT BOTTOM), all relative to 0, 0 at top left corner of frame.
RIGHT is one more than the rightmost x position occupied by WINDOW,
and BOTTOM is one more than the bottommost y position occupied by WINDOW.
The pixel edges include the space used by the window's scroll bar,
display margins, fringes, header line, and mode line, if it has them.
To get the edges of the actual text area, use `window-inside-pixel-edges'.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-inside-edges
Return a list of the edge coordinates of WINDOW.
(LEFT TOP RIGHT BOTTOM), all relative to 0, 0 at top left corner of frame.
RIGHT is one more than the rightmost column used by text in WINDOW,
and BOTTOM is one more than the bottommost row used by text in WINDOW.
The inside edges do not include the space used by the window's scroll bar,
display margins, fringes, header line, and/or mode line.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-inside-pixel-edges
Return a list of the edge pixel coordinates of WINDOW.
(LEFT TOP RIGHT BOTTOM), all relative to 0, 0 at top left corner of frame.
RIGHT is one more than the rightmost x position used by text in WINDOW,
and BOTTOM is one more than the bottommost y position used by text in WINDOW.
The inside edges do not include the space used by the window's scroll bar,
display margins, fringes, header line, and/or mode line.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fcoordinates-in-window-p
Return non-nil if COORDINATES are in WINDOW.
COORDINATES is a cons of the form (X . Y), X and Y being distances
measured in characters from the upper-left corner of the frame.
(0 . 0) denotes the character in the upper left corner of the
frame.
If COORDINATES are in the text portion of WINDOW,
   the coordinates relative to the window are returned.
If they are in the mode line of WINDOW, `mode-line' is returned.
If they are in the top mode line of WINDOW, `header-line' is returned.
If they are in the left fringe of WINDOW, `left-fringe' is returned.
If they are in the right fringe of WINDOW, `right-fringe' is returned.
If they are on the border between WINDOW and its right sibling,
  `vertical-line' is returned.
If they are in the windows's left or right marginal areas, `left-margin'
  or `right-margin' is returned.

(fn COORDINATES WINDOW)Fwindow-at
Return window containing coordinates X and Y on FRAME.
If omitted, FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame.
The top left corner of the frame is considered to be row 0,
column 0.

(fn X Y &optional FRAME)Fwindow-point
Return current value of point in WINDOW.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

For a nonselected window, this is the value point would have
if that window were selected.

Note that, when WINDOW is the selected window and its buffer
is also currently selected, the value returned is the same as (point).
It would be more strictly correct to return the `top-level' value
of point, outside of any save-excursion forms.
But that is hard to define.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-start
Return position at which display currently starts in WINDOW.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.
This is updated by redisplay or by calling `set-window-start'.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-end
Return position at which display currently ends in WINDOW.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.
This is updated by redisplay, when it runs to completion.
Simply changing the buffer text or setting `window-start'
does not update this value.
Return nil if there is no recorded value.  (This can happen if the
last redisplay of WINDOW was preempted, and did not finish.)
If UPDATE is non-nil, compute the up-to-date position
if it isn't already recorded.

(fn &optional WINDOW UPDATE)Fset-window-point
Make point value in WINDOW be at position POS in WINDOW's buffer.
Return POS.

(fn WINDOW POS)Fset-window-start
Make display in WINDOW start at position POS in WINDOW's buffer.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.  Return POS.
Optional third arg NOFORCE non-nil inhibits next redisplay from
overriding motion of point in order to display at this exact start.

(fn WINDOW POS &optional NOFORCE)Fwindow-dedicated-p
Return non-nil when WINDOW is dedicated to its buffer.
More precisely, return the value assigned by the last call of
`set-window-dedicated-p' for WINDOW.  Return nil if that function was
never called with WINDOW as its argument, or the value set by that
function was internally reset since its last call.  WINDOW defaults to
the selected window.

When a window is dedicated to its buffer, `display-buffer' will refrain
from displaying another buffer in it.  `get-lru-window' and
`get-largest-window' treat dedicated windows specially.
`delete-windows-on', `replace-buffer-in-windows', `quit-window' and
`kill-buffer' can delete a dedicated window and the containing frame.

Functions like `set-window-buffer' may change the buffer displayed by a
window, unless that window is "strongly" dedicated to its buffer, that
is the value returned by `window-dedicated-p' is t.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fset-window-dedicated-p
Mark WINDOW as dedicated according to FLAG.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.  FLAG non-nil means mark WINDOW
as dedicated to its buffer.  FLAG nil means mark WINDOW as non-dedicated.
Return FLAG.

As a special case, if FLAG is t, mark WINDOW as "strongly" dedicated to
its buffer.  Functions like `set-window-buffer' may change the buffer
displayed by a window, unless that window is strongly dedicated to its
buffer.  If and when `set-window-buffer' displays another buffer in a
window, it also makes sure that the window is not marked as dedicated.

(fn WINDOW FLAG)Fwindow-parameters
Return the parameters of WINDOW and their values.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.  The return value is a list of
elements of the form (PARAMETER . VALUE).

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-parameter
Return WINDOW's value for PARAMETER.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

(fn WINDOW PARAMETER)Fset-window-parameter
Set WINDOW's value of PARAMETER to VALUE.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.  Return VALUE.

(fn WINDOW PARAMETER VALUE)Fwindow-display-table
Return the display-table that WINDOW is using.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fset-window-display-table
Set WINDOW's display-table to TABLE.

(fn WINDOW TABLE)Fdelete-window
Remove WINDOW from its frame.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.  Return nil.
Signal an error when WINDOW is the only window on its frame.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fnext-window
Return window following WINDOW in cyclic ordering of windows.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window. The optional arguments
MINIBUF and ALL-FRAMES specify the set of windows to consider.

MINIBUF t means consider the minibuffer window even if the
minibuffer is not active.  MINIBUF nil or omitted means consider
the minibuffer window only if the minibuffer is active.  Any
other value means do not consider the minibuffer window even if
the minibuffer is active.

Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
is active, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer
are considered too.  Therefore, if you are using a separate
minibuffer frame and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it
counts, `next-window' considers the windows in the frame from
which you entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer
window.

ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means consider all windows on WINDOW's
 frame, plus the minibuffer window if specified by the MINIBUF
 argument, see above.  If the minibuffer counts, consider all
 windows on all frames that share that minibuffer too.
ALL-FRAMES t means consider all windows on all existing frames.
ALL-FRAMES `visible' means consider all windows on all visible
 frames.
ALL-FRAMES 0 means consider all windows on all visible and
 iconified frames.
ALL-FRAMES a frame means consider all windows on that frame only.
Anything else means consider all windows on WINDOW's frame and no
 others.

If you use consistent values for MINIBUF and ALL-FRAMES, you can use
`next-window' to iterate through the entire cycle of acceptable
windows, eventually ending up back at the window you started with.
`previous-window' traverses the same cycle, in the reverse order.

(fn &optional WINDOW MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES)Fprevious-window
Return window preceding WINDOW in cyclic ordering of windows.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window. The optional arguments
MINIBUF and ALL-FRAMES specify the set of windows to consider.
For the precise meaning of these arguments see `next-window'.

If you use consistent values for MINIBUF and ALL-FRAMES, you can
use `previous-window' to iterate through the entire cycle of
acceptable windows, eventually ending up back at the window you
started with.  `next-window' traverses the same cycle, in the
reverse order.

(fn &optional WINDOW MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES)Fother-window
Select another window in cyclic ordering of windows.
COUNT specifies the number of windows to skip, starting with the
selected window, before making the selection.  If COUNT is
positive, skip COUNT windows forwards.  If COUNT is negative,
skip -COUNT windows backwards.  COUNT zero means do not skip any
window, so select the selected window.  In an interactive call,
COUNT is the numeric prefix argument.  Return nil.

This function uses `next-window' for finding the window to select.
The argument ALL-FRAMES has the same meaning as in `next-window',
but the MINIBUF argument of `next-window' is always effectively
nil.

(fn COUNT &optional ALL-FRAMES)Fwindow-list
Return a list of windows on FRAME, starting with WINDOW.
FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
WINDOW nil or omitted means use the selected window.
MINIBUF t means include the minibuffer window, even if it isn't active.
MINIBUF nil or omitted means include the minibuffer window only
if it's active.
MINIBUF neither nil nor t means never include the minibuffer window.

(fn &optional FRAME MINIBUF WINDOW)Fget-lru-window
Return the window least recently selected or used for display.
(LRU means Least Recently Used.)

Return a full-width window if possible.
A minibuffer window is never a candidate.
A dedicated window is never a candidate, unless DEDICATED is non-nil,
  so if all windows are dedicated, the value is nil.
If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames.
If FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames.
If FRAME is t, search all frames.
If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame.
If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame.

(fn &optional FRAME DEDICATED)Fget-largest-window
Return the largest window in area.
A minibuffer window is never a candidate.
A dedicated window is never a candidate unless DEDICATED is non-nil,
  so if all windows are dedicated, the value is nil.
If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames.
If FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames.
If FRAME is t, search all frames.
If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame.
If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame.

(fn &optional FRAME DEDICATED)Fget-buffer-window
Return a window currently displaying BUFFER-OR-NAME, or nil if none.
BUFFER-OR-NAME may be a buffer or a buffer name and defaults to the
current buffer.
If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames.
If optional argument FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames.
If FRAME is t, search all frames.
If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame.
If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame.

(fn &optional BUFFER-OR-NAME FRAME)Fdelete-other-windows
Make WINDOW (or the selected window) fill its frame.
Only the frame WINDOW is on is affected.
This function tries to reduce display jumps by keeping the text
previously visible in WINDOW in the same place on the frame.  Doing this
depends on the value of (window-start WINDOW), so if calling this
function in a program gives strange scrolling, make sure the
window-start value is reasonable when this function is called.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fdelete-windows-on
Delete all windows showing BUFFER-OR-NAME.
BUFFER-OR-NAME may be a buffer or the name of an existing buffer and
defaults to the current buffer.

Optional second argument FRAME controls which frames are affected.
If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames.
If FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames.
If FRAME is nil, search all frames.
If FRAME is t, search only the selected frame.
If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame.
When a window showing BUFFER-OR-NAME is dedicated and the only window of
its frame, that frame is deleted when there are other frames left.

(fn &optional BUFFER-OR-NAME FRAME)Freplace-buffer-in-windows
Replace BUFFER-OR-NAME with some other buffer in all windows showing it.
BUFFER-OR-NAME may be a buffer or the name of an existing buffer and
defaults to the current buffer.

When a window showing BUFFER-OR-NAME is dedicated that window is
deleted.  If that window is the only window on its frame, that frame is
deleted too when there are other frames left.  If there are no other
frames left, some other buffer is displayed in that window.

(fn &optional BUFFER-OR-NAME)Fset-window-buffer
Make WINDOW display BUFFER-OR-NAME as its contents.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.  BUFFER-OR-NAME must be a buffer
or the name of an existing buffer.  Optional third argument KEEP-MARGINS
non-nil means that WINDOW's current display margins, fringe widths, and
scroll bar settings are preserved; the default is to reset these from
the local settings for BUFFER-OR-NAME or the frame defaults.  Return nil.

This function throws an error when WINDOW is strongly dedicated to its
buffer (that is `window-dedicated-p' returns t for WINDOW) and does not
already display BUFFER-OR-NAME.

This function runs `window-scroll-functions' before running
`window-configuration-change-hook'.

(fn WINDOW BUFFER-OR-NAME &optional KEEP-MARGINS)Fselect-window
Select WINDOW.  Most editing will apply to WINDOW's buffer.
If WINDOW is not already selected, make WINDOW's buffer current
and make WINDOW the frame's selected window.  Return WINDOW.
Optional second arg NORECORD non-nil means do not put this buffer
at the front of the list of recently selected ones and do not
make this window the most recently selected one.

Note that the main editor command loop selects the buffer of the
selected window before each command.

(fn WINDOW &optional NORECORD)Fforce-window-update
Force all windows to be updated on next redisplay.
If optional arg OBJECT is a window, force redisplay of that window only.
If OBJECT is a buffer or buffer name, force redisplay of all windows
displaying that buffer.

(fn &optional OBJECT)Fsplit-window
Split WINDOW, putting SIZE lines in the first of the pair.
WINDOW defaults to selected one and SIZE to half its size.
If optional third arg HORIZONTAL is non-nil, split side by side and put
SIZE columns in the first of the pair.  In that case, SIZE includes that
window's scroll bar, or the divider column to its right.
Interactively, all arguments are nil.
Returns the newly created window (which is the lower or rightmost one).
The upper or leftmost window is the original one, and remains selected
if it was selected before.

See Info node `(elisp)Splitting Windows' for more details and examples.

(fn &optional WINDOW SIZE HORIZONTAL)Fenlarge-window
Make selected window SIZE lines taller.
Interactively, if no argument is given, make the selected window one
line taller.  If optional argument HORIZONTAL is non-nil, make selected
window wider by SIZE columns.  If SIZE is negative, shrink the window by
-SIZE lines or columns.  Return nil.

This function can delete windows if they get too small.  The size of
fixed size windows is not altered by this function.

(fn SIZE &optional HORIZONTAL)Fshrink-window
Make selected window SIZE lines smaller.
Interactively, if no argument is given, make the selected window one
line smaller.  If optional argument HORIZONTAL is non-nil, make the
window narrower by SIZE columns.  If SIZE is negative, enlarge selected
window by -SIZE lines or columns.  Return nil.

This function can delete windows if they get too small.  The size of
fixed size windows is not altered by this function.

(fn SIZE &optional HORIZONTAL)Fadjust-window-trailing-edge
Adjust the bottom or right edge of WINDOW by DELTA.
If HORIZONTAL is non-nil, that means adjust the width, moving the right edge.
Otherwise, adjust the height, moving the bottom edge.

Following siblings of the selected window are resized to fulfill
the size request.  If they become too small in the process, they
are not deleted; instead, we signal an error.

(fn WINDOW DELTA HORIZONTAL)Fscroll-up
Scroll text of selected window upward ARG lines.
If ARG is omitted or nil, scroll upward by a near full screen.
A near full screen is `next-screen-context-lines' less than a full screen.
Negative ARG means scroll downward.
If ARG is the atom `-', scroll downward by nearly full screen.
When calling from a program, supply as argument a number, nil, or `-'.

(fn &optional ARG)Fscroll-down
Scroll text of selected window down ARG lines.
If ARG is omitted or nil, scroll down by a near full screen.
A near full screen is `next-screen-context-lines' less than a full screen.
Negative ARG means scroll upward.
If ARG is the atom `-', scroll upward by nearly full screen.
When calling from a program, supply as argument a number, nil, or `-'.

(fn &optional ARG)Fother-window-for-scrolling
Return the other window for "other window scroll" commands.
If `other-window-scroll-buffer' is non-nil, a window
showing that buffer is used.
If in the minibuffer, `minibuffer-scroll-window' if non-nil
specifies the window.  This takes precedence over
`other-window-scroll-buffer'.

(fn)Fscroll-other-window
Scroll next window upward ARG lines; or near full screen if no ARG.
A near full screen is `next-screen-context-lines' less than a full screen.
The next window is the one below the current one; or the one at the top
if the current one is at the bottom.  Negative ARG means scroll downward.
If ARG is the atom `-', scroll downward by nearly full screen.
When calling from a program, supply as argument a number, nil, or `-'.

If `other-window-scroll-buffer' is non-nil, scroll the window
showing that buffer, popping the buffer up if necessary.
If in the minibuffer, `minibuffer-scroll-window' if non-nil
specifies the window to scroll.  This takes precedence over
`other-window-scroll-buffer'.

(fn &optional ARG)Fscroll-left
Scroll selected window display ARG columns left.
Default for ARG is window width minus 2.
Value is the total amount of leftward horizontal scrolling in
effect after the change.
If SET-MINIMUM is non-nil, the new scroll amount becomes the
lower bound for automatic scrolling, i.e. automatic scrolling
will not scroll a window to a column less than the value returned
by this function.  This happens in an interactive call.

(fn &optional ARG SET-MINIMUM)Fscroll-right
Scroll selected window display ARG columns right.
Default for ARG is window width minus 2.
Value is the total amount of leftward horizontal scrolling in
effect after the change.
If SET-MINIMUM is non-nil, the new scroll amount becomes the
lower bound for automatic scrolling, i.e. automatic scrolling
will not scroll a window to a column less than the value returned
by this function.  This happens in an interactive call.

(fn &optional ARG SET-MINIMUM)Fminibuffer-selected-window
Return the window which was selected when entering the minibuffer.
Returns nil, if selected window is not a minibuffer window.

(fn)Frecenter
Center point in selected window and redisplay frame.
With prefix argument ARG, recenter putting point on screen line ARG
relative to the selected window.  If ARG is negative, it counts up from the
bottom of the window.  (ARG should be less than the height of the window.)

If ARG is omitted or nil, erase the entire frame and then redraw with point
in the center of the selected window.  If `auto-resize-tool-bars' is set to
`grow-only', this resets the tool-bar's height to the minimum height needed.

Just C-u as prefix means put point in the center of the window
and redisplay normally--don't erase and redraw the frame.

(fn &optional ARG)Fwindow-text-height
Return the height in lines of the text display area of WINDOW.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

The return value does not include the mode line, any header line, nor
any partial-height lines in the text display area.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fmove-to-window-line
Position point relative to window.
With no argument, position point at center of window.
An argument specifies vertical position within the window;
zero means top of window, negative means relative to bottom of window.

(fn ARG)Fwindow-configuration-p
Return t if OBJECT is a window-configuration object.

(fn OBJECT)Fwindow-configuration-frame
Return the frame that CONFIG, a window-configuration object, is about.

(fn CONFIG)Fset-window-configuration
Set the configuration of windows and buffers as specified by CONFIGURATION.
CONFIGURATION must be a value previously returned
by `current-window-configuration' (which see).
If CONFIGURATION was made from a frame that is now deleted,
only frame-independent values can be restored.  In this case,
the return value is nil.  Otherwise the value is t.

(fn CONFIGURATION)Fcurrent-window-configuration
Return an object representing the current window configuration of FRAME.
If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
This describes the number of windows, their sizes and current buffers,
and for each displayed buffer, where display starts, and the positions of
point and mark.  An exception is made for point in the current buffer:
its value is -not- saved.
This also records the currently selected frame, and FRAME's focus
redirection (see `redirect-frame-focus').

(fn &optional FRAME)Fsave-window-excursion
Execute BODY, preserving window sizes and contents.
Return the value of the last form in BODY.
Restore which buffer appears in which window, where display starts,
and the value of point and mark for each window.
Also restore the choice of selected window.
Also restore which buffer is current.
Does not restore the value of point in current buffer.

(fn BODY...)Fwindow-tree
Return the window tree for frame FRAME.

The return value is a list of the form (ROOT MINI), where ROOT
represents the window tree of the frame's root window, and MINI
is the frame's minibuffer window.

If the root window is not split, ROOT is the root window itself.
Otherwise, ROOT is a list (DIR EDGES W1 W2 ...) where DIR is nil for a
horizontal split, and t for a vertical split, EDGES gives the combined
size and position of the subwindows in the split, and the rest of the
elements are the subwindows in the split.  Each of the subwindows may
again be a window or a list representing a window split, and so on.
EDGES is a list (LEFT TOP RIGHT BOTTOM) as returned by `window-edges'.

If FRAME is nil or omitted, return information on the currently
selected frame.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fset-window-margins
Set width of marginal areas of window WINDOW.
If WINDOW is nil, set margins of the currently selected window.
Second arg LEFT-WIDTH specifies the number of character cells to
reserve for the left marginal area.  Optional third arg RIGHT-WIDTH
does the same for the right marginal area.  A nil width parameter
means no margin.

(fn WINDOW LEFT-WIDTH &optional RIGHT-WIDTH)Fwindow-margins
Get width of marginal areas of window WINDOW.
If WINDOW is omitted or nil, use the currently selected window.
Value is a cons of the form (LEFT-WIDTH . RIGHT-WIDTH).
If a marginal area does not exist, its width will be returned
as nil.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fset-window-fringes
Set the fringe widths of window WINDOW.
If WINDOW is nil, set the fringe widths of the currently selected
window.
Second arg LEFT-WIDTH specifies the number of pixels to reserve for
the left fringe.  Optional third arg RIGHT-WIDTH specifies the right
fringe width.  If a fringe width arg is nil, that means to use the
frame's default fringe width.  Default fringe widths can be set with
the command `set-fringe-style'.
If optional fourth arg OUTSIDE-MARGINS is non-nil, draw the fringes
outside of the display margins.  By default, fringes are drawn between
display marginal areas and the text area.

(fn WINDOW LEFT-WIDTH &optional RIGHT-WIDTH OUTSIDE-MARGINS)Fwindow-fringes
Get width of fringes of window WINDOW.
If WINDOW is omitted or nil, use the currently selected window.
Value is a list of the form (LEFT-WIDTH RIGHT-WIDTH OUTSIDE-MARGINS).

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fset-window-scroll-bars
Set width and type of scroll bars of window WINDOW.
If window is nil, set scroll bars of the currently selected window.
Second parameter WIDTH specifies the pixel width for the scroll bar;
this is automatically adjusted to a multiple of the frame column width.
Third parameter VERTICAL-TYPE specifies the type of the vertical scroll
bar: left, right, or nil.
If WIDTH is nil, use the frame's scroll-bar width.
If VERTICAL-TYPE is t, use the frame's scroll-bar type.
Fourth parameter HORIZONTAL-TYPE is currently unused.

(fn WINDOW WIDTH &optional VERTICAL-TYPE HORIZONTAL-TYPE)Fwindow-scroll-bars
Get width and type of scroll bars of window WINDOW.
If WINDOW is omitted or nil, use the currently selected window.
Value is a list of the form (WIDTH COLS VERTICAL-TYPE HORIZONTAL-TYPE).
If WIDTH is nil or TYPE is t, the window is using the frame's corresponding
value.

(fn &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-vscroll
Return the amount by which WINDOW is scrolled vertically.
Use the selected window if WINDOW is nil or omitted.
Normally, value is a multiple of the canonical character height of WINDOW;
optional second arg PIXELS-P means value is measured in pixels.

(fn &optional WINDOW PIXELS-P)Fset-window-vscroll
Set amount by which WINDOW should be scrolled vertically to VSCROLL.
WINDOW nil means use the selected window.  Normally, VSCROLL is a
non-negative multiple of the canonical character height of WINDOW;
optional third arg PIXELS-P non-nil means that VSCROLL is in pixels.
If PIXELS-P is nil, VSCROLL may have to be rounded so that it
corresponds to an integral number of pixels.  The return value is the
result of this rounding.
If PIXELS-P is non-nil, the return value is VSCROLL.

(fn WINDOW VSCROLL &optional PIXELS-P)Fcompare-window-configurations
Compare two window configurations as regards the structure of windows.
This function ignores details such as the values of point and mark
and scrolling positions.

(fn X Y)Vtemp-buffer-show-function
Non-nil means call as function to display a help buffer.
The function is called with one argument, the buffer to be displayed.
Used by `with-output-to-temp-buffer'.
If this function is used, then it must do the entire job of showing
the buffer; `temp-buffer-show-hook' is not run unless this function runs it.Vminibuffer-scroll-window
Non-nil means it is the window that C-M-v in minibuffer should scroll.Vmode-line-in-non-selected-windows
Non-nil means to use `mode-line-inactive' face in non-selected windows.
If the minibuffer is active, the `minibuffer-scroll-window' mode line
is displayed in the `mode-line' face.Vother-window-scroll-buffer
If non-nil, this is a buffer and \[scroll-other-window] should scroll its window.Vauto-window-vscroll
*Non-nil means to automatically adjust `window-vscroll' to view tall lines.Vnext-screen-context-lines
*Number of lines of continuity when scrolling by screenfuls.Vwindow-min-height
Allow deleting windows less than this tall.
The value is measured in line units.  If a window wants a modeline it
is counted as one line.

Emacs honors settings of this variable when enlarging or shrinking
windows vertically.  A value less than 1 is invalid.Vwindow-min-width
Allow deleting windows less than this wide.
The value is measured in characters and includes any fringes or
the scrollbar.

Emacs honors settings of this variable when enlarging or shrinking
windows horizontally.  A value less than 2 is invalid.Vscroll-preserve-screen-position
*Controls if scroll commands move point to keep its screen position unchanged.
A value of nil means point does not keep its screen position except
at the scroll margin or window boundary respectively.
A value of t means point keeps its screen position if the scroll
command moved it vertically out of the window, e.g. when scrolling
by full screens.
Any other value means point always keeps its screen position.Vwindow-point-insertion-type
Type of marker to use for `window-point'.Vwindow-configuration-change-hook
Functions to call when window configuration changes.
The buffer-local part is run once per window, with the relevant window
selected; while the global part is run only once for the modified frame,
with the relevant frame selected.Scharset.o
Fcharsetp
Return non-nil if and only if OBJECT is a charset.

(fn OBJECT)Fmap-charset-chars
Call FUNCTION for all characters in CHARSET.
FUNCTION is called with an argument RANGE and the optional 3rd
argument ARG.

RANGE is a cons (FROM .  TO), where FROM and TO indicate a range of
characters contained in CHARSET.

The optional 4th and 5th arguments FROM-CODE and TO-CODE specify the
range of code points (in CHARSET) of target characters.

(fn FUNCTION CHARSET &optional ARG FROM-CODE TO-CODE)Fdefine-charset-internal
For internal use only.

(fn ...)Fdefine-charset-alias
Define ALIAS as an alias for charset CHARSET.

(fn ALIAS CHARSET)Fcharset-plist
Return the property list of CHARSET.

(fn CHARSET)Fset-charset-plist
Set CHARSET's property list to PLIST.

(fn CHARSET PLIST)Funify-charset
Unify characters of CHARSET with Unicode.
This means reading the relevant file and installing the table defined
by CHARSET's `:unify-map' property.

Optional second arg UNIFY-MAP is a file name string or a vector.  It has
the same meaning as the `:unify-map' attribute in the function
`define-charset' (which see).

Optional third argument DEUNIFY, if non-nil, means to de-unify CHARSET.

(fn CHARSET &optional UNIFY-MAP DEUNIFY)Fget-unused-iso-final-char
Return an unused ISO final char for a charset of DIMENSION and CHARS.
DIMENSION is the number of bytes to represent a character: 1 or 2.
CHARS is the number of characters in a dimension: 94 or 96.

This final char is for private use, thus the range is `0' (48) .. `?' (63).
If there's no unused final char for the specified kind of charset,
return nil.

(fn DIMENSION CHARS)Fdeclare-equiv-charset
Declare an equivalent charset for ISO-2022 decoding.

On decoding by an ISO-2022 base coding system, when a charset
specified by DIMENSION, CHARS, and FINAL-CHAR is designated, behave as
if CHARSET is designated instead.

(fn DIMENSION CHARS FINAL-CHAR CHARSET)Ffind-charset-region
Return a list of charsets in the region between BEG and END.
BEG and END are buffer positions.
Optional arg TABLE if non-nil is a translation table to look up.

If the current buffer is unibyte, the returned list may contain
only `ascii', `eight-bit-control', and `eight-bit-graphic'.

(fn BEG END &optional TABLE)Ffind-charset-string
Return a list of charsets in STR.
Optional arg TABLE if non-nil is a translation table to look up.

If STR is unibyte, the returned list may contain
only `ascii', `eight-bit-control', and `eight-bit-graphic'.

(fn STR &optional TABLE)Fdecode-char
Decode the pair of CHARSET and CODE-POINT into a character.
Return nil if CODE-POINT is not valid in CHARSET.

CODE-POINT may be a cons (HIGHER-16-BIT-VALUE . LOWER-16-BIT-VALUE).

Optional argument RESTRICTION specifies a way to map the pair of CCS
and CODE-POINT to a character.  Currently not supported and just ignored.

(fn CHARSET CODE-POINT &optional RESTRICTION)Fencode-char
Encode the character CH into a code-point of CHARSET.
Return nil if CHARSET doesn't include CH.

Optional argument RESTRICTION specifies a way to map CH to a
code-point in CCS.  Currently not supported and just ignored.

(fn CH CHARSET &optional RESTRICTION)Fmake-char
Return a character of CHARSET whose position codes are CODEn.

CODE1 through CODE4 are optional, but if you don't supply sufficient
position codes, it is assumed that the minimum code in each dimension
is specified.

(fn CHARSET &optional CODE1 CODE2 CODE3 CODE4)Fsplit-char
Return list of charset and one to four position-codes of CH.
The charset is decided by the current priority order of charsets.
A position-code is a byte value of each dimension of the code-point of
CH in the charset.

(fn CH)Fchar-charset
Return the charset of highest priority that contains CH.
If optional 2nd arg RESTRICTION is non-nil, it is a list of charsets
from which to find the charset.  It may also be a coding system.  In
that case, find the charset from what supported by that coding system.

(fn CH &optional RESTRICTION)Fcharset-after
Return charset of a character in the current buffer at position POS.
If POS is nil, it defauls to the current point.
If POS is out of range, the value is nil.

(fn &optional POS)Fiso-charset
Return charset of ISO's specification DIMENSION, CHARS, and FINAL-CHAR.

ISO 2022's designation sequence (escape sequence) distinguishes charsets
by their DIMENSION, CHARS, and FINAL-CHAR,
whereas Emacs distinguishes them by charset symbol.
See the documentation of the function `charset-info' for the meanings of
DIMENSION, CHARS, and FINAL-CHAR.

(fn DIMENSION CHARS FINAL-CHAR)Fclear-charset-maps
Internal use only.
Clear temporary charset mapping tables.
It should be called only from temacs invoked for dumping.

(fn)Fcharset-priority-list
Return the list of charsets ordered by priority.
HIGHESTP non-nil means just return the highest priority one.

(fn &optional HIGHESTP)Fset-charset-priority
Assign higher priority to the charsets given as arguments.

(fn &rest charsets)Fcharset-id-internal
Internal use only.
Return charset identification number of CHARSET.

(fn &optional CHARSET)Vcharset-map-path
*List of directories to search for charset map files.Vinhibit-load-charset-map
Inhibit loading of charset maps.  Used when dumping Emacs.Vcharset-list
List of all charsets ever defined.Vcurrent-iso639-language
ISO639 language mnemonic symbol for the current language environment.
If the current language environment is for multiple languages (e.g. "Latin-1"),
the value may be a list of mnemonics.Scoding.o
Fcoding-system-p
Return t if OBJECT is nil or a coding-system.
See the documentation of `define-coding-system' for information
about coding-system objects.

(fn OBJECT)Fread-non-nil-coding-system
Read a coding system from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.

(fn PROMPT)Fread-coding-system
Read a coding system from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
If the user enters null input, return second argument DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM.
Ignores case when completing coding systems (all Emacs coding systems
are lower-case).

(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM)Fcheck-coding-system
Check validity of CODING-SYSTEM.
If valid, return CODING-SYSTEM, else signal a `coding-system-error' error.
It is valid if it is nil or a symbol defined as a coding system by the
function `define-coding-system'.

(fn CODING-SYSTEM)Fdetect-coding-region
Detect coding system of the text in the region between START and END.
Return a list of possible coding systems ordered by priority.
The coding systems to try and their priorities follows what
the function `coding-system-priority-list' (which see) returns.

If only ASCII characters are found (except for such ISO-2022 control
characters as ESC), it returns a list of single element `undecided'
or its subsidiary coding system according to a detected end-of-line
format.

If optional argument HIGHEST is non-nil, return the coding system of
highest priority.

(fn START END &optional HIGHEST)Fdetect-coding-string
Detect coding system of the text in STRING.
Return a list of possible coding systems ordered by priority.
The coding systems to try and their priorities follows what
the function `coding-system-priority-list' (which see) returns.

If optional argument HIGHEST is non-nil, return the coding system of
highest priority.

(fn STRING &optional HIGHEST)Ffind-coding-systems-region-internal
Internal use only.

(fn START END &optional EXCLUDE)Funencodable-char-position
Return position of first un-encodable character in a region.
START and END specify the region and CODING-SYSTEM specifies the
encoding to check.  Return nil if CODING-SYSTEM does encode the region.

If optional 4th argument COUNT is non-nil, it specifies at most how
many un-encodable characters to search.  In this case, the value is a
list of positions.

If optional 5th argument STRING is non-nil, it is a string to search
for un-encodable characters.  In that case, START and END are indexes
to the string.

(fn START END CODING-SYSTEM &optional COUNT STRING)Fcheck-coding-systems-region
Check if the region is encodable by coding systems.

START and END are buffer positions specifying the region.
CODING-SYSTEM-LIST is a list of coding systems to check.

The value is an alist ((CODING-SYSTEM POS0 POS1 ...) ...), where
CODING-SYSTEM is a member of CODING-SYSTEM-LIST and can't encode the
whole region, POS0, POS1, ... are buffer positions where non-encodable
characters are found.

If all coding systems in CODING-SYSTEM-LIST can encode the region, the
value is nil.

START may be a string.  In that case, check if the string is
encodable, and the value contains indices to the string instead of
buffer positions.  END is ignored.

If the current buffer (or START if it is a string) is unibyte, the value
is nil.

(fn START END CODING-SYSTEM-LIST)Fdecode-coding-region
Decode the current region from the specified coding system.
When called from a program, takes four arguments:
	START, END, CODING-SYSTEM, and DESTINATION.
START and END are buffer positions.

Optional 4th arguments DESTINATION specifies where the decoded text goes.
If nil, the region between START and END is replaced by the decoded text.
If buffer, the decoded text is inserted in that buffer after point (point
does not move).
In those cases, the length of the decoded text is returned.
If DESTINATION is t, the decoded text is returned.

This function sets `last-coding-system-used' to the precise coding system
used (which may be different from CODING-SYSTEM if CODING-SYSTEM is
not fully specified.)

(fn START END CODING-SYSTEM &optional DESTINATION)Fencode-coding-region
Encode the current region by specified coding system.
When called from a program, takes four arguments:
        START, END, CODING-SYSTEM and DESTINATION.
START and END are buffer positions.

Optional 4th arguments DESTINATION specifies where the encoded text goes.
If nil, the region between START and END is replace by the encoded text.
If buffer, the encoded text is inserted in that buffer after point (point
does not move).
In those cases, the length of the encoded text is returned.
If DESTINATION is t, the encoded text is returned.

This function sets `last-coding-system-used' to the precise coding system
used (which may be different from CODING-SYSTEM if CODING-SYSTEM is
not fully specified.)

(fn START END CODING-SYSTEM &optional DESTINATION)Fdecode-coding-string
Decode STRING which is encoded in CODING-SYSTEM, and return the result.

Optional third arg NOCOPY non-nil means it is OK to return STRING itself
if the decoding operation is trivial.

Optional fourth arg BUFFER non-nil means that the decoded text is
inserted in that buffer after point (point does not move).  In this
case, the return value is the length of the decoded text.

This function sets `last-coding-system-used' to the precise coding system
used (which may be different from CODING-SYSTEM if CODING-SYSTEM is
not fully specified.)

(fn STRING CODING-SYSTEM &optional NOCOPY BUFFER)Fencode-coding-string
Encode STRING to CODING-SYSTEM, and return the result.

Optional third arg NOCOPY non-nil means it is OK to return STRING
itself if the encoding operation is trivial.

Optional fourth arg BUFFER non-nil means that the encoded text is
inserted in that buffer after point (point does not move).  In this
case, the return value is the length of the encoded text.

This function sets `last-coding-system-used' to the precise coding system
used (which may be different from CODING-SYSTEM if CODING-SYSTEM is
not fully specified.)

(fn STRING CODING-SYSTEM &optional NOCOPY BUFFER)Fdecode-sjis-char
Decode a Japanese character which has CODE in shift_jis encoding.
Return the corresponding character.

(fn CODE)Fencode-sjis-char
Encode a Japanese character CH to shift_jis encoding.
Return the corresponding code in SJIS.

(fn CH)Fdecode-big5-char
Decode a Big5 character which has CODE in BIG5 coding system.
Return the corresponding character.

(fn CODE)Fencode-big5-char
Encode the Big5 character CH to BIG5 coding system.
Return the corresponding character code in Big5.

(fn CH)Fset-terminal-coding-system-internal
Internal use only.

(fn CODING-SYSTEM &optional TERMINAL)Fset-safe-terminal-coding-system-internal
Internal use only.

(fn CODING-SYSTEM)Fterminal-coding-system
Return coding system specified for terminal output on the given terminal.
TERMINAL may be a terminal object, a frame, or nil for the selected
frame's terminal device.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fset-keyboard-coding-system-internal
Internal use only.

(fn CODING-SYSTEM &optional TERMINAL)Fkeyboard-coding-system
Return coding system specified for decoding keyboard input.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Ffind-operation-coding-system
Choose a coding system for an operation based on the target name.
The value names a pair of coding systems: (DECODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-SYSTEM).
DECODING-SYSTEM is the coding system to use for decoding
(in case OPERATION does decoding), and ENCODING-SYSTEM is the coding system
for encoding (in case OPERATION does encoding).

The first argument OPERATION specifies an I/O primitive:
  For file I/O, `insert-file-contents' or `write-region'.
  For process I/O, `call-process', `call-process-region', or `start-process'.
  For network I/O, `open-network-stream'.

The remaining arguments should be the same arguments that were passed
to the primitive.  Depending on which primitive, one of those arguments
is selected as the TARGET.  For example, if OPERATION does file I/O,
whichever argument specifies the file name is TARGET.

TARGET has a meaning which depends on OPERATION:
  For file I/O, TARGET is a file name (except for the special case below).
  For process I/O, TARGET is a process name.
  For network I/O, TARGET is a service name or a port number.

This function looks up what is specified for TARGET in
`file-coding-system-alist', `process-coding-system-alist',
or `network-coding-system-alist' depending on OPERATION.
They may specify a coding system, a cons of coding systems,
or a function symbol to call.
In the last case, we call the function with one argument,
which is a list of all the arguments given to this function.
If the function can't decide a coding system, it can return
`undecided' so that the normal code-detection is performed.

If OPERATION is `insert-file-contents', the argument corresponding to
TARGET may be a cons (FILENAME . BUFFER).  In that case, FILENAME is a
file name to look up, and BUFFER is a buffer that contains the file's
contents (not yet decoded).  If `file-coding-system-alist' specifies a
function to call for FILENAME, that function should examine the
contents of BUFFER instead of reading the file.

(fn OPERATION ARGUMENTS...)Fset-coding-system-priority
Assign higher priority to the coding systems given as arguments.
If multiple coding systems belong to the same category,
all but the first one are ignored.

(fn &rest coding-systems)Fcoding-system-priority-list
Return a list of coding systems ordered by their priorities.
The list contains a subset of coding systems; i.e. coding systems
assigned to each coding category (see `coding-category-list').

HIGHESTP non-nil means just return the highest priority one.

(fn &optional HIGHESTP)Fdefine-coding-system-internal
For internal use only.

(fn ...)Fcoding-system-put
Change value in CODING-SYSTEM's property list PROP to VAL.

(fn CODING-SYSTEM PROP VAL)Fdefine-coding-system-alias
Define ALIAS as an alias for CODING-SYSTEM.

(fn ALIAS CODING-SYSTEM)Fcoding-system-base
Return the base of CODING-SYSTEM.
Any alias or subsidiary coding system is not a base coding system.

(fn CODING-SYSTEM)Fcoding-system-plist
Return the property list of CODING-SYSTEM.

(fn CODING-SYSTEM)Fcoding-system-aliases
Return the list of aliases of CODING-SYSTEM.

(fn CODING-SYSTEM)Fcoding-system-eol-type
Return eol-type of CODING-SYSTEM.
An eol-type is an integer 0, 1, 2, or a vector of coding systems.

Integer values 0, 1, and 2 indicate a format of end-of-line; LF, CRLF,
and CR respectively.

A vector value indicates that a format of end-of-line should be
detected automatically.  Nth element of the vector is the subsidiary
coding system whose eol-type is N.

(fn CODING-SYSTEM)Vcoding-system-list
List of coding systems.

Do not alter the value of this variable manually.  This variable should be
updated by the functions `define-coding-system' and
`define-coding-system-alias'.Vcoding-system-alist
Alist of coding system names.
Each element is one element list of coding system name.
This variable is given to `completing-read' as COLLECTION argument.

Do not alter the value of this variable manually.  This variable should be
updated by the functions `make-coding-system' and
`define-coding-system-alias'.Vcoding-category-list
List of coding-categories (symbols) ordered by priority.

On detecting a coding system, Emacs tries code detection algorithms
associated with each coding-category one by one in this order.  When
one algorithm agrees with a byte sequence of source text, the coding
system bound to the corresponding coding-category is selected.

Don't modify this variable directly, but use `set-coding-priority'.Vcoding-system-for-read
Specify the coding system for read operations.
It is useful to bind this variable with `let', but do not set it globally.
If the value is a coding system, it is used for decoding on read operation.
If not, an appropriate element is used from one of the coding system alists.
There are three such tables: `file-coding-system-alist',
`process-coding-system-alist', and `network-coding-system-alist'.Vcoding-system-for-write
Specify the coding system for write operations.
Programs bind this variable with `let', but you should not set it globally.
If the value is a coding system, it is used for encoding of output,
when writing it to a file and when sending it to a file or subprocess.

If this does not specify a coding system, an appropriate element
is used from one of the coding system alists.
There are three such tables: `file-coding-system-alist',
`process-coding-system-alist', and `network-coding-system-alist'.
For output to files, if the above procedure does not specify a coding system,
the value of `buffer-file-coding-system' is used.Vlast-coding-system-used
Coding system used in the latest file or process I/O.Vlast-code-conversion-error
Error status of the last code conversion.

When an error was detected in the last code conversion, this variable
is set to one of the following symbols.
  `insufficient-source'
  `inconsistent-eol'
  `invalid-source'
  `interrupted'
  `insufficient-memory'
When no error was detected, the value doesn't change.  So, to check
the error status of a code conversion by this variable, you must
explicitly set this variable to nil before performing code
conversion.Vinhibit-eol-conversion
*Non-nil means always inhibit code conversion of end-of-line format.
See info node `Coding Systems' and info node `Text and Binary' concerning
such conversion.Vinherit-process-coding-system
Non-nil means process buffer inherits coding system of process output.
Bind it to t if the process output is to be treated as if it were a file
read from some filesystem.Vfile-coding-system-alist
Alist to decide a coding system to use for a file I/O operation.
The format is ((PATTERN . VAL) ...),
where PATTERN is a regular expression matching a file name,
VAL is a coding system, a cons of coding systems, or a function symbol.
If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both decoding and encoding
the file contents.
If VAL is a cons of coding systems, the car part is used for decoding,
and the cdr part is used for encoding.
If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
or a cons of coding systems which are used as above.  The function is
called with an argument that is a list of the arguments with which
`find-operation-coding-system' was called.  If the function can't decide
a coding system, it can return `undecided' so that the normal
code-detection is performed.

See also the function `find-operation-coding-system'
and the variable `auto-coding-alist'.Vprocess-coding-system-alist
Alist to decide a coding system to use for a process I/O operation.
The format is ((PATTERN . VAL) ...),
where PATTERN is a regular expression matching a program name,
VAL is a coding system, a cons of coding systems, or a function symbol.
If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both decoding what received
from the program and encoding what sent to the program.
If VAL is a cons of coding systems, the car part is used for decoding,
and the cdr part is used for encoding.
If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
or a cons of coding systems which are used as above.

See also the function `find-operation-coding-system'.Vnetwork-coding-system-alist
Alist to decide a coding system to use for a network I/O operation.
The format is ((PATTERN . VAL) ...),
where PATTERN is a regular expression matching a network service name
or is a port number to connect to,
VAL is a coding system, a cons of coding systems, or a function symbol.
If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both decoding what received
from the network stream and encoding what sent to the network stream.
If VAL is a cons of coding systems, the car part is used for decoding,
and the cdr part is used for encoding.
If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
or a cons of coding systems which are used as above.

See also the function `find-operation-coding-system'.Vlocale-coding-system
Coding system to use with system messages.
Also used for decoding keyboard input on X Window system.Veol-mnemonic-unix
*String displayed in mode line for UNIX-like (LF) end-of-line format.Veol-mnemonic-dos
*String displayed in mode line for DOS-like (CRLF) end-of-line format.Veol-mnemonic-mac
*String displayed in mode line for MAC-like (CR) end-of-line format.Veol-mnemonic-undecided
*String displayed in mode line when end-of-line format is not yet determined.Venable-character-translation
*Non-nil enables character translation while encoding and decoding.Vstandard-translation-table-for-decode
Table for translating characters while decoding.Vstandard-translation-table-for-encode
Table for translating characters while encoding.Vcharset-revision-table
Alist of charsets vs revision numbers.
While encoding, if a charset (car part of an element) is found,
designate it with the escape sequence identifying revision (cdr part
of the element).Vdefault-process-coding-system
Cons of coding systems used for process I/O by default.
The car part is used for decoding a process output,
the cdr part is used for encoding a text to be sent to a process.Vlatin-extra-code-table
Table of extra Latin codes in the range 128..159 (inclusive).
This is a vector of length 256.
If Nth element is non-nil, the existence of code N in a file
(or output of subprocess) doesn't prevent it to be detected as
a coding system of ISO 2022 variant which has a flag
`accept-latin-extra-code' t (e.g. iso-latin-1) on reading a file
or reading output of a subprocess.
Only 128th through 159th elements have a meaning.Vselect-safe-coding-system-function
Function to call to select safe coding system for encoding a text.

If set, this function is called to force a user to select a proper
coding system which can encode the text in the case that a default
coding system used in each operation can't encode the text.  The
function should take care that the buffer is not modified while
the coding system is being selected.

The default value is `select-safe-coding-system' (which see).Vcoding-system-require-warning
Internal use only.
If non-nil, on writing a file, `select-safe-coding-system-function' is
called even if `coding-system-for-write' is non-nil.  The command
`universal-coding-system-argument' binds this variable to t temporarily.Vinhibit-iso-escape-detection
If non-nil, Emacs ignores ISO-2022 escape sequences during code detection.

When Emacs reads text, it tries to detect how the text is encoded.
This code detection is sensitive to escape sequences.  If Emacs sees
a valid ISO-2022 escape sequence, it assumes the text is encoded in one
of the ISO2022 encodings, and decodes text by the corresponding coding
system (e.g. `iso-2022-7bit').

However, there may be a case that you want to read escape sequences in
a file as is.  In such a case, you can set this variable to non-nil.
Then the code detection will ignore any escape sequences, and no text is
detected as encoded in some ISO-2022 encoding.  The result is that all
escape sequences become visible in a buffer.

The default value is nil, and it is strongly recommended not to change
it.  That is because many Emacs Lisp source files that contain
non-ASCII characters are encoded by the coding system `iso-2022-7bit'
in Emacs's distribution, and they won't be decoded correctly on
reading if you suppress escape sequence detection.

The other way to read escape sequences in a file without decoding is
to explicitly specify some coding system that doesn't use ISO-2022
escape sequence (e.g `latin-1') on reading by \[universal-coding-system-argument].Vinhibit-null-byte-detection
If non-nil, Emacs ignores null bytes on code detection.
By default, Emacs treats it as binary data, and does not attempt to
decode it.  The effect is as if you specified `no-conversion' for
reading that text.

Set this to non-nil when a regular text happens to include null bytes.
Examples are Index nodes of Info files and null-byte delimited output
from GNU Find and GNU Grep.  Emacs will then ignore the null bytes and
decode text as usual.Vtranslation-table-for-input
Char table for translating self-inserting characters.
This is applied to the result of input methods, not their input.
See also `keyboard-translate-table'.

Use of this variable for character code unification was rendered
obsolete in Emacs 23.1 and later, since Unicode is now the basis of
internal character representation.Scategory.o
Fmake-category-set
Return a newly created category-set which contains CATEGORIES.
CATEGORIES is a string of category mnemonics.
The value is a bool-vector which has t at the indices corresponding to
those categories.

(fn CATEGORIES)Fdefine-category
Define CATEGORY as a category which is described by DOCSTRING.
CATEGORY should be an ASCII printing character in the range ` ' to `~'.
DOCSTRING is the documentation string of the category.  The first line
should be a terse text (preferably less than 16 characters),
and the rest lines should be the full description.
The category is defined only in category table TABLE, which defaults to
the current buffer's category table.

(fn CATEGORY DOCSTRING &optional TABLE)Fcategory-docstring
Return the documentation string of CATEGORY, as defined in TABLE.
TABLE should be a category table and defaults to the current buffer's
category table.

(fn CATEGORY &optional TABLE)Fget-unused-category
Return a category which is not yet defined in TABLE.
If no category remains available, return nil.
The optional argument TABLE specifies which category table to modify;
it defaults to the current buffer's category table.

(fn &optional TABLE)Fcategory-table-p
Return t if ARG is a category table.

(fn ARG)Fcategory-table
Return the current category table.
This is the one specified by the current buffer.

(fn)Fstandard-category-table
Return the standard category table.
This is the one used for new buffers.

(fn)Fcopy-category-table
Construct a new category table and return it.
It is a copy of the TABLE, which defaults to the standard category table.

(fn &optional TABLE)Fmake-category-table
Construct a new and empty category table and return it.

(fn)Fset-category-table
Specify TABLE as the category table for the current buffer.
Return TABLE.

(fn TABLE)Fchar-category-set
Return the category set of CHAR.

(fn CHAR)Fcategory-set-mnemonics
Return a string containing mnemonics of the categories in CATEGORY-SET.
CATEGORY-SET is a bool-vector, and the categories "in" it are those
that are indexes where t occurs in the bool-vector.
The return value is a string containing those same categories.

(fn CATEGORY-SET)Fmodify-category-entry
Modify the category set of CHARACTER by adding CATEGORY to it.
The category is changed only for table TABLE, which defaults to
the current buffer's category table.
CHARACTER can be either a single character or a cons representing the
lower and upper ends of an inclusive character range to modify.
If optional fourth argument RESET is non-nil,
then delete CATEGORY from the category set instead of adding it.

(fn CHARACTER CATEGORY &optional TABLE RESET)Vword-combining-categories
List of pair (cons) of categories to determine word boundary.

Emacs treats a sequence of word constituent characters as a single
word (i.e. finds no word boundary between them) only if they belong to
the same script.  But, exceptions are allowed in the following cases.

(1) The case that characters are in different scripts is controlled
by the variable `word-combining-categories'.

Emacs finds no word boundary between characters of different scripts
if they have categories matching some element of this list.

More precisely, if an element of this list is a cons of category CAT1
and CAT2, and a multibyte character C1 which has CAT1 is followed by
C2 which has CAT2, there's no word boundary between C1 and C2.

For instance, to tell that Han characters followed by Hiragana
characters can form a single word, the element `(?C . ?H)' should be
in this list.

(2) The case that character are in the same script is controlled by
the variable `word-separating-categories'.

Emacs finds a word boundary between characters of the same script
if they have categories matching some element of this list.

More precisely, if an element of this list is a cons of category CAT1
and CAT2, and a multibyte character C1 which has CAT1 is followed by
C2 which has CAT2, there's a word boundary between C1 and C2.

For instance, to tell that there's a word boundary between Hiragana
and Katakana (both are in the same script `kana'),
the element `(?H . ?K) should be in this list.Vword-separating-categories
List of pair (cons) of categories to determine word boundary.
See the documentation of the variable `word-combining-categories'.Sccl.o
Fccl-program-p
Return t if OBJECT is a CCL program name or a compiled CCL program code.
See the documentation of  `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.

(fn OBJECT)Fccl-execute
Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by REGISTERS.

CCL-PROGRAM is a CCL program name (symbol)
or compiled code generated by `ccl-compile' (for backward compatibility.
In the latter case, the execution overhead is bigger than in the former).
No I/O commands should appear in CCL-PROGRAM.

REGISTERS is a vector of [R0 R1 ... R7] where RN is an initial value
for the Nth register.

As side effect, each element of REGISTERS holds the value of
the corresponding register after the execution.

See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for a definition of CCL
programs.

(fn CCL-PROG REG)Fccl-execute-on-string
Execute CCL-PROGRAM with initial STATUS on STRING.

CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol registered by `register-ccl-program',
or a compiled code generated by `ccl-compile' (for backward compatibility,
in this case, the execution is slower).

Read buffer is set to STRING, and write buffer is allocated automatically.

STATUS is a vector of [R0 R1 ... R7 IC], where
 R0..R7 are initial values of corresponding registers,
 IC is the instruction counter specifying from where to start the program.
If R0..R7 are nil, they are initialized to 0.
If IC is nil, it is initialized to head of the CCL program.

If optional 4th arg CONTINUE is non-nil, keep IC on read operation
when read buffer is exausted, else, IC is always set to the end of
CCL-PROGRAM on exit.

It returns the contents of write buffer as a string,
 and as side effect, STATUS is updated.
If the optional 5th arg UNIBYTE-P is non-nil, the returned string
is a unibyte string.  By default it is a multibyte string.

See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.

(fn CCL-PROGRAM STATUS STRING &optional CONTINUE UNIBYTE-P)Fregister-ccl-program
Register CCL program CCL-PROG as NAME in `ccl-program-table'.
CCL-PROG should be a compiled CCL program (vector), or nil.
If it is nil, just reserve NAME as a CCL program name.
Return index number of the registered CCL program.

(fn NAME CCL-PROG)Fregister-code-conversion-map
Register SYMBOL as code conversion map MAP.
Return index number of the registered map.

(fn SYMBOL MAP)Vcode-conversion-map-vector
Vector of code conversion maps.Vfont-ccl-encoder-alist
Alist of fontname patterns vs corresponding CCL program.
Each element looks like (REGEXP . CCL-CODE),
 where CCL-CODE is a compiled CCL program.
When a font whose name matches REGEXP is used for displaying a character,
 CCL-CODE is executed to calculate the code point in the font
 from the charset number and position code(s) of the character which are set
 in CCL registers R0, R1, and R2 before the execution.
The code point in the font is set in CCL registers R1 and R2
 when the execution terminated.
 If the font is single-byte font, the register R2 is not used.Vtranslation-hash-table-vector
Vector containing all translation hash tables ever defined.
Comprises pairs (SYMBOL . TABLE) where SYMBOL and TABLE were set up by calls
to `define-translation-hash-table'.  The vector is indexed by the table id
used by CCL.Scharacter.o
Fcharacterp
Return non-nil if OBJECT is a character.

(fn OBJECT &optional IGNORE)Fmax-char
Return the character of the maximum code.

(fn)Funibyte-char-to-multibyte
Convert the byte CH to multibyte character.

(fn CH)Fmultibyte-char-to-unibyte
Convert the multibyte character CH to a byte.
If the multibyte character does not represent a byte, return -1.

(fn CH)Fchar-bytes
Return 1 regardless of the argument CHAR.
This is now an obsolete function.  We keep it just for backward compatibility.

(fn CHAR)Fchar-width
Return width of CHAR when displayed in the current buffer.
The width is measured by how many columns it occupies on the screen.
Tab is taken to occupy `tab-width' columns.

(fn CHAR)Fstring-width
Return width of STRING when displayed in the current buffer.
Width is measured by how many columns it occupies on the screen.
When calculating width of a multibyte character in STRING,
only the base leading-code is considered; the validity of
the following bytes is not checked.  Tabs in STRING are always
taken to occupy `tab-width' columns.

(fn STRING)Fchar-direction
Return the direction of CHAR.
The returned value is 0 for left-to-right and 1 for right-to-left.

(fn CHAR)Fstring
Concatenate all the argument characters and make the result a string.

(fn &rest CHARACTERS)Funibyte-string
Concatenate all the argument bytes and make the result a unibyte string.

(fn &rest BYTES)Fchar-resolve-modifiers
Resolve modifiers in the character CHAR.
The value is a character with modifiers resolved into the character
code.  Unresolved modifiers are kept in the value.

(fn CHAR)Fget-byte
Return a byte value of a character at point.
Optional 1st arg POSITION, if non-nil, is a position of a character to get
a byte value.
Optional 2nd arg STRING, if non-nil, is a string of which first
character is a target to get a byte value.  In this case, POSITION, if
non-nil, is an index of a target character in the string.

If the current buffer (or STRING) is multibyte, and the target
character is not ASCII nor 8-bit character, an error is signalled.

(fn &optional POSITION STRING)Vtranslation-table-vector
Vector recording all translation tables ever defined.
Each element is a pair (SYMBOL . TABLE) relating the table to the
symbol naming it.  The ID of a translation table is an index into this vector.Vauto-fill-chars
A char-table for characters which invoke auto-filling.
Such characters have value t in this table.Vchar-width-table
A char-table for width (columns) of each character.Vchar-direction-table
A char-table for direction of each character.Vprintable-chars
A char-table for each printable character.Vchar-script-table
Char table of script symbols.
It has one extra slot whose value is a list of script symbols.Vscript-representative-chars
Alist of scripts vs the representative characters.
Each element is a cons (SCRIPT . CHARS).
SCRIPT is a symbol representing a script or a subgroup of a script.
CHARS is a list or a vector of characters.
If it is a list, all characters in the list are necessary for supporting SCRIPT.
If it is a vector, one of the characters in the vector is necessary.
This variable is used to find a font for a specific script.Vunicode-category-table
Char table of Unicode's "General Category".
All Unicode characters have one of the following values (symbol):
  Lu, Ll, Lt, Lm, Lo, Mn, Mc, Me, Nd, Nl, No, Pc, Pd, Ps, Pe, Pi, Pf, Po,
  Sm, Sc, Sk, So, Zs, Zl, Zp, Cc, Cf, Cs, Co, Cn
See The Unicode Standard for the meaning of those values.Schartab.o
Fmake-char-table
Return a newly created char-table, with purpose PURPOSE.
Each element is initialized to INIT, which defaults to nil.

PURPOSE should be a symbol.  If it has a `char-table-extra-slots'
property, the property's value should be an integer between 0 and 10
that specifies how many extra slots the char-table has.  Otherwise,
the char-table has no extra slot.

(fn PURPOSE &optional INIT)Fchar-table-subtype
Return the subtype of char-table CHAR-TABLE.  The value is a symbol.

(fn CHAR-TABLE)Fchar-table-parent
Return the parent char-table of CHAR-TABLE.
The value is either nil or another char-table.
If CHAR-TABLE holds nil for a given character,
then the actual applicable value is inherited from the parent char-table
(or from its parents, if necessary).

(fn CHAR-TABLE)Fset-char-table-parent
Set the parent char-table of CHAR-TABLE to PARENT.
Return PARENT.  PARENT must be either nil or another char-table.

(fn CHAR-TABLE PARENT)Fchar-table-extra-slot
Return the value of CHAR-TABLE's extra-slot number N.

(fn CHAR-TABLE N)Fset-char-table-extra-slot
Set CHAR-TABLE's extra-slot number N to VALUE.

(fn CHAR-TABLE N VALUE)Fchar-table-range
Return the value in CHAR-TABLE for a range of characters RANGE.
RANGE should be nil (for the default value),
a cons of character codes (for characters in the range), or a character code.

(fn CHAR-TABLE RANGE)Fset-char-table-range
Set the value in CHAR-TABLE for a range of characters RANGE to VALUE.
RANGE should be t (for all characters), nil (for the default value),
a cons of character codes (for characters in the range),
or a character code.  Return VALUE.

(fn CHAR-TABLE RANGE VALUE)Fset-char-table-default
This function is obsolete and has no effect.

(fn CHAR-TABLE CH VALUE)Foptimize-char-table
Optimize CHAR-TABLE.
TEST is the comparison function used to decide whether two entries are
equivalent and can be merged.  It defaults to `equal'.

(fn CHAR-TABLE &optional TEST)Fmap-char-table
Call FUNCTION for each character in CHAR-TABLE that has non-nil value.
FUNCTION is called with two arguments--a key and a value.
The key is a character code or a cons of character codes specifying a
range of characters that have the same value.

(fn FUNCTION CHAR-TABLE)Scm.o
Sterm.o
Ftty-display-color-p
Return non-nil if the tty device TERMINAL can display colors.

TERMINAL can be a terminal object, a frame, or nil (meaning the
selected frame's terminal).  This function always returns nil if
TERMINAL does not refer to a text-only terminal.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Ftty-display-color-cells
Return the number of colors supported by the tty device TERMINAL.

TERMINAL can be a terminal object, a frame, or nil (meaning the
selected frame's terminal).  This function always returns 0 if
TERMINAL does not refer to a text-only terminal.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Ftty-type
Return the type of the tty device that TERMINAL uses.
Returns nil if TERMINAL is not on a tty device.

TERMINAL can be a terminal object, a frame, or nil (meaning the
selected frame's terminal).

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fcontrolling-tty-p
Return non-nil if TERMINAL is the controlling tty of the Emacs process.

TERMINAL can be a terminal object, a frame, or nil (meaning the
selected frame's terminal).  This function always returns nil if
TERMINAL is not on a tty device.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Ftty-no-underline
Declare that the tty used by TERMINAL does not handle underlining.
This is used to override the terminfo data, for certain terminals that
do not really do underlining, but say that they do.  This function has
no effect if used on a non-tty terminal.

TERMINAL can be a terminal object, a frame or nil (meaning the
selected frame's terminal).  This function always returns nil if
TERMINAL does not refer to a text-only terminal.

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fsuspend-tty
Suspend the terminal device TTY.

The device is restored to its default state, and Emacs ceases all
access to the tty device.  Frames that use the device are not deleted,
but input is not read from them and if they change, their display is
not updated.

TTY may be a terminal object, a frame, or nil for the terminal device
of the currently selected frame.

This function runs `suspend-tty-functions' after suspending the
device.  The functions are run with one arg, the id of the suspended
terminal device.

`suspend-tty' does nothing if it is called on a device that is already
suspended.

A suspended tty may be resumed by calling `resume-tty' on it.

(fn &optional TTY)Fresume-tty
Resume the previously suspended terminal device TTY.
The terminal is opened and reinitialized.  Frames that are on the
suspended terminal are revived.

It is an error to resume a terminal while another terminal is active
on the same device.

This function runs `resume-tty-functions' after resuming the terminal.
The functions are run with one arg, the id of the resumed terminal
device.

`resume-tty' does nothing if it is called on a device that is not
suspended.

TTY may be a terminal object, a frame, or nil (meaning the selected
frame's terminal).

(fn &optional TTY)Fgpm-mouse-start
Open a connection to Gpm.
Gpm-mouse can only be activated for one tty at a time.

(fn)Fgpm-mouse-stop
Close a connection to Gpm.

(fn)Vsystem-uses-terminfo
Non-nil means the system uses terminfo rather than termcap.
This variable can be used by terminal emulator packages.Vsuspend-tty-functions
Functions to be run after suspending a tty.
The functions are run with one argument, the terminal object to be suspended.
See `suspend-tty'.Vresume-tty-functions
Functions to be run after resuming a tty.
The functions are run with one argument, the terminal object that was revived.
See `resume-tty'.Vvisible-cursor
Non-nil means to make the cursor very visible.
This only has an effect when running in a text terminal.
What means "very visible" is up to your terminal.  It may make the cursor
bigger, or it may make it blink, or it may do nothing at all.Sterminal.o
Fdelete-terminal
Delete TERMINAL by deleting all frames on it and closing the terminal.
TERMINAL may be a terminal object, a frame, or nil (meaning the
selected frame's terminal).

Normally, you may not delete a display if all other displays are suspended,
but if the second argument FORCE is non-nil, you may do so.

(fn &optional TERMINAL FORCE)Fframe-terminal
Return the terminal that FRAME is displayed on.
If FRAME is nil, the selected frame is used.

The terminal device is represented by its integer identifier.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fterminal-live-p
Return non-nil if OBJECT is a terminal which has not been deleted.
Value is nil if OBJECT is not a live display terminal.
If object is a live display terminal, the return value indicates what
sort of output terminal it uses.  See the documentation of `framep' for
possible return values.

(fn OBJECT)Fterminal-list
Return a list of all terminal devices.

(fn)Fterminal-name
Return the name of the terminal device TERMINAL.
It is not guaranteed that the returned value is unique among opened devices.

TERMINAL may be a terminal object, a frame, or nil (meaning the
selected frame's terminal).

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fterminal-parameters
Return the parameter-alist of terminal TERMINAL.
The value is a list of elements of the form (PARM . VALUE), where PARM
is a symbol.

TERMINAL can be a terminal object, a frame, or nil (meaning the
selected frame's terminal).

(fn &optional TERMINAL)Fterminal-parameter
Return TERMINAL's value for parameter PARAMETER.
TERMINAL can be a terminal object, a frame, or nil (meaning the
selected frame's terminal).

(fn TERMINAL PARAMETER)Fset-terminal-parameter
Set TERMINAL's value for parameter PARAMETER to VALUE.
Return the previous value of PARAMETER.

TERMINAL can be a terminal object, a frame or nil (meaning the
selected frame's terminal).

(fn TERMINAL PARAMETER VALUE)Vring-bell-function
Non-nil means call this function to ring the bell.
The function should accept no arguments.Vdelete-terminal-functions
Special hook run when a terminal is deleted.
Each function is called with argument, the terminal.
This may be called just before actually deleting the terminal,
or some time later.Sxfaces.o
Fdump-colors
Dump currently allocated colors to stderr.

(fn)Fclear-face-cache
Clear face caches on all frames.
Optional THOROUGHLY non-nil means try to free unused fonts, too.

(fn &optional THOROUGHLY)Fbitmap-spec-p
Value is non-nil if OBJECT is a valid bitmap specification.
A bitmap specification is either a string, a file name, or a list
(WIDTH HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH is the pixel width of the bitmap,
HEIGHT is its height, and DATA is a string containing the bits of
the pixmap.  Bits are stored row by row, each row occupies
(WIDTH + 7)/8 bytes.

(fn OBJECT)Fcolor-gray-p
Return non-nil if COLOR is a shade of gray (or white or black).
FRAME specifies the frame and thus the display for interpreting COLOR.
If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.

(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)Fcolor-supported-p
Return non-nil if COLOR can be displayed on FRAME.
BACKGROUND-P non-nil means COLOR is used as a background.
Otherwise, this function tells whether it can be used as a foreground.
If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
COLOR must be a valid color name.

(fn COLOR &optional FRAME BACKGROUND-P)Fx-family-fonts
Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME.
If FAMILY is omitted or nil, list all families.
Otherwise, FAMILY must be a string, possibly containing wildcards
`?' and `*'.
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
Each element of the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT
SLANT FIXED-P FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING].
FAMILY is the font family name.  POINT-SIZE is the size of the
font in 1/10 pt.  WIDTH, WEIGHT, and SLANT are symbols describing the
width, weight and slant of the font.  These symbols are the same as for
face attributes.  FIXED-P is non-nil if the font is fixed-pitch.
FULL is the full name of the font, and REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string
giving the registry and encoding of the font.
The result list is sorted according to the current setting of
the face font sort order.

(fn &optional FAMILY FRAME)Fx-list-fonts
Return a list of the names of available fonts matching PATTERN.
If optional arguments FACE and FRAME are specified, return only fonts
the same size as FACE on FRAME.

PATTERN should be a string containing a font name in the XLFD,
Fontconfig, or GTK format.  A font name given in the XLFD format may
contain wildcard characters:
  the * character matches any substring, and
  the ? character matches any single character.
  PATTERN is case-insensitive.

The return value is a list of strings, suitable as arguments to
`set-face-font'.

Fonts Emacs can't use may or may not be excluded
even if they match PATTERN and FACE.
The optional fourth argument MAXIMUM sets a limit on how many
fonts to match.  The first MAXIMUM fonts are reported.
The optional fifth argument WIDTH, if specified, is a number of columns
occupied by a character of a font.  In that case, return only fonts
the WIDTH times as wide as FACE on FRAME.

(fn PATTERN &optional FACE FRAME MAXIMUM WIDTH)Finternal-make-lisp-face
Make FACE, a symbol, a Lisp face with all attributes nil.
If FACE was not known as a face before, create a new one.
If optional argument FRAME is specified, make a frame-local face
for that frame.  Otherwise operate on the global face definition.
Value is a vector of face attributes.

(fn FACE &optional FRAME)Finternal-lisp-face-p
Return non-nil if FACE names a face.
If optional second argument FRAME is non-nil, check for the
existence of a frame-local face with name FACE on that frame.
Otherwise check for the existence of a global face.

(fn FACE &optional FRAME)Finternal-copy-lisp-face
Copy face FROM to TO.
If FRAME is t, copy the global face definition of FROM.
Otherwise, copy the frame-local definition of FROM on FRAME.
If NEW-FRAME is a frame, copy that data into the frame-local
definition of TO on NEW-FRAME.  If NEW-FRAME is nil,
FRAME controls where the data is copied to.

The value is TO.

(fn FROM TO FRAME NEW-FRAME)Finternal-set-lisp-face-attribute
Set attribute ATTR of FACE to VALUE.
FRAME being a frame means change the face on that frame.
FRAME nil means change the face of the selected frame.
FRAME t means change the default for new frames.
FRAME 0 means change the face on all frames, and change the default
  for new frames.

(fn FACE ATTR VALUE &optional FRAME)Finternal-face-x-get-resource

(fn RESOURCE CLASS FRAME)Finternal-set-lisp-face-attribute-from-resource

(fn FACE ATTR VALUE &optional FRAME)Fface-attribute-relative-p
Check whether a face attribute value is relative.
Specifically, this function returns t if the attribute ATTRIBUTE
with the value VALUE is relative.

A relative value is one that doesn't entirely override whatever is
inherited from another face.  For most possible attributes,
the only relative value that users see is `unspecified'.
However, for :height, floating point values are also relative.

(fn ATTRIBUTE VALUE)Fmerge-face-attribute
Return face ATTRIBUTE VALUE1 merged with VALUE2.
If VALUE1 or VALUE2 are absolute (see `face-attribute-relative-p'), then
the result will be absolute, otherwise it will be relative.

(fn ATTRIBUTE VALUE1 VALUE2)Finternal-get-lisp-face-attribute
Return face attribute KEYWORD of face SYMBOL.
If SYMBOL does not name a valid Lisp face or KEYWORD isn't a valid
face attribute name, signal an error.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face SYMBOL in that
frame.  If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face SYMBOL (for new
frames).  If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.

(fn SYMBOL KEYWORD &optional FRAME)Finternal-lisp-face-attribute-values
Return a list of valid discrete values for face attribute ATTR.
Value is nil if ATTR doesn't have a discrete set of valid values.

(fn ATTR)Finternal-merge-in-global-face
Add attributes from frame-default definition of FACE to FACE on FRAME.
Default face attributes override any local face attributes.

(fn FACE FRAME)Fface-font
Return the font name of face FACE, or nil if it is unspecified.
The font name is, by default, for ASCII characters.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames).
  The font default for a face is either nil, or a list
  of the form (bold), (italic) or (bold italic).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.  And, in this case,
if the optional third argument CHARACTER is given,
return the font name used for CHARACTER.

(fn FACE &optional FRAME CHARACTER)Finternal-lisp-face-equal-p
True if FACE1 and FACE2 are equal.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on FACE1 and FACE2 in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for FACE1 and FACE2 (for new frames).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.

(fn FACE1 FACE2 &optional FRAME)Finternal-lisp-face-empty-p
True if FACE has no attribute specified.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.

(fn FACE &optional FRAME)Fframe-face-alist
Return an alist of frame-local faces defined on FRAME.
For internal use only.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fcolor-distance
Return an integer distance between COLOR1 and COLOR2 on FRAME.
COLOR1 and COLOR2 may be either strings containing the color name,
or lists of the form (RED GREEN BLUE).
If FRAME is unspecified or nil, the current frame is used.

(fn COLOR1 COLOR2 &optional FRAME)Fface-attributes-as-vector
Return a vector of face attributes corresponding to PLIST.

(fn PLIST)Fdisplay-supports-face-attributes-p
Return non-nil if all the face attributes in ATTRIBUTES are supported.
The optional argument DISPLAY can be a display name, a frame, or
nil (meaning the selected frame's display).

The definition of `supported' is somewhat heuristic, but basically means
that a face containing all the attributes in ATTRIBUTES, when merged
with the default face for display, can be represented in a way that's

(1) different in appearance than the default face, and
 (2) `close in spirit' to what the attributes specify, if not exact.

Point (2) implies that a `:weight black' attribute will be satisfied by
any display that can display bold, and a `:foreground "yellow"' as long
as it can display a yellowish color, but `:slant italic' will _not_ be
satisfied by the tty display code's automatic substitution of a `dim'
face for italic.

(fn ATTRIBUTES &optional DISPLAY)Finternal-set-font-selection-order
Set font selection order for face font selection to ORDER.
ORDER must be a list of length 4 containing the symbols `:width',
`:height', `:weight', and `:slant'.  Face attributes appearing
first in ORDER are matched first, e.g. if `:height' appears before
`:weight' in ORDER, font selection first tries to find a font with
a suitable height, and then tries to match the font weight.
Value is ORDER.

(fn ORDER)Finternal-set-alternative-font-family-alist
Define alternative font families to try in face font selection.
ALIST is an alist of (FAMILY ALTERNATIVE1 ALTERNATIVE2 ...) entries.
Each ALTERNATIVE is tried in order if no fonts of font family FAMILY can
be found.  Value is ALIST.

(fn ALIST)Finternal-set-alternative-font-registry-alist
Define alternative font registries to try in face font selection.
ALIST is an alist of (REGISTRY ALTERNATIVE1 ALTERNATIVE2 ...) entries.
Each ALTERNATIVE is tried in order if no fonts of font registry REGISTRY can
be found.  Value is ALIST.

(fn ALIST)Ftty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors
Suppress/allow boldness of faces with inverse default colors.
SUPPRESS non-nil means suppress it.
This affects bold faces on TTYs whose foreground is the default background
color of the display and whose background is the default foreground color.
For such faces, the bold face attribute is ignored if this variable
is non-nil.

(fn SUPPRESS)Fx-load-color-file
Create an alist of color entries from an external file.

The file should define one named RGB color per line like so:
  R G B   name
where R,G,B are numbers between 0 and 255 and name is an arbitrary string.

(fn FILENAME)Fdump-face

(fn &optional N)Fshow-face-resources

(fn)Vfont-list-limit
*Limit for font matching.
If an integer > 0, font matching functions won't load more than
that number of fonts when searching for a matching font.Vface-new-frame-defaults
List of global face definitions (for internal use only.)Vface-default-stipple
*Default stipple pattern used on monochrome displays.
This stipple pattern is used on monochrome displays
instead of shades of gray for a face background color.
See `set-face-stipple' for possible values for this variable.Vtty-defined-color-alist
An alist of defined terminal colors and their RGB values.Vscalable-fonts-allowed
Allowed scalable fonts.
A value of nil means don't allow any scalable fonts.
A value of t means allow any scalable font.
Otherwise, value must be a list of regular expressions.  A font may be
scaled if its name matches a regular expression in the list.
Note that if value is nil, a scalable font might still be used, if no
other font of the appropriate family and registry is available.Vface-ignored-fonts
List of ignored fonts.
Each element is a regular expression that matches names of fonts to
ignore.Vface-remapping-alist
Alist of face remappings.
Each element is of the form:

(FACE REPLACEMENT...),

which causes display of the face FACE to use REPLACEMENT... instead.
REPLACEMENT... is interpreted the same way the value of a `face' text
property is: it may be (1) A face name, (2) A list of face names, (3) A
property-list of face attribute/value pairs, or (4) A list of face names
intermixed with lists containing face attribute/value pairs.

Multiple entries in REPLACEMENT... are merged together to form the final
result, with faces or attributes earlier in the list taking precedence
over those that are later.

Face-name remapping cycles are suppressed; recursive references use the
underlying face instead of the remapped face.  So a remapping of the form:

(FACE EXTRA-FACE... FACE)

or:

(FACE (FACE-ATTR VAL ...) FACE)

will cause EXTRA-FACE... or (FACE-ATTR VAL ...) to be _merged_ with the
existing definition of FACE.  Note that for the default face, this isn't
necessary, as every face inherits from the default face.

Making this variable buffer-local is a good way to allow buffer-specific
face definitions.  For instance, the mode my-mode could define a face
`my-mode-default', and then in the mode setup function, do:

(set (make-local-variable 'face-remapping-alist)
        '((default my-mode-default)))).Vface-font-rescale-alist
Alist of fonts vs the rescaling factors.
Each element is a cons (FONT-PATTERN . RESCALE-RATIO), where
FONT-PATTERN is a font-spec or a regular expression matching a font name, and
RESCALE-RATIO is a floating point number to specify how much larger
(or smaller) font we should use.  For instance, if a face requests
a font of 10 point, we actually use a font of 10 * RESCALE-RATIO point.Sgtkutil.o
Sdbusbind.o
Fdbus-get-unique-name
Return the unique name of Emacs registered at D-Bus BUS.

(fn BUS)Fdbus-call-method
Call METHOD on the D-Bus BUS.

BUS is either the symbol `:system' or the symbol `:session'.

SERVICE is the D-Bus service name to be used.  PATH is the D-Bus
object path SERVICE is registered at.  INTERFACE is an interface
offered by SERVICE.  It must provide METHOD.

If the parameter `:timeout' is given, the following integer TIMEOUT
specifies the maximun number of milliseconds the method call must
return.  The default value is 25.000.  If the method call doesn't
return in time, a D-Bus error is raised.

All other arguments ARGS are passed to METHOD as arguments.  They are
converted into D-Bus types via the following rules:

t and nil => DBUS_TYPE_BOOLEAN
  number    => DBUS_TYPE_UINT32
  integer   => DBUS_TYPE_INT32
  float     => DBUS_TYPE_DOUBLE
  string    => DBUS_TYPE_STRING
  list      => DBUS_TYPE_ARRAY

All arguments can be preceded by a type symbol.  For details about
type symbols, see Info node `(dbus)Type Conversion'.

`dbus-call-method' returns the resulting values of METHOD as a list of
Lisp objects.  The type conversion happens the other direction as for
input arguments.  It follows the mapping rules:

DBUS_TYPE_BOOLEAN     => t or nil
  DBUS_TYPE_BYTE        => number
  DBUS_TYPE_UINT16      => number
  DBUS_TYPE_INT16       => integer
  DBUS_TYPE_UINT32      => number or float
  DBUS_TYPE_INT32       => integer or float
  DBUS_TYPE_UINT64      => number or float
  DBUS_TYPE_INT64       => integer or float
  DBUS_TYPE_DOUBLE      => float
  DBUS_TYPE_STRING      => string
  DBUS_TYPE_OBJECT_PATH => string
  DBUS_TYPE_SIGNATURE   => string
  DBUS_TYPE_ARRAY       => list
  DBUS_TYPE_VARIANT     => list
  DBUS_TYPE_STRUCT      => list
  DBUS_TYPE_DICT_ENTRY  => list

Example:

(dbus-call-method
  :session "org.gnome.seahorse" "/org/gnome/seahorse/keys/openpgp"
  "org.gnome.seahorse.Keys" "GetKeyField"
  "openpgp:657984B8C7A966DD" "simple-name")

=> (t ("Philip R. Zimmermann"))

If the result of the METHOD call is just one value, the converted Lisp
object is returned instead of a list containing this single Lisp object.

(dbus-call-method
  :system "org.freedesktop.Hal" "/org/freedesktop/Hal/devices/computer"
  "org.freedesktop.Hal.Device" "GetPropertyString"
  "system.kernel.machine")

=> "i686"

(fn BUS SERVICE PATH INTERFACE METHOD &optional :timeout TIMEOUT &rest ARGS)Fdbus-call-method-asynchronously
Call METHOD on the D-Bus BUS asynchronously.

BUS is either the symbol `:system' or the symbol `:session'.

SERVICE is the D-Bus service name to be used.  PATH is the D-Bus
object path SERVICE is registered at.  INTERFACE is an interface
offered by SERVICE.  It must provide METHOD.

HANDLER is a Lisp function, which is called when the corresponding
return message has arrived.

All other arguments ARGS are passed to METHOD as arguments.  They are
converted into D-Bus types via the following rules:

t and nil => DBUS_TYPE_BOOLEAN
  number    => DBUS_TYPE_UINT32
  integer   => DBUS_TYPE_INT32
  float     => DBUS_TYPE_DOUBLE
  string    => DBUS_TYPE_STRING
  list      => DBUS_TYPE_ARRAY

All arguments can be preceded by a type symbol.  For details about
type symbols, see Info node `(dbus)Type Conversion'.

The function returns a key into the hash table
`dbus-registered-functions-table'.  The corresponding entry in the
hash table is removed, when the return message has been arrived, and
HANDLER is called.

Example:

(dbus-call-method-asynchronously
  :system "org.freedesktop.Hal" "/org/freedesktop/Hal/devices/computer"
  "org.freedesktop.Hal.Device" "GetPropertyString" 'message
  "system.kernel.machine")

=> (:system 2)

-| i686

(fn BUS SERVICE PATH INTERFACE METHOD HANDLER &optional :timeout TIMEOUT &rest ARGS)Fdbus-method-return-internal
Return for message SERIAL on the D-Bus BUS.
This is an internal function, it shall not be used outside dbus.el.

(fn BUS SERIAL SERVICE &rest ARGS)Fdbus-method-error-internal
Return error message for message SERIAL on the D-Bus BUS.
This is an internal function, it shall not be used outside dbus.el.

(fn BUS SERIAL SERVICE &rest ARGS)Fdbus-send-signal
Send signal SIGNAL on the D-Bus BUS.

BUS is either the symbol `:system' or the symbol `:session'.

SERVICE is the D-Bus service name SIGNAL is sent from.  PATH is the
D-Bus object path SERVICE is registered at.  INTERFACE is an interface
offered by SERVICE.  It must provide signal SIGNAL.

All other arguments ARGS are passed to SIGNAL as arguments.  They are
converted into D-Bus types via the following rules:

t and nil => DBUS_TYPE_BOOLEAN
  number    => DBUS_TYPE_UINT32
  integer   => DBUS_TYPE_INT32
  float     => DBUS_TYPE_DOUBLE
  string    => DBUS_TYPE_STRING
  list      => DBUS_TYPE_ARRAY

All arguments can be preceded by a type symbol.  For details about
type symbols, see Info node `(dbus)Type Conversion'.

Example:

(dbus-send-signal
  :session "org.gnu.Emacs" "/org/gnu/Emacs"
  "org.gnu.Emacs.FileManager" "FileModified" "/home/albinus/.emacs")

(fn BUS SERVICE PATH INTERFACE SIGNAL &rest ARGS)Fdbus-register-signal
Register for signal SIGNAL on the D-Bus BUS.

BUS is either the symbol `:system' or the symbol `:session'.

SERVICE is the D-Bus service name used by the sending D-Bus object.
It can be either a known name or the unique name of the D-Bus object
sending the signal.  When SERVICE is nil, related signals from all
D-Bus objects shall be accepted.

PATH is the D-Bus object path SERVICE is registered.  It can also be
nil if the path name of incoming signals shall not be checked.

INTERFACE is an interface offered by SERVICE.  It must provide SIGNAL.
HANDLER is a Lisp function to be called when the signal is received.
It must accept as arguments the values SIGNAL is sending.

All other arguments ARGS, if specified, must be strings.  They stand
for the respective arguments of the signal in their order, and are
used for filtering as well.  A nil argument might be used to preserve
the order.

INTERFACE, SIGNAL and HANDLER must not be nil.  Example:

(defun my-signal-handler (device)
  (message "Device %s added" device))

(dbus-register-signal
  :system "org.freedesktop.Hal" "/org/freedesktop/Hal/Manager"
  "org.freedesktop.Hal.Manager" "DeviceAdded" 'my-signal-handler)

=> ((:system "org.freedesktop.Hal.Manager" "DeviceAdded")
      ("org.freedesktop.Hal" "/org/freedesktop/Hal/Manager" my-signal-handler))

`dbus-register-signal' returns an object, which can be used in
`dbus-unregister-object' for removing the registration.

(fn BUS SERVICE PATH INTERFACE SIGNAL HANDLER &rest ARGS)Fdbus-register-method
Register for method METHOD on the D-Bus BUS.

BUS is either the symbol `:system' or the symbol `:session'.

SERVICE is the D-Bus service name of the D-Bus object METHOD is
registered for.  It must be a known name.

PATH is the D-Bus object path SERVICE is registered.  INTERFACE is the
interface offered by SERVICE.  It must provide METHOD.  HANDLER is a
Lisp function to be called when a method call is received.  It must
accept the input arguments of METHOD.  The return value of HANDLER is
used for composing the returning D-Bus message.

(fn BUS SERVICE PATH INTERFACE METHOD HANDLER)Vdbus-registered-functions-table
Hash table of registered functions for D-Bus.
There are two different uses of the hash table: for calling registered
functions, targeted by signals or method calls, and for calling
handlers in case of non-blocking method call returns.

In the first case, the key in the hash table is the list (BUS
INTERFACE MEMBER).  BUS is either the symbol `:system' or the symbol
`:session'.  INTERFACE is a string which denotes a D-Bus interface,
and MEMBER, also a string, is either a method or a signal INTERFACE is
offering.  All arguments but BUS must not be nil.

The value in the hash table is a list of quadruple lists
((UNAME SERVICE PATH HANDLER) (UNAME SERVICE PATH HANDLER) ...).
SERVICE is the service name as registered, UNAME is the corresponding
unique name.  PATH is the object path of the sending object.  All of
them can be nil, which means a wildcard then.  HANDLER is the function
to be called when a D-Bus message, which matches the key criteria,
arrives.

In the second case, the key in the hash table is the list (BUS SERIAL).
BUS is either the symbol `:system' or the symbol `:session'.  SERIAL
is the serial number of the non-blocking method call, a reply is
expected.  Both arguments must not be nil.  The value in the hash
table is HANDLER, the function to be called when the D-Bus reply
message arrives.Vdbus-debug
If non-nil, debug messages of D-Bus bindings are raised.Semacs.o
Finvocation-name
Return the program name that was used to run Emacs.
Any directory names are omitted.

(fn)Finvocation-directory
Return the directory name in which the Emacs executable was located.

(fn)Fkill-emacs
Exit the Emacs job and kill it.
If ARG is an integer, return ARG as the exit program code.
If ARG is a string, stuff it as keyboard input.

The value of `kill-emacs-hook', if not void,
is a list of functions (of no args),
all of which are called before Emacs is actually killed.

(fn &optional ARG)Fdump-emacs-data
Dump current state of Emacs into data file FILENAME.
This function exists on systems that use HAVE_SHM.

(fn FILENAME)Fdump-emacs
Dump current state of Emacs into executable file FILENAME.
Take symbols from SYMFILE (presumably the file you executed to run Emacs).
This is used in the file `loadup.el' when building Emacs.

You must run Emacs in batch mode in order to dump it.

(fn FILENAME SYMFILE)Fdaemonp
Return non-nil if the current emacs process is a daemon.
If the daemon was given a name argument, return that name.

(fn)Fdaemon-initialized
Mark the Emacs daemon as being initialized.
This finishes the daemonization process by doing the other half of detaching
from the parent process and its tty file descriptors.

(fn)Vcommand-line-args
Args passed by shell to Emacs, as a list of strings.
Many arguments are deleted from the list as they are processed.Vsystem-type
Value is symbol indicating type of operating system you are using.
Special values:
  `gnu'         compiled for a GNU Hurd system.
  `gnu/linux'   compiled for a GNU/Linux system.
  `darwin'      compiled for Darwin (GNU-Darwin, Mac OS X, ...).
  `ms-dos'      compiled as an MS-DOS application.
  `windows-nt'  compiled as a native W32 application.
  `cygwin'      compiled using the Cygwin library.
Anything else indicates some sort of Unix system.Vsystem-configuration
Value is string indicating configuration Emacs was built for.
On MS-Windows, the value reflects the OS flavor and version on which
Emacs is running.Vsystem-configuration-options
String containing the configuration options Emacs was built with.Vnoninteractive
Non-nil means Emacs is running without interactive terminal.Vkill-emacs-hook
Hook to be run when `kill-emacs' is called.
Since `kill-emacs' may be invoked when the terminal is disconnected (or
in other similar situations), functions placed on this hook should not
expect to be able to interact with the user.  To ask for confirmation,
see `kill-emacs-query-functions' instead.

The hook is not run in batch mode, i.e., if `noninteractive' is non-nil.Vemacs-priority
Priority for Emacs to run at.
This value is effective only if set before Emacs is dumped,
and only if the Emacs executable is installed with setuid to permit
it to change priority.  (Emacs sets its uid back to the real uid.)
Currently, you need to define SET_EMACS_PRIORITY in `config.h'
before you compile Emacs, to enable the code for this feature.Vpath-separator
String containing the character that separates directories in
search paths, such as PATH and other similar environment variables.Vinvocation-name
The program name that was used to run Emacs.
Any directory names are omitted.Vinvocation-directory
The directory in which the Emacs executable was found, to run it.
The value is nil if that directory's name is not known.Vinstallation-directory
A directory within which to look for the `lib-src' and `etc' directories.
This is non-nil when we can't find those directories in their standard
installed locations, but we can find them near where the Emacs executable
was found.Vsystem-messages-locale
System locale for messages.Vprevious-system-messages-locale
Most recently used system locale for messages.Vsystem-time-locale
System locale for time.Vprevious-system-time-locale
Most recently used system locale for time.Vbefore-init-time
Value of `current-time' before Emacs begins initialization.Vafter-init-time
Value of `current-time' after loading the init files.
This is nil during initialization.Skeyboard.o
Frecursive-edit
Invoke the editor command loop recursively.
To get out of the recursive edit, a command can do `(throw 'exit nil)';
that tells this function to return.
Alternatively, `(throw 'exit t)' makes this function signal an error.
This function is called by the editor initialization to begin editing.

(fn)Ftop-level
Exit all recursive editing levels.
This also exits all active minibuffers.

(fn)Fexit-recursive-edit
Exit from the innermost recursive edit or minibuffer.

(fn)Fabort-recursive-edit
Abort the command that requested this recursive edit or minibuffer input.

(fn)Ftrack-mouse
Evaluate BODY with mouse movement events enabled.
Within a `track-mouse' form, mouse motion generates input events that
you can read with `read-event'.
Normally, mouse motion is ignored.

(fn BODY...)Fcurrent-idle-time
Return the current length of Emacs idleness, or nil.
The value when Emacs is idle is a list of three integers.  The first has
the most significant 16 bits of the seconds, while the second has the least
significant 16 bits.  The third integer gives the microsecond count.

The value when Emacs is not idle is nil.

The microsecond count is zero on systems that do not provide
resolution finer than a second.

(fn)Finternal-event-symbol-parse-modifiers
Parse the event symbol.  For internal use.

(fn SYMBOL)Fevent-convert-list
Convert the event description list EVENT-DESC to an event type.
EVENT-DESC should contain one base event type (a character or symbol)
and zero or more modifier names (control, meta, hyper, super, shift, alt,
drag, down, double or triple).  The base must be last.
The return value is an event type (a character or symbol) which
has the same base event type and all the specified modifiers.

(fn EVENT-DESC)Fread-key-sequence
Read a sequence of keystrokes and return as a string or vector.
The sequence is sufficient to specify a non-prefix command in the
current local and global maps.

First arg PROMPT is a prompt string.  If nil, do not prompt specially.
Second (optional) arg CONTINUE-ECHO, if non-nil, means this key echos
as a continuation of the previous key.

The third (optional) arg DONT-DOWNCASE-LAST, if non-nil, means do not
convert the last event to lower case.  (Normally any upper case event
is converted to lower case if the original event is undefined and the lower
case equivalent is defined.)  A non-nil value is appropriate for reading
a key sequence to be defined.

A C-g typed while in this function is treated like any other character,
and `quit-flag' is not set.

If the key sequence starts with a mouse click, then the sequence is read
using the keymaps of the buffer of the window clicked in, not the buffer
of the selected window as normal.

`read-key-sequence' drops unbound button-down events, since you normally
only care about the click or drag events which follow them.  If a drag
or multi-click event is unbound, but the corresponding click event would
be bound, `read-key-sequence' turns the event into a click event at the
drag's starting position.  This means that you don't have to distinguish
between click and drag, double, or triple events unless you want to.

`read-key-sequence' prefixes mouse events on mode lines, the vertical
lines separating windows, and scroll bars with imaginary keys
`mode-line', `vertical-line', and `vertical-scroll-bar'.

Optional fourth argument CAN-RETURN-SWITCH-FRAME non-nil means that this
function will process a switch-frame event if the user switches frames
before typing anything.  If the user switches frames in the middle of a
key sequence, or at the start of the sequence but CAN-RETURN-SWITCH-FRAME
is nil, then the event will be put off until after the current key sequence.

`read-key-sequence' checks `function-key-map' for function key
sequences, where they wouldn't conflict with ordinary bindings.  See
`function-key-map' for more details.

The optional fifth argument COMMAND-LOOP, if non-nil, means
that this key sequence is being read by something that will
read commands one after another.  It should be nil if the caller
will read just one key sequence.

(fn PROMPT &optional CONTINUE-ECHO DONT-DOWNCASE-LAST CAN-RETURN-SWITCH-FRAME COMMAND-LOOP)Fread-key-sequence-vector
Like `read-key-sequence' but always return a vector.

(fn PROMPT &optional CONTINUE-ECHO DONT-DOWNCASE-LAST CAN-RETURN-SWITCH-FRAME COMMAND-LOOP)Fcommand-execute
Execute CMD as an editor command.
CMD must be a symbol that satisfies the `commandp' predicate.
Optional second arg RECORD-FLAG non-nil
means unconditionally put this command in `command-history'.
Otherwise, that is done only if an arg is read using the minibuffer.
The argument KEYS specifies the value to use instead of (this-command-keys)
when reading the arguments; if it is nil, (this-command-keys) is used.
The argument SPECIAL, if non-nil, means that this command is executing
a special event, so ignore the prefix argument and don't clear it.

(fn CMD &optional RECORD-FLAG KEYS SPECIAL)Fexecute-extended-command
Read function name, then read its arguments and call it.

To pass a numeric argument to the command you are invoking with, specify
the numeric argument to this command.

Noninteractively, the argument PREFIXARG is the prefix argument to
give to the command you invoke, if it asks for an argument.

(fn PREFIXARG)Finput-pending-p
Return t if command input is currently available with no wait.
Actually, the value is nil only if we can be sure that no input is available;
if there is a doubt, the value is t.

(fn)Frecent-keys
Return vector of last 300 events, not counting those from keyboard macros.

(fn)Fthis-command-keys
Return the key sequence that invoked this command.
However, if the command has called `read-key-sequence', it returns
the last key sequence that has been read.
The value is a string or a vector.

See also `current-input-mode'.

(fn INTERRUPT)Fset-output-flow-control
Enable or disable ^S/^Q flow control for output to TERMINAL.
If FLOW is non-nil, flow control is enabled and you cannot use C-s or
C-q in key sequences.

This setting only has an effect on tty terminals and only when
Emacs reads input in CBREAK mode; see `set-input-interrupt-mode'.

See also `current-input-mode'.

(fn FLOW &optional TERMINAL)Fset-input-meta-mode
Enable or disable 8-bit input on TERMINAL.
If META is t, Emacs will accept 8-bit input, and interpret the 8th
bit as the Meta modifier.

If META is nil, Emacs will ignore the top bit, on the assumption it is
parity.

Otherwise, Emacs will accept and pass through 8-bit input without
specially interpreting the top bit.

This setting only has an effect on tty terminal devices.

Optional parameter TERMINAL specifies the tty terminal device to use.
It may be a terminal object, a frame, or nil for the terminal used by
the currently selected frame.

See also `current-input-mode'.

(fn META &optional TERMINAL)Fset-quit-char
Specify character used for quitting.
QUIT must be an ASCII character.

This function only has an effect on the controlling tty of the Emacs
process.

See also `current-input-mode'.

(fn QUIT)Fset-input-mode
Set mode of reading keyboard input.
First arg INTERRUPT non-nil means use input interrupts;
 nil means use CBREAK mode.
Second arg FLOW non-nil means use ^S/^Q flow control for output to terminal
 (no effect except in CBREAK mode).
Third arg META t means accept 8-bit input (for a Meta key).
 META nil means ignore the top bit, on the assumption it is parity.
 Otherwise, accept 8-bit input and don't use the top bit for Meta.
Optional fourth arg QUIT if non-nil specifies character to use for quitting.
See also `current-input-mode'.

(fn INTERRUPT FLOW META &optional QUIT)Fcurrent-input-mode
Return information about the way Emacs currently reads keyboard input.
The value is a list of the form (INTERRUPT FLOW META QUIT), where
  INTERRUPT is non-nil if Emacs is using interrupt-driven input; if
    nil, Emacs is using CBREAK mode.
  FLOW is non-nil if Emacs uses ^S/^Q flow control for output to the
    terminal; this does not apply if Emacs uses interrupt-driven input.
  META is t if accepting 8-bit input with 8th bit as Meta flag.
    META nil means ignoring the top bit, on the assumption it is parity.
    META is neither t nor nil if accepting 8-bit input and using
    all 8 bits as the character code.
  QUIT is the character Emacs currently uses to quit.
The elements of this list correspond to the arguments of
`set-input-mode'.

(fn)Fposn-at-x-y
Return position information for pixel coordinates X and Y.
By default, X and Y are relative to text area of the selected window.
Optional third arg FRAME-OR-WINDOW non-nil specifies frame or window.
If optional fourth arg WHOLE is non-nil, X is relative to the left
edge of the window.

The return value is similar to a mouse click position:
   (WINDOW AREA-OR-POS (X . Y) TIMESTAMP OBJECT POS (COL . ROW)
    IMAGE (DX . DY) (WIDTH . HEIGHT))
The `posn-' functions access elements of such lists.

(fn X Y &optional FRAME-OR-WINDOW WHOLE)Fposn-at-point
Return position information for buffer POS in WINDOW.
POS defaults to point in WINDOW; WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

Return nil if position is not visible in window.  Otherwise,
the return value is similar to that returned by `event-start' for
a mouse click at the upper left corner of the glyph corresponding
to the given buffer position:
   (WINDOW AREA-OR-POS (X . Y) TIMESTAMP OBJECT POS (COL . ROW)
    IMAGE (DX . DY) (WIDTH . HEIGHT))
The `posn-' functions access elements of such lists.

(fn &optional POS WINDOW)Vlast-command-event
Last input event that was part of a command.Vlast-nonmenu-event
Last input event in a command, except for mouse menu events.
Mouse menus give back keys that don't look like mouse events;
this variable holds the actual mouse event that led to the menu,
so that you can determine whether the command was run by mouse or not.Vlast-input-event
Last input event.Vunread-command-events
List of events to be read as the command input.
These events are processed first, before actual keyboard input.
Events read from this list are not normally added to `this-command-keys',
as they will already have been added once as they were read for the first time.
An element of the form (t . EVENT) forces EVENT to be added to that list.Vunread-command-char
If not -1, an object to be read as next command input event.Vunread-post-input-method-events
List of events to be processed as input by input methods.
These events are processed before `unread-command-events'
and actual keyboard input, but are not given to `input-method-function'.Vunread-input-method-events
List of events to be processed as input by input methods.
These events are processed after `unread-command-events', but
before actual keyboard input.
If there's an active input method, the events are given to
`input-method-function'.Vmeta-prefix-char
Meta-prefix character code.
Meta-foo as command input turns into this character followed by foo.Vlast-command
The last command executed.
Normally a symbol with a function definition, but can be whatever was found
in the keymap, or whatever the variable `this-command' was set to by that
command.

The value `mode-exit' is special; it means that the previous command
read an event that told it to exit, and it did so and unread that event.
In other words, the present command is the event that made the previous
command exit.

The value `kill-region' is special; it means that the previous command
was a kill command.

`last-command' has a separate binding for each terminal device.
See Info node `(elisp)Multiple displays'.Vreal-last-command
Same as `last-command', but never altered by Lisp code.Vlast-repeatable-command
Last command that may be repeated.
The last command executed that was not bound to an input event.
This is the command `repeat' will try to repeat.Vthis-command
The command now being executed.
The command can set this variable; whatever is put here
will be in `last-command' during the following command.Vthis-command-keys-shift-translated
Non-nil if the key sequence activating this command was shift-translated.
Shift-translation occurs when there is no binding for the key sequence
as entered, but a binding was found by changing an upper-case letter
to lower-case, or a shifted function key to an unshifted one.Vthis-original-command
The command bound to the current key sequence before remapping.
It equals `this-command' if the original command was not remapped through
any of the active keymaps.  Otherwise, the value of `this-command' is the
result of looking up the original command in the active keymaps.Vauto-save-interval
*Number of input events between auto-saves.
Zero means disable autosaving due to number of characters typed.Vauto-save-timeout
*Number of seconds idle time before auto-save.
Zero or nil means disable auto-saving due to idleness.
After auto-saving due to this many seconds of idle time,
Emacs also does a garbage collection if that seems to be warranted.Vecho-keystrokes
*Nonzero means echo unfinished commands after this many seconds of pause.
The value may be integer or floating point.Vpolling-period
*Interval between polling for input during Lisp execution.
The reason for polling is to make C-g work to stop a running program.
Polling is needed only when using X windows and SIGIO does not work.
Polling is automatically disabled in all other cases.Vdouble-click-time
*Maximum time between mouse clicks to make a double-click.
Measured in milliseconds.  The value nil means disable double-click
recognition; t means double-clicks have no time limit and are detected
by position only.Vdouble-click-fuzz
*Maximum mouse movement between clicks to make a double-click.
On window-system frames, value is the number of pixels the mouse may have
moved horizontally or vertically between two clicks to make a double-click.
On non window-system frames, value is interpreted in units of 1/8 characters
instead of pixels.

This variable is also the threshold for motion of the mouse
to count as a drag.Vinhibit-local-menu-bar-menus
*Non-nil means inhibit local map menu bar menus.Vnum-input-keys
Number of complete key sequences read as input so far.
This includes key sequences read from keyboard macros.
The number is effectively the number of interactive command invocations.Vnum-nonmacro-input-events
Number of input events read from the keyboard so far.
This does not include events generated by keyboard macros.Vlast-event-frame
The frame in which the most recently read event occurred.
If the last event came from a keyboard macro, this is set to `macro'.Vtty-erase-char
The ERASE character as set by the user with stty.Vhelp-char
Character to recognize as meaning Help.
When it is read, do `(eval help-form)', and display result if it's a string.
If the value of `help-form' is nil, this char can be read normally.Vhelp-event-list
List of input events to recognize as meaning Help.
These work just like the value of `help-char' (see that).Vhelp-form
Form to execute when character `help-char' is read.
If the form returns a string, that string is displayed.
If `help-form' is nil, the help char is not recognized.Vprefix-help-command
Command to run when `help-char' character follows a prefix key.
This command is used only when there is no actual binding
for that character after that prefix key.Vtop-level
Form to evaluate when Emacs starts up.
Useful to set before you dump a modified Emacs.Vkeyboard-translate-table
Translate table for local keyboard input, or nil.
If non-nil, the value should be a char-table.  Each character read
from the keyboard is looked up in this char-table.  If the value found
there is non-nil, then it is used instead of the actual input character.

The value can also be a string or vector, but this is considered obsolete.
If it is a string or vector of length N, character codes N and up are left
untranslated.  In a vector, an element which is nil means "no translation".

This is applied to the characters supplied to input methods, not their
output.  See also `translation-table-for-input'.

This variable has a separate binding for each terminal.  See Info node
`(elisp)Multiple displays'.Vcannot-suspend
Non-nil means to always spawn a subshell instead of suspending.
(Even if the operating system has support for stopping a process.)Vmenu-prompting
Non-nil means prompt with menus when appropriate.
This is done when reading from a keymap that has a prompt string,
for elements that have prompt strings.
The menu is displayed on the screen
if X menus were enabled at configuration
time and the previous event was a mouse click prefix key.
Otherwise, menu prompting uses the echo area.Vmenu-prompt-more-char
Character to see next line of menu prompt.
Type this character while in a menu prompt to rotate around the lines of it.Vextra-keyboard-modifiers
A mask of additional modifier keys to use with every keyboard character.
Emacs applies the modifiers of the character stored here to each keyboard
character it reads.  For example, after evaluating the expression
    (setq extra-keyboard-modifiers ?\C-x)
all input characters will have the control modifier applied to them.

Note that the character ?\C-@, equivalent to the integer zero, does
not count as a control character; rather, it counts as a character
with no modifiers; thus, setting `extra-keyboard-modifiers' to zero
cancels any modification.Vdeactivate-mark
If an editing command sets this to t, deactivate the mark afterward.
The command loop sets this to nil before each command,
and tests the value when the command returns.
Buffer modification stores t in this variable.Vcommand-hook-internal
Temporary storage of `pre-command-hook' or `post-command-hook'.Vpre-command-hook
Normal hook run before each command is executed.
If an unhandled error happens in running this hook,
the hook value is set to nil, since otherwise the error
might happen repeatedly and make Emacs nonfunctional.Vpost-command-hook
Normal hook run after each command is executed.
If an unhandled error happens in running this hook,
the hook value is set to nil, since otherwise the error
might happen repeatedly and make Emacs nonfunctional.Vecho-area-clear-hook
Normal hook run when clearing the echo area.Vlucid-menu-bar-dirty-flag
Non-nil means menu bar, specified Lucid style, needs to be recomputed.Vmenu-bar-final-items
List of menu bar items to move to the end of the menu bar.
The elements of the list are event types that may have menu bar bindings.Voverriding-terminal-local-map
Per-terminal keymap that overrides all other local keymaps.
If this variable is non-nil, it is used as a keymap instead of the
buffer's local map, and the minor mode keymaps and text property keymaps.
It also replaces `overriding-local-map'.

This variable is intended to let commands such as `universal-argument'
set up a different keymap for reading the next command.

`overriding-terminal-local-map' has a separate binding for each
terminal device.
See Info node `(elisp)Multiple displays'.Voverriding-local-map
Keymap that overrides all other local keymaps.
If this variable is non-nil, it is used as a keymap--replacing the
buffer's local map, the minor mode keymaps, and char property keymaps.Voverriding-local-map-menu-flag
Non-nil means `overriding-local-map' applies to the menu bar.
Otherwise, the menu bar continues to reflect the buffer's local map
and the minor mode maps regardless of `overriding-local-map'.Vspecial-event-map
Keymap defining bindings for special events to execute at low level.Vtrack-mouse
*Non-nil means generate motion events for mouse motion.Vsystem-key-alist
Alist of system-specific X windows key symbols.
Each element should have the form (N . SYMBOL) where N is the
numeric keysym code (sans the "system-specific" bit 1<<28)
and SYMBOL is its name.

`system-key-alist' has a separate binding for each terminal device.
See Info node `(elisp)Multiple displays'.Vlocal-function-key-map
Keymap that translates key sequences to key sequences during input.
This is used mainly for mapping key sequences into some preferred
key events (symbols).

The `read-key-sequence' function replaces any subsequence bound by
`local-function-key-map' with its binding.  More precisely, when the
active keymaps have no binding for the current key sequence but
`local-function-key-map' binds a suffix of the sequence to a vector or
string, `read-key-sequence' replaces the matching suffix with its
binding, and continues with the new sequence.

If the binding is a function, it is called with one argument (the prompt)
and its return value (a key sequence) is used.

The events that come from bindings in `local-function-key-map' are not
themselves looked up in `local-function-key-map'.

For example, suppose `local-function-key-map' binds `ESC O P' to [f1].
Typing `ESC O P' to `read-key-sequence' would return [f1].  Typing
`C-x ESC O P' would return [?\C-x f1].  If [f1] were a prefix key,
typing `ESC O P x' would return [f1 x].

`local-function-key-map' has a separate binding for each terminal
device.  See Info node `(elisp)Multiple displays'.  If you need to
define a binding on all terminals, change `function-key-map'
instead.  Initially, `local-function-key-map' is an empty keymap that
has `function-key-map' as its parent on all terminal devices.Vinput-decode-map
Keymap that decodes input escape sequences.
This is used mainly for mapping ASCII function key sequences into
real Emacs function key events (symbols).

The `read-key-sequence' function replaces any subsequence bound by
`input-decode-map' with its binding.  Contrary to `function-key-map',
this map applies its rebinding regardless of the presence of an ordinary
binding.  So it is more like `key-translation-map' except that it applies
before `function-key-map' rather than after.

If the binding is a function, it is called with one argument (the prompt)
and its return value (a key sequence) is used.

The events that come from bindings in `input-decode-map' are not
themselves looked up in `input-decode-map'.

This variable is keyboard-local.Vfunction-key-map
The parent keymap of all `local-function-key-map' instances.
Function key definitions that apply to all terminal devices should go
here.  If a mapping is defined in both the current
`local-function-key-map' binding and this variable, then the local
definition will take precendence.Vkey-translation-map
Keymap of key translations that can override keymaps.
This keymap works like `function-key-map', but comes after that,
and its non-prefix bindings override ordinary bindings.
Another difference is that it is global rather than keyboard-local.Vdeferred-action-list
List of deferred actions to be performed at a later time.
The precise format isn't relevant here; we just check whether it is nil.Vdeferred-action-function
Function to call to handle deferred actions, after each command.
This function is called with no arguments after each command
whenever `deferred-action-list' is non-nil.Vsuggest-key-bindings
*Non-nil means show the equivalent key-binding when M-x command has one.
The value can be a length of time to show the message for.
If the value is non-nil and not a number, we wait 2 seconds.Vtimer-list
List of active absolute time timers in order of increasing time.Vtimer-idle-list
List of active idle-time timers in order of increasing time.Vinput-method-function
If non-nil, the function that implements the current input method.
It's called with one argument, a printing character that was just read.
(That means a character with code 040...0176.)
Typically this function uses `read-event' to read additional events.
When it does so, it should first bind `input-method-function' to nil
so it will not be called recursively.

The function should return a list of zero or more events
to be used as input.  If it wants to put back some events
to be reconsidered, separately, by the input method,
it can add them to the beginning of `unread-command-events'.

The input method function can find in `input-method-previous-message'
the previous echo area message.

The input method function should refer to the variables
`input-method-use-echo-area' and `input-method-exit-on-first-char'
for guidance on what to do.Vinput-method-previous-message
When `input-method-function' is called, hold the previous echo area message.
This variable exists because `read-event' clears the echo area
before running the input method.  It is nil if there was no message.Vshow-help-function
If non-nil, the function that implements the display of help.
It's called with one argument, the help string to display.Vdisable-point-adjustment
If non-nil, suppress point adjustment after executing a command.

After a command is executed, if point is moved into a region that has
special properties (e.g. composition, display), we adjust point to
the boundary of the region.  But, when a command sets this variable to
non-nil, we suppress the point adjustment.

This variable is set to nil before reading a command, and is checked
just after executing the command.Vglobal-disable-point-adjustment
*If non-nil, always suppress point adjustment.

The default value is nil, in which case, point adjustment are
suppressed only after special commands that set
`disable-point-adjustment' (which see) to non-nil.Vminibuffer-message-timeout
*How long to display an echo-area message when the minibuffer is active.
If the value is not a number, such messages don't time out.Vthrow-on-input
If non-nil, any keyboard input throws to this symbol.
The value of that variable is passed to `quit-flag' and later causes a
peculiar kind of quitting.Vcommand-error-function
If non-nil, function to output error messages.
The arguments are the error data, a list of the form
 (SIGNALED-CONDITIONS . SIGNAL-DATA)
such as just as `condition-case' would bind its variable to,
the context (a string which normally goes at the start of the message),
and the Lisp function within which the error was signaled.Venable-disabled-menus-and-buttons
If non-nil, don't ignore events produced by disabled menu items and tool-bar.

Help functions bind this to allow help on disabled menu items
and tool-bar buttons.Smacros.o
Fstart-kbd-macro
Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
Use \[end-kbd-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
Use \[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
this begins by re-executing that macro as if you typed it again.
If optional second arg, NO-EXEC, is non-nil, do not re-execute last
macro before appending to it.

(fn APPEND &optional NO-EXEC)Fend-kbd-macro
Finish defining a keyboard macro.
The definition was started by \[start-kbd-macro].
The macro is now available for use via \[call-last-kbd-macro],
or it can be given a name with \[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
under that name.

With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
An argument of zero means repeat until error.

In Lisp, optional second arg LOOPFUNC may be a function that is called prior to
each iteration of the macro.  Iteration stops if LOOPFUNC returns nil.

(fn &optional REPEAT LOOPFUNC)Fcancel-kbd-macro-events
Cancel the events added to a keyboard macro for this command.

(fn)Fstore-kbd-macro-event
Store EVENT into the keyboard macro being defined.

(fn EVENT)Fcall-last-kbd-macro
Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \[start-kbd-macro].

A prefix argument serves as a repeat count.  Zero means repeat until error.

To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after
defining others, use \[name-last-kbd-macro].

In Lisp, optional second arg LOOPFUNC may be a function that is called prior to
each iteration of the macro.  Iteration stops if LOOPFUNC returns nil.

(fn &optional PREFIX LOOPFUNC)Fexecute-kbd-macro
Execute MACRO as string of editor command characters.
If MACRO is a symbol, its function definition is used.
COUNT is a repeat count, or nil for once, or 0 for infinite loop.

Optional third arg LOOPFUNC may be a function that is called prior to
each iteration of the macro.  Iteration stops if LOOPFUNC returns nil.

(fn MACRO &optional COUNT LOOPFUNC)Vdefining-kbd-macro
Non-nil while a keyboard macro is being defined.  Don't set this!
The value is the symbol `append' while appending to the definition of
an existing macro.Vexecuting-kbd-macro
Currently executing keyboard macro (string or vector).
This is nil when not executing a keyboard macro.Vexecuting-kbd-macro-index
Index in currently executing keyboard macro; undefined if none executing.Vlast-kbd-macro
Last kbd macro defined, as a string or vector; nil if none defined.Skeymap.o
Fmake-keymap
Construct and return a new keymap, of the form (keymap CHARTABLE . ALIST).
CHARTABLE is a char-table that holds the bindings for all characters
without modifiers.  All entries in it are initially nil, meaning
"command undefined".  ALIST is an assoc-list which holds bindings for
function keys, mouse events, and any other things that appear in the
input stream.  Initially, ALIST is nil.

The optional arg STRING supplies a menu name for the keymap
in case you use it as a menu with `x-popup-menu'.

(fn &optional STRING)Fmake-sparse-keymap
Construct and return a new sparse keymap.
Its car is `keymap' and its cdr is an alist of (CHAR . DEFINITION),
which binds the character CHAR to DEFINITION, or (SYMBOL . DEFINITION),
which binds the function key or mouse event SYMBOL to DEFINITION.
Initially the alist is nil.

The optional arg STRING supplies a menu name for the keymap
in case you use it as a menu with `x-popup-menu'.

(fn &optional STRING)Fkeymapp
Return t if OBJECT is a keymap.

A keymap is a list (keymap . ALIST),
or a symbol whose function definition is itself a keymap.
ALIST elements look like (CHAR . DEFN) or (SYMBOL . DEFN);
a vector of densely packed bindings for small character codes
is also allowed as an element.

(fn OBJECT)Fkeymap-prompt
Return the prompt-string of a keymap MAP.
If non-nil, the prompt is shown in the echo-area
when reading a key-sequence to be looked-up in this keymap.

(fn MAP)Fkeymap-parent
Return the parent keymap of KEYMAP.
If KEYMAP has no parent, return nil.

(fn KEYMAP)Fset-keymap-parent
Modify KEYMAP to set its parent map to PARENT.
Return PARENT.  PARENT should be nil or another keymap.

(fn KEYMAP PARENT)Fmap-keymap-internal
Call FUNCTION once for each event binding in KEYMAP.
FUNCTION is called with two arguments: the event that is bound, and
the definition it is bound to.  The event may be a character range.
If KEYMAP has a parent, this function returns it without processing it.

(fn FUNCTION KEYMAP)Fmap-keymap
Call FUNCTION once for each event binding in KEYMAP.
FUNCTION is called with two arguments: the event that is bound, and
the definition it is bound to.  The event may be a character range.

If KEYMAP has a parent, the parent's bindings are included as well.
This works recursively: if the parent has itself a parent, then the
grandparent's bindings are also included and so on.

(fn FUNCTION KEYMAP)Fcopy-keymap
Return a copy of the keymap KEYMAP.
The copy starts out with the same definitions of KEYMAP,
but changing either the copy or KEYMAP does not affect the other.
Any key definitions that are subkeymaps are recursively copied.
However, a key definition which is a symbol whose definition is a keymap
is not copied.

(fn KEYMAP)Fdefine-key
In KEYMAP, define key sequence KEY as DEF.
KEYMAP is a keymap.

KEY is a string or a vector of symbols and characters meaning a
sequence of keystrokes and events.  Non-ASCII characters with codes
above 127 (such as ISO Latin-1) can be included if you use a vector.
Using [t] for KEY creates a default definition, which applies to any
event type that has no other definition in this keymap.

DEF is anything that can be a key's definition:
 nil (means key is undefined in this keymap),
 a command (a Lisp function suitable for interactive calling),
 a string (treated as a keyboard macro),
 a keymap (to define a prefix key),
 a symbol (when the key is looked up, the symbol will stand for its
    function definition, which should at that time be one of the above,
    or another symbol whose function definition is used, etc.),
 a cons (STRING . DEFN), meaning that DEFN is the definition
    (DEFN should be a valid definition in its own right),
 or a cons (MAP . CHAR), meaning use definition of CHAR in keymap MAP,
 or an extended menu item definition.
 (See info node `(elisp)Extended Menu Items'.)

If KEYMAP is a sparse keymap with a binding for KEY, the existing
binding is altered.  If there is no binding for KEY, the new pair
binding KEY to DEF is added at the front of KEYMAP.

(fn KEYMAP KEY DEF)Fcommand-remapping
Return the remapping for command COMMAND.
Returns nil if COMMAND is not remapped (or not a symbol).

If the optional argument POSITION is non-nil, it specifies a mouse
position as returned by `event-start' and `event-end', and the
remapping occurs in the keymaps associated with it.  It can also be a
number or marker, in which case the keymap properties at the specified
buffer position instead of point are used.  The KEYMAPS argument is
ignored if POSITION is non-nil.

If the optional argument KEYMAPS is non-nil, it should be a list of
keymaps to search for command remapping.  Otherwise, search for the
remapping in all currently active keymaps.

(fn COMMAND &optional POSITION KEYMAPS)Flookup-key
In keymap KEYMAP, look up key sequence KEY.  Return the definition.
A value of nil means undefined.  See doc of `define-key'
for kinds of definitions.

A number as value means KEY is "too long";
that is, characters or symbols in it except for the last one
fail to be a valid sequence of prefix characters in KEYMAP.
The number is how many characters at the front of KEY
it takes to reach a non-prefix key.

Normally, `lookup-key' ignores bindings for t, which act as default
bindings, used when nothing else in the keymap applies; this makes it
usable as a general function for probing keymaps.  However, if the
third optional argument ACCEPT-DEFAULT is non-nil, `lookup-key' will
recognize the default bindings, just as `read-key-sequence' does.

(fn KEYMAP KEY &optional ACCEPT-DEFAULT)Fcurrent-active-maps
Return a list of the currently active keymaps.
OLP if non-nil indicates that we should obey `overriding-local-map' and
`overriding-terminal-local-map'.  POSITION can specify a click position
like in the respective argument of `key-binding'.

(fn &optional OLP POSITION)Fkey-binding
Return the binding for command KEY in current keymaps.
KEY is a string or vector, a sequence of keystrokes.
The binding is probably a symbol with a function definition.

Normally, `key-binding' ignores bindings for t, which act as default
bindings, used when nothing else in the keymap applies; this makes it
usable as a general function for probing keymaps.  However, if the
optional second argument ACCEPT-DEFAULT is non-nil, `key-binding' does
recognize the default bindings, just as `read-key-sequence' does.

Like the normal command loop, `key-binding' will remap the command
resulting from looking up KEY by looking up the command in the
current keymaps.  However, if the optional third argument NO-REMAP
is non-nil, `key-binding' returns the unmapped command.

If KEY is a key sequence initiated with the mouse, the used keymaps
will depend on the clicked mouse position with regard to the buffer
and possible local keymaps on strings.

If the optional argument POSITION is non-nil, it specifies a mouse
position as returned by `event-start' and `event-end', and the lookup
occurs in the keymaps associated with it instead of KEY.  It can also
be a number or marker, in which case the keymap properties at the
specified buffer position instead of point are used.

(fn KEY &optional ACCEPT-DEFAULT NO-REMAP POSITION)Flocal-key-binding
Return the binding for command KEYS in current local keymap only.
KEYS is a string or vector, a sequence of keystrokes.
The binding is probably a symbol with a function definition.

If optional argument ACCEPT-DEFAULT is non-nil, recognize default
bindings; see the description of `lookup-key' for more details about this.

(fn KEYS &optional ACCEPT-DEFAULT)Fglobal-key-binding
Return the binding for command KEYS in current global keymap only.
KEYS is a string or vector, a sequence of keystrokes.
The binding is probably a symbol with a function definition.
This function's return values are the same as those of `lookup-key'
(which see).

If optional argument ACCEPT-DEFAULT is non-nil, recognize default
bindings; see the description of `lookup-key' for more details about this.

(fn KEYS &optional ACCEPT-DEFAULT)Fminor-mode-key-binding
Find the visible minor mode bindings of KEY.
Return an alist of pairs (MODENAME . BINDING), where MODENAME is
the symbol which names the minor mode binding KEY, and BINDING is
KEY's definition in that mode.  In particular, if KEY has no
minor-mode bindings, return nil.  If the first binding is a
non-prefix, all subsequent bindings will be omitted, since they would
be ignored.  Similarly, the list doesn't include non-prefix bindings
that come after prefix bindings.

If optional argument ACCEPT-DEFAULT is non-nil, recognize default
bindings; see the description of `lookup-key' for more details about this.

(fn KEY &optional ACCEPT-DEFAULT)Fdefine-prefix-command
Define COMMAND as a prefix command.  COMMAND should be a symbol.
A new sparse keymap is stored as COMMAND's function definition and its value.
If a second optional argument MAPVAR is given, the map is stored as
its value instead of as COMMAND's value; but COMMAND is still defined
as a function.
The third optional argument NAME, if given, supplies a menu name
string for the map.  This is required to use the keymap as a menu.
This function returns COMMAND.

(fn COMMAND &optional MAPVAR NAME)Fuse-global-map
Select KEYMAP as the global keymap.

(fn KEYMAP)Fuse-local-map
Select KEYMAP as the local keymap.
If KEYMAP is nil, that means no local keymap.

(fn KEYMAP)Fcurrent-local-map
Return current buffer's local keymap, or nil if it has none.
Normally the local keymap is set by the major mode with `use-local-map'.

(fn)Fcurrent-global-map
Return the current global keymap.

(fn)Fcurrent-minor-mode-maps
Return a list of keymaps for the minor modes of the current buffer.

(fn)Faccessible-keymaps
Find all keymaps accessible via prefix characters from KEYMAP.
Returns a list of elements of the form (KEYS . MAP), where the sequence
KEYS starting from KEYMAP gets you to MAP.  These elements are ordered
so that the KEYS increase in length.  The first element is ([] . KEYMAP).
An optional argument PREFIX, if non-nil, should be a key sequence;
then the value includes only maps for prefixes that start with PREFIX.

(fn KEYMAP &optional PREFIX)Fkey-description
Return a pretty description of key-sequence KEYS.
Optional arg PREFIX is the sequence of keys leading up to KEYS.
Control characters turn into "C-foo" sequences, meta into "M-foo",
spaces are put between sequence elements, etc.

(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX)Fsingle-key-description
Return a pretty description of command character KEY.
Control characters turn into C-whatever, etc.
Optional argument NO-ANGLES non-nil means don't put angle brackets
around function keys and event symbols.

(fn KEY &optional NO-ANGLES)Ftext-char-description
Return a pretty description of file-character CHARACTER.
Control characters turn into "^char", etc.  This differs from
`single-key-description' which turns them into "C-char".
Also, this function recognizes the 2**7 bit as the Meta character,
whereas `single-key-description' uses the 2**27 bit for Meta.
See Info node `(elisp)Describing Characters' for examples.

(fn CHARACTER)Fwhere-is-internal
Return list of keys that invoke DEFINITION.
If KEYMAP is a keymap, search only KEYMAP and the global keymap.
If KEYMAP is nil, search all the currently active keymaps.
If KEYMAP is a list of keymaps, search only those keymaps.

If optional 3rd arg FIRSTONLY is non-nil, return the first key sequence found,
rather than a list of all possible key sequences.
If FIRSTONLY is the symbol `non-ascii', return the first binding found,
no matter what it is.
If FIRSTONLY has another non-nil value, prefer bindings
that use the modifier key specified in `where-is-preferred-modifier'
(or their meta variants) and entirely reject menu bindings.

If optional 4th arg NOINDIRECT is non-nil, don't follow indirections
to other keymaps or slots.  This makes it possible to search for an
indirect definition itself.

If optional 5th arg NO-REMAP is non-nil, don't search for key sequences
that invoke a command which is remapped to DEFINITION, but include the
remapped command in the returned list.

(fn DEFINITION &optional KEYMAP FIRSTONLY NOINDIRECT NO-REMAP)Fdescribe-buffer-bindings
Insert the list of all defined keys and their definitions.
The list is inserted in the current buffer, while the bindings are
looked up in BUFFER.
The optional argument PREFIX, if non-nil, should be a key sequence;
then we display only bindings that start with that prefix.
The optional argument MENUS, if non-nil, says to mention menu bindings.
(Ordinarily these are omitted from the output.)

(fn BUFFER &optional PREFIX MENUS)Fdescribe-vector
Insert a description of contents of VECTOR.
This is text showing the elements of vector matched against indices.
DESCRIBER is the output function used; nil means use `princ'.

(fn VECTOR &optional DESCRIBER)Fapropos-internal
Show all symbols whose names contain match for REGEXP.
If optional 2nd arg PREDICATE is non-nil, (funcall PREDICATE SYMBOL) is done
for each symbol and a symbol is mentioned only if that returns non-nil.
Return list of symbols found.

(fn REGEXP &optional PREDICATE)Vdefine-key-rebound-commands
List of commands given new key bindings recently.
This is used for internal purposes during Emacs startup;
don't alter it yourself.Vminibuffer-local-map
Default keymap to use when reading from the minibuffer.Vminibuffer-local-ns-map
Local keymap for the minibuffer when spaces are not allowed.Vminibuffer-local-completion-map
Local keymap for minibuffer input with completion.Vminibuffer-local-filename-completion-map
Local keymap for minibuffer input with completion for filenames.Vminibuffer-local-must-match-map
Local keymap for minibuffer input with completion, for exact match.Vminibuffer-local-filename-must-match-map
Local keymap for minibuffer input with completion for filenames with exact match.Vminor-mode-map-alist
Alist of keymaps to use for minor modes.
Each element looks like (VARIABLE . KEYMAP); KEYMAP is used to read
key sequences and look up bindings if VARIABLE's value is non-nil.
If two active keymaps bind the same key, the keymap appearing earlier
in the list takes precedence.Vminor-mode-overriding-map-alist
Alist of keymaps to use for minor modes, in current major mode.
This variable is an alist just like `minor-mode-map-alist', and it is
used the same way (and before `minor-mode-map-alist'); however,
it is provided for major modes to bind locally.Vemulation-mode-map-alists
List of keymap alists to use for emulations modes.
It is intended for modes or packages using multiple minor-mode keymaps.
Each element is a keymap alist just like `minor-mode-map-alist', or a
symbol with a variable binding which is a keymap alist, and it is used
the same way.  The "active" keymaps in each alist are used before
`minor-mode-map-alist' and `minor-mode-overriding-map-alist'.Vwhere-is-preferred-modifier
Preferred modifier to use for `where-is'.
When a single binding is requested, `where-is' will return one that
uses this modifier if possible.  If nil, or if no such binding exists,
bindings using keys without modifiers (or only with meta) will be
preferred.Ssysdep.o
Sbuffer.o
Fbuffer-live-p
Return non-nil if OBJECT is a buffer which has not been killed.
Value is nil if OBJECT is not a buffer or if it has been killed.

(fn OBJECT)Fbuffer-list
Return a list of all existing live buffers.
If the optional arg FRAME is a frame, we return the buffer list
in the proper order for that frame: the buffers in FRAME's `buffer-list'
frame parameter come first, followed by the rest of the buffers.

(fn &optional FRAME)Fget-buffer
Return the buffer named BUFFER-OR-NAME.
BUFFER-OR-NAME must be either a string or a buffer.  If BUFFER-OR-NAME
is a string and there is no buffer with that name, return nil.  If
BUFFER-OR-NAME is a buffer, return it as given.

(fn BUFFER-OR-NAME)Fget-file-buffer
Return the buffer visiting file FILENAME (a string).
The buffer's `buffer-file-name' must match exactly the expansion of FILENAME.
If there is no such live buffer, return nil.
See also `find-buffer-visiting'.

(fn FILENAME)Fget-buffer-create
Return the buffer specified by BUFFER-OR-NAME, creating a new one if needed.
If BUFFER-OR-NAME is a string and a live buffer with that name exists,
return that buffer.  If no such buffer exists, create a new buffer with
that name and return it.  If BUFFER-OR-NAME starts with a space, the new
buffer does not keep undo information.

If BUFFER-OR-NAME is a buffer instead of a string, return it as given,
even if it is dead.  The return value is never nil.

(fn BUFFER-OR-NAME)Fmake-indirect-buffer
Create and return an indirect buffer for buffer BASE-BUFFER, named NAME.
BASE-BUFFER should be a live buffer, or the name of an existing buffer.
NAME should be a string which is not the name of an existing buffer.
Optional argument CLONE non-nil means preserve BASE-BUFFER's state,
such as major and minor modes, in the indirect buffer.
CLONE nil means the indirect buffer's state is reset to default values.

(fn BASE-BUFFER NAME &optional CLONE)Fgenerate-new-buffer-name
Return a string that is the name of no existing buffer based on NAME.
If there is no live buffer named NAME, then return NAME.
Otherwise modify name by appending `<NUMBER>', incrementing NUMBER
(starting at 2) until an unused name is found, and then return that name.
Optional second argument IGNORE specifies a name that is okay to use (if
it is in the sequence to be tried) even if a buffer with that name exists.

(fn NAME &optional IGNORE)Fbuffer-name
Return the name of BUFFER, as a string.
With no argument or nil as argument, return the name of the current buffer.

(fn &optional BUFFER)Fbuffer-file-name
Return name of file BUFFER is visiting, or nil if none.
No argument or nil as argument means use the current buffer.

(fn &optional BUFFER)Fbuffer-base-buffer
Return the base buffer of indirect buffer BUFFER.
If BUFFER is not indirect, return nil.
BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.

(fn &optional BUFFER)Fbuffer-local-value
Return the value of VARIABLE in BUFFER.
If VARIABLE does not have a buffer-local binding in BUFFER, the value
is the default binding of the variable.

(fn VARIABLE BUFFER)Fbuffer-local-variables
Return an alist of variables that are buffer-local in BUFFER.
Most elements look like (SYMBOL . VALUE), describing one variable.
For a symbol that is locally unbound, just the symbol appears in the value.
Note that storing new VALUEs in these elements doesn't change the variables.
No argument or nil as argument means use current buffer as BUFFER.

(fn &optional BUFFER)Fbuffer-modified-p
Return t if BUFFER was modified since its file was last read or saved.
No argument or nil as argument means use current buffer as BUFFER.

(fn &optional BUFFER)Fset-buffer-modified-p
Mark current buffer as modified or unmodified according to FLAG.
A non-nil FLAG means mark the buffer modified.

(fn FLAG)Frestore-buffer-modified-p
Like `set-buffer-modified-p', with a difference concerning redisplay.
It is not ensured that mode lines will be updated to show the modified
state of the current buffer.  Use with care.

(fn FLAG)Fbuffer-modified-tick
Return BUFFER's tick counter, incremented for each change in text.
Each buffer has a tick counter which is incremented each time the
text in that buffer is changed.  It wraps around occasionally.
No argument or nil as argument means use current buffer as BUFFER.

(fn &optional BUFFER)Fbuffer-chars-modified-tick
Return BUFFER's character-change tick counter.
Each buffer has a character-change tick counter, which is set to the
value of the buffer's tick counter (see `buffer-modified-tick'), each
time text in that buffer is inserted or deleted.  By comparing the
values returned by two individual calls of `buffer-chars-modified-tick',
you can tell whether a character change occurred in that buffer in
between these calls.  No argument or nil as argument means use current
buffer as BUFFER.

(fn &optional BUFFER)Frename-buffer
Change current buffer's name to NEWNAME (a string).
If second arg UNIQUE is nil or omitted, it is an error if a
buffer named NEWNAME already exists.
If UNIQUE is non-nil, come up with a new name using
`generate-new-buffer-name'.
Interactively, you can set UNIQUE with a prefix argument.
We return the name we actually gave the buffer.
This does not change the name of the visited file (if any).

(fn NEWNAME &optional UNIQUE)Fother-buffer
Return most recently selected buffer other than BUFFER.
Buffers not visible in windows are preferred to visible buffers,
unless optional second argument VISIBLE-OK is non-nil.
If the optional third argument FRAME is non-nil, use that frame's
buffer list instead of the selected frame's buffer list.
If no other buffer exists, the buffer `*scratch*' is returned.
If BUFFER is omitted or nil, some interesting buffer is returned.

(fn &optional BUFFER VISIBLE-OK FRAME)Fbuffer-enable-undo
Start keeping undo information for buffer BUFFER.
No argument or nil as argument means do this for the current buffer.

(fn &optional BUFFER)Vkill-buffer-hook
Hook to be run (by `run-hooks', which see) when a buffer is killed.
The buffer being killed will be current while the hook is running.
See `kill-buffer'.Fkill-buffer
Kill buffer BUFFER-OR-NAME.
The argument may be a buffer or the name of an existing buffer.
Argument nil or omitted means kill the current buffer.  Return t if the
buffer is actually killed, nil otherwise.

This function calls `replace-buffer-in-windows' for cleaning up all
windows currently displaying the buffer to be killed.  The functions in
`kill-buffer-query-functions' are called with the buffer to be killed as
the current buffer.  If any of them returns nil, the buffer is not
killed.  The hook `kill-buffer-hook' is run before the buffer is
actually killed.  The buffer being killed will be current while the hook
is running.

Any processes that have this buffer as the `process-buffer' are killed
with SIGHUP.

(fn &optional BUFFER-OR-NAME)Fset-buffer-major-mode
Set an appropriate major mode for BUFFER.
For the *scratch* buffer, use `initial-major-mode', otherwise choose a mode
according to `default-major-mode'.
Use this function before selecting the buffer, since it may need to inspect
the current buffer's major mode.

(fn BUFFER)Fswitch-to-buffer
Make BUFFER-OR-NAME current and display it in selected window.
BUFFER-OR-NAME may be a buffer, a string (a buffer name), or
nil.  Return the buffer switched to.

If BUFFER-OR-NAME is a string and does not identify an existing
buffer, create a new buffer with that name.  Interactively, if
`confirm-nonexistent-file-or-buffer' is non-nil, request
confirmation before creating a new buffer.  If BUFFER-OR-NAME is
nil, switch to buffer returned by `other-buffer'.

Optional second arg NORECORD non-nil means do not put this buffer
at the front of the list of recently selected ones.  This
function returns the buffer it switched to as a Lisp object.

If the selected window is the minibuffer window or dedicated to
its buffer, use `pop-to-buffer' for displaying the buffer.

WARNING: This is NOT the way to work on another buffer temporarily
within a Lisp program!  Use `set-buffer' instead.  That avoids
messing with the window-buffer correspondences.

(fn BUFFER-OR-NAME &optional NORECORD)Fcurrent-buffer
Return the current buffer as a Lisp object.

(fn)Fset-buffer
Make buffer BUFFER-OR-NAME current for editing operations.
BUFFER-OR-NAME may be a buffer or the name of an existing buffer.  See
also `save-excursion' when you want to make a buffer current
temporarily.  This function does not display the buffer, so its effect
ends when the current command terminates.  Use `switch-to-buffer' or
`pop-to-buffer' to switch buffers permanently.

(fn BUFFER-OR-NAME)Fbarf-if-buffer-read-only
Signal a `buffer-read-only' error if the current buffer is read-only.

(fn)Fbury-buffer
Put BUFFER-OR-NAME at the end of the list of all buffers.
There it is the least likely candidate for `other-buffer' to return;
thus, the least likely buffer for \[switch-to-buffer] to select by
default.

The argument may be a buffer name or an actual buffer object.  If
BUFFER-OR-NAME is nil or omitted, bury the current buffer and remove it
from the selected window if it is displayed there.  If the selected
window is dedicated to its buffer, delete that window if there are other
windows on the same frame.  If the selected window is the only window on
its frame, iconify that frame.

(fn &optional BUFFER-OR-NAME)Ferase-buffer
Delete the entire contents of the current buffer.
Any narrowing restriction in effect (see `narrow-to-region') is removed,
so the buffer is truly empty after this.

(fn)Fbuffer-swap-text
Swap the text between current buffer and BUFFER.

(fn BUFFER)Fset-buffer-multibyte
Set the multibyte flag of the current buffer to FLAG.
If FLAG is t, this makes the buffer a multibyte buffer.
If FLAG is nil, this makes the buffer a single-byte buffer.
In these cases, the buffer contents remain unchanged as a sequence of
bytes but the contents viewed as characters do change.
If FLAG is `to', this makes the buffer a multibyte buffer by changing
all eight-bit bytes to eight-bit characters.
If the multibyte flag was really changed, undo information of the
current buffer is cleared.

(fn FLAG)Fkill-all-local-variables
Switch to Fundamental mode by killing current buffer's local variables.
Most local variable bindings are eliminated so that the default values
become effective once more.  Also, the syntax table is set from
`standard-syntax-table', the local keymap is set to nil,
and the abbrev table from `fundamental-mode-abbrev-table'.
This function also forces redisplay of the mode line.

Every function to select a new major mode starts by
calling this function.

As a special exception, local variables whose names have
a non-nil `permanent-local' property are not eliminated by this function.

The first thing this function does is run
the normal hook `change-major-mode-hook'.

(fn)Foverlayp
Return t if OBJECT is an overlay.

(fn OBJECT)Fmake-overlay
Create a new overlay with range BEG to END in BUFFER.
If omitted, BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
BEG and END may be integers or markers.
The fourth arg FRONT-ADVANCE, if non-nil, makes the marker
for the front of the overlay advance when text is inserted there
(which means the text *is not* included in the overlay).
The fifth arg REAR-ADVANCE, if non-nil, makes the marker
for the rear of the overlay advance when text is inserted there
(which means the text *is* included in the overlay).

(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER FRONT-ADVANCE REAR-ADVANCE)Fmove-overlay
Set the endpoints of OVERLAY to BEG and END in BUFFER.
If BUFFER is omitted, leave OVERLAY in the same buffer it inhabits now.
If BUFFER is omitted, and OVERLAY is in no buffer, put it in the current
buffer.

(fn OVERLAY BEG END &optional BUFFER)Fdelete-overlay
Delete the overlay OVERLAY from its buffer.

(fn OVERLAY)Foverlay-start
Return the position at which OVERLAY starts.

(fn OVERLAY)Foverlay-end
Return the position at which OVERLAY ends.

(fn OVERLAY)Foverlay-buffer
Return the buffer OVERLAY belongs to.
Return nil if OVERLAY has been deleted.

(fn OVERLAY)Foverlay-properties
Return a list of the properties on OVERLAY.
This is a copy of OVERLAY's plist; modifying its conses has no effect on
OVERLAY.

(fn OVERLAY)Foverlays-at
Return a list of the overlays that contain the character at POS.

(fn POS)Foverlays-in
Return a list of the overlays that overlap the region BEG ... END.
Overlap means that at least one character is contained within the overlay
and also contained within the specified region.
Empty overlays are included in the result if they are located at BEG,
between BEG and END, or at END provided END denotes the position at the
end of the buffer.

(fn BEG END)Fnext-overlay-change
Return the next position after POS where an overlay starts or ends.
If there are no overlay boundaries from POS to (point-max),
the value is (point-max).

(fn POS)Fprevious-overlay-change
Return the previous position before POS where an overlay starts or ends.
If there are no overlay boundaries from (point-min) to POS,
the value is (point-min).

(fn POS)Foverlay-lists
Return a pair of lists giving all the overlays of the current buffer.
The car has all the overlays before the overlay center;
the cdr has all the overlays after the overlay center.
Recentering overlays moves overlays between these lists.
The lists you get are copies, so that changing them has no effect.
However, the overlays you get are the real objects that the buffer uses.

(fn)Foverlay-recenter
Recenter the overlays of the current buffer around position POS.
That makes overlay lookup faster for positions near POS (but perhaps slower
for positions far away from POS).

(fn POS)Foverlay-get
Get the property of overlay OVERLAY with property name PROP.

(fn OVERLAY PROP)Foverlay-put
Set one property of overlay OVERLAY: give property PROP value VALUE.

(fn OVERLAY PROP VALUE)Vdefault-mode-line-format
Default value of `mode-line-format' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'mode-line-format).Vdefault-header-line-format
Default value of `header-line-format' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'header-line-format).Vdefault-cursor-type
Default value of `cursor-type' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'cursor-type).Vdefault-line-spacing
Default value of `line-spacing' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'line-spacing).Vdefault-cursor-in-non-selected-windows
Default value of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows'.
This is the same as (default-value 'cursor-in-non-selected-windows).Vdefault-abbrev-mode
Default value of `abbrev-mode' for buffers that do not override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'abbrev-mode).Vdefault-ctl-arrow
Default value of `ctl-arrow' for buffers that do not override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'ctl-arrow).Vdefault-direction-reversed
Default value of `direction-reversed' for buffers that do not override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'direction-reversed).Vdefault-enable-multibyte-characters
*Default value of `enable-multibyte-characters' for buffers not overriding it.
This is the same as (default-value 'enable-multibyte-characters).Vdefault-buffer-file-coding-system
Default value of `buffer-file-coding-system' for buffers not overriding it.
This is the same as (default-value 'buffer-file-coding-system).Vdefault-truncate-lines
Default value of `truncate-lines' for buffers that do not override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'truncate-lines).Vdefault-fill-column
Default value of `fill-column' for buffers that do not override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'fill-column).Vdefault-left-margin
Default value of `left-margin' for buffers that do not override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'left-margin).Vdefault-tab-width
Default value of `tab-width' for buffers that do not override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'tab-width).Vdefault-case-fold-search
Default value of `case-fold-search' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'case-fold-search).Vdefault-buffer-file-type
Default file type for buffers that do not override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'buffer-file-type).
The file type is nil for text, t for binary.Vdefault-left-margin-width
Default value of `left-margin-width' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'left-margin-width).Vdefault-right-margin-width
Default value of `right-margin-width' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'right-margin-width).Vdefault-left-fringe-width
Default value of `left-fringe-width' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'left-fringe-width).Vdefault-right-fringe-width
Default value of `right-fringe-width' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'right-fringe-width).Vdefault-fringes-outside-margins
Default value of `fringes-outside-margins' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'fringes-outside-margins).Vdefault-scroll-bar-width
Default value of `scroll-bar-width' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'scroll-bar-width).Vdefault-vertical-scroll-bar
Default value of `vertical-scroll-bar' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'vertical-scroll-bar).Vdefault-indicate-empty-lines
Default value of `indicate-empty-lines' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'indicate-empty-lines).Vdefault-indicate-buffer-boundaries
Default value of `indicate-buffer-boundaries' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'indicate-buffer-boundaries).Vdefault-fringe-indicator-alist
Default value of `fringe-indicator-alist' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'fringe-indicator-alist').Vdefault-fringe-cursor-alist
Default value of `fringe-cursor-alist' for buffers that don't override it.
This is the same as (default-value 'fringe-cursor-alist').Vdefault-scroll-up-aggressively
Default value of `scroll-up-aggressively'.
This value applies in buffers that don't have their own local values.
This is the same as (default-value 'scroll-up-aggressively).Vdefault-scroll-down-aggressively
Default value of `scroll-down-aggressively'.
This value applies in buffers that don't have their own local values.
This is the same as (default-value 'scroll-down-aggressively).Vheader-line-format
Analogous to `mode-line-format', but controls the header line.
The header line appears, optionally, at the top of a window;
the mode line appears at the bottom.Vmode-line-format
Template for displaying mode line for current buffer.
Each buffer has its own value of this variable.
Value may be nil, a string, a symbol or a list or cons cell.
A value of nil means don't display a mode line.
For a symbol, its value is used (but it is ignored if t or nil).
 A string appearing directly as the value of a symbol is processed verbatim
 in that the %-constructs below are not recognized.
 Note that unless the symbol is marked as a `risky-local-variable', all
 properties in any strings, as well as all :eval and :propertize forms
 in the value of that symbol will be ignored.
For a list of the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is evaluated and the result
 is used as a mode line element.  Be careful--FORM should not load any files,
 because that can cause an infinite recursion.
For a list of the form `(:propertize ELT PROPS...)', ELT is displayed
 with the specified properties PROPS applied.
For a list whose car is a symbol, the symbol's value is taken,
 and if that is non-nil, the cadr of the list is processed recursively.
 Otherwise, the caddr of the list (if there is one) is processed.
For a list whose car is a string or list, each element is processed
 recursively and the results are effectively concatenated.
For a list whose car is an integer, the cdr of the list is processed
  and padded (if the number is positive) or truncated (if negative)
  to the width specified by that number.
A string is printed verbatim in the mode line except for %-constructs:
  (%-constructs are allowed when the string is the entire mode-line-format
   or when it is found in a cons-cell or a list)
  %b -- print buffer name.      %f -- print visited file name.
  %F -- print frame name.
  %* -- print %, * or hyphen.   %+ -- print *, % or hyphen.
	%& is like %*, but ignore read-only-ness.
	% means buffer is read-only and * means it is modified.
	For a modified read-only buffer, %* gives % and %+ gives *.
  %s -- print process status.   %l -- print the current line number.
  %c -- print the current column number (this makes editing slower).
        To make the column number update correctly in all cases,
	`column-number-mode' must be non-nil.
  %i -- print the size of the buffer.
  %I -- like %i, but use k, M, G, etc., to abbreviate.
  %p -- print percent of buffer above top of window, or Top, Bot or All.
  %P -- print percent of buffer above bottom of window, perhaps plus Top,
        or print Bottom or All.
  %n -- print Narrow if appropriate.
  %t -- visited file is text or binary (if OS supports this distinction).
  %z -- print mnemonics of keyboard, terminal, and buffer coding systems.
  %Z -- like %z, but including the end-of-line format.
  %e -- print error message about full memory.
  %@ -- print @ or hyphen.  @ means that default-directory is on a
        remote machine.
  %[ -- print one [ for each recursive editing level.  %] similar.
  %% -- print %.   %- -- print infinitely many dashes.
Decimal digits after the % specify field width to which to pad.Vdefault-major-mode
*Major mode for new buffers.  Defaults to `fundamental-mode'.
A value of nil means use current buffer's major mode,
provided it is not marked as "special".

When a mode is used by default, `find-file' switches to it
before it reads the contents into the buffer and before
it finishes setting up the buffer.  Thus, the mode and
its hooks should not expect certain variables such as
`buffer-read-only' and `buffer-file-coding-system' to be set up.Vmajor-mode
Symbol for current buffer's major mode.Vmode-name
Pretty name of current buffer's major mode.
Usually a string, but can use any of the constructs for `mode-line-format',
which see.
Format with `format-mode-line' to produce a string value.Vlocal-abbrev-table
Local (mode-specific) abbrev table of current buffer.Vabbrev-mode
Non-nil turns on automatic expansion of abbrevs as they are inserted.Vcase-fold-search
*Non-nil if searches and matches should ignore case.Vfill-column
*Column beyond which automatic line-wrapping should happen.
Interactively, you can set the buffer local value using \[set-fill-column].Vleft-margin
*Column for the default `indent-line-function' to indent to.
Linefeed indents to this column in Fundamental mode.Vtab-width
*Distance between tab stops (for display of tab characters), in columns.Vctl-arrow
*Non-nil means display control chars with uparrow.
A value of nil means use backslash and octal digits.
This variable does not apply to characters whose display is specified
in the current display table (if there is one).Venable-multibyte-characters
Non-nil means the buffer contents are regarded as multi-byte characters.
Otherwise they are regarded as unibyte.  This affects the display,
file I/O and the behavior of various editing commands.

This variable is buffer-local but you cannot set it directly;
use the function `set-buffer-multibyte' to change a buffer's representation.
Changing its default value with `setq-default' is supported.
See also variable `default-enable-multibyte-characters' and Info node
`(elisp)Text Representations'.Vbuffer-file-coding-system
Coding system to be used for encoding the buffer contents on saving.
This variable applies to saving the buffer, and also to `write-region'
and other functions that use `write-region'.
It does not apply to sending output to subprocesses, however.

If this is nil, the buffer is saved without any code conversion
unless some coding system is specified in `file-coding-system-alist'
for the buffer file.

If the text to be saved cannot be encoded as specified by this variable,
an alternative encoding is selected by `select-safe-coding-system', which see.

The variable `coding-system-for-write', if non-nil, overrides this variable.

This variable is never applied to a way of decoding a file while reading it.Vdirection-reversed
*Non-nil means lines in the buffer are displayed right to left.Vtruncate-lines
*Non-nil means do not display continuation lines.
Instead, give each line of text just one screen line.

Note that this is overridden by the variable
`truncate-partial-width-windows' if that variable is non-nil
and this buffer is not full-frame width.Vword-wrap
*Non-nil means to use word-wrapping for continuation lines.
When word-wrapping is on, continuation lines are wrapped at the space
or tab character nearest to the right window edge.
If nil, continuation lines are wrapped at the right screen edge.

This variable has no effect if long lines are truncated (see
`truncate-lines' and `truncate-partial-width-windows').  If you use
word-wrapping, you might want to reduce the value of
`truncate-partial-width-windows', since wrapping can make text readable
in narrower windows.Vbuffer-file-type
Non-nil if the visited file is a binary file.
This variable is meaningful on MS-DOG and Windows NT.
On those systems, it is automatically local in every buffer.
On other systems, this variable is normally always nil.Vdefault-directory
Name of default directory of current buffer.  Should end with slash.
To interactively change the default directory, use command `cd'.Vauto-fill-function
Function called (if non-nil) to perform auto-fill.
It is called after self-inserting any character specified in
the `auto-fill-chars' table.
NOTE: This variable is not a hook;
its value may not be a list of functions.Vbuffer-file-name
Name of file visited in current buffer, or nil if not visiting a file.Vbuffer-file-truename
Abbreviated truename of file visited in current buffer, or nil if none.
The truename of a file is calculated by `file-truename'
and then abbreviated with `abbreviate-file-name'.Vbuffer-auto-save-file-name
Name of file for auto-saving current buffer.
If it is nil, that means don't auto-save this buffer.Vbuffer-read-only
Non-nil if this buffer is read-only.Vbuffer-backed-up
Non-nil if this buffer's file has been backed up.
Backing up is done before the first time the file is saved.Vbuffer-saved-size
Length of current buffer when last read in, saved or auto-saved.
0 initially.Vselective-display
Non-nil enables selective display.
An integer N as value means display only lines
that start with less than N columns of space.
A value of t means that the character ^M makes itself and
all the rest of the line invisible; also, when saving the buffer
in a file, save the ^M as a newline.Vselective-display-ellipses
Non-nil means display ... on previous line when a line is invisible.Voverwrite-mode
Non-nil if self-insertion should replace existing text.
The value should be one of `overwrite-mode-textual',
`overwrite-mode-binary', or nil.
If it is `overwrite-mode-textual', self-insertion still
inserts at the end of a line, and inserts when point is before a tab,
until the tab is filled in.
If `overwrite-mode-binary', self-insertion replaces newlines and tabs too.Vbuffer-display-table
Display table that controls display of the contents of current buffer.

If this variable is nil, the value of `standard-display-table' is used.
Each window can have its own, overriding display table, see
`set-window-display-table' and `window-display-table'.

The display table is a char-table created with `make-display-table'.
A char-table is an array indexed by character codes.  Normal array
primitives `aref' and `aset' can be used to access elements of a char-table.

Each of the char-table elements control how to display the corresponding
text character: the element at index C in the table says how to display
the character whose code is C.  Each element should be a vector of
characters or nil.  The value nil means display the character in the
default fashion; otherwise, the characters from the vector are delivered
to the screen instead of the original character.

For example, (aset buffer-display-table ?X [?Y]) tells Emacs
to display a capital Y instead of each X character.

In addition, a char-table has six extra slots to control the display of:

the end of a truncated screen line (extra-slot 0, a single character);
  the end of a continued line (extra-slot 1, a single character);
  the escape character used to display character codes in octal
    (extra-slot 2, a single character);
  the character used as an arrow for control characters (extra-slot 3,
    a single character);
  the decoration indicating the presence of invisible lines (extra-slot 4,
    a vector of characters);
  the character used to draw the border between side-by-side windows
    (extra-slot 5, a single character).

See also the functions `display-table-slot' and `set-display-table-slot'.Vleft-margin-width
*Width of left marginal area for display of a buffer.
A value of nil means no marginal area.Vright-margin-width
*Width of right marginal area for display of a buffer.
A value of nil means no marginal area.Vleft-fringe-width
*Width of this buffer's left fringe (in pixels).
A value of 0 means no left fringe is shown in this buffer's window.
A value of nil means to use the left fringe width from the window's frame.Vright-fringe-width
*Width of this buffer's right fringe (in pixels).
A value of 0 means no right fringe is shown in this buffer's window.
A value of nil means to use the right fringe width from the window's frame.Vfringes-outside-margins
*Non-nil means to display fringes outside display margins.
A value of nil means to display fringes between margins and buffer text.Vscroll-bar-width
*Width of this buffer's scroll bars in pixels.
A value of nil means to use the scroll bar width from the window's frame.Vvertical-scroll-bar
*Position of this buffer's vertical scroll bar.
The value takes effect whenever you tell a window to display this buffer;
for instance, with `set-window-buffer' or when `display-buffer' displays it.

A value of `left' or `right' means put the vertical scroll bar at that side
of the window; a value of nil means don't show any vertical scroll bars.
A value of t (the default) means do whatever the window's frame specifies.Vindicate-empty-lines
*Visually indicate empty lines after the buffer end.
If non-nil, a bitmap is displayed in the left fringe of a window on
window-systems.Vindicate-buffer-boundaries
*Visually indicate buffer boundaries and scrolling.
If non-nil, the first and last line of the buffer are marked in the fringe
of a window on window-systems with angle bitmaps, or if the window can be
scrolled, the top and bottom line of the window are marked with up and down
arrow bitmaps.

If value is a symbol `left' or `right', both angle and arrow bitmaps
are displayed in the left or right fringe, resp.  Any other value
that doesn't look like an alist means display the angle bitmaps in
the left fringe but no arrows.

You can exercise more precise control by using an alist as the
value.  Each alist element (INDICATOR . POSITION) specifies
where to show one of the indicators.  INDICATOR is one of `top',
`bottom', `up', `down', or t, which specifies the default position,
and POSITION is one of `left', `right', or nil, meaning do not show
this indicator.

For example, ((top . left) (t . right)) places the top angle bitmap in
left fringe, the bottom angle bitmap in right fringe, and both arrow
bitmaps in right fringe.  To show just the angle bitmaps in the left
fringe, but no arrow bitmaps, use ((top .  left) (bottom . left)).Vfringe-indicator-alist
*Mapping from logical to physical fringe indicator bitmaps.
The value is an alist where each element (INDICATOR . BITMAPS)
specifies the fringe bitmaps used to display a specific logical
fringe indicator.

INDICATOR specifies the logical indicator type which is one of the
following symbols: `truncation' , `continuation', `overlay-arrow',
`top', `bottom', `up', `down', `one-line', `empty-line', or `unknown'.

BITMAPS is list of symbols (LEFT RIGHT [LEFT1 RIGHT1]) which specifies
the actual bitmap shown in the left or right fringe for the logical
indicator.  LEFT and RIGHT are the bitmaps shown in the left and/or
right fringe for the specific indicator.  The LEFT1 or RIGHT1 bitmaps
are used only for the `bottom' and `one-line' indicators when the last
(only) line in has no final newline.  BITMAPS may also be a single
symbol which is used in both left and right fringes.Vfringe-cursor-alist
*Mapping from logical to physical fringe cursor bitmaps.
The value is an alist where each element (CURSOR . BITMAP)
specifies the fringe bitmaps used to display a specific logical
cursor type in the fringe.

CURSOR specifies the logical cursor type which is one of the following
symbols: `box' , `hollow', `bar', `hbar', or `hollow-small'.  The last
one is used to show a hollow cursor on narrow lines display lines
where the normal hollow cursor will not fit.

BITMAP is the corresponding fringe bitmap shown for the logical
cursor type.Vscroll-up-aggressively
How far to scroll windows upward.
If you move point off the bottom, the window scrolls automatically.
This variable controls how far it scrolls.  The value nil, the default,
means scroll to center point.  A fraction means scroll to put point
that fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window.
When the value is 0.0, point goes at the bottom line, which in the
simple case that you moved off with C-f means scrolling just one line.
1.0 means point goes at the top, so that in that simple case, the
window scrolls by a full window height.  Meaningful values are
between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive.Vscroll-down-aggressively
How far to scroll windows downward.
If you move point off the top, the window scrolls automatically.
This variable controls how far it scrolls.  The value nil, the default,
means scroll to center point.  A fraction means scroll to put point
that fraction of the window's height from the top of the window.
When the value is 0.0, point goes at the top line, which in the
simple case that you moved off with C-b means scrolling just one line.
1.0 means point goes at the bottom, so that in that simple case, the
window scrolls by a full window height.  Meaningful values are
between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive.Vbefore-change-functions
List of functions to call before each text change.
Two arguments are passed to each function: the positions of
the beginning and end of the range of old text to be changed.
(For an insertion, the beginning and end are at the same place.)
No information is given about the length of the text after the change.

Buffer changes made while executing the `before-change-functions'
don't call any before-change or after-change functions.
That's because these variables are temporarily set to nil.
As a result, a hook function cannot straightforwardly alter the
value of these variables.  See the Emacs Lisp manual for a way of
accomplishing an equivalent result by using other variables.

If an unhandled error happens in running these functions,
the variable's value remains nil.  That prevents the error
from happening repeatedly and making Emacs nonfunctional.Vafter-change-functions
List of functions to call after each text change.
Three arguments are passed to each function: the positions of
the beginning and end of the range of changed text,
and the length in bytes of the pre-change text replaced by that range.
(For an insertion, the pre-change length is zero;
for a deletion, that length is the number of bytes deleted,
and the post-change beginning and end are at the same place.)

Buffer changes made while executing the `after-change-functions'
don't call any before-change or after-change functions.
That's because these variables are temporarily set to nil.
As a result, a hook function cannot straightforwardly alter the
value of these variables.  See the Emacs Lisp manual for a way of
accomplishing an equivalent result by using other variables.

If an unhandled error happens in running these functions,
the variable's value remains nil.  That prevents the error
from happening repeatedly and making Emacs nonfunctional.Vfirst-change-hook
A list of functions to call before changing a buffer which is unmodified.
The functions are run using the `run-hooks' function.Vbuffer-undo-list
List of undo entries in current buffer.
Recent changes come first; older changes follow newer.

An entry (BEG . END) represents an insertion which begins at
position BEG and ends at position END.

An entry (TEXT . POSITION) represents the deletion of the string TEXT
from (abs POSITION).  If POSITION is positive, point was at the front
of the text being deleted; if negative, point was at the end.

An entry (t HIGH . LOW) indicates that the buffer previously had
"unmodified" status.  HIGH and LOW are the high and low 16-bit portions
of the visited file's modification time, as of that time.  If the
modification time of the most recent save is different, this entry is
obsolete.

An entry (nil PROPERTY VALUE BEG . END) indicates that a text property
was modified between BEG and END.  PROPERTY is the property name,
and VALUE is the old value.

An entry (apply FUN-NAME . ARGS) means undo the change with
(apply FUN-NAME ARGS).

An entry (apply DELTA BEG END FUN-NAME . ARGS) supports selective undo
in the active region.  BEG and END is the range affected by this entry
and DELTA is the number of bytes added or deleted in that range by
this change.

An entry (MARKER . DISTANCE) indicates that the marker MARKER
was adjusted in position by the offset DISTANCE (an integer).

An entry of the form POSITION indicates that point was at the buffer
location given by the integer.  Undoing an entry of this form places
point at POSITION.

Entries with value `nil' mark undo boundaries.  The undo command treats
the changes between two undo boundaries as a single step to be undone.

If the value of the variable is t, undo information is not recorded.Vmark-active
Non-nil means the mark and region are currently active in this buffer.Vcache-long-line-scans
Non-nil means that Emacs should use caches to handle long lines more quickly.

Normally, the line-motion functions work by scanning the buffer for
newlines.  Columnar operations (like `move-to-column' and
`compute-motion') also work by scanning the buffer, summing character
widths as they go.  This works well for ordinary text, but if the
buffer's lines are very long (say, more than 500 characters), these
motion functions will take longer to execute.  Emacs may also take
longer to update the display.

If `cache-long-line-scans' is non-nil, these motion functions cache the
results of their scans, and consult the cache to avoid rescanning
regions of the buffer until the text is modified.  The caches are most
beneficial when they prevent the most searching---that is, when the
buffer contains long lines and large regions of characters with the
same, fixed screen width.

When `cache-long-line-scans' is non-nil, processing short lines will
become slightly slower (because of the overhead of consulting the
cache), and the caches will use memory roughly proportional to the
number of newlines and characters whose screen width varies.

The caches require no explicit maintenance; their accuracy is
maintained internally by the Emacs primitives.  Enabling or disabling
the cache should not affect the behavior of any of the motion
functions; it should only affect their performance.Vpoint-before-scroll
Value of point before the last series of scroll operations, or nil.Vbuffer-file-format
List of formats to use when saving this buffer.
Formats are defined by `format-alist'.  This variable is
set when a file is visited.Vbuffer-auto-save-file-format
*Format in which to write auto-save files.
Should be a list of symbols naming formats that are defined in `format-alist'.
If it is t, which is the default, auto-save files are written in the
same format as a regular save would use.Vbuffer-invisibility-spec
Invisibility spec of this buffer.
The default is t, which means that text is invisible
if it has a non-nil `invisible' property.
If the value is a list, a text character is invisible if its `invisible'
property is an element in that list (or is a list with members in common).
If an element is a cons cell of the form (PROP . ELLIPSIS),
then characters with property value PROP are invisible,
and they have an ellipsis as well if ELLIPSIS is non-nil.Vbuffer-display-count
A number incremented each time this buffer is displayed in a window.
The function `set-window-buffer' increments it.Vbuffer-display-time
Time stamp updated each time this buffer is displayed in a window.
The function `set-window-buffer' updates this variable
to the value obtained by calling `current-time'.
If the buffer has never been shown in a window, the value is nil.Vtransient-mark-mode
Vinhibit-read-only
*Non-nil means disregard read-only status of buffers or characters.
If the value is t, disregard `buffer-read-only' and all `read-only'
text properties.  If the value is a list, disregard `buffer-read-only'
and disregard a `read-only' text property if the property value
is a member of the list.Vcursor-type
Cursor to use when this buffer is in the selected window.
Values are interpreted as follows:

t 		  use the cursor specified for the frame
  nil		  don't display a cursor
  box		  display a filled box cursor
  hollow	  display a hollow box cursor
  bar		  display a vertical bar cursor with default width
  (bar . WIDTH)	  display a vertical bar cursor with width WIDTH
  hbar		  display a horizontal bar cursor with default height
  (hbar . HEIGHT) display a horizontal bar cursor with height HEIGHT
  ANYTHING ELSE	  display a hollow box cursor

When the buffer is displayed in a non-selected window, the
cursor's appearance is instead controlled by the variable
`cursor-in-non-selected-windows'.Vline-spacing
Additional space to put between lines when displaying a buffer.
The space is measured in pixels, and put below lines on graphic displays,
see `display-graphic-p'.
If value is a floating point number, it specifies the spacing relative
to the default frame line height.  A value of nil means add no extra space.Vcursor-in-non-selected-windows
*Cursor type to display in non-selected windows.
The value t means to use hollow box cursor.  See `cursor-type' for other values.Vkill-buffer-query-functions
List of functions called with no args to query before killing a buffer.
The buffer being killed will be current while the functions are running.
If any of them returns nil, the buffer is not killed.Vchange-major-mode-hook
Normal hook run before changing the major mode of a buffer.
The function `kill-all-local-variables' runs this before doing anything else.Sfilelock.o
Flock-buffer
Lock FILE, if current buffer is modified.
FILE defaults to current buffer's visited file,
or else nothing is done if current buffer isn't visiting a file.

(fn &optional FILE)Funlock-buffer
Unlock the file visited in the current buffer.
If the buffer is not modified, this does nothing because the file
should not be locked in that case.

(fn)Ffile-locked-p
Return a value indicating whether FILENAME is locked.
The value is nil if the FILENAME is not locked,
t if it is locked by you, else a string saying which user has locked it.

(fn FILENAME)Vtemporary-file-directory
The directory for writing temporary files.Sinsdel.o
Fcombine-after-change-execute
This function is for use internally in `combine-after-change-calls'.

(fn)Vcheck-markers-debug-flag
Non-nil means enable debugging checks for invalid marker positions.Vcombine-after-change-calls
Used internally by the `combine-after-change-calls' macro.Vinhibit-modification-hooks
Non-nil means don't run any of the hooks that respond to buffer changes.
This affects `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions',
as well as hooks attached to text properties and overlays.Smarker.o
Fmarker-buffer
Return the buffer that MARKER points into, or nil if none.
Returns nil if MARKER points into a dead buffer.

(fn MARKER)Fmarker-position
Return the position MARKER points at, as a character number.
Returns nil if MARKER points nowhere.

(fn MARKER)Fset-marker
Position MARKER before character number POSITION in BUFFER.
BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
If POSITION is nil, makes marker point nowhere.
Then it no longer slows down editing in any buffer.
Returns MARKER.

(fn MARKER POSITION &optional BUFFER)Fcopy-marker
Return a new marker pointing at the same place as MARKER.
If argument is a number, makes a new marker pointing
at that position in the current buffer.
The optional argument TYPE specifies the insertion type of the new marker;
see `marker-insertion-type'.

(fn MARKER &optional TYPE)Fmarker-insertion-type
Return insertion type of MARKER: t if it stays after inserted text.
The value nil means the marker stays before text inserted there.

(fn MARKER)Fset-marker-insertion-type
Set the insertion-type of MARKER to TYPE.
If TYPE is t, it means the marker advances when you insert text at it.
If TYPE is nil, it means the marker stays behind when you insert text at it.

(fn MARKER TYPE)Fbuffer-has-markers-at
Return t if there are markers pointing at POSITION in the current buffer.

(fn POSITION)Vbyte-debug-flag
Non-nil enables debugging checks in byte/char position conversions.Sminibuf.o
Fset-minibuffer-window
Specify which minibuffer window to use for the minibuffer.
This affects where the minibuffer is displayed if you put text in it
without invoking the usual minibuffer commands.

(fn WINDOW)Fminibufferp
Return t if BUFFER is a minibuffer.
No argument or nil as argument means use current buffer as BUFFER.
BUFFER can be a buffer or a buffer name.

(fn &optional BUFFER)Fminibuffer-prompt-end
Return the buffer position of the end of the minibuffer prompt.
Return (point-min) if current buffer is not a minibuffer.

(fn)Fminibuffer-contents
Return the user input in a minibuffer as a string.
If the current buffer is not a minibuffer, return its entire contents.

(fn)Fminibuffer-contents-no-properties
Return the user input in a minibuffer as a string, without text-properties.
If the current buffer is not a minibuffer, return its entire contents.

(fn)Fminibuffer-completion-contents
Return the user input in a minibuffer before point as a string.
That is what completion commands operate on.
If the current buffer is not a minibuffer, return its entire contents.

(fn)Fread-from-minibuffer
Read a string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
The optional second arg INITIAL-CONTENTS is an obsolete alternative to
  DEFAULT-VALUE.  It normally should be nil in new code, except when
  HIST is a cons.  It is discussed in more detail below.
Third arg KEYMAP is a keymap to use whilst reading;
  if omitted or nil, the default is `minibuffer-local-map'.
If fourth arg READ is non-nil, then interpret the result as a Lisp object
  and return that object:
  in other words, do `(car (read-from-string INPUT-STRING))'
Fifth arg HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list and optionally
  the initial position in the list.  It can be a symbol, which is the
  history list variable to use, or it can be a cons cell
  (HISTVAR . HISTPOS).  In that case, HISTVAR is the history list variable
  to use, and HISTPOS is the initial position for use by the minibuffer
  history commands.  For consistency, you should also specify that
  element of the history as the value of INITIAL-CONTENTS.  Positions
  are counted starting from 1 at the beginning of the list.
Sixth arg DEFAULT-VALUE is the default value or the list of default values.
  If non-nil, it is available for history commands, and as the value
  (or the first element of the list of default values) to return
  if the user enters the empty string.  But, unless READ is non-nil,
  `read-from-minibuffer' does NOT return DEFAULT-VALUE if the user enters
  empty input!  It returns the empty string.
Seventh arg INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, means the minibuffer inherits
 the current input method and the setting of `enable-multibyte-characters'.
If the variable `minibuffer-allow-text-properties' is non-nil,
 then the string which is returned includes whatever text properties
 were present in the minibuffer.  Otherwise the value has no text properties.

The remainder of this documentation string describes the
INITIAL-CONTENTS argument in more detail.  It is only relevant when
studying existing code, or when HIST is a cons.  If non-nil,
INITIAL-CONTENTS is a string to be inserted into the minibuffer before
reading input.  Normally, point is put at the end of that string.
However, if INITIAL-CONTENTS is (STRING . POSITION), the initial
input is STRING, but point is placed at _one-indexed_ position
POSITION in the minibuffer.  Any integer value less than or equal to
one puts point at the beginning of the string.  *Note* that this
behavior differs from the way such arguments are used in `completing-read'
and some related functions, which use zero-indexing for POSITION.

(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-CONTENTS KEYMAP READ HIST DEFAULT-VALUE INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)Fread-minibuffer
Return a Lisp object read using the minibuffer, unevaluated.
Prompt with PROMPT.  If non-nil, optional second arg INITIAL-CONTENTS
is a string to insert in the minibuffer before reading.
(INITIAL-CONTENTS can also be a cons of a string and an integer.
Such arguments are used as in `read-from-minibuffer'.)

(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-CONTENTS)Feval-minibuffer
Return value of Lisp expression read using the minibuffer.
Prompt with PROMPT.  If non-nil, optional second arg INITIAL-CONTENTS
is a string to insert in the minibuffer before reading.
(INITIAL-CONTENTS can also be a cons of a string and an integer.
Such arguments are used as in `read-from-minibuffer'.)

(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-CONTENTS)Fread-string
Read a string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
  This argument has been superseded by DEFAULT-VALUE and should normally
  be nil in new code.  It behaves as in `read-from-minibuffer'.  See the
  documentation string of that function for details.
The third arg HISTORY, if non-nil, specifies a history list
  and optionally the initial position in the list.
See `read-from-minibuffer' for details of HISTORY argument.
Fourth arg DEFAULT-VALUE is the default value or the list of default values.
 If non-nil, it is used for history commands, and as the value (or the first
 element of the list of default values) to return if the user enters the
 empty string.
Fifth arg INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, means the minibuffer inherits
 the current input method and the setting of `enable-multibyte-characters'.

(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT HISTORY DEFAULT-VALUE INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)Fread-no-blanks-input
Read a string from the terminal, not allowing blanks.
Prompt with PROMPT.  Whitespace terminates the input.  If INITIAL is
non-nil, it should be a string, which is used as initial input, with
point positioned at the end, so that SPACE will accept the input.
(Actually, INITIAL can also be a cons of a string and an integer.
Such values are treated as in `read-from-minibuffer', but are normally
not useful in this function.)
Third arg INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, means the minibuffer inherits
the current input method and the setting of`enable-multibyte-characters'.

(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)Fread-command
Read the name of a command and return as a symbol.
Prompt with PROMPT.  By default, return DEFAULT-VALUE or its first element
if it is a list.

(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE)Fread-function
One arg PROMPT, a string.  Read the name of a function and return as a symbol.
Prompt with PROMPT.

(fn PROMPT)Fread-variable
Read the name of a user variable and return it as a symbol.
Prompt with PROMPT.  By default, return DEFAULT-VALUE or its first element
if it is a list.
A user variable is one for which `user-variable-p' returns non-nil.

(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE)Fread-buffer
Read the name of a buffer and return as a string.
Prompt with PROMPT.
Optional second arg DEF is value to return if user enters an empty line.
 If DEF is a list of default values, return its first element.
Optional third arg REQUIRE-MATCH determines whether non-existing
 buffer names are allowed.  It has the same meaning as the
 REQUIRE-MATCH argument of `confirm-after-completion'.
The argument PROMPT should be a string ending with a colon and a space.
If `read-buffer-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, completion ignores
case while reading the buffer name.
If `read-buffer-function' is non-nil, this works by calling it as a
function, instead of the usual behavior.

(fn PROMPT &optional DEF REQUIRE-MATCH)Ftry-completion
Return common substring of all completions of STRING in COLLECTION.
Test each possible completion specified by COLLECTION
to see if it begins with STRING.  The possible completions may be
strings or symbols.  Symbols are converted to strings before testing,
see `symbol-name'.
All that match STRING are compared together; the longest initial sequence
common to all these matches is the return value.
If there is no match at all, the return value is nil.
For a unique match which is exact, the return value is t.

If COLLECTION is an alist, the keys (cars of elements) are the
possible completions.  If an element is not a cons cell, then the
element itself is the possible completion.
If COLLECTION is a hash-table, all the keys that are strings or symbols
are the possible completions.
If COLLECTION is an obarray, the names of all symbols in the obarray
are the possible completions.

COLLECTION can also be a function to do the completion itself.
It receives three arguments: the values STRING, PREDICATE and nil.
Whatever it returns becomes the value of `try-completion'.

If optional third argument PREDICATE is non-nil,
it is used to test each possible match.
The match is a candidate only if PREDICATE returns non-nil.
The argument given to PREDICATE is the alist element
or the symbol from the obarray.  If COLLECTION is a hash-table,
predicate is called with two arguments: the key and the value.
Additionally to this predicate, `completion-regexp-list'
is used to further constrain the set of candidates.

(fn STRING COLLECTION &optional PREDICATE)Fall-completions
Search for partial matches to STRING in COLLECTION.
Test each of the possible completions specified by COLLECTION
to see if it begins with STRING.  The possible completions may be
strings or symbols.  Symbols are converted to strings before testing,
see `symbol-name'.
The value is a list of all the possible completions that match STRING.

COLLECTION can also be a function to do the completion itself.
It receives three arguments: the values STRING, PREDICATE and t.
Whatever it returns becomes the value of `all-completions'.

If the optional fourth argument HIDE-SPACES is non-nil,
strings in COLLECTION that start with a space
are ignored unless STRING itself starts with a space.

(fn STRING COLLECTION &optional PREDICATE HIDE-SPACES)Fcompleting-read
Read a string in the minibuffer, with completion.
PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
COLLECTION can be a list of strings, an alist, an obarray or a hash table.
COLLECTION can also be a function to do the completion itself.
PREDICATE limits completion to a subset of COLLECTION.
See `try-completion' and `all-completions' for more details
 on completion, COLLECTION, and PREDICATE.

REQUIRE-MATCH can take the following values:
- t means that the user is not allowed to exit unless
  the input is (or completes to) an element of COLLECTION or is null.
- nil means that the user can exit with any input.
- `confirm' means that the user can exit with any input, but she needs
  to confirm her choice if the input is not an element of COLLECTION.
- `confirm-after-completion' means that the user can exit with any
  input, but she needs to confirm her choice if she called
  `minibuffer-complete' right before `minibuffer-complete-and-exit'
  and the input is not an element of COLLECTION.
- anything else behaves like t except that typing RET does not exit if it
  does non-null completion.

If the input is null, `completing-read' returns DEF, or the first element
of the list of default values, or an empty string if DEF is nil,
regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.

If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
  with point positioned at the end.
  If it is (STRING . POSITION), the initial input is STRING, but point
  is placed at _zero-indexed_ position POSITION in STRING.  (*Note*
  that this is different from `read-from-minibuffer' and related
  functions, which use one-indexing for POSITION.)  This feature is
  deprecated--it is best to pass nil for INITIAL-INPUT and supply the
  default value DEF instead.  The user can yank the default value into
  the minibuffer easily using \[next-history-element].

HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list and optionally the initial
  position in the list.  It can be a symbol, which is the history list
  variable to use, or it can be a cons cell (HISTVAR . HISTPOS).  In
  that case, HISTVAR is the history list variable to use, and HISTPOS
  is the initial position (the position in the list used by the
  minibuffer history commands).  For consistency, you should also
  specify that element of the history as the value of
  INITIAL-INPUT.  (This is the only case in which you should use
  INITIAL-INPUT instead of DEF.)  Positions are counted starting from
  1 at the beginning of the list.  The variable `history-length'
  controls the maximum length of a history list.

DEF, if non-nil, is the default value or the list of default values.

If INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil, the minibuffer inherits
  the current input method and the setting of `enable-multibyte-characters'.

Completion ignores case if the ambient value of
  `completion-ignore-case' is non-nil.

(fn PROMPT COLLECTION &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)Ftest-completion
Return non-nil if STRING is a valid completion.
Takes the same arguments as `all-completions' and `try-completion'.
If COLLECTION is a function, it is called with three arguments:
the values STRING, PREDICATE and `lambda'.

(fn STRING COLLECTION &optional PREDICATE)Finternal-complete-buffer
Perform completion on buffer names.
If the argument FLAG is nil, invoke `try-completion', if it's t, invoke
`all-completions', otherwise invoke `test-completion'.

The arguments STRING and PREDICATE are as in `try-completion',
`all-completions', and `test-completion'.

(fn STRING PREDICATE FLAG)Fassoc-string
Like `assoc' but specifically for strings (and symbols).

This returns the first element of LIST whose car matches the string or
symbol KEY, or nil if no match exists.  When performing the
comparison, symbols are first converted to strings, and unibyte
strings to multibyte.  If the optional arg CASE-FOLD is non-nil, case
is ignored.

Unlike `assoc', KEY can also match an entry in LIST consisting of a
single string, rather than a cons cell whose car is a string.

(fn KEY LIST &optional CASE-FOLD)Fminibuffer-depth
Return current depth of activations of minibuffer, a nonnegative integer.

(fn)Fminibuffer-prompt
Return the prompt string of the currently-active minibuffer.
If no minibuffer is active, return nil.

(fn)Vread-buffer-function
If this is non-nil, `read-buffer' does its work by calling this function.Vread-buffer-completion-ignore-case
*Non-nil means completion ignores case when reading a buffer name.Vminibuffer-setup-hook
Normal hook run just after entry to minibuffer.Vminibuffer-exit-hook
Normal hook run just after exit from minibuffer.Vhistory-length
*Maximum length for history lists before truncation takes place.
A number means that length; t means infinite.  Truncation takes place
just after a new element is inserted.  Setting the `history-length'
property of a history variable overrides this default.Vhistory-delete-duplicates
*Non-nil means to delete duplicates in history.
If set to t when adding a new history element, all previous identical
elements are deleted from the history list.Vhistory-add-new-input
*Non-nil means to add new elements in history.
If set to nil, minibuffer reading functions don't add new elements to the
history list, so it is possible to do this afterwards by calling
`add-to-history' explicitly.Vcompletion-ignore-case
Non-nil means don't consider case significant in completion.
For file-name completion, `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case'
controls the behavior, rather than this variable.
For buffer name completion, `read-buffer-completion-ignore-case'
controls the behavior, rather than this variable.Venable-recursive-minibuffers
*Non-nil means to allow minibuffer commands while in the minibuffer.
This variable makes a difference whenever the minibuffer window is active.Vminibuffer-completion-table
Alist or obarray used for completion in the minibuffer.
This becomes the ALIST argument to `try-completion' and `all-completions'.
The value can also be a list of strings or a hash table.

The value may alternatively be a function, which is given three arguments:
  STRING, the current buffer contents;
  PREDICATE, the predicate for filtering possible matches;
  CODE, which says what kind of things to do.
CODE can be nil, t or `lambda':
  nil    -- return the best completion of STRING, or nil if there is none.
  t      -- return a list of all possible completions of STRING.
  lambda -- return t if STRING is a valid completion as it stands.Vminibuffer-completion-predicate
Within call to `completing-read', this holds the PREDICATE argument.Vminibuffer-completion-confirm
Whether to demand confirmation of completion before exiting minibuffer.
If nil, confirmation is not required.
If the value is `confirm', the user may exit with an input that is not
 a valid completion alternative, but Emacs asks for confirmation.
If the value is `confirm-after-completion', the user may exit with an
 input that is not a valid completion alternative, but Emacs asks for
 confirmation if the user submitted the input right after any of the
 completion commands listed in `minibuffer-confirm-exit-commands'.Vminibuffer-completing-file-name
Non-nil means completing file names.Vminibuffer-help-form
Value that `help-form' takes on inside the minibuffer.Vminibuffer-history-variable
History list symbol to add minibuffer values to.
Each string of minibuffer input, as it appears on exit from the minibuffer,
is added with
  (set minibuffer-history-variable
  (cons STRING (symbol-value minibuffer-history-variable)))Vminibuffer-history-position
Current position of redoing in the history list.Vminibuffer-auto-raise
*Non-nil means entering the minibuffer raises the minibuffer's frame.
Some uses of the echo area also raise that frame (since they use it too).Vcompletion-regexp-list
List of regexps that should restrict possible completions.
The basic completion functions only consider a completion acceptable
if it matches all regular expressions in this list, with
`case-fold-search' bound to the value of `completion-ignore-case'.
See Info node `(elisp)Basic Completion', for a description of these
functions.Vminibuffer-allow-text-properties
Non-nil means `read-from-minibuffer' should not discard text properties.
This also affects `read-string', but it does not affect `read-minibuffer',
`read-no-blanks-input', or any of the functions that do minibuffer input
with completion; they always discard text properties.Vminibuffer-prompt-properties
Text properties that are added to minibuffer prompts.
These are in addition to the basic `field' property, and stickiness
properties.Vread-expression-map
Minibuffer keymap used for reading Lisp expressions.Sfileio.o
Ffind-file-name-handler
Return FILENAME's handler function for OPERATION, if it has one.
Otherwise, return nil.
A file name is handled if one of the regular expressions in
`file-name-handler-alist' matches it.

If OPERATION equals `inhibit-file-name-operation', then we ignore
any handlers that are members of `inhibit-file-name-handlers',
but we still do run any other handlers.  This lets handlers
use the standard functions without calling themselves recursively.

(fn FILENAME OPERATION)Ffile-name-directory
Return the directory component in file name FILENAME.
Return nil if FILENAME does not include a directory.
Otherwise return a directory name.
Given a Unix syntax file name, returns a string ending in slash.

(fn FILENAME)Ffile-name-nondirectory
Return file name FILENAME sans its directory.
For example, in a Unix-syntax file name,
this is everything after the last slash,
or the entire name if it contains no slash.

(fn FILENAME)Funhandled-file-name-directory
Return a directly usable directory name somehow associated with FILENAME.
A `directly usable' directory name is one that may be used without the
intervention of any file handler.
If FILENAME is a directly usable file itself, return
(file-name-directory FILENAME).
If FILENAME refers to a file which is not accessible from a local process,
then this should return nil.
The `call-process' and `start-process' functions use this function to
get a current directory to run processes in.

(fn FILENAME)Ffile-name-as-directory
Return a string representing the file name FILE interpreted as a directory.
This operation exists because a directory is also a file, but its name as
a directory is different from its name as a file.
The result can be used as the value of `default-directory'
or passed as second argument to `expand-file-name'.
For a Unix-syntax file name, just appends a slash.

(fn FILE)Fdirectory-file-name
Returns the file name of the directory named DIRECTORY.
This is the name of the file that holds the data for the directory DIRECTORY.
This operation exists because a directory is also a file, but its name as
a directory is different from its name as a file.
In Unix-syntax, this function just removes the final slash.

(fn DIRECTORY)Fmake-temp-name
Generate temporary file name (string) starting with PREFIX (a string).
The Emacs process number forms part of the result,
so there is no danger of generating a name being used by another process.

In addition, this function makes an attempt to choose a name
which has no existing file.  To make this work,
PREFIX should be an absolute file name.

There is a race condition between calling `make-temp-name' and creating the
file which opens all kinds of security holes.  For that reason, you should
probably use `make-temp-file' instead, except in three circumstances:

* If you are creating the file in the user's home directory.
* If you are creating a directory rather than an ordinary file.
* If you are taking special precautions as `make-temp-file' does.

(fn PREFIX)Fexpand-file-name
Convert filename NAME to absolute, and canonicalize it.
Second arg DEFAULT-DIRECTORY is directory to start with if NAME is relative
(does not start with slash or tilde); if DEFAULT-DIRECTORY is nil or missing,
the current buffer's value of `default-directory' is used.
File name components that are `.' are removed, and
so are file name components followed by `..', along with the `..' itself;
note that these simplifications are done without checking the resulting
file names in the file system.
An initial `~/' expands to your home directory.
An initial `~USER/' expands to USER's home directory.
See also the function `substitute-in-file-name'.

For technical reasons, this function can return correct but
non-intuitive results for the root directory; for instance,
(expand-file-name ".." "/") returns "/..".  For this reason, use
(directory-file-name (file-name-directory dirname)) to traverse a
filesystem tree, not (expand-file-name ".."  dirname).

(fn NAME &optional DEFAULT-DIRECTORY)Fsubstitute-in-file-name
Substitute environment variables referred to in FILENAME.
`$FOO' where FOO is an environment variable name means to substitute
the value of that variable.  The variable name should be terminated
with a character not a letter, digit or underscore; otherwise, enclose
the entire variable name in braces.

If `/~' appears, all of FILENAME through that `/' is discarded.
If `//' appears, everything up to and including the first of
those `/' is discarded.

(fn FILENAME)Fcopy-file
Copy FILE to NEWNAME.  Both args must be strings.
If NEWNAME names a directory, copy FILE there.

This function always sets the file modes of the output file to match
the input file.

The optional third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS specifies what to do
if file NEWNAME already exists.  If OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is nil, we
signal a `file-already-exists' error without overwriting.  If
OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is a number, we request confirmation from the user
about overwriting; this is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
Any other value for OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS means to overwrite the
existing file.

Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the output file the same
last-modified time as the old one.  (This works on only some systems.)

A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.

If PRESERVE-UID-GID is non-nil, we try to transfer the
uid and gid of FILE to NEWNAME.

(fn FILE NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)Fmake-directory-internal
Create a new directory named DIRECTORY.

(fn DIRECTORY)Fdelete-directory
Delete the directory named DIRECTORY.  Does not follow symlinks.

(fn DIRECTORY)Fdelete-file
Delete file named FILENAME.  If it is a symlink, remove the symlink.
If file has multiple names, it continues to exist with the other names.

(fn FILENAME)Frename-file
Rename FILE as NEWNAME.  Both args must be strings.
If file has names other than FILE, it continues to have those names.
Signals a `file-already-exists' error if a file NEWNAME already exists
unless optional third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is non-nil.
A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.

(fn FILE NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)Fadd-name-to-file
Give FILE additional name NEWNAME.  Both args must be strings.
Signals a `file-already-exists' error if a file NEWNAME already exists
unless optional third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is non-nil.
A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.

(fn FILE NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)Fmake-symbolic-link
Make a symbolic link to FILENAME, named LINKNAME.
Both args must be strings.
Signals a `file-already-exists' error if a file LINKNAME already exists
unless optional third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is non-nil.
A number as third arg means request confirmation if LINKNAME already exists.
This happens for interactive use with M-x.

(fn FILENAME LINKNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)Ffile-name-absolute-p
Return t if file FILENAME specifies an absolute file name.
On Unix, this is a name starting with a `/' or a `~'.

(fn FILENAME)Ffile-exists-p
Return t if file FILENAME exists (whether or not you can read it.)
See also `file-readable-p' and `file-attributes'.
This returns nil for a symlink to a nonexistent file.
Use `file-symlink-p' to test for such links.

(fn FILENAME)Ffile-executable-p
Return t if FILENAME can be executed by you.
For a directory, this means you can access files in that directory.

(fn FILENAME)Ffile-readable-p
Return t if file FILENAME exists and you can read it.
See also `file-exists-p' and `file-attributes'.

(fn FILENAME)Ffile-writable-p
Return t if file FILENAME can be written or created by you.

(fn FILENAME)Faccess-file
Access file FILENAME, and get an error if that does not work.
The second argument STRING is used in the error message.
If there is no error, returns nil.

(fn FILENAME STRING)Ffile-symlink-p
Return non-nil if file FILENAME is the name of a symbolic link.
The value is the link target, as a string.
Otherwise it returns nil.

This function returns t when given the name of a symlink that
points to a nonexistent file.

(fn FILENAME)Ffile-directory-p
Return t if FILENAME names an existing directory.
Symbolic links to directories count as directories.
See `file-symlink-p' to distinguish symlinks.

(fn FILENAME)Ffile-accessible-directory-p
Return t if file FILENAME names a directory you can open.
For the value to be t, FILENAME must specify the name of a directory as a file,
and the directory must allow you to open files in it.  In order to use a
directory as a buffer's current directory, this predicate must return true.
A directory name spec may be given instead; then the value is t
if the directory so specified exists and really is a readable and
searchable directory.

(fn FILENAME)Ffile-regular-p
Return t if FILENAME names a regular file.
This is the sort of file that holds an ordinary stream of data bytes.
Symbolic links to regular files count as regular files.
See `file-symlink-p' to distinguish symlinks.

(fn FILENAME)Ffile-modes
Return mode bits of file named FILENAME, as an integer.
Return nil, if file does not exist or is not accessible.

(fn FILENAME)Fset-file-modes
Set mode bits of file named FILENAME to MODE (an integer).
Only the 12 low bits of MODE are used.

Interactively, mode bits are read by `read-file-modes', which accepts
symbolic notation, like the `chmod' command from GNU Coreutils.

(fn FILENAME MODE)Fset-default-file-modes
Set the file permission bits for newly created files.
The argument MODE should be an integer; only the low 9 bits are used.
This setting is inherited by subprocesses.

(fn MODE)Fdefault-file-modes
Return the default file protection for created files.
The value is an integer.

(fn)Fset-file-times
Set times of file FILENAME to TIME.
Set both access and modification times.
Return t on success, else nil.
Use the current time if TIME is nil.  TIME is in the format of
`current-time'.

(fn FILENAME &optional TIME)Funix-sync
Tell Unix to finish all pending disk updates.

(fn)Ffile-newer-than-file-p
Return t if file FILE1 is newer than file FILE2.
If FILE1 does not exist, the answer is nil;
otherwise, if FILE2 does not exist, the answer is t.

(fn FILE1 FILE2)Finsert-file-contents
Insert contents of file FILENAME after point.
Returns list of absolute file name and number of characters inserted.
If second argument VISIT is non-nil, the buffer's visited filename and
last save file modtime are set, and it is marked unmodified.  If
visiting and the file does not exist, visiting is completed before the
error is signaled.

The optional third and fourth arguments BEG and END specify what portion
of the file to insert.  These arguments count bytes in the file, not
characters in the buffer.  If VISIT is non-nil, BEG and END must be nil.

If optional fifth argument REPLACE is non-nil, replace the current
buffer contents (in the accessible portion) with the file contents.
This is better than simply deleting and inserting the whole thing
because (1) it preserves some marker positions and (2) it puts less data
in the undo list.  When REPLACE is non-nil, the second return value is
the number of characters that replace previous buffer contents.

This function does code conversion according to the value of
`coding-system-for-read' or `file-coding-system-alist', and sets the
variable `last-coding-system-used' to the coding system actually used.

(fn FILENAME &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)Fwrite-region
Write current region into specified file.
When called from a program, requires three arguments:
START, END and FILENAME.  START and END are normally buffer positions
specifying the part of the buffer to write.
If START is nil, that means to use the entire buffer contents.
If START is a string, then output that string to the file
instead of any buffer contents; END is ignored.

Optional fourth argument APPEND if non-nil means
  append to existing file contents (if any).  If it is an integer,
  seek to that offset in the file before writing.
Optional fifth argument VISIT, if t or a string, means
  set the last-save-file-modtime of buffer to this file's modtime
  and mark buffer not modified.
If VISIT is a string, it is a second file name;
  the output goes to FILENAME, but the buffer is marked as visiting VISIT.
  VISIT is also the file name to lock and unlock for clash detection.
If VISIT is neither t nor nil nor a string,
  that means do not display the "Wrote file" message.
The optional sixth arg LOCKNAME, if non-nil, specifies the name to
  use for locking and unlocking, overriding FILENAME and VISIT.
The optional seventh arg MUSTBENEW, if non-nil, insists on a check
  for an existing file with the same name.  If MUSTBENEW is `excl',
  that means to get an error if the file already exists; never overwrite.
  If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means ask for
  confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and overwrite the file
  if the user confirms.

This does code conversion according to the value of
`coding-system-for-write', `buffer-file-coding-system', or
`file-coding-system-alist', and sets the variable
`last-coding-system-used' to the coding system actually used.

This calls `write-region-annotate-functions' at the start, and
`write-region-post-annotation-function' at the end.

(fn START END FILENAME &optional APPEND VISIT LOCKNAME MUSTBENEW)Fcar-less-than-car
Return t if (car A) is numerically less than (car B).

(fn A B)Fverify-visited-file-modtime
Return t if last mod time of BUF's visited file matches what BUF records.
This means that the file has not been changed since it was visited or saved.
See Info node `(elisp)Modification Time' for more details.

(fn BUF)Fclear-visited-file-modtime
Clear out records of last mod time of visited file.
Next attempt to save will certainly not complain of a discrepancy.

(fn)Fvisited-file-modtime
Return the current buffer's recorded visited file modification time.
The value is a list of the form (HIGH LOW), like the time values
that `file-attributes' returns.  If the current buffer has no recorded
file modification time, this function returns 0.
See Info node `(elisp)Modification Time' for more details.

(fn)Fset-visited-file-modtime
Update buffer's recorded modification time from the visited file's time.
Useful if the buffer was not read from the file normally
or if the file itself has been changed for some known benign reason.
An argument specifies the modification time value to use
(instead of that of the visited file), in the form of a list
(HIGH . LOW) or (HIGH LOW).

(fn &optional TIME-LIST)Fdo-auto-save
Auto-save all buffers that need it.
This is all buffers that have auto-saving enabled
and are changed since last auto-saved.
Auto-saving writes the buffer into a file
so that your editing is not lost if the system crashes.
This file is not the file you visited; that changes only when you save.
Normally we run the normal hook `auto-save-hook' before saving.

A non-nil NO-MESSAGE argument means do not print any message if successful.
A non-nil CURRENT-ONLY argument means save only current buffer.

(fn &optional NO-MESSAGE CURRENT-ONLY)Fset-buffer-auto-saved
Mark current buffer as auto-saved with its current text.
No auto-save file will be written until the buffer changes again.

(fn)Fclear-buffer-auto-save-failure
Clear any record of a recent auto-save failure in the current buffer.

(fn)Frecent-auto-save-p
Return t if current buffer has been auto-saved recently.
More precisely, if it has been auto-saved since last read from or saved
in the visited file.  If the buffer has no visited file,
then any auto-save counts as "recent".

(fn)Fnext-read-file-uses-dialog-p
Return t if a call to `read-file-name' will use a dialog.
The return value is only relevant for a call to `read-file-name' that happens
before any other event (mouse or keypress) is handled.

(fn)Vfile-name-coding-system
*Coding system for encoding file names.
If it is nil, `default-file-name-coding-system' (which see) is used.Vdefault-file-name-coding-system
Default coding system for encoding file names.
This variable is used only when `file-name-coding-system' is nil.

This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
User should not set this variable manually,
instead use `file-name-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
of file names regardless of the current language environment.Vdirectory-sep-char
Directory separator character for built-in functions that return file names.
The value is always ?/.  Don't use this variable, just use `/'.Vfile-name-handler-alist
*Alist of elements (REGEXP . HANDLER) for file names handled specially.
If a file name matches REGEXP, then all I/O on that file is done by calling
HANDLER.

The first argument given to HANDLER is the name of the I/O primitive
to be handled; the remaining arguments are the arguments that were
passed to that primitive.  For example, if you do
    (file-exists-p FILENAME)
and FILENAME is handled by HANDLER, then HANDLER is called like this:
    (funcall HANDLER 'file-exists-p FILENAME)
The function `find-file-name-handler' checks this list for a handler
for its argument.Vset-auto-coding-function
If non-nil, a function to call to decide a coding system of file.
Two arguments are passed to this function: the file name
and the length of a file contents following the point.
This function should return a coding system to decode the file contents.
It should check the file name against `auto-coding-alist'.
If no coding system is decided, it should check a coding system
specified in the heading lines with the format:
	-*- ... coding: CODING-SYSTEM; ... -*-
or local variable spec of the tailing lines with `coding:' tag.Vafter-insert-file-functions
A list of functions to be called at the end of `insert-file-contents'.
Each is passed one argument, the number of characters inserted,
with point at the start of the inserted text.  Each function
should leave point the same, and return the new character count.
If `insert-file-contents' is intercepted by a handler from
`file-name-handler-alist', that handler is responsible for calling the
functions in `after-insert-file-functions' if appropriate.Vwrite-region-annotate-functions
A list of functions to be called at the start of `write-region'.
Each is passed two arguments, START and END as for `write-region'.
These are usually two numbers but not always; see the documentation
for `write-region'.  The function should return a list of pairs
of the form (POSITION . STRING), consisting of strings to be effectively
inserted at the specified positions of the file being written (1 means to
insert before the first byte written).  The POSITIONs must be sorted into
increasing order.

If there are several annotation functions, the lists returned by these
functions are merged destructively.  As each annotation function runs,
the variable `write-region-annotations-so-far' contains a list of all
annotations returned by previous annotation functions.

An annotation function can return with a different buffer current.
Doing so removes the annotations returned by previous functions, and
resets START and END to `point-min' and `point-max' of the new buffer.

After `write-region' completes, Emacs calls the function stored in
`write-region-post-annotation-function', once for each buffer that was
current when building the annotations (i.e., at least once), with that
buffer current.Vwrite-region-post-annotation-function
Function to call after `write-region' completes.
The function is called with no arguments.  If one or more of the
annotation functions in `write-region-annotate-functions' changed the
current buffer, the function stored in this variable is called for
each of those additional buffers as well, in addition to the original
buffer.  The relevant buffer is current during each function call.Vwrite-region-annotations-so-far
When an annotation function is called, this holds the previous annotations.
These are the annotations made by other annotation functions
that were already called.  See also `write-region-annotate-functions'.Vinhibit-file-name-handlers
A list of file name handlers that temporarily should not be used.
This applies only to the operation `inhibit-file-name-operation'.Vinhibit-file-name-operation
The operation for which `inhibit-file-name-handlers' is applicable.Vauto-save-list-file-name
File name in which we write a list of all auto save file names.
This variable is initialized automatically from `auto-save-list-file-prefix'
shortly after Emacs reads your `.emacs' file, if you have not yet given it
a non-nil value.Vauto-save-visited-file-name
Non-nil says auto-save a buffer in the file it is visiting, when practical.
Normally auto-save files are written under other names.Vauto-save-include-big-deletions
If non-nil, auto-save even if a large part of the text is deleted.
If nil, deleting a substantial portion of the text disables auto-save
in the buffer; this is the default behavior, because the auto-save
file is usually more useful if it contains the deleted text.Vwrite-region-inhibit-fsync
*Non-nil means don't call fsync in `write-region'.
This variable affects calls to `write-region' as well as save commands.
A non-nil value may result in data loss!Vdelete-by-moving-to-trash
Specifies whether to use the system's trash can.
When non-nil, the function `move-file-to-trash' will be used by
`delete-file' and `delete-directory'.Sdired.o
Fdirectory-files
Return a list of names of files in DIRECTORY.
There are three optional arguments:
If FULL is non-nil, return absolute file names.  Otherwise return names
 that are relative to the specified directory.
If MATCH is non-nil, mention only file names that match the regexp MATCH.
If NOSORT is non-nil, the list is not sorted--its order is unpredictable.
  Otherwise, the list returned is sorted with `stringp-lessp'.
  NOSORT is useful if you plan to sort the result yourself.

(fn DIRECTORY &optional FULL MATCH NOSORT)Fdirectory-files-and-attributes
Return a list of names of files and their attributes in DIRECTORY.
There are four optional arguments:
If FULL is non-nil, return absolute file names.  Otherwise return names
 that are relative to the specified directory.
If MATCH is non-nil, mention only file names that match the regexp MATCH.
If NOSORT is non-nil, the list is not sorted--its order is unpredictable.
 NOSORT is useful if you plan to sort the result yourself.
ID-FORMAT specifies the preferred format of attributes uid and gid, see
`file-attributes' for further documentation.
On MS-Windows, performance depends on `w32-get-true-file-attributes',
which see.

(fn DIRECTORY &optional FULL MATCH NOSORT ID-FORMAT)Ffile-name-completion
Complete file name FILE in directory DIRECTORY.
Returns the longest string
common to all file names in DIRECTORY that start with FILE.
If there is only one and FILE matches it exactly, returns t.
Returns nil if DIRECTORY contains no name starting with FILE.

If PREDICATE is non-nil, call PREDICATE with each possible
completion (in absolute form) and ignore it if PREDICATE returns nil.

This function ignores some of the possible completions as
determined by the variable `completion-ignored-extensions', which see.

(fn FILE DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)Ffile-name-all-completions
Return a list of all completions of file name FILE in directory DIRECTORY.
These are all file names in directory DIRECTORY which begin with FILE.

(fn FILE DIRECTORY)Ffile-attributes
Return a list of attributes of file FILENAME.
Value is nil if specified file cannot be opened.

ID-FORMAT specifies the preferred format of attributes uid and gid (see
below) - valid values are 'string and 'integer. The latter is the default,
but we plan to change that, so you should specify a non-nil value for
ID-FORMAT if you use the returned uid or gid.

Elements of the attribute list are:
 0. t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil.
 1. Number of links to file.
 2. File uid as a string or a number.  If a string value cannot be
  looked up, a numeric value, either an integer or a float, is returned.
 3. File gid, likewise.
 4. Last access time, as a list of two integers.
  First integer has high-order 16 bits of time, second has low 16 bits.
  (See a note below about FAT-based filesystems.)
 5. Last modification time, likewise.
 6. Last status change time, likewise.
 7. Size in bytes.
  This is a floating point number if the size is too large for an integer.
 8. File modes, as a string of ten letters or dashes as in ls -l.
 9. t if file's gid would change if file were deleted and recreated.
10. inode number.  If inode number is larger than the Emacs integer,
  but still fits into a 32-bit number, this is a cons cell containing two
  integers: first the high part, then the low 16 bits.  If the inode number
  is wider than 32 bits, this is a cons cell containing three integers:
  first the high 24 bits, then middle 24 bits, and finally the low 16 bits.
11. Device number.  If it is larger than the Emacs integer, this is
  a cons cell, similar to the inode number.

On MS-Windows, performance depends on `w32-get-true-file-attributes',
which see.

On some FAT-based filesystems, only the date of last access is recorded,
so last access time will always be midnight of that day.

(fn FILENAME &optional ID-FORMAT)Ffile-attributes-lessp
Return t if first arg file attributes list is less than second.
Comparison is in lexicographic order and case is significant.

(fn F1 F2)Vcompletion-ignored-extensions
Completion ignores file names ending in any string in this list.
It does not ignore them if all possible completions end in one of
these strings or when displaying a list of completions.
It ignores directory names if they match any string in this list which
ends in a slash.Sfilemode.o
Scmds.o
Fforward-point
Return buffer position N characters after (before if N negative) point.

(fn N)Fforward-char
Move point right N characters (left if N is negative).
On reaching end of buffer, stop and signal error.

(fn &optional N)Fbackward-char
Move point left N characters (right if N is negative).
On attempt to pass beginning or end of buffer, stop and signal error.

(fn &optional N)Fforward-line
Move N lines forward (backward if N is negative).
Precisely, if point is on line I, move to the start of line I + N.
If there isn't room, go as far as possible (no error).
Returns the count of lines left to move.  If moving forward,
that is N - number of lines moved; if backward, N + number moved.
With positive N, a non-empty line at the end counts as one line
  successfully moved (for the return value).

(fn &optional N)Fbeginning-of-line
Move point to beginning of current line.
With argument N not nil or 1, move forward N - 1 lines first.
If point reaches the beginning or end of buffer, it stops there.

This function constrains point to the current field unless this moves
point to a different line than the original, unconstrained result.  If
N is nil or 1, and a front-sticky field starts at point, the point
does not move.  To ignore field boundaries bind
`inhibit-field-text-motion' to t, or use the `forward-line' function
instead.  For instance, `(forward-line 0)' does the same thing as
`(beginning-of-line)', except that it ignores field boundaries.

(fn &optional N)Fend-of-line
Move point to end of current line.
With argument N not nil or 1, move forward N - 1 lines first.
If point reaches the beginning or end of buffer, it stops there.
To ignore intangibility, bind `inhibit-point-motion-hooks' to t.

This function constrains point to the current field unless this moves
point to a different line than the original, unconstrained result.  If
N is nil or 1, and a rear-sticky field ends at point, the point does
not move.  To ignore field boundaries bind `inhibit-field-text-motion'
to t.

(fn &optional N)Fdelete-char
Delete the following N characters (previous if N is negative).
Optional second arg KILLFLAG non-nil means kill instead (save in kill ring).
Interactively, N is the prefix arg, and KILLFLAG is set if
N was explicitly specified.

(fn N &optional KILLFLAG)Fdelete-backward-char
Delete the previous N characters (following if N is negative).
Optional second arg KILLFLAG non-nil means kill instead (save in kill ring).
Interactively, N is the prefix arg, and KILLFLAG is set if
N was explicitly specified.

(fn N &optional KILLFLAG)Fself-insert-command
Insert the character you type.
Whichever character you type to run this command is inserted.

(fn N)Vself-insert-face
If non-nil, set the face of the next self-inserting character to this.
See also `self-insert-face-command'.Vself-insert-face-command
This is the command that set up `self-insert-face'.
If `last-command' does not equal this value, we ignore `self-insert-face'.Vblink-paren-function
Function called, if non-nil, whenever a close parenthesis is inserted.
More precisely, a char with closeparen syntax is self-inserted.Scasetab.o
Fcase-table-p
Return t if OBJECT is a case table.
See `set-case-table' for more information on these data structures.

(fn OBJECT)Fcurrent-case-table
Return the case table of the current buffer.

(fn)Fstandard-case-table
Return the standard case table.
This is the one used for new buffers.

(fn)Fset-case-table
Select a new case table for the current buffer.
A case table is a char-table which maps characters
to their lower-case equivalents.  It also has three "extra" slots
which may be additional char-tables or nil.
These slots are called UPCASE, CANONICALIZE and EQUIVALENCES.
UPCASE maps each non-upper-case character to its upper-case equivalent.
 (The value in UPCASE for an upper-case character is never used.)
 If lower and upper case characters are in 1-1 correspondence,
 you may use nil and the upcase table will be deduced from DOWNCASE.
CANONICALIZE maps each character to a canonical equivalent;
 any two characters that are related by case-conversion have the same
 canonical equivalent character; it may be nil, in which case it is
 deduced from DOWNCASE and UPCASE.
EQUIVALENCES is a map that cyclicly permutes each equivalence class
 (of characters with the same canonical equivalent); it may be nil,
 in which case it is deduced from CANONICALIZE.

(fn TABLE)Fset-standard-case-table
Select a new standard case table for new buffers.
See `set-case-table' for more info on case tables.

(fn TABLE)Scasefiddle.o
Fupcase
Convert argument to upper case and return that.
The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
See also `capitalize', `downcase' and `upcase-initials'.

(fn OBJ)Fdowncase
Convert argument to lower case and return that.
The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.

(fn OBJ)Fcapitalize
Convert argument to capitalized form and return that.
This means that each word's first character is upper case
and the rest is lower case.
The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.

(fn OBJ)Fupcase-initials
Convert the initial of each word in the argument to upper case.
Do not change the other letters of each word.
The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.

(fn OBJ)Fupcase-region
Convert the region to upper case.  In programs, wants two arguments.
These arguments specify the starting and ending character numbers of
the region to operate on.  When used as a command, the text between
point and the mark is operated on.
See also `capitalize-region'.

(fn BEG END)Fdowncase-region
Convert the region to lower case.  In programs, wants two arguments.
These arguments specify the starting and ending character numbers of
the region to operate on.  When used as a command, the text between
point and the mark is operated on.

(fn BEG END)Fcapitalize-region
Convert the region to capitalized form.
Capitalized form means each word's first character is upper case
and the rest of it is lower case.
In programs, give two arguments, the starting and ending
character positions to operate on.

(fn BEG END)Fupcase-initials-region
Upcase the initial of each word in the region.
Subsequent letters of each word are not changed.
In programs, give two arguments, the starting and ending
character positions to operate on.

(fn BEG END)Fupcase-word
Convert following word (or ARG words) to upper case, moving over.
With negative argument, convert previous words but do not move.
See also `capitalize-word'.

(fn ARG)Fdowncase-word
Convert following word (or ARG words) to lower case, moving over.
With negative argument, convert previous words but do not move.

(fn ARG)Fcapitalize-word
Capitalize the following word (or ARG words), moving over.
This gives the word(s) a first character in upper case
and the rest lower case.
With negative argument, capitalize previous words but do not move.

(fn ARG)Sindent.o
Fcurrent-column
Return the horizontal position of point.  Beginning of line is column 0.
This is calculated by adding together the widths of all the displayed
representations of the character between the start of the previous line
and point (eg. control characters will have a width of 2 or 4, tabs
will have a variable width).
Ignores finite width of frame, which means that this function may return
values greater than (frame-width).
Whether the line is visible (if `selective-display' is t) has no effect;
however, ^M is treated as end of line when `selective-display' is t.
Text that has an invisible property is considered as having width 0, unless
`buffer-invisibility-spec' specifies that it is replaced by an ellipsis.

(fn)Findent-to
Indent from point with tabs and spaces until COLUMN is reached.
Optional second argument MINIMUM says always do at least MINIMUM spaces
even if that goes past COLUMN; by default, MINIMUM is zero.

The return value is COLUMN.

(fn COLUMN &optional MINIMUM)Fcurrent-indentation
Return the indentation of the current line.
This is the horizontal position of the character
following any initial whitespace.

(fn)Fmove-to-column
Move point to column COLUMN in the current line.
Interactively, COLUMN is the value of prefix numeric argument.
The column of a character is calculated by adding together the widths
as displayed of the previous characters in the line.
This function ignores line-continuation;
there is no upper limit on the column number a character can have
and horizontal scrolling has no effect.

If specified column is within a character, point goes after that character.
If it's past end of line, point goes to end of line.

Optional second argument FORCE non-nil means if COLUMN is in the
middle of a tab character, change it to spaces.
In addition, if FORCE is t, and the line is too short to reach
COLUMN, add spaces/tabs to get there.

The return value is the current column.

(fn COLUMN &optional FORCE)Fcompute-motion
Scan through the current buffer, calculating screen position.
Scan the current buffer forward from offset FROM,
assuming it is at position FROMPOS--a cons of the form (HPOS . VPOS)--
to position TO or position TOPOS--another cons of the form (HPOS . VPOS)--
and return the ending buffer position and screen location.

If TOPOS is nil, the actual width and height of the window's
text area are used.

There are three additional arguments:

WIDTH is the number of columns available to display text;
this affects handling of continuation lines.  A value of nil
corresponds to the actual number of available text columns.

OFFSETS is either nil or a cons cell (HSCROLL . TAB-OFFSET).
HSCROLL is the number of columns not being displayed at the left
margin; this is usually taken from a window's hscroll member.
TAB-OFFSET is the number of columns of the first tab that aren't
being displayed, perhaps because the line was continued within it.
If OFFSETS is nil, HSCROLL and TAB-OFFSET are assumed to be zero.

WINDOW is the window to operate on.  It is used to choose the display table;
if it is showing the current buffer, it is used also for
deciding which overlay properties apply.
Note that `compute-motion' always operates on the current buffer.

The value is a list of five elements:
  (POS HPOS VPOS PREVHPOS CONTIN)
POS is the buffer position where the scan stopped.
VPOS is the vertical position where the scan stopped.
HPOS is the horizontal position where the scan stopped.

PREVHPOS is the horizontal position one character back from POS.
CONTIN is t if a line was continued after (or within) the previous character.

For example, to find the buffer position of column COL of line LINE
of a certain window, pass the window's starting location as FROM
and the window's upper-left coordinates as FROMPOS.
Pass the buffer's (point-max) as TO, to limit the scan to the end of the
visible section of the buffer, and pass LINE and COL as TOPOS.

(fn FROM FROMPOS TO TOPOS WIDTH OFFSETS WINDOW)Fvertical-motion
Move point to start of the screen line LINES lines down.
If LINES is negative, this means moving up.

This function is an ordinary cursor motion function
which calculates the new position based on how text would be displayed.
The new position may be the start of a line,
or just the start of a continuation line.
The function returns number of screen lines moved over;
that usually equals LINES, but may be closer to zero
if beginning or end of buffer was reached.

The optional second argument WINDOW specifies the window to use for
parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so on.
The default is to use the selected window's parameters.

LINES can optionally take the form (COLS . LINES), in which case
the motion will not stop at the start of a screen line but on
its column COLS (if such exists on that line, that is).

`vertical-motion' always uses the current buffer,
regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW.
This is consistent with other cursor motion functions
and makes it possible to use `vertical-motion' in any buffer,
whether or not it is currently displayed in some window.

(fn LINES &optional WINDOW)Vindent-tabs-mode
*Indentation can insert tabs if this is non-nil.Ssearch.o
Flooking-at
Return t if text after point matches regular expression REGEXP.
This function modifies the match data that `match-beginning',
`match-end' and `match-data' access; save and restore the match
data if you want to preserve them.

(fn REGEXP)Fposix-looking-at
Return t if text after point matches regular expression REGEXP.
Find the longest match, in accord with Posix regular expression rules.
This function modifies the match data that `match-beginning',
`match-end' and `match-data' access; save and restore the match
data if you want to preserve them.

(fn REGEXP)Fstring-match
Return index of start of first match for REGEXP in STRING, or nil.
Matching ignores case if `case-fold-search' is non-nil.
If third arg START is non-nil, start search at that index in STRING.
For index of first char beyond the match, do (match-end 0).
`match-end' and `match-beginning' also give indices of substrings
matched by parenthesis constructs in the pattern.

You can use the function `match-string' to extract the substrings
matched by the parenthesis constructions in REGEXP.

(fn REGEXP STRING &optional START)Fposix-string-match
Return index of start of first match for REGEXP in STRING, or nil.
Find the longest match, in accord with Posix regular expression rules.
Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer.
If third arg START is non-nil, start search at that index in STRING.
For index of first char beyond the match, do (match-end 0).
`match-end' and `match-beginning' also give indices of substrings
matched by parenthesis constructs in the pattern.

(fn REGEXP STRING &optional START)Fsearch-backward
Search backward from point for STRING.
Set point to the beginning of the occurrence found, and return point.
An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position.
The match found must not extend before that position.
Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error).
 If not nil and not t, position at limit of search and return nil.
Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences.

Search case-sensitivity is determined by the value of the variable
`case-fold-search', which see.

See also the functions `match-beginning', `match-end' and `replace-match'.

(fn STRING &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fsearch-forward
Search forward from point for STRING.
Set point to the end of the occurrence found, and return point.
An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position.
The match found must not extend after that position.  A value of nil is
  equivalent to (point-max).
Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error).
  If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil.
Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences.

Search case-sensitivity is determined by the value of the variable
`case-fold-search', which see.

See also the functions `match-beginning', `match-end' and `replace-match'.

(fn STRING &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fword-search-backward
Search backward from point for STRING, ignoring differences in punctuation.
Set point to the beginning of the occurrence found, and return point.
An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position.
The match found must not extend before that position.
Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error).
  If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil.
Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences.

(fn STRING &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fword-search-forward
Search forward from point for STRING, ignoring differences in punctuation.
Set point to the end of the occurrence found, and return point.
An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position.
The match found must not extend after that position.
Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error).
  If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil.
Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences.

(fn STRING &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fword-search-backward-lax
Search backward from point for STRING, ignoring differences in punctuation.
Set point to the beginning of the occurrence found, and return point.

Unlike `word-search-backward', the end of STRING need not match a word
boundary unless it ends in whitespace.

An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position.
The match found must not extend before that position.
Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error).
  If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil.
Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences.

(fn STRING &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fword-search-forward-lax
Search forward from point for STRING, ignoring differences in punctuation.
Set point to the end of the occurrence found, and return point.

Unlike `word-search-forward', the end of STRING need not match a word
boundary unless it ends in whitespace.

An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position.
The match found must not extend after that position.
Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error).
  If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil.
Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences.

(fn STRING &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fre-search-backward
Search backward from point for match for regular expression REGEXP.
Set point to the beginning of the match, and return point.
The match found is the one starting last in the buffer
and yet ending before the origin of the search.
An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position.
The match found must start at or after that position.
Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error).
  If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil.
Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences.
See also the functions `match-beginning', `match-end', `match-string',
and `replace-match'.

(fn REGEXP &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fre-search-forward
Search forward from point for regular expression REGEXP.
Set point to the end of the occurrence found, and return point.
An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position.
The match found must not extend after that position.
Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error).
  If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil.
Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences.
See also the functions `match-beginning', `match-end', `match-string',
and `replace-match'.

(fn REGEXP &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fposix-search-backward
Search backward from point for match for regular expression REGEXP.
Find the longest match in accord with Posix regular expression rules.
Set point to the beginning of the match, and return point.
The match found is the one starting last in the buffer
and yet ending before the origin of the search.
An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position.
The match found must start at or after that position.
Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error).
  If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil.
Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences.
See also the functions `match-beginning', `match-end', `match-string',
and `replace-match'.

(fn REGEXP &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fposix-search-forward
Search forward from point for regular expression REGEXP.
Find the longest match in accord with Posix regular expression rules.
Set point to the end of the occurrence found, and return point.
An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position.
The match found must not extend after that position.
Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error).
  If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil.
Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences.
See also the functions `match-beginning', `match-end', `match-string',
and `replace-match'.

(fn REGEXP &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Freplace-match
Replace text matched by last search with NEWTEXT.
Leave point at the end of the replacement text.

If second arg FIXEDCASE is non-nil, do not alter case of replacement text.
Otherwise maybe capitalize the whole text, or maybe just word initials,
based on the replaced text.
If the replaced text has only capital letters
and has at least one multiletter word, convert NEWTEXT to all caps.
Otherwise if all words are capitalized in the replaced text,
capitalize each word in NEWTEXT.

If third arg LITERAL is non-nil, insert NEWTEXT literally.
Otherwise treat `\' as special:
  `\&' in NEWTEXT means substitute original matched text.
  `\N' means substitute what matched the Nth `$...$'.
       If Nth parens didn't match, substitute nothing.
  `\\' means insert one `\'.
Case conversion does not apply to these substitutions.

FIXEDCASE and LITERAL are optional arguments.

The optional fourth argument STRING can be a string to modify.
This is meaningful when the previous match was done against STRING,
using `string-match'.  When used this way, `replace-match'
creates and returns a new string made by copying STRING and replacing
the part of STRING that was matched.

The optional fifth argument SUBEXP specifies a subexpression;
it says to replace just that subexpression with NEWTEXT,
rather than replacing the entire matched text.
This is, in a vague sense, the inverse of using `\N' in NEWTEXT;
`\N' copies subexp N into NEWTEXT, but using N as SUBEXP puts
NEWTEXT in place of subexp N.
This is useful only after a regular expression search or match,
since only regular expressions have distinguished subexpressions.

(fn NEWTEXT &optional FIXEDCASE LITERAL STRING SUBEXP)Fmatch-beginning
Return position of start of text matched by last search.
SUBEXP, a number, specifies which parenthesized expression in the last
  regexp.
Value is nil if SUBEXPth pair didn't match, or there were less than
  SUBEXP pairs.
Zero means the entire text matched by the whole regexp or whole string.

(fn SUBEXP)Fmatch-end
Return position of end of text matched by last search.
SUBEXP, a number, specifies which parenthesized expression in the last
  regexp.
Value is nil if SUBEXPth pair didn't match, or there were less than
  SUBEXP pairs.
Zero means the entire text matched by the whole regexp or whole string.

(fn SUBEXP)Fmatch-data
Return a list containing all info on what the last search matched.
Element 2N is `(match-beginning N)'; element 2N + 1 is `(match-end N)'.
All the elements are markers or nil (nil if the Nth pair didn't match)
if the last match was on a buffer; integers or nil if a string was matched.
Use `set-match-data' to reinstate the data in this list.

If INTEGERS (the optional first argument) is non-nil, always use
integers (rather than markers) to represent buffer positions.  In
this case, and if the last match was in a buffer, the buffer will get
stored as one additional element at the end of the list.

If REUSE is a list, reuse it as part of the value.  If REUSE is long
enough to hold all the values, and if INTEGERS is non-nil, no consing
is done.

If optional third arg RESEAT is non-nil, any previous markers on the
REUSE list will be modified to point to nowhere.

Return value is undefined if the last search failed.

(fn &optional INTEGERS REUSE RESEAT)Fset-match-data
Set internal data on last search match from elements of LIST.
LIST should have been created by calling `match-data' previously.

If optional arg RESEAT is non-nil, make markers on LIST point nowhere.

(fn LIST &optional RESEAT)Fregexp-quote
Return a regexp string which matches exactly STRING and nothing else.

(fn STRING)Vsearch-spaces-regexp
Regexp to substitute for bunches of spaces in regexp search.
Some commands use this for user-specified regexps.
Spaces that occur inside character classes or repetition operators
or other such regexp constructs are not replaced with this.
A value of nil (which is the normal value) means treat spaces literally.Vinhibit-changing-match-data
Internal use only.
If non-nil, the primitive searching and matching functions
such as `looking-at', `string-match', `re-search-forward', etc.,
do not set the match data.  The proper way to use this variable
is to bind it with `let' around a small expression.Sregex.o
Sundo.o
Fundo-boundary
Mark a boundary between units of undo.
An undo command will stop at this point,
but another undo command will undo to the previous boundary.

(fn)Fprimitive-undo
Undo N records from the front of the list LIST.
Return what remains of the list.

(fn N LIST)Vundo-limit
Keep no more undo information once it exceeds this size.
This limit is applied when garbage collection happens.
When a previous command increases the total undo list size past this
value, the earlier commands that came before it are forgotten.

The size is counted as the number of bytes occupied,
which includes both saved text and other data.Vundo-strong-limit
Don't keep more than this much size of undo information.
This limit is applied when garbage collection happens.
When a previous command increases the total undo list size past this
value, that command and the earlier commands that came before it are forgotten.
However, the most recent buffer-modifying command's undo info
is never discarded for this reason.

The size is counted as the number of bytes occupied,
which includes both saved text and other data.Vundo-outer-limit
Outer limit on size of undo information for one command.
At garbage collection time, if the current command has produced
more than this much undo information, it discards the info and displays
a warning.  This is a last-ditch limit to prevent memory overflow.

The size is counted as the number of bytes occupied, which includes
both saved text and other data.  A value of nil means no limit.  In
this case, accumulating one huge undo entry could make Emacs crash as
a result of memory overflow.

In fact, this calls the function which is the value of
`undo-outer-limit-function' with one argument, the size.
The text above describes the behavior of the function
that variable usually specifies.Vundo-outer-limit-function
Function to call when an undo list exceeds `undo-outer-limit'.
This function is called with one argument, the current undo list size
for the most recent command (since the last undo boundary).
If the function returns t, that means truncation has been fully handled.
If it returns nil, the other forms of truncation are done.

Garbage collection is inhibited around the call to this function,
so it must make sure not to do a lot of consing.Vundo-inhibit-record-point
Non-nil means do not record `point' in `buffer-undo-list'.Salloc.o
Fmake-string
Return a newly created string of length LENGTH, with INIT in each element.
LENGTH must be an integer.
INIT must be an integer that represents a character.

(fn LENGTH INIT)Fmake-bool-vector
Return a new bool-vector of length LENGTH, using INIT for each element.
LENGTH must be a number.  INIT matters only in whether it is t or nil.

(fn LENGTH INIT)Fcons
Create a new cons, give it CAR and CDR as components, and return it.

(fn CAR CDR)Flist
Return a newly created list with specified arguments as elements.
Any number of arguments, even zero arguments, are allowed.

(fn &rest OBJECTS)Fmake-list
Return a newly created list of length LENGTH, with each element being INIT.

(fn LENGTH INIT)Fmake-vector
Return a newly created vector of length LENGTH, with each element being INIT.
See also the function `vector'.

(fn LENGTH INIT)Fvector
Return a newly created vector with specified arguments as elements.
Any number of arguments, even zero arguments, are allowed.

(fn &rest OBJECTS)Fmake-byte-code
Create a byte-code object with specified arguments as elements.
The arguments should be the arglist, bytecode-string, constant vector,
stack size, (optional) doc string, and (optional) interactive spec.
The first four arguments are required; at most six have any
significance.

(fn ARGLIST BYTE-CODE CONSTANTS DEPTH &optional DOCSTRING INTERACTIVE-SPEC &rest ELEMENTS)Fmake-symbol
Return a newly allocated uninterned symbol whose name is NAME.
Its value and function definition are void, and its property list is nil.

(fn NAME)Fmake-marker
Return a newly allocated marker which does not point at any place.

(fn)Fgc-status
Show information about live and zombie objects.

(fn)Fpurecopy
Make a copy of object OBJ in pure storage.
Recursively copies contents of vectors and cons cells.
Does not copy symbols.  Copies strings without text properties.

(fn OBJ)Fgarbage-collect
Reclaim storage for Lisp objects no longer needed.
Garbage collection happens automatically if you cons more than
`gc-cons-threshold' bytes of Lisp data since previous garbage collection.
`garbage-collect' normally returns a list with info on amount of space in use:
 ((USED-CONSES . FREE-CONSES) (USED-SYMS . FREE-SYMS)
  (USED-MARKERS . FREE-MARKERS) USED-STRING-CHARS USED-VECTOR-SLOTS
  (USED-FLOATS . FREE-FLOATS) (USED-INTERVALS . FREE-INTERVALS)
  (USED-STRINGS . FREE-STRINGS))
However, if there was overflow in pure space, `garbage-collect'
returns nil, because real GC can't be done.

(fn)Fmemory-limit
Return the address of the last byte Emacs has allocated, divided by 1024.
This may be helpful in debugging Emacs's memory usage.
We divide the value by 1024 to make sure it fits in a Lisp integer.

(fn)Fmemory-use-counts
Return a list of counters that measure how much consing there has been.
Each of these counters increments for a certain kind of object.
The counters wrap around from the largest positive integer to zero.
Garbage collection does not decrease them.
The elements of the value are as follows:
  (CONSES FLOATS VECTOR-CELLS SYMBOLS STRING-CHARS MISCS INTERVALS STRINGS)
All are in units of 1 = one object consed
except for VECTOR-CELLS and STRING-CHARS, which count the total length of
objects consed.
MISCS include overlays, markers, and some internal types.
Frames, windows, buffers, and subprocesses count as vectors
  (but the contents of a buffer's text do not count here).

(fn)Vgc-cons-threshold
*Number of bytes of consing between garbage collections.
Garbage collection can happen automatically once this many bytes have been
allocated since the last garbage collection.  All data types count.

Garbage collection happens automatically only when `eval' is called.

By binding this temporarily to a large number, you can effectively
prevent garbage collection during a part of the program.
See also `gc-cons-percentage'.Vgc-cons-percentage
*Portion of the heap used for allocation.
Garbage collection can happen automatically once this portion of the heap
has been allocated since the last garbage collection.
If this portion is smaller than `gc-cons-threshold', this is ignored.Vpure-bytes-used
Number of bytes of sharable Lisp data allocated so far.Vcons-cells-consed
Number of cons cells that have been consed so far.Vfloats-consed
Number of floats that have been consed so far.Vvector-cells-consed
Number of vector cells that have been consed so far.Vsymbols-consed
Number of symbols that have been consed so far.Vstring-chars-consed
Number of string characters that have been consed so far.Vmisc-objects-consed
Number of miscellaneous objects that have been consed so far.Vintervals-consed
Number of intervals that have been consed so far.Vstrings-consed
Number of strings that have been consed so far.Vpurify-flag
Non-nil means loading Lisp code in order to dump an executable.
This means that certain objects should be allocated in shared (pure) space.Vgarbage-collection-messages
Non-nil means display messages at start and end of garbage collection.Vpost-gc-hook
Hook run after garbage collection has finished.Vmemory-signal-data
Precomputed `signal' argument for memory-full error.Vmemory-full
Non-nil means Emacs cannot get much more Lisp memory.Vgc-elapsed
Accumulated time elapsed in garbage collections.
The time is in seconds as a floating point value.Vgcs-done
Accumulated number of garbage collections done.Sdata.o
Feq
Return t if the two args are the same Lisp object.

(fn OBJ1 OBJ2)Fnull
Return t if OBJECT is nil.

(fn OBJECT)Ftype-of
Return a symbol representing the type of OBJECT.
The symbol returned names the object's basic type;
for example, (type-of 1) returns `integer'.

(fn OBJECT)Fconsp
Return t if OBJECT is a cons cell.

(fn OBJECT)Fatom
Return t if OBJECT is not a cons cell.  This includes nil.

(fn OBJECT)Flistp
Return t if OBJECT is a list, that is, a cons cell or nil.
Otherwise, return nil.

(fn OBJECT)Fnlistp
Return t if OBJECT is not a list.  Lists include nil.

(fn OBJECT)Fsymbolp
Return t if OBJECT is a symbol.

(fn OBJECT)Fkeywordp
Return t if OBJECT is a keyword.
This means that it is a symbol with a print name beginning with `:'
interned in the initial obarray.

(fn OBJECT)Fvectorp
Return t if OBJECT is a vector.

(fn OBJECT)Fstringp
Return t if OBJECT is a string.

(fn OBJECT)Fmultibyte-string-p
Return t if OBJECT is a multibyte string.

(fn OBJECT)Fchar-table-p
Return t if OBJECT is a char-table.

(fn OBJECT)Fvector-or-char-table-p
Return t if OBJECT is a char-table or vector.

(fn OBJECT)Fbool-vector-p
Return t if OBJECT is a bool-vector.

(fn OBJECT)Farrayp
Return t if OBJECT is an array (string or vector).

(fn OBJECT)Fsequencep
Return t if OBJECT is a sequence (list or array).

(fn OBJECT)Fbufferp
Return t if OBJECT is an editor buffer.

(fn OBJECT)Fmarkerp
Return t if OBJECT is a marker (editor pointer).

(fn OBJECT)Fsubrp
Return t if OBJECT is a built-in function.

(fn OBJECT)Fbyte-code-function-p
Return t if OBJECT is a byte-compiled function object.

(fn OBJECT)Fchar-or-string-p
Return t if OBJECT is a character or a string.

(fn OBJECT)Fintegerp
Return t if OBJECT is an integer.

(fn OBJECT)Finteger-or-marker-p
Return t if OBJECT is an integer or a marker (editor pointer).

(fn OBJECT)Fnatnump
Return t if OBJECT is a nonnegative integer.

(fn OBJECT)Fnumberp
Return t if OBJECT is a number (floating point or integer).

(fn OBJECT)Fnumber-or-marker-p
Return t if OBJECT is a number or a marker.

(fn OBJECT)Ffloatp
Return t if OBJECT is a floating point number.

(fn OBJECT)Fcar
Return the car of LIST.  If arg is nil, return nil.
Error if arg is not nil and not a cons cell.  See also `car-safe'.

See Info node `(elisp)Cons Cells' for a discussion of related basic
Lisp concepts such as car, cdr, cons cell and list.

(fn LIST)Fcar-safe
Return the car of OBJECT if it is a cons cell, or else nil.

(fn OBJECT)Fcdr
Return the cdr of LIST.  If arg is nil, return nil.
Error if arg is not nil and not a cons cell.  See also `cdr-safe'.

See Info node `(elisp)Cons Cells' for a discussion of related basic
Lisp concepts such as cdr, car, cons cell and list.

(fn LIST)Fcdr-safe
Return the cdr of OBJECT if it is a cons cell, or else nil.

(fn OBJECT)Fsetcar
Set the car of CELL to be NEWCAR.  Returns NEWCAR.

(fn CELL NEWCAR)Fsetcdr
Set the cdr of CELL to be NEWCDR.  Returns NEWCDR.

(fn CELL NEWCDR)Fboundp
Return t if SYMBOL's value is not void.

(fn SYMBOL)Ffboundp
Return t if SYMBOL's function definition is not void.

(fn SYMBOL)Fmakunbound
Make SYMBOL's value be void.
Return SYMBOL.

(fn SYMBOL)Ffmakunbound
Make SYMBOL's function definition be void.
Return SYMBOL.

(fn SYMBOL)Fsymbol-function
Return SYMBOL's function definition.  Error if that is void.

(fn SYMBOL)Fsymbol-plist
Return SYMBOL's property list.

(fn SYMBOL)Fsymbol-name
Return SYMBOL's name, a string.

(fn SYMBOL)Ffset
Set SYMBOL's function definition to DEFINITION, and return DEFINITION.

(fn SYMBOL DEFINITION)Fdefalias
Set SYMBOL's function definition to DEFINITION, and return DEFINITION.
Associates the function with the current load file, if any.
The optional third argument DOCSTRING specifies the documentation string
for SYMBOL; if it is omitted or nil, SYMBOL uses the documentation string
determined by DEFINITION.

(fn SYMBOL DEFINITION &optional DOCSTRING)Fsetplist
Set SYMBOL's property list to NEWPLIST, and return NEWPLIST.

(fn SYMBOL NEWPLIST)Fsubr-arity
Return minimum and maximum number of args allowed for SUBR.
SUBR must be a built-in function.
The returned value is a pair (MIN . MAX).  MIN is the minimum number
of args.  MAX is the maximum number or the symbol `many', for a
function with `&rest' args, or `unevalled' for a special form.

(fn SUBR)Fsubr-name
Return name of subroutine SUBR.
SUBR must be a built-in function.

(fn SUBR)Finteractive-form
Return the interactive form of CMD or nil if none.
If CMD is not a command, the return value is nil.
Value, if non-nil, is a list (interactive SPEC).

(fn CMD)Findirect-variable
Return the variable at the end of OBJECT's variable chain.
If OBJECT is a symbol, follow all variable indirections and return the final
variable.  If OBJECT is not a symbol, just return it.
Signal a cyclic-variable-indirection error if there is a loop in the
variable chain of symbols.

(fn OBJECT)Fsymbol-value
Return SYMBOL's value.  Error if that is void.

(fn SYMBOL)Fset
Set SYMBOL's value to NEWVAL, and return NEWVAL.

(fn SYMBOL NEWVAL)Fdefault-boundp
Return t if SYMBOL has a non-void default value.
This is the value that is seen in buffers that do not have their own values
for this variable.

(fn SYMBOL)Fdefault-value
Return SYMBOL's default value.
This is the value that is seen in buffers that do not have their own values
for this variable.  The default value is meaningful for variables with
local bindings in certain buffers.

(fn SYMBOL)Fset-default
Set SYMBOL's default value to VALUE.  SYMBOL and VALUE are evaluated.
The default value is seen in buffers that do not have their own values
for this variable.

(fn SYMBOL VALUE)Fsetq-default
Set the default value of variable VAR to VALUE.
VAR, the variable name, is literal (not evaluated);
VALUE is an expression: it is evaluated and its value returned.
The default value of a variable is seen in buffers
that do not have their own values for the variable.

More generally, you can use multiple variables and values, as in
  (setq-default VAR VALUE VAR VALUE...)
This sets each VAR's default value to the corresponding VALUE.
The VALUE for the Nth VAR can refer to the new default values
of previous VARs.

(fn [VAR VALUE]...)Fmake-variable-buffer-local
Make VARIABLE become buffer-local whenever it is set.
At any time, the value for the current buffer is in effect,
unless the variable has never been set in this buffer,
in which case the default value is in effect.
Note that binding the variable with `let', or setting it while
a `let'-style binding made in this buffer is in effect,
does not make the variable buffer-local.  Return VARIABLE.

In most cases it is better to use `make-local-variable',
which makes a variable local in just one buffer.

The function `default-value' gets the default value and `set-default' sets it.

(fn VARIABLE)Fmake-local-variable
Make VARIABLE have a separate value in the current buffer.
Other buffers will continue to share a common default value.
(The buffer-local value of VARIABLE starts out as the same value
VARIABLE previously had.  If VARIABLE was void, it remains void.)
Return VARIABLE.

If the variable is already arranged to become local when set,
this function causes a local value to exist for this buffer,
just as setting the variable would do.

This function returns VARIABLE, and therefore
  (set (make-local-variable 'VARIABLE) VALUE-EXP)
works.

See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.

The problems cleaned up are:

1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
2. empty lines at end of buffer.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
   empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.

3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
   replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
   `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
   SPACEs.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
   replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
   replace TABs by SPACEs.

4. SPACEs before TAB.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
   replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
   otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value
   `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value
   `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.

5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
   all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.

6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
   replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
   otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value
   `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value
   `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.

See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
documentation.

(fn)Fwhitespace-cleanup-region
Cleanup some blank problems at region.

The problems cleaned up are:

1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
   replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
   `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
   SPACEs.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
   replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
   replace TABs by SPACEs.

2. SPACEs before TAB.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
   replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
   otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value
   `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value
   `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.

3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
   all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.

4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
   replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
   otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value
   `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
   If `whitespace-style' includes the value
   `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.

See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
documentation.

(fn START END)Fwhitespace-report
Report some whitespace problems in buffer.

Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
non-nil.

If FORCE is non-nil or \[universal-argument] was pressed just
before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
`whitespace-style' to have:

empty
   trailing
   indentation
   space-before-tab
   space-after-tab

If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
whitespace problems in buffer.

Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:

* If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
   empty		1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
   empty		2. empty lines at end of buffer.
   trailing		3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
   indentation		4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
   space-before-tab	5. SPACEs before TAB.
   space-after-tab	6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.

* If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
   empty		1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
   empty		2. empty lines at end of buffer.
   trailing		3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
   indentation		4. TABS at beginning of line.
   space-before-tab	5. SPACEs before TAB.
   space-after-tab	6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.

See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
cleaning up these problems.

(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)Fwhitespace-report-region
Report some whitespace problems in a region.

Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
non-nil.

If FORCE is non-nil or \[universal-argument] was pressed just
before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
forces `whitespace-style' to have:

empty
   indentation
   space-before-tab
   trailing
   space-after-tab

If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
whitespace problems in buffer.

Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:

See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
cleaning up these problems.

(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)Fwidget-browse-at
Browse the widget under point.

(fn POS)Fwidget-browse
Create a widget browser for WIDGET.

(fn WIDGET)Fwidget-browse-other-window
Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.

(fn &optional WIDGET)Fwidget-minor-mode
Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.

(fn &optional ARG)Fwidgetp
Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.

(fn WIDGET)Fwidget-prompt-value
Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.

(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)Fwidget-create
Create widget of TYPE.
The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.

(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)Fwidget-delete
Delete WIDGET.

(fn WIDGET)Fwidget-insert
Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.

(fn &rest ARGS)Vwidget-keymap
Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.Fwidget-setup
Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.

(fn)Fwindmove-left
Select the window to the left of the current one.
With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
"left" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
(for negative ARG) of the current window.
If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.

(fn &optional ARG)Fwindmove-up
Select the window above the current one.
With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, "up"
is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
negative ARG) of the current window.
If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.

(fn &optional ARG)Fwindmove-right
Select the window to the right of the current one.
With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
"right" is relative to the position of point in the window;
otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.

(fn &optional ARG)Fwindmove-down
Select the window below the current one.
With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
"down" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
(for negative ARG) of the current window.
If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.

(fn &optional ARG)Fwindmove-default-keybindings
Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
Default MODIFIER is 'shift.

(fn &optional MODIFIER)Vwinner-mode
Toggle Winner mode.
Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
use either \[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.Fwinner-mode
Toggle Winner mode.
With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.

(fn &optional ARG)Vwoman-locale
String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
If a manual page is available in the specified locale
(e.g. "sv_SE.ISO8859-1"), it will be offered in preference to the
default version.  Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.Fwoman
Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
`woman-path'.  The directory expansions and topics are cached for
speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).

Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.

(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)Fwoman-dired-find-file
In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.

(fn)Fwoman-find-file
Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
decompress the file if appropriate.  See the documentation for the
`woman' command for further details.

(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)Fwordstar-mode
Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.

BUGS:
 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
   are not implemented
 - Options for search and replace
 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction

No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
Emacs-like.

The key bindings are:

C-a		backward-word
  C-b		fill-paragraph
  C-c		scroll-up-line
  C-d		forward-char
  C-e		previous-line
  C-f		forward-word
  C-g		delete-char
  C-h		backward-char
  C-i		indent-for-tab-command
  C-j		help-for-help
  C-k		ordstar-C-k-map
  C-l		ws-repeat-search
  C-n		open-line
  C-p		quoted-insert
  C-r		scroll-down-line
  C-s		backward-char
  C-t		kill-word
  C-u		keyboard-quit
  C-v		overwrite-mode
  C-w		scroll-down
  C-x		next-line
  C-y		kill-complete-line
  C-z		scroll-up

C-k 0		ws-set-marker-0
  C-k 1		ws-set-marker-1
  C-k 2		ws-set-marker-2
  C-k 3		ws-set-marker-3
  C-k 4		ws-set-marker-4
  C-k 5		ws-set-marker-5
  C-k 6		ws-set-marker-6
  C-k 7		ws-set-marker-7
  C-k 8		ws-set-marker-8
  C-k 9		ws-set-marker-9
  C-k b		ws-begin-block
  C-k c		ws-copy-block
  C-k d		save-buffers-kill-emacs
  C-k f		find-file
  C-k h		ws-show-markers
  C-k i		ws-indent-block
  C-k k		ws-end-block
  C-k p		ws-print-block
  C-k q		kill-emacs
  C-k r		insert-file
  C-k s		save-some-buffers
  C-k t		ws-mark-word
  C-k u		ws-exdent-block
  C-k C-u	keyboard-quit
  C-k v		ws-move-block
  C-k w		ws-write-block
  C-k x		kill-emacs
  C-k y		ws-delete-block

C-o c		wordstar-center-line
  C-o b		switch-to-buffer
  C-o j		justify-current-line
  C-o k		kill-buffer
  C-o l		list-buffers
  C-o m		auto-fill-mode
  C-o r		set-fill-column
  C-o C-u	keyboard-quit
  C-o wd	delete-other-windows
  C-o wh	split-window-horizontally
  C-o wo	other-window
  C-o wv	split-window-vertically

C-q 0		ws-find-marker-0
  C-q 1		ws-find-marker-1
  C-q 2		ws-find-marker-2
  C-q 3		ws-find-marker-3
  C-q 4		ws-find-marker-4
  C-q 5		ws-find-marker-5
  C-q 6		ws-find-marker-6
  C-q 7		ws-find-marker-7
  C-q 8		ws-find-marker-8
  C-q 9		ws-find-marker-9
  C-q a		ws-query-replace
  C-q b		ws-to-block-begin
  C-q c		end-of-buffer
  C-q d		end-of-line
  C-q f		ws-search
  C-q k		ws-to-block-end
  C-q l		ws-undo
  C-q p		ws-last-cursorp
  C-q r		beginning-of-buffer
  C-q C-u	keyboard-quit
  C-q w		ws-last-error
  C-q y		ws-kill-eol
  C-q DEL	ws-kill-bol

(fn)Fxesam-search
Perform an interactive search.
ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
entries of `xesam-search-engines'.  QUERY is the search string in the
Xesam user query language.  If the search engine does not support
the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.

The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
Example:

(xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) "emacs")

(fn ENGINE QUERY)Fxml-parse-file
Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
Returns the top node with all its children.
If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.

(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)Fxml-parse-region
Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
is not well-formed XML.
If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
and returned as the first element of the list.
If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.

(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)Fxmltok-get-declared-encoding-position
Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
declaration, return nil.  Otherwise, return t.
If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.

(fn &optional LIMIT)Vxterm-mouse-mode
Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.Fxterm-mouse-mode
Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
it off.

Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm.  It only
works for simple uses of the mouse.  Basically, only non-modified
single clicks are supported.  When turned on, the normal xterm
mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.

(fn &optional ARG)Fyenc-decode-region
Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.

(fn START END)Fyenc-extract-filename
Extract file name from an yenc header.

(fn)Fyow
Return or display a random Zippy quotation.  With prefix arg, insert it.

(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)Finsert-zippyism
Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.

(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)Fapropos-zippy
Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
If called interactively, display a list of matches.

(fn REGEXP)Fpsychoanalyze-pinhead
Zippy goes to the analyst.

(fn)Fzone
Zone out, completely.

(fn)Sabbrev.elc
Vonly-global-abbrevs
Non-nil means user plans to use global abbrevs only.
This makes the commands that normally define mode-specific abbrevs
define global abbrevs instead.Vabbrev-mode
Non-nil if Abbrev mode is enabled.
Use the command `abbrev-mode' to change this variable.Fabbrev-mode
Toggle Abbrev mode in the current buffer.
With optional argument ARG, turn abbrev mode on if ARG is
positive, otherwise turn it off.  In Abbrev mode, inserting an
abbreviation causes it to expand and be replaced by its expansion.Vabbrev-mode
Enable or disable Abbrev mode.
Non-nil means automatically expand abbrevs as they are inserted.

Setting this variable with `setq' changes it for the current buffer.
Changing it with \[customize] sets the default value.
Interactively, use the command `abbrev-mode'
to enable or disable Abbrev mode in the current buffer.Vedit-abbrevs-map
Keymap used in `edit-abbrevs'.Fkill-all-abbrevs
Undefine all defined abbrevs.Fcopy-abbrev-table
Make a new abbrev-table with the same abbrevs as TABLE.Finsert-abbrevs
Insert after point a description of all defined abbrevs.
Mark is set after the inserted text.Flist-abbrevs
Display a list of defined abbrevs.
If LOCAL is non-nil, interactively when invoked with a
prefix arg, display only local, i.e. mode-specific, abbrevs.
Otherwise display all abbrevs.Fabbrev-table-name
Value is the name of abbrev table TABLE.Fedit-abbrevs-mode
Major mode for editing the list of abbrev definitions.
\{edit-abbrevs-map}Fedit-abbrevs
Alter abbrev definitions by editing a list of them.
Selects a buffer containing a list of abbrev definitions.
You can edit them and type \<edit-abbrevs-map>\[edit-abbrevs-redefine] to redefine abbrevs
according to your editing.
Buffer contains a header line for each abbrev table,
 which is the abbrev table name in parentheses.
This is followed by one line per abbrev in that table:
NAME   USECOUNT   EXPANSION   HOOK
where NAME and EXPANSION are strings with quotes,
USECOUNT is an integer, and HOOK is any valid function
or may be omitted (it is usually omitted).Fedit-abbrevs-redefine
Redefine abbrevs according to current buffer contents.Fdefine-abbrevs
Define abbrevs according to current visible buffer contents.
See documentation of `edit-abbrevs' for info on the format of the
text you must have in the buffer.
With argument, eliminate all abbrev definitions except
the ones defined from the buffer now.Fread-abbrev-file
Read abbrev definitions from file written with `write-abbrev-file'.
Optional argument FILE is the name of the file to read;
it defaults to the value of `abbrev-file-name'.
Optional second argument QUIETLY non-nil means don't display a message.Fquietly-read-abbrev-file
Read abbrev definitions from file written with `write-abbrev-file'.
Optional argument FILE is the name of the file to read;
it defaults to the value of `abbrev-file-name'.
Does not display any message.Fwrite-abbrev-file
Write all user-level abbrev definitions to a file of Lisp code.
This does not include system abbrevs; it includes only the abbrev tables
listed in listed in `abbrev-table-name-list'.
The file written can be loaded in another session to define the same abbrevs.
The argument FILE is the file name to write.  If omitted or nil, the file
specified in `abbrev-file-name' is used.Fadd-mode-abbrev
Define mode-specific abbrev for last word(s) before point.
Argument is how many words before point form the expansion;
or zero means the region is the expansion.
A negative argument means to undefine the specified abbrev.
Reads the abbreviation in the minibuffer.

Don't use this function in a Lisp program; use `define-abbrev' instead.Fadd-global-abbrev
Define global (all modes) abbrev for last word(s) before point.
The prefix argument specifies the number of words before point that form the
expansion; or zero means the region is the expansion.
A negative argument means to undefine the specified abbrev.
This command uses the minibuffer to read the abbreviation.

Don't use this function in a Lisp program; use `define-abbrev' instead.Finverse-add-mode-abbrev
Define last word before point as a mode-specific abbrev.
With prefix argument N, defines the Nth word before point.
This command uses the minibuffer to read the expansion.
Expands the abbreviation after defining it.Finverse-add-global-abbrev
Define last word before point as a global (mode-independent) abbrev.
With prefix argument N, defines the Nth word before point.
This command uses the minibuffer to read the expansion.
Expands the abbreviation after defining it.Fabbrev-prefix-mark
Mark current point as the beginning of an abbrev.
Abbrev to be expanded starts here rather than at beginning of word.
This way, you can expand an abbrev with a prefix: insert the prefix,
use this command, then insert the abbrev.  This command inserts a
temporary hyphen after the prefix (until the intended abbrev
expansion occurs).
If the prefix is itself an abbrev, this command expands it, unless
ARG is non-nil.  Interactively, ARG is the prefix argument.Fexpand-region-abbrevs
For abbrev occurrence in the region, offer to expand it.
The user is asked to type `y' or `n' for each occurrence.
A prefix argument means don't query; expand all abbrevs.Fabbrev-table-get
Get the PROP property of abbrev table TABLE.Fabbrev-table-put
Set the PROP property of abbrev table TABLE to VAL.Fabbrev-with-wrapper-hook
Run BODY wrapped with the VAR hook.
VAR is a special hook: its functions are called with one argument which
is the "original" code (the BODY), so the hook function can wrap the
original function, can call it several times, or even not call it at all.
VAR is normally a symbol (a variable) in which case it is treated like a hook,
with a buffer-local and a global part.  But it can also be an arbitrary expression.
This is similar to an `around' advice.Vabbrev-table-name-list
List of symbols whose values are abbrev tables.Fmake-abbrev-table
Create a new, empty abbrev table object.
PROPS is a list of properties.Vglobal-abbrev-table
The abbrev table whose abbrevs affect all buffers.
Each buffer may also have a local abbrev table.
If it does, the local table overrides the global one
for any particular abbrev defined in both.Vabbrev-minor-mode-table-alist
Alist of abbrev tables to use for minor modes.
Each element looks like (VARIABLE . ABBREV-TABLE);
ABBREV-TABLE is active whenever VARIABLE's value is non-nil.Vfundamental-mode-abbrev-table
The abbrev table of mode-specific abbrevs for Fundamental Mode.Vabbrevs-changed
Set non-nil by defining or altering any word abbrevs.
This causes `save-some-buffers' to offer to save the abbrevs.Vabbrev-all-caps
Non-nil means expand multi-word abbrevs all caps if abbrev was so.Vabbrev-start-location
Buffer position for `expand-abbrev' to use as the start of the abbrev.
When nil, use the word before point as the abbrev.
Calling `expand-abbrev' sets this to nil.Vabbrev-start-location-buffer
Buffer that `abbrev-start-location' has been set for.
Trying to expand an abbrev in any other buffer clears `abbrev-start-location'.Vlast-abbrev
The abbrev-symbol of the last abbrev expanded.  See `abbrev-symbol'.Vlast-abbrev-text
The exact text of the last abbrev expanded.
nil if the abbrev has already been unexpanded.Vlast-abbrev-location
The location of the start of the last abbrev expanded.Vpre-abbrev-expand-hook
Function or functions to be called before abbrev expansion is done.
This is the first thing that `expand-abbrev' does, and so this may change
the current abbrev table before abbrev lookup happens.Fclear-abbrev-table
Undefine all abbrevs in abbrev table TABLE, leaving it empty.Fdefine-abbrev
Define an abbrev in TABLE named NAME, to expand to EXPANSION and call HOOK.
NAME must be a string, and should be lower-case.
EXPANSION should usually be a string.
To undefine an abbrev, define it with EXPANSION = nil.
If HOOK is non-nil, it should be a function of no arguments;
it is called after EXPANSION is inserted.
If EXPANSION is not a string (and not nil), the abbrev is a
 special one, which does not expand in the usual way but only
 runs HOOK.

PROPS is a property list.  The following properties are special:
- `:count': the value for the abbrev's usage-count, which is incremented each
  time the abbrev is used (the default is zero).
- `:system': if non-nil, says that this is a "system" abbreviation
  which should not be saved in the user's abbreviation file.
  Unless `:system' is `force', a system abbreviation will not
  overwrite a non-system abbreviation of the same name.
- `:case-fixed': non-nil means that abbreviations are looked up without
  case-folding, and the expansion is not capitalized/upcased.
- `:enable-function': a function of no argument which returns non-nil if the
  abbrev should be used for a particular call of `expand-abbrev'.

An obsolete but still supported calling form is:

(define-abbrev TABLE NAME EXPANSION &optional HOOK COUNT SYSTEM).Fabbrev--check-chars
Check if the characters in ABBREV have word syntax in either the
current (if global is nil) or standard syntax table.Fdefine-global-abbrev
Define ABBREV as a global abbreviation for EXPANSION.
The characters in ABBREV must all be word constituents in the standard
syntax table.Fdefine-mode-abbrev
Define ABBREV as a mode-specific abbreviation for EXPANSION.
The characters in ABBREV must all be word-constituents in the current mode.Fabbrev--active-tables
Return the list of abbrev tables currently active.
TABLES if non-nil overrides the usual rules.  It can hold
either a single abbrev table or a list of abbrev tables.Fabbrev-symbol
Return the symbol representing abbrev named ABBREV.
This symbol's name is ABBREV, but it is not the canonical symbol of that name;
it is interned in an abbrev-table rather than the normal obarray.
The value is nil if that abbrev is not defined.
Optional second arg TABLE is abbrev table to look it up in.
The default is to try buffer's mode-specific abbrev table, then global table.Fabbrev-expansion
Return the string that ABBREV expands into in the current buffer.
Optionally specify an abbrev table as second arg;
then ABBREV is looked up in that table only.Fabbrev--before-point
Try and find an abbrev before point.  Return it if found, nil otherwise.Fabbrev-insert
Insert abbrev ABBREV at point.
If non-nil, NAME is the name by which this abbrev was found.
If non-nil, WORDSTART is the place where to insert the abbrev.
If WORDEND is non-nil, the abbrev replaces the previous text between
WORDSTART and WORDEND.
Return ABBREV if the expansion should be considered as having taken place.Vabbrev-expand-functions
Wrapper hook around `expand-abbrev'.
The functions on this special hook are called with one argument:
a function that performs the abbrev expansion.  It should return
the abbrev symbol if expansion took place.Fexpand-abbrev
Expand the abbrev before point, if there is an abbrev there.
Effective when explicitly called even when `abbrev-mode' is nil.
Returns the abbrev symbol, if expansion took place.Funexpand-abbrev
Undo the expansion of the last abbrev that expanded.
This differs from ordinary undo in that other editing done since then
is not undone.Fabbrev--write
Write the abbrev in a `read'able form.
Only writes the non-system abbrevs.
Presumes that `standard-output' points to `current-buffer'.Finsert-abbrev-table-description
Insert before point a full description of abbrev table named NAME.
NAME is a symbol whose value is an abbrev table.
If optional 2nd arg READABLE is non-nil, a human-readable description
is inserted.  Otherwise the description is an expression,
a call to `define-abbrev-table', which would
define the abbrev table NAME exactly as it is currently defined.

Abbrevs marked as "system abbrevs" are omitted.Fdefine-abbrev-table
Define TABLENAME (a symbol) as an abbrev table name.
Define abbrevs in it according to DEFINITIONS, which is a list of elements
of the form (ABBREVNAME EXPANSION ...) that are passed to `define-abbrev'.
PROPS is a property list to apply to the table.
Properties with special meaning:
- `:parents' contains a list of abbrev tables from which this table inherits
  abbreviations.
- `:case-fixed' non-nil means that abbreviations are looked up without
  case-folding, and the expansion is not capitalized/upcased.
- `:regexp' describes the form of abbrevs.  It defaults to \=\<$\w+$\W* which
  means that an abbrev can only be a single word.  The submatch 1 is treated
  as the potential name of an abbrev.
- `:enable-function' can be set to a function of no argument which returns
  non-nil if and only if the abbrevs in this table should be used for this
  instance of `expand-abbrev'.Fabbrev-table-menu
Return a menu that shows all abbrevs in TABLE.
Selecting an entry runs `abbrev-insert'.
PROMPT is the prompt to use for the keymap.
SORTFUN is passed to `sort' to change the default ordering.Sbuff-menu.elc
VBuffer-menu-use-header-line
Non-nil means to use an immovable header-line.VBuffer-menu-buffer+size-width
How wide to jointly make the buffer name and size columns.VBuffer-menu-mode-width
How wide to make the mode name column.VBuffer-menu-use-frame-buffer-list
If non-nil, the Buffer Menu uses the selected frame's buffer list.
Buffers that were never selected in that frame are listed at the end.
If the value is nil, the Buffer Menu uses the global buffer list.
This variable matters if the Buffer Menu is sorted by visited order,
as it is by default.VBuffer-menu-sort-column
Which column to sort the menu on.
Use 2 to sort by buffer names, or 5 to sort by file names.
A nil value means sort by visited order (the default).VBuffer-menu-files-only
Non-nil if the current buffer-menu lists only file buffers.
This variable determines whether reverting the buffer lists only
file buffers.  It affects both manual reverting and reverting by
Auto Revert Mode.VBuffer-menu-mode-map
Local keymap for `Buffer-menu-mode' buffers.FBuffer-menu-mode
Major mode for editing a list of buffers.
Each line describes one of the buffers in Emacs.
Letters do not insert themselves; instead, they are commands.
\<Buffer-menu-mode-map>
\[Buffer-menu-mouse-select] -- select buffer you click on, in place of the buffer menu.
\[Buffer-menu-this-window] -- select current line's buffer in place of the buffer menu.
\[Buffer-menu-other-window] -- select that buffer in another window,
  so the buffer menu buffer remains visible in its window.
\[Buffer-menu-view] -- select current line's buffer, but in view-mode.
\[Buffer-menu-view-other-window] -- select that buffer in
  another window, in view-mode.
\[Buffer-menu-switch-other-window] -- make another window display that buffer.
\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark current line's buffer to be displayed.
\[Buffer-menu-select] -- select current line's buffer.
  Also show buffers marked with m, in other windows.
\[Buffer-menu-1-window] -- select that buffer in full-frame window.
\[Buffer-menu-2-window] -- select that buffer in one window,
  together with buffer selected before this one in another window.
\[Buffer-menu-isearch-buffers] -- Do incremental search in the marked buffers.
\[Buffer-menu-isearch-buffers-regexp] -- Isearch for regexp in the marked buffers.
\[Buffer-menu-visit-tags-table] -- visit-tags-table this buffer.
\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved, and move down.
\[Buffer-menu-delete] -- mark that buffer to be deleted, and move down.
\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted, and move up.
\[Buffer-menu-execute] -- delete or save marked buffers.
\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
  With prefix argument, also move up one line.
\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
\[Buffer-menu-toggle-read-only] -- toggle read-only status of buffer on this line.
\[revert-buffer] -- update the list of buffers.
\[Buffer-menu-toggle-files-only] -- toggle whether the menu displays only file buffers.
\[Buffer-menu-bury] -- bury the buffer listed on this line.

In addition to any hooks its parent mode `special-mode' might have run,
this mode runs the hook `Buffer-menu-mode-hook', as the final step
during initialization.FBuffer-menu-toggle-files-only
Toggle whether the current buffer-menu displays only file buffers.
With a positive ARG display only file buffers.  With zero or
negative ARG, display other buffers as well.FBuffer-menu-buffer
Return buffer described by this line of buffer menu.Fbuffer-menu
Make a menu of buffers so you can save, delete or select them.
With argument, show only buffers that are visiting files.
Type ? after invocation to get help on commands available.
Type q to remove the buffer menu from the display.

The first column shows `>' for a buffer you have
marked to be displayed, `D' for one you have marked for
deletion, and `.' for the current buffer.

The C column has a `.' for the buffer from which you came.
The R column has a `%' if the buffer is read-only.
The M column has a `*' if it is modified,
or `S' if you have marked it for saving.
After this come the buffer name, its size in characters,
its major mode, and the visited file name (if any).Fbuffer-menu-other-window
Display a list of buffers in another window.
With the buffer list buffer, you can save, delete or select the buffers.
With argument, show only buffers that are visiting files.
Type ? after invocation to get help on commands available.
Type q to remove the buffer menu from the display.
For more information, see the function `buffer-menu'.FBuffer-menu-mark
Mark buffer on this line for being displayed by \<Buffer-menu-mode-map>\[Buffer-menu-select] command.FBuffer-menu-unmark
Cancel all requested operations on buffer on this line and move down.
Optional prefix arg means move up.FBuffer-menu-backup-unmark
Move up and cancel all requested operations on buffer on line above.FBuffer-menu-delete
Mark buffer on this line to be deleted by \<Buffer-menu-mode-map>\[Buffer-menu-execute] command.
Prefix arg is how many buffers to delete.
Negative arg means delete backwards.FBuffer-menu-delete-backwards
Mark buffer on this line to be deleted by \<Buffer-menu-mode-map>\[Buffer-menu-execute] command
and then move up one line.  Prefix arg means move that many lines.FBuffer-menu-save
Mark buffer on this line to be saved by \<Buffer-menu-mode-map>\[Buffer-menu-execute] command.FBuffer-menu-not-modified
Mark buffer on this line as unmodified (no changes to save).FBuffer-menu-execute
Save and/or delete buffers marked with \<Buffer-menu-mode-map>\[Buffer-menu-save] or \<Buffer-menu-mode-map>\[Buffer-menu-delete] commands.FBuffer-menu-select
Select this line's buffer; also display buffers marked with `>'.
You can mark buffers with the \<Buffer-menu-mode-map>\[Buffer-menu-mark] command.
This command deletes and replaces all the previously existing windows
in the selected frame.FBuffer-menu-marked-buffers
Return a list of buffers marked with the \<Buffer-menu-mode-map>\[Buffer-menu-mark] command.FBuffer-menu-isearch-buffers
Search for a string through all marked buffers using Isearch.FBuffer-menu-isearch-buffers-regexp
Search for a regexp through all marked buffers using Isearch.FBuffer-menu-visit-tags-table
Visit the tags table in the buffer on this line.  See `visit-tags-table'.FBuffer-menu-1-window
Select this line's buffer, alone, in full frame.FBuffer-menu-mouse-select
Select the buffer whose line you click on.FBuffer-menu-this-window
Select this line's buffer in this window.FBuffer-menu-other-window
Select this line's buffer in other window, leaving buffer menu visible.FBuffer-menu-switch-other-window
Make the other window select this line's buffer.
The current window remains selected.FBuffer-menu-2-window
Select this line's buffer, with previous buffer in second window.FBuffer-menu-toggle-read-only
Toggle read-only status of buffer on this line, perhaps via version control.FBuffer-menu-bury
Bury the buffer listed on this line.FBuffer-menu-view
View this line's buffer in View mode.FBuffer-menu-view-other-window
View this line's buffer in View mode in another window.Flist-buffers
Display a list of names of existing buffers.
The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Buffer List*'.
Note that buffers with names starting with spaces are omitted.
Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.

For more information, see the function `buffer-menu'.FBuffer-menu-sort
Sort the buffer menu by COLUMN.FBuffer-menu-sort-by-column
Sort the buffer menu by the column clicked on.VBuffer-menu-sort-button-map
Local keymap for Buffer menu sort buttons.Flist-buffers-noselect
Create and return a buffer with a list of names of existing buffers.
The buffer is named `*Buffer List*'.
Note that buffers with names starting with spaces are omitted.
Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.

If BUFFER-LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of buffers;
it means list those buffers and no others.

For more information, see the function `buffer-menu'.Sbutton.elc
Vbutton-map
Keymap used by buttons.Vbutton-buffer-map
Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.Fbutton-category-symbol
Return the symbol used by button-type TYPE to store properties.
Buttons inherit them by setting their `category' property to that symbol.Fdefine-button-type
Define a `button type' called NAME (a symbol).
The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).

In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).Fbutton-type-put
Set the button-type TYPE's PROP property to VAL.Fbutton-type-get
Get the property of button-type TYPE named PROP.Fbutton-type-subtype-p
Return t if button-type TYPE is a subtype of SUPERTYPE.Fbutton-start
Return the position at which BUTTON starts.Fbutton-end
Return the position at which BUTTON ends.Fbutton-get
Get the property of button BUTTON named PROP.Fbutton-put
Set BUTTON's PROP property to VAL.Fbutton-activate
Call BUTTON's action property.
If USE-MOUSE-ACTION is non-nil, invoke the button's mouse-action
instead of its normal action; if the button has no mouse-action,
the normal action is used instead.Fbutton-label
Return BUTTON's text label.Fbutton-type
Return BUTTON's button-type.Fbutton-has-type-p
Return t if BUTTON has button-type TYPE, or one of TYPE's subtypes.Fmake-button
Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
specifying properties to add to the button.
In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
`define-button-type'.

Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.Finsert-button
Insert a button with the label LABEL.
The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
specifying properties to add to the button.
In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
`define-button-type'.

Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.Fmake-text-button
Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
specifying properties to add to the button.
In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
`define-button-type'.

This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.  Creating
large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
`make-text-button'.

BEG can also be a string, in which case it is made into a button.

Also see `insert-text-button'.Finsert-text-button
Insert a button with the label LABEL.
The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
specifying properties to add to the button.
In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
`define-button-type'.

This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
`insert-text-button'.

Also see `make-text-button'.Fbutton-at
Return the button at position POS in the current buffer, or nil.Fnext-button
Return the next button after position POS in the current buffer.
If COUNT-CURRENT is non-nil, count any button at POS in the search,
instead of starting at the next button.Fprevious-button
Return the previous button before position POS in the current buffer.
If COUNT-CURRENT is non-nil, count any button at POS in the search,
instead of starting at the next button.Fpush-button
Perform the action specified by a button at location POS.
POS may be either a buffer position or a mouse-event.  If
USE-MOUSE-ACTION is non-nil, invoke the button's mouse-action
instead of its normal action; if the button has no mouse-action,
the normal action is used instead.  The action may be either a
function to call or a marker to display.
POS defaults to point, except when `push-button' is invoked
interactively as the result of a mouse-event, in which case, the
mouse event is used.
If there's no button at POS, do nothing and return nil, otherwise
return t.Fforward-button
Move to the Nth next button, or Nth previous button if N is negative.
If N is 0, move to the start of any button at point.
If WRAP is non-nil, moving past either end of the buffer continues from the
other end.
If DISPLAY-MESSAGE is non-nil, the button's help-echo string is displayed.
Any button with a non-nil `skip' property is skipped over.
Returns the button found.Fbackward-button
Move to the Nth previous button, or Nth next button if N is negative.
If N is 0, move to the start of any button at point.
If WRAP is non-nil, moving past either end of the buffer continues from the
other end.
If DISPLAY-MESSAGE is non-nil, the button's help-echo string is displayed.
Any button with a non-nil `skip' property is skipped over.
Returns the button found.Sbyte-run.elc
Fmacro-declaration-function
Process a declaration found in a macro definition.
This is set as the value of the variable `macro-declaration-function'.
MACRO is the name of the macro being defined.
DECL is a list `(declare ...)' containing the declarations.
The return value of this function is not used.Fdefsubst
Define an inline function.  The syntax is just like that of `defun'.Fmake-obsolete
Make the byte-compiler warn that OBSOLETE-NAME is obsolete.
The warning will say that CURRENT-NAME should be used instead.
If CURRENT-NAME is a string, that is the `use instead' message
(it should end with a period, and not start with a capital).
If provided, WHEN should be a string indicating when the function
was first made obsolete, for example a date or a release number.Fdefine-obsolete-function-alias
Set OBSOLETE-NAME's function definition to CURRENT-NAME and mark it obsolete.

(define-obsolete-function-alias 'old-fun 'new-fun "22.1" "old-fun's doc.")

is equivalent to the following two lines of code:

(defalias 'old-fun 'new-fun "old-fun's doc.")
(make-obsolete 'old-fun 'new-fun "22.1")

See the docstrings of `defalias' and `make-obsolete' for more details.Fmake-obsolete-variable
Make the byte-compiler warn that OBSOLETE-NAME is obsolete.
The warning will say that CURRENT-NAME should be used instead.
If CURRENT-NAME is a string, that is the `use instead' message.
If provided, WHEN should be a string indicating when the variable
was first made obsolete, for example a date or a release number.Fdefine-obsolete-variable-alias
Make OBSOLETE-NAME a variable alias for CURRENT-NAME and mark it obsolete.

(define-obsolete-variable-alias 'old-var 'new-var "22.1" "old-var's doc.")

is equivalent to the following two lines of code:

(defvaralias 'old-var 'new-var "old-var's doc.")
(make-obsolete-variable 'old-var 'new-var "22.1")

If CURRENT-NAME is a defcustom (more generally, any variable
where OBSOLETE-NAME may be set, e.g. in a .emacs file, before the
alias is defined), then the define-obsolete-variable-alias
statement should be placed before the defcustom.  This is so that
any user customizations are applied before the defcustom tries to
initialize the variable (this is due to the way `defvaralias' works).
Exceptions to this rule occur for define-obsolete-variable-alias
statements that are autoloaded, or in files dumped with Emacs.

See the docstrings of `defvaralias' and `make-obsolete-variable' or
Info node `(elisp)Variable Aliases' for more details.Fdont-compile
Like `progn', but the body always runs interpreted (not compiled).
If you think you need this, you're probably making a mistake somewhere.Feval-when-compile
Like `progn', but evaluates the body at compile time if you're compiling.
Thus, the result of the body appears to the compiler as a quoted constant.
In interpreted code, this is entirely equivalent to `progn'.Feval-and-compile
Like `progn', but evaluates the body at compile time and at load time.Fwith-no-warnings
Like `progn', but prevents compiler warnings in the body.Scomposite.elc
Vreference-point-alist
Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region'.

Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:

0----1----2 <---- ascent	0:tl or top-left
    |         |			1:tc or top-center
    |         |			2:tr or top-right
    |         |			3:Bl or base-left     9:cl or center-left
    9   10   11 <---- center	4:Bc or base-center  10:cc or center-center
    |         |			5:Br or base-right   11:cr or center-right
  --3----4----5-- <-- baseline	6:bl or bottom-left
    |         |			7:bc or bottom-center
    6----7----8 <---- descent	8:br or bottom-right

Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
be added.

For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):

A composition rule may have the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT
NEW-REF-POINT XOFF YOFF), where XOFF and YOFF specifies how much
to shift NEW-REF-POINT from GLOBAL-REF-POINT.  In this case, XOFF
and YOFF are integers in the range -100..100 representing the
shifting percentage against the font size.Fencode-composition-rule
Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
(see `reference-point-alist').Fcompose-region
Compose characters in the current region.

Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstriking
or stacking depending on ascent, descent and other metrics of
glyphs.

For instance, if the region has three characters "XYZ", X is
regarded as BASE glyph, and Y is displayed:
  (1) above BASE if Y's descent value is not positive
  (2) below BASE if Y's ascent value is not positive
  (3) on BASE (i.e. at the BASE position) otherwise
and Z is displayed with the same rule while regarding the whole
XY glyphs as BASE.

When called from a program, expects these four arguments.

First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
specifying the region.

Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character, a string
or a vector or list of integers and rules.

If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
of the text in the region.

If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.  In
this case, TAB element has a special meaning.  If the first
characer is TAB, the glyphs are displayed with left padding space
so that no pixel overlaps with the previous column.  If the last
character is TAB, the glyphs are displayed with rigth padding
space so that no pixel overlaps with the following column.

If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
elements with previously composed N glyphs.

A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
symbols.  See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
detail.

Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
text in the composition.Fdecompose-region
Decompose text in the current region.

When called from a program, expects two arguments,
positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.Fcompose-string
Compose characters in string STRING.

The return value is STRING with the `composition' property put on all
the characters in it.

Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
STRING to be composed.  They default to the beginning and the end of
STRING respectively.

Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.  See the function
`compose-region' for more detail.

Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
text in the composition.Fdecompose-string
Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.Fcompose-chars
Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
For relative composition, arguments are characters.
For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT).  See the documentation of
`reference-point-alist' for more detail.Ffind-composition
Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.

If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.

FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
property, VALID-P is t if this composition is valid, and nil if not.

If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.

If no composition is found, return nil.

Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
composition in; nil means the current buffer.

If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.

COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.

RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.

If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
composed.  If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.

MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.

WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.

When Automatic Compostion mode is on, this function also finds a
chunk of text that is automatically composed.  If such a chunk is
found closer to POS than the position that has `composition'
property, the value is a list of FROM, TO, and a glyph gstring
the specify how the chunk is composed.  See the function
`composition-get-gstring' for the format of the glyph string.Fcompose-chars-after
Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.

It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which
see) by a character at POS, and compose characters after POS
according to the contents of `composition-function-table'.

Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits characters to compose.

Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
text to compose.  In that case, POS and LIMIT index into the string.

This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.Fcompose-last-chars
Compose last characters.
The argument is a parameterized event of the form
	(compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
(which see).  If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
This function is intended to be used from input methods.
The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
function.  Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
after a sequence of character events.Fcompose-gstring-for-graphic
Compose glyph-string GSTRING for graphic display.
Non-spacing characters are composed with the preceding base
character.  If the preceding character is not a base character,
each non-spacing character is composed as a spacing character by
a padding space before and/or after the character.

All non-spacing characters has this function in
`composition-function-table' unless overwritten.Fcompose-gstring-for-terminal
Compose glyph string GSTRING for terminal display.
Non-spacing characters are composed with the preceding base
character.  If the preceding character is not a base character,
each non-spacing character is composed as a spacing character by
a prepending a space before it.Fauto-compose-chars
Compose the characters at FROM by FUNC.
FUNC is called with one argument GSTRING which is built for characters
in the region FROM (inclusive) and TO (exclusive).

If the character are composed on a graphic display, FONT-OBJECT
is a font to use.  Otherwise, FONT-OBJECT is nil, and the function
`compose-gstring-for-terminal' is used instead of FUNC.

If STRING is non-nil, it is a string, and FROM and TO are indices
into the string.  In that case, compose characters in the string.

The value is a gstring containing information for shaping the characters.

This function is the default value of `auto-composition-function' (which see).Vauto-composition-mode
Non-nil if Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
Use the command `auto-composition-mode' to change this variable.Fauto-composition-mode
Toggle Auto Composition mode.
With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
Composition on.

When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).

You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).Vglobal-auto-composition-mode
Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.Fglobal-auto-composition-mode
Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.Fdecompose-composite-char
Convert CHAR to string.

If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
`vector'.  In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
vector of CHAR respectively.
Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.Scus-face.elc
Fcustom-declare-face
Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.Vcustom-face-attributes
Alist of face attributes.

The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
function to make the customized value suitable for storing.  PRE-FILTER
and POST-FILTER are optional.

The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
customization type TYPE).

The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
given face attribute.Fcustom-face-attributes-get
For FACE on FRAME, return an alternating list describing its attributes.
The list has the form (KEYWORD VALUE KEYWORD VALUE...).
Each keyword should be listed in `custom-face-attributes'.

If FRAME is nil, use the global defaults for FACE.Fcustom-set-faces
Initialize faces according to user preferences.
This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:

(FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])

SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
`user' theme.  The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
between themes and faces.
See `defface' for the format of SPEC.

If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.Fcustom-theme-set-faces
Initialize faces for theme THEME.
The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:

(FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])

If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.

Several properties of THEME and FACE are used in the process:

If THEME property `theme-immediate' is non-nil, this is equivalent of
providing the NOW argument to all faces in the argument list: FACE is
created now.  The only difference is FACE property `force-face': if NOW
is non-nil, FACE property `force-face' is set to the symbol `rogue', else
if THEME property `theme-immediate' is non-nil, FACE property `force-face'
is set to the symbol `immediate'.

SPEC itself is saved in FACE property `saved-face' and it is stored in
FACE's list property `theme-face' (using `custom-push-theme').Fcustom-theme-reset-faces
Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:

(FACE IGNORED)

This means reset FACE.  The argument IGNORED is ignored.Fcustom-reset-faces
Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
This creates settings in the `user' theme.

Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:

(FACE FROM-THEME)

This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.Scus-start.elc
Scustom.elc
Vcustom-define-hook
Hook called after defining each customize option.Vcustom-dont-initialize
Non-nil means `defcustom' should not initialize the variable.
That is used for the sake of `custom-make-dependencies'.
Users should not set it.Vcustom-current-group-alist
Alist of (FILE . GROUP) indicating the current group to use for FILE.Fcustom-initialize-default
Initialize SYMBOL with VALUE.
This will do nothing if symbol already has a default binding.
Otherwise, if symbol has a `saved-value' property, it will evaluate
the car of that and use it as the default binding for symbol.
Otherwise, VALUE will be evaluated and used as the default binding for
symbol.Fcustom-initialize-set
Initialize SYMBOL based on VALUE.
If the symbol doesn't have a default binding already,
then set it using its `:set' function (or `set-default' if it has none).
The value is either the value in the symbol's `saved-value' property,
if any, or VALUE.Fcustom-initialize-safe-set
Like `custom-initialize-set', but catches errors.
If an error occurs during initialization, SYMBOL is set to nil
and no error is thrown.  This is meant for use in pre-loaded files
where some variables or functions used to compute VALUE may not yet
be defined.  You can then re-evaluate VALUE in startup.el, for instance
using `custom-reevaluate-setting'.Fcustom-initialize-safe-default
Like `custom-initialize-default', but catches errors.
If an error occurs during initialization, SYMBOL is set to nil
and no error is thrown.  This is meant for use in pre-loaded files
where some variables or functions used to compute VALUE may not yet
be defined.  You can then re-evaluate VALUE in startup.el, for instance
using `custom-reevaluate-setting'.Fcustom-initialize-reset
Initialize SYMBOL based on VALUE.
Set the symbol, using its `:set' function (or `set-default' if it has none).
The value is either the symbol's current value
 (as obtained using the `:get' function), if any,
or the value in the symbol's `saved-value' property if any,
or (last of all) VALUE.Fcustom-initialize-changed
Initialize SYMBOL with VALUE.
Like `custom-initialize-reset', but only use the `:set' function if
not using the standard setting.
For the standard setting, use `set-default'.Fcustom-declare-variable
Like `defcustom', but SYMBOL and DEFAULT are evaluated as normal arguments.
DEFAULT should be an expression to evaluate to compute the default value,
not the default value itself.

DEFAULT is stored as SYMBOL's standard value, in SYMBOL's property
`standard-value'.  At the same time, SYMBOL's property `force-value' is
set to nil, as the value is no longer rogue.Fdefcustom
Declare SYMBOL as a customizable variable that defaults to VALUE.
DOC is the variable documentation.

Neither SYMBOL nor VALUE need to be quoted.
If SYMBOL is not already bound, initialize it to VALUE.
The remaining arguments should have the form

[KEYWORD VALUE]...

The following keywords are meaningful:

:type	VALUE should be a widget type for editing the symbol's value.
:options VALUE should be a list of valid members of the widget type.
:initialize
	VALUE should be a function used to initialize the
	variable.  It takes two arguments, the symbol and value
	given in the `defcustom' call.  The default is
	`custom-initialize-reset'.
:set	VALUE should be a function to set the value of the symbol.
	It takes two arguments, the symbol to set and the value to
	give it.  The default choice of function is `set-default'.
:get	VALUE should be a function to extract the value of symbol.
	The function takes one argument, a symbol, and should return
	the current value for that symbol.  The default choice of function
	is `default-value'.
:require
	VALUE should be a feature symbol.  If you save a value
	for this option, then when your `.emacs' file loads the value,
	it does (require VALUE) first.
:risky	Set SYMBOL's `risky-local-variable' property to VALUE.
:safe	Set SYMBOL's `safe-local-variable' property to VALUE.

The following common keywords are also meaningful.

:group  VALUE should be a customization group.
        Add SYMBOL (or FACE with `defface') to that group.
:link LINK-DATA
        Include an external link after the documentation string for this
        item.  This is a sentence containing an active field which
        references some other documentation.

There are several alternatives you can use for LINK-DATA:

(custom-manual INFO-NODE)
             Link to an Info node; INFO-NODE is a string which specifies
             the node name, as in "(emacs)Top".

(info-link INFO-NODE)
             Like `custom-manual' except that the link appears in the
             customization buffer with the Info node name.

(url-link URL)
             Link to a web page; URL is a string which specifies the URL.

(emacs-commentary-link LIBRARY)
             Link to the commentary section of LIBRARY.

(emacs-library-link LIBRARY)
             Link to an Emacs Lisp LIBRARY file.

(file-link FILE)
             Link to FILE.

(function-link FUNCTION)
             Link to the documentation of FUNCTION.

(variable-link VARIABLE)
             Link to the documentation of VARIABLE.

(custom-group-link GROUP)
             Link to another customization GROUP.

You can specify the text to use in the customization buffer by
        adding `:tag NAME' after the first element of the LINK-DATA; for
        example, (info-link :tag "foo" "(emacs)Top") makes a link to the
        Emacs manual which appears in the buffer as `foo'.

An item can have more than one external link; however, most items
        have none at all.
:version
        VALUE should be a string specifying that the variable was
        first introduced, or its default value was changed, in Emacs
        version VERSION.
:package-version
        VALUE should be a list with the form (PACKAGE . VERSION)
        specifying that the variable was first introduced, or its
        default value was changed, in PACKAGE version VERSION.  This
        keyword takes priority over :version.  The PACKAGE and VERSION
        must appear in the alist `customize-package-emacs-version-alist'.
        Since PACKAGE must be unique and the user might see it in an
        error message, a good choice is the official name of the
        package, such as MH-E or Gnus.
:tag LABEL
        Use LABEL, a string, instead of the item's name, to label the item
        in customization menus and buffers.
:load FILE
        Load file FILE (a string) before displaying this customization
        item.  Loading is done with `load', and only if the file is
        not already loaded.
:set-after VARIABLES
	Specifies that SYMBOL should be set after the list of variables
        VARIABLES when both have been customized.

If SYMBOL has a local binding, then this form affects the local
binding.  This is normally not what you want.  Thus, if you need
to load a file defining variables with this form, or with
`defvar' or `defconst', you should always load that file
_outside_ any bindings for these variables.  (`defvar' and
`defconst' behave similarly in this respect.)

See Info node `(elisp) Customization' in the Emacs Lisp manual
for more information.Fdefface
Declare FACE as a customizable face that defaults to SPEC.
FACE does not need to be quoted.

Third argument DOC is the face documentation.

If FACE has been set with `custom-set-faces', set the face attributes
as specified by that function, otherwise set the face attributes
according to SPEC.

The remaining arguments should have the form

[KEYWORD VALUE]...

For a list of valid keywords, see the common keywords listed in
`defcustom'.

SPEC should be an alist of the form ((DISPLAY ATTS)...).

In the first element, DISPLAY can be `default'.  The ATTS in that
element then act as defaults for all the following elements.

Aside from that, DISPLAY specifies conditions to match some or
all frames.  For each frame, the first element of SPEC where the
DISPLAY conditions are satisfied is the one that applies to that
frame.  The ATTRs in this element take effect, and the following
elements are ignored, on that frame.

In the last element, DISPLAY can be t.  That element applies to a
frame if none of the previous elements (except the `default' if
any) did.

ATTS is a list of face attributes followed by their values:
  (ATTR VALUE ATTR VALUE...)

The possible attributes are `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight',
`:slant', `:underline', `:overline', `:strike-through', `:box',
`:foreground', `:background', `:stipple', `:inverse-video', and `:inherit'.

DISPLAY can be `default' (only in the first element), the symbol
t (only in the last element) to match all frames, or an alist of
conditions of the form (REQ ITEM...).  For such an alist to
match a frame, each of the conditions must be satisfied, meaning
that the REQ property of the frame must match one of the
corresponding ITEMs.  These are the defined REQ values:

`type' (the value of `window-system')
  Under X, in addition to the values `window-system' can take,
  `motif', `lucid', `gtk' and `x-toolkit' are allowed, and match when
  the Motif toolkit, Lucid toolkit, GTK toolkit or any X toolkit is in use.

`class' (the frame's color support)
  Should be one of `color', `grayscale', or `mono'.

`background' (what color is used for the background text)
  Should be one of `light' or `dark'.

`min-colors' (the minimum number of colors the frame should support)
  Should be an integer, it is compared with the result of
  `display-color-cells'.

`supports' (only match frames that support the specified face attributes)
  Should be a list of face attributes.  See the documentation for
  the function `display-supports-face-attributes-p' for more
  information on exactly how testing is done.

See Info node `(elisp) Customization' in the Emacs Lisp manual
for more information.Fcustom-declare-group
Like `defgroup', but SYMBOL is evaluated as a normal argument.Fdefgroup
Declare SYMBOL as a customization group containing MEMBERS.
SYMBOL does not need to be quoted.

Third arg DOC is the group documentation.

MEMBERS should be an alist of the form ((NAME WIDGET)...) where
NAME is a symbol and WIDGET is a widget for editing that symbol.
Useful widgets are `custom-variable' for editing variables,
`custom-face' for edit faces, and `custom-group' for editing groups.

The remaining arguments should have the form

[KEYWORD VALUE]...

For a list of valid keywords, see the common keywords listed in
`defcustom'.

See Info node `(elisp) Customization' in the Emacs Lisp manual
for more information.Fcustom-add-to-group
To existing GROUP add a new OPTION of type WIDGET.
If there already is an entry for OPTION and WIDGET, nothing is done.Fcustom-group-of-mode
Return the custom group corresponding to the major or minor MODE.
If no such group is found, return nil.Fcustom-handle-all-keywords
For customization option SYMBOL, handle keyword arguments ARGS.
Third argument TYPE is the custom option type.Fcustom-handle-keyword
For customization option SYMBOL, handle KEYWORD with VALUE.
Fourth argument TYPE is the custom option type.Fcustom-add-dependencies
To the custom option SYMBOL, add dependencies specified by VALUE.
VALUE should be a list of symbols.  For each symbol in that list,
this specifies that SYMBOL should be set after the specified symbol, if
both appear in constructs like `custom-set-variables'.Fcustom-add-option
To the variable SYMBOL add OPTION.

If SYMBOL's custom type is a hook, OPTION should be a hook member.
If SYMBOL's custom type is an alist, OPTION specifies a symbol
to offer to the user as a possible key in the alist.
For other custom types, this has no effect.Fcustom-add-link
To the custom option SYMBOL add the link WIDGET.Fcustom-add-version
To the custom option SYMBOL add the version VERSION.Fcustom-add-package-version
To the custom option SYMBOL add the package version VERSION.Fcustom-add-load
To the custom option SYMBOL add the dependency LOAD.
LOAD should be either a library file name, or a feature name.Fcustom-autoload
Mark SYMBOL as autoloaded custom variable and add dependency LOAD.
If NOSET is non-nil, don't bother autoloading LOAD when setting the variable.Fcustom-variable-p
Return non-nil if VARIABLE is a custom variable.
This recursively follows aliases.Fcustom-note-var-changed
Inform Custom that VARIABLE has been set (changed).
VARIABLE is a symbol that names a user option.
The result is that the change is treated as having been made through Custom.Vcustom-load-recursion
Hack to avoid recursive dependencies.Fcustom-load-symbol
Load all dependencies for SYMBOL.Vcustom-local-buffer
Non-nil, in a Customization buffer, means customize a specific buffer.
If this variable is non-nil, it should be a buffer,
and it means customize the local bindings of that buffer.
This variable is a permanent local, and it normally has a local binding
in every Customization buffer.Fcustom-set-default
Default :set function for a customizable variable.
Normally, this sets the default value of VARIABLE to VALUE,
but if `custom-local-buffer' is non-nil,
this sets the local binding in that buffer instead.Fcustom-set-minor-mode
:set function for minor mode variables.
Normally, this sets the default value of VARIABLE to nil if VALUE
is nil and to t otherwise,
but if `custom-local-buffer' is non-nil,
this sets the local binding in that buffer instead.Fcustom-quote
Quote SEXP if it is not self quoting.Fcustomize-mark-to-save
Mark SYMBOL for later saving.

If the default value of SYMBOL is different from the standard value,
set the `saved-value' property to a list whose car evaluates to the
default value.  Otherwise, set it to nil.

To actually save the value, call `custom-save-all'.

Return non-nil if the `saved-value' property actually changed.Fcustomize-mark-as-set
Mark current value of SYMBOL as being set from customize.

If the default value of SYMBOL is different from the saved value if any,
or else if it is different from the standard value, set the
`customized-value' property to a list whose car evaluates to the
default value.  Otherwise, set it to nil.

Return non-nil if the `customized-value' property actually changed.Fcustom-reevaluate-setting
Reset the value of SYMBOL by re-evaluating its saved or standard value.
Use the :set function to do so.  This is useful for customizable options
that are defined before their standard value can really be computed.
E.g. dumped variables whose default depends on run-time information.Vcustom-known-themes
Themes that have been defined with `deftheme'.
The default value is the list (user changed).  The theme `changed'
contains the settings before custom themes are applied.  The
theme `user' contains all the settings the user customized and saved.
Additional themes declared with the `deftheme' macro will be added to
the front of this list.Fcustom-theme-p
Non-nil when THEME has been defined.Fcustom-check-theme
Check whether THEME is valid, and signal an error if it is not.Fcustom-push-theme
Record VALUE for face or variable SYMBOL in custom theme THEME.
PROP is `theme-face' for a face, `theme-value' for a variable.

MODE can be either the symbol `set' or the symbol `reset'.  If it is the
symbol `set', then VALUE is the value to use.  If it is the symbol
`reset', then SYMBOL will be removed from THEME (VALUE is ignored).

See `custom-known-themes' for a list of known themes.Fcustom-set-variables
Install user customizations of variable values specified in ARGS.
These settings are registered as theme `user'.
The arguments should each be a list of the form:

(SYMBOL EXP [NOW [REQUEST [COMMENT]]])

This stores EXP (without evaluating it) as the saved value for SYMBOL.
If NOW is present and non-nil, then also evaluate EXP and set
the default value for the SYMBOL to the value of EXP.

REQUEST is a list of features we must require in order to
handle SYMBOL properly.
COMMENT is a comment string about SYMBOL.Fcustom-theme-set-variables
Initialize variables for theme THEME according to settings in ARGS.
Each of the arguments in ARGS should be a list of this form:

(SYMBOL EXP [NOW [REQUEST [COMMENT]]])

This stores EXP (without evaluating it) as the saved value for SYMBOL.
If NOW is present and non-nil, then also evaluate EXP and set
the default value for the SYMBOL to the value of EXP.

REQUEST is a list of features we must require in order to
handle SYMBOL properly.
COMMENT is a comment string about SYMBOL.

EXP itself is saved unevaluated as SYMBOL property `saved-value' and
in SYMBOL's list property `theme-value' (using `custom-push-theme').Fdeftheme
Declare THEME to be a Custom theme.
The optional argument DOC is a doc string describing the theme.

Any theme `foo' should be defined in a file called `foo-theme.el';
see `custom-make-theme-feature' for more information.Fcustom-declare-theme
Like `deftheme', but THEME is evaluated as a normal argument.
FEATURE is the feature this theme provides.  Normally, this is a symbol
created from THEME by `custom-make-theme-feature'.Fcustom-make-theme-feature
Given a symbol THEME, create a new symbol by appending "-theme".
Store this symbol in the `theme-feature' property of THEME.
Calling `provide-theme' to provide THEME actually puts `THEME-theme'
into `features'.

This allows for a file-name convention for autoloading themes:
Every theme X has a property `provide-theme' whose value is "X-theme".
(load-theme X) then attempts to load the file `X-theme.el'.Vcustom-theme-directory
Directory in which Custom theme files should be written.
`load-theme' searches this directory in addition to load-path.
The command `customize-create-theme' writes the files it produces
into this directory.Fprovide-theme
Indicate that this file provides THEME.
This calls `provide' to provide the feature name stored in THEME's
property `theme-feature' (which is usually a symbol created by
`custom-make-theme-feature').Fload-theme
Load a theme's settings from its file.
This also enables the theme; use `disable-theme' to disable it.Fenable-theme
Reenable all variable and face settings defined by THEME.
The newly enabled theme gets the highest precedence (after `user').
If it is already enabled, just give it highest precedence (after `user').

If THEME does not specify any theme settings, this tries to load
the theme from its theme file, by calling `load-theme'.Vcustom-enabled-themes
List of enabled Custom Themes, highest precedence first.

This does not include the `user' theme, which is set by Customize,
and always takes precedence over other Custom Themes.Fcustom-theme-enabled-p
Return non-nil if THEME is enabled.Fdisable-theme
Disable all variable and face settings defined by THEME.
See `custom-enabled-themes' for a list of enabled themes.Fcustom-variable-theme-value
Return (list VALUE) indicating the custom theme value of VARIABLE.
That is to say, it specifies what the value should be according to
currently enabled custom themes.

This function returns nil if no custom theme specifies a value for VARIABLE.Fcustom-theme-recalc-variable
Set VARIABLE according to currently enabled custom themes.Fcustom-theme-recalc-face
Set FACE according to currently enabled custom themes.Fcustom-theme-reset-variables
Reset some variable settings in THEME to their values in other themes.
Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:

(VARIABLE IGNORED)

This means reset VARIABLE.  (The argument IGNORED is ignored).Fcustom-reset-variables
Reset the specs of some variables to their values in other themes.
This creates settings in the `user' theme.

Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:

(VARIABLE IGNORED)

This means reset VARIABLE.  (The argument IGNORED is ignored).Sbackquote.elc
Fbackquote-list*-function
Like `list' but the last argument is the tail of the new list.

For example (backquote-list* 'a 'b 'c) => (a b . c)Fbackquote-list*-macro
Like `list' but the last argument is the tail of the new list.

For example (backquote-list* 'a 'b 'c) => (a b . c)Vbackquote-backquote-symbol
Symbol used to represent a backquote or nested backquote.Vbackquote-unquote-symbol
Symbol used to represent an unquote inside a backquote.Vbackquote-splice-symbol
Symbol used to represent a splice inside a backquote.Fbackquote
Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.

The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.

For example:

b              => (ba bb bc)		; assume b has this value
`(a b c)       => (a b c)		; backquote acts like quote
`(a ,b c)      => (a (ba bb bc) c)	; insert the value of b
`(a ,@b c)     => (a ba bb bc c)	; splice in the value of b

Vectors work just like lists.  Nested backquotes are permitted.Fbackquote-delay-process
Process a (un|back|splice)quote inside a backquote.
This simply recurses through the body.Fbackquote-process
Process the body of a backquote.
S is the body.  Returns a cons cell whose cdr is piece of code which
is the macro-expansion of S, and whose car is a small integer whose value
can either indicate that the code is constant (0), or not (1), or returns
a list which should be spliced into its environment (2).
LEVEL is only used internally and indicates the nesting level:
0 (the default) is for the toplevel nested inside a single backquote.Slisp-mode.elc
Vlisp-imenu-generic-expression
Imenu generic expression for Lisp mode.  See `imenu-generic-expression'.Vlisp-doc-string-elt-property
The symbol property that holds the docstring position info.Flisp-mode-variables
Common initialization routine for lisp modes.
The LISP-SYNTAX argument is used by code in inf-lisp.el and is
(uselessly) passed from pp.el, chistory.el, gnus-kill.el and
score-mode.el.  KEYWORDS-CASE-INSENSITIVE non-nil means that for
font-lock keywords will not be case sensitive.Flisp-outline-level
Lisp mode `outline-level' function.Vlisp-mode-shared-map
Keymap for commands shared by all sorts of Lisp modes.Vemacs-lisp-mode-map
Keymap for Emacs Lisp mode.
All commands in `lisp-mode-shared-map' are inherited by this map.Femacs-lisp-byte-compile
Byte compile the file containing the current buffer.Femacs-lisp-byte-compile-and-load
Byte-compile the current file (if it has changed), then load compiled code.Vemacs-lisp-mode-hook
Hook run when entering Emacs Lisp mode.Vlisp-mode-hook
Hook run when entering Lisp mode.Vlisp-interaction-mode-hook
Hook run when entering Lisp Interaction mode.Femacs-lisp-mode
Major mode for editing Lisp code to run in Emacs.
Commands:
Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.

\{emacs-lisp-mode-map}
Entry to this mode calls the value of `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'
if that value is non-nil.Vlisp-mode-map
Keymap for ordinary Lisp mode.
All commands in `lisp-mode-shared-map' are inherited by this map.Flisp-mode
Major mode for editing Lisp code for Lisps other than GNU Emacs Lisp.
Commands:
Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.

\{lisp-mode-map}
Note that `run-lisp' may be used either to start an inferior Lisp job
or to switch back to an existing one.

Entry to this mode calls the value of `lisp-mode-hook'
if that value is non-nil.Flisp-eval-defun
Send the current defun to the Lisp process made by \[run-lisp].Vlisp-interaction-mode-map
Keymap for Lisp Interaction mode.
All commands in `lisp-mode-shared-map' are inherited by this map.Flisp-interaction-mode
Major mode for typing and evaluating Lisp forms.
Like Lisp mode except that \[eval-print-last-sexp] evals the Lisp expression
before point, and prints its value into the buffer, advancing point.
Note that printing is controlled by `eval-expression-print-length'
and `eval-expression-print-level'.

Commands:
Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Paragraphs are separated only by blank lines.
Semicolons start comments.

\{lisp-interaction-mode-map}
Entry to this mode calls the value of `lisp-interaction-mode-hook'
if that value is non-nil.Feval-print-last-sexp
Evaluate sexp before point; print value into current buffer.

If `eval-expression-debug-on-error' is non-nil, which is the default,
this command arranges for all errors to enter the debugger.

Note that printing the result is controlled by the variables
`eval-expression-print-length' and `eval-expression-print-level',
which see.Flast-sexp-setup-props
Set up text properties for the output of `eval-last-sexp-1'.
BEG and END are the start and end of the output in current-buffer.
VALUE is the Lisp value printed, ALT1 and ALT2 are strings for the
alternative printed representations that can be displayed.Flast-sexp-toggle-display
Toggle between abbreviated and unabbreviated printed representations.Fprin1-char
Return a string representing CHAR as a character rather than as an integer.
If CHAR is not a character, return nil.Fpreceding-sexp
Return sexp before the point.Feval-last-sexp-1
Evaluate sexp before point; print value in minibuffer.
With argument, print output into current buffer.Feval-last-sexp
Evaluate sexp before point; print value in minibuffer.
Interactively, with prefix argument, print output into current buffer.
Truncates long output according to the value of the variables
`eval-expression-print-length' and `eval-expression-print-level'.

If `eval-expression-debug-on-error' is non-nil, which is the default,
this command arranges for all errors to enter the debugger.Feval-defun-1
Treat some expressions specially.
Reset the `defvar' and `defcustom' variables to the initial value.
Reinitialize the face according to the `defface' specification.Feval-defun-2
Evaluate defun that point is in or before.
The value is displayed in the minibuffer.
If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar',
then reset the variable using the initial value expression
even if the variable already has some other value.
(Normally `defvar' does not change the variable's value
if it already has a value.)

With argument, insert value in current buffer after the defun.
Return the result of evaluation.Feval-defun
Evaluate the top-level form containing point, or after point.

If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
expression even if the variable already has some other value.
(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
already is one.)  In an analogous way, evaluating a `defface'
overrides any customizations of the face, so that it becomes
defined exactly as the `defface' expression says.

If `eval-expression-debug-on-error' is non-nil, which is the default,
this command arranges for all errors to enter the debugger.

With a prefix argument, instrument the code for Edebug.

If acting on a `defun' for FUNCTION, and the function was
instrumented, `Edebug: FUNCTION' is printed in the minibuffer.  If not
instrumented, just FUNCTION is printed.

If not acting on a `defun', the result of evaluation is displayed in
the minibuffer.  This display is controlled by the variables
`eval-expression-print-length' and `eval-expression-print-level',
which see.Vlisp-indent-offset
If non-nil, indent second line of expressions that many more columns.Vlisp-indent-function
A function to be called by `calculate-lisp-indent'.
It indents the arguments of a Lisp function call.  This function
should accept two arguments: the indent-point, and the
`parse-partial-sexp' state at that position.  One option for this
function is `common-lisp-indent-function'.Flisp-indent-line
Indent current line as Lisp code.
With argument, indent any additional lines of the same expression
rigidly along with this one.Fcalculate-lisp-indent
Return appropriate indentation for current line as Lisp code.
In usual case returns an integer: the column to indent to.
If the value is nil, that means don't change the indentation
because the line starts inside a string.

The value can also be a list of the form (COLUMN CONTAINING-SEXP-START).
This means that following lines at the same level of indentation
should not necessarily be indented the same as this line.
Then COLUMN is the column to indent to, and CONTAINING-SEXP-START
is the buffer position of the start of the containing expression.Flisp-indent-function
This function is the normal value of the variable `lisp-indent-function'.
It is used when indenting a line within a function call, to see if the
called function says anything special about how to indent the line.

INDENT-POINT is the position where the user typed TAB, or equivalent.
Point is located at the point to indent under (for default indentation);
STATE is the `parse-partial-sexp' state for that position.

If the current line is in a call to a Lisp function
which has a non-nil property `lisp-indent-function',
that specifies how to do the indentation.  The property value can be
* `defun', meaning indent `defun'-style;
* an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments specially
  like ordinary function arguments and then indent any further
  arguments like a body;
* a function to call just as this function was called.
  If that function returns nil, that means it doesn't specify
  the indentation.

This function also returns nil meaning don't specify the indentation.Vlisp-body-indent
Number of columns to indent the second line of a `(def...)' form.Findent-sexp
Indent each line of the list starting just after point.
If optional arg ENDPOS is given, indent each line, stopping when
ENDPOS is encountered.Flisp-indent-region
Indent every line whose first char is between START and END inclusive.Findent-pp-sexp
Indent each line of the list starting just after point, or prettyprint it.
A prefix argument specifies pretty-printing.Vemacs-lisp-docstring-fill-column
Value of `fill-column' to use when filling a docstring.
Any non-integer value means do not use a different value of
`fill-column' when filling docstrings.Flisp-fill-paragraph
Like \[fill-paragraph], but handle Emacs Lisp comments and docstrings.
If any of the current line is a comment, fill the comment or the
paragraph of it that point is in, preserving the comment's indentation
and initial semicolons.Findent-code-rigidly
Indent all lines of code, starting in the region, sideways by ARG columns.
Does not affect lines starting inside comments or strings, assuming that
the start of the region is not inside them.

Called from a program, takes args START, END, COLUMNS and NOCHANGE-REGEXP.
The last is a regexp which, if matched at the beginning of a line,
means don't indent that line.Slisp.elc
Vdefun-prompt-regexp
*If non-nil, a regexp to ignore before a defun.
This is only necessary if the opening paren or brace is not in column 0.
See function `beginning-of-defun'.Vparens-require-spaces
If non-nil, add whitespace as needed when inserting parentheses.
This affects `insert-parentheses' and `insert-pair'.Vforward-sexp-function
If non-nil, `forward-sexp' delegates to this function.
Should take the same arguments and behave similarly to `forward-sexp'.Fforward-sexp
Move forward across one balanced expression (sexp).
With ARG, do it that many times.  Negative arg -N means
move backward across N balanced expressions.
This command assumes point is not in a string or comment.Fbackward-sexp
Move backward across one balanced expression (sexp).
With ARG, do it that many times.  Negative arg -N means
move forward across N balanced expressions.
This command assumes point is not in a string or comment.Fmark-sexp
Set mark ARG sexps from point.
The place mark goes is the same place \[forward-sexp] would
move to with the same argument.
Interactively, if this command is repeated
or (in Transient Mark mode) if the mark is active,
it marks the next ARG sexps after the ones already marked.
This command assumes point is not in a string or comment.Fforward-list
Move forward across one balanced group of parentheses.
With ARG, do it that many times.
Negative arg -N means move backward across N groups of parentheses.
This command assumes point is not in a string or comment.Fbackward-list
Move backward across one balanced group of parentheses.
With ARG, do it that many times.
Negative arg -N means move forward across N groups of parentheses.
This command assumes point is not in a string or comment.Fdown-list
Move forward down one level of parentheses.
With ARG, do this that many times.
A negative argument means move backward but still go down a level.
This command assumes point is not in a string or comment.Fbackward-up-list
Move backward out of one level of parentheses.
With ARG, do this that many times.
A negative argument means move forward but still to a less deep spot.
This command assumes point is not in a string or comment.Fup-list
Move forward out of one level of parentheses.
With ARG, do this that many times.
A negative argument means move backward but still to a less deep spot.
This command assumes point is not in a string or comment.Fkill-sexp
Kill the sexp (balanced expression) following point.
With ARG, kill that many sexps after point.
Negative arg -N means kill N sexps before point.
This command assumes point is not in a string or comment.Fbackward-kill-sexp
Kill the sexp (balanced expression) preceding point.
With ARG, kill that many sexps before point.
Negative arg -N means kill N sexps after point.
This command assumes point is not in a string or comment.Fkill-backward-up-list
Kill the form containing the current sexp, leaving the sexp itself.
A prefix argument ARG causes the relevant number of surrounding
forms to be removed.
This command assumes point is not in a string or comment.Vbeginning-of-defun-function
If non-nil, function for `beginning-of-defun-raw' to call.
This is used to find the beginning of the defun instead of using the
normal recipe (see `beginning-of-defun').  Major modes can define this
if defining `defun-prompt-regexp' is not sufficient to handle the mode's
needs.

The function takes the same argument as `beginning-of-defun' and should
behave similarly, returning non-nil if it found the beginning of a defun.
Ideally it should move to a point right before an open-paren which encloses
the body of the defun.Fbeginning-of-defun
Move backward to the beginning of a defun.
With ARG, do it that many times.  Negative ARG means move forward
to the ARGth following beginning of defun.

If search is successful, return t; point ends up at the beginning
of the line where the search succeeded.  Otherwise, return nil.

When `open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start' is non-nil, a defun
is assumed to start where there is a char with open-parenthesis
syntax at the beginning of a line.  If `defun-prompt-regexp' is
non-nil, then a string which matches that regexp may also precede
the open-parenthesis.  If `defun-prompt-regexp' and
`open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start' are both nil, this
function instead finds an open-paren at the outermost level.

If the variable `beginning-of-defun-function' is non-nil, its
value is called as a function, with argument ARG, to find the
defun's beginning.

Regardless of the values of `defun-prompt-regexp' and
`beginning-of-defun-function', point always moves to the
beginning of the line whenever the search is successful.Fbeginning-of-defun-raw
Move point to the character that starts a defun.
This is identical to function `beginning-of-defun', except that point
does not move to the beginning of the line when `defun-prompt-regexp'
is non-nil.

If variable `beginning-of-defun-function' is non-nil, its value
is called as a function to find the defun's beginning.Vend-of-defun-function
Function for `end-of-defun' to call.
This is used to find the end of the defun at point.
It is called with no argument, right after calling `beginning-of-defun-raw'.
So the function can assume that point is at the beginning of the defun body.
It should move point to the first position after the defun.Fbuffer-end
Return the "far end" position of the buffer, in direction ARG.
If ARG is positive, that's the end of the buffer.
Otherwise, that's the beginning of the buffer.Fend-of-defun
Move forward to next end of defun.
With argument, do it that many times.
Negative argument -N means move back to Nth preceding end of defun.

An end of a defun occurs right after the close-parenthesis that
matches the open-parenthesis that starts a defun; see function
`beginning-of-defun'.

If variable `end-of-defun-function' is non-nil, its value
is called as a function to find the defun's end.Fmark-defun
Put mark at end of this defun, point at beginning.
The defun marked is the one that contains point or follows point.

Interactively, if this command is repeated
or (in Transient Mark mode) if the mark is active,
it marks the next defun after the ones already marked.Fnarrow-to-defun
Make text outside current defun invisible.
The defun visible is the one that contains point or follows point.
Optional ARG is ignored.Vinsert-pair-alist
Alist of paired characters inserted by `insert-pair'.
Each element looks like (OPEN-CHAR CLOSE-CHAR) or (COMMAND-CHAR
OPEN-CHAR CLOSE-CHAR).  The characters OPEN-CHAR and CLOSE-CHAR
of the pair whose key is equal to the last input character with
or without modifiers, are inserted by `insert-pair'.Finsert-pair
Enclose following ARG sexps in a pair of OPEN and CLOSE characters.
Leave point after the first character.
A negative ARG encloses the preceding ARG sexps instead.
No argument is equivalent to zero: just insert characters
and leave point between.
If `parens-require-spaces' is non-nil, this command also inserts a space
before and after, depending on the surrounding characters.
If region is active, insert enclosing characters at region boundaries.

If arguments OPEN and CLOSE are nil, the character pair is found
from the variable `insert-pair-alist' according to the last input
character with or without modifiers.  If no character pair is
found in the variable `insert-pair-alist', then the last input
character is inserted ARG times.

This command assumes point is not in a string or comment.Finsert-parentheses
Enclose following ARG sexps in parentheses.
Leave point after open-paren.
A negative ARG encloses the preceding ARG sexps instead.
No argument is equivalent to zero: just insert `()' and leave point between.
If `parens-require-spaces' is non-nil, this command also inserts a space
before and after, depending on the surrounding characters.
If region is active, insert enclosing characters at region boundaries.

This command assumes point is not in a string or comment.Fdelete-pair
Delete a pair of characters enclosing the sexp that follows point.Fraise-sexp
Raise ARG sexps higher up the tree.Fmove-past-close-and-reindent
Move past next `)', delete indentation before it, then indent after it.Fcheck-parens
Check for unbalanced parentheses in the current buffer.
More accurately, check the narrowed part of the buffer for unbalanced
expressions ("sexps") in general.  This is done according to the
current syntax table and will find unbalanced brackets or quotes as
appropriate.  (See Info node `(emacs)Parentheses'.)  If imbalance is
found, an error is signaled and point is left at the first unbalanced
character.Flisp-complete-symbol
Perform completion on Lisp symbol preceding point.
Compare that symbol against the known Lisp symbols.
If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.

When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
determining which symbols are considered, e.g. `commandp'.
If PREDICATE is nil, the context determines which symbols are
considered.  If the symbol starts just after an open-parenthesis, only
symbols with function definitions are considered.  Otherwise, all
symbols with function definitions, values or properties are
considered.Sfacemenu.elc
Vfacemenu-keybindings
Alist of interesting faces and keybindings.
Each element is itself a list: the car is the name of the face,
the next element is the key to use as a keyboard equivalent of the menu item;
the binding is made in `facemenu-keymap'.

The faces specifically mentioned in this list are put at the top of
the menu, in the order specified.  All other faces which are defined
in `facemenu-listed-faces' are listed after them, but get no
keyboard equivalents.

If you change this variable after loading facemenu.el, you will need to call
`facemenu-update' to make it take effect.Vfacemenu-new-faces-at-end
Where in the menu to insert newly-created faces.
This should be nil to put them at the top of the menu, or t to put them
just before "Other" at the end.Vfacemenu-unlisted-faces
*List of faces that are of no interest to the user.Vfacemenu-listed-faces
List of faces to include in the Face menu.
Each element should be a symbol, the name of a face.
The "basic " faces in `facemenu-keybindings' are automatically
added to the Face menu, and need not be in this list.

This value takes effect when you load facemenu.el.  If the
list includes symbols which are not defined as faces, they
are ignored; however, subsequently defining or creating
those faces adds them to the menu then.  You can call
`facemenu-update' to recalculate the menu contents, such as
if you change the value of this variable,

If this variable is t, all faces that you apply to text
using the face menu commands (even by name), and all faces
that you define or create, are added to the menu.  You may
find it useful to set this variable to t temporarily while
you define some faces, so that they will be added.  However,
if the value is no longer t and you call `facemenu-update',
it will remove any faces not explicitly in the list.Vfacemenu-face-menu
Menu keymap for faces.Vfacemenu-foreground-menu
Menu keymap for foreground colors.Vfacemenu-background-menu
Menu keymap for background colors.Vfacemenu-special-menu
Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.Vfacemenu-justification-menu
Submenu for text justification commands.Vfacemenu-indentation-menu
Submenu for indentation commands.Vfacemenu-menu
Facemenu top-level menu keymap.Vfacemenu-keymap
Keymap for face-changing commands.
`Facemenu-update' fills in the keymap according to the bindings
requested in `facemenu-keybindings'.Vfacemenu-add-face-function
Function called at beginning of text to change or nil.
This function is passed the FACE to set and END of text to change, and must
return a string which is inserted.  It may set `facemenu-end-add-face'.Vfacemenu-end-add-face
String to insert or function called at end of text to change or nil.
This function is passed the FACE to set, and must return a string which is
inserted.Vfacemenu-remove-face-function
When non-nil, this is a function called to remove faces.
This function is passed the START and END of text to change.
May also be t meaning to use `facemenu-add-face-function'.Vfacemenu-color-alist
Alist of colors, used for completion.
If this is nil, then the value of (defined-colors) is used.Ffacemenu-update
Add or update the "Face" menu in the menu bar.
You can call this to update things if you change any of the menu configuration
variables.Ffacemenu-set-face
Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.

If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
this command applies FACE to the region.  Otherwise, it applies FACE
to the faces to use for the next character
inserted.  (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
a character to insert cancels the specification.)

If FACE is `default', to "apply" it means clearing
the list of faces to be used.  For any other value of FACE,
to "apply" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
along in the list that would be completely overridden by
preceding faces (including FACE).

This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.Ffacemenu-set-foreground
Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
This command reads the color in the minibuffer.

If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
requested face.

Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
inserted.  Moving point or switching buffers before
typing a character to insert cancels the specification.Ffacemenu-set-face-from-menu
Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
using the event type of the menu entry.  If FACE is a symbol whose
name starts with "fg:" or "bg:", then this functions sets the
foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
symbol's name.  Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.

If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
requested face.

Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
inserted.  Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
to insert cancels the specification.Ffacemenu-set-invisible
Make the region invisible.
This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
`facemenu-remove-special'.Ffacemenu-set-intangible
Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
`facemenu-remove-special'.Ffacemenu-set-read-only
Make the region unmodifiable.
This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
`facemenu-remove-special'.Ffacemenu-remove-face-props
Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.Ffacemenu-remove-all
Remove all text properties from the region.Ffacemenu-remove-special
Remove all the "special" text properties from the region.
These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.Ffacemenu-read-color
Read a color using the minibuffer.Flist-colors-display
Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
colors to display.  Otherwise, this command computes a list of
colors that the current display can handle.  If the optional
argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.Flist-colors-duplicates
Return a list of colors with grouped duplicate colors.
If a color has no duplicates, then the element of the returned list
has the form '(COLOR-NAME).  The element of the returned list with
duplicate colors has the form '(COLOR-NAME DUPLICATE-COLOR-NAME ...).
This function uses the predicate `facemenu-color-equal' to compare
color names.  If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should
be a list of colors to display.  Otherwise, this function uses
a list of colors that the current display can handle.Ffacemenu-color-equal
Return t if colors A and B are the same color.
A and B should be strings naming colors.
This function queries the display system to find out what the color
names mean.  It returns nil if the colors differ or if it can't
determine the correct answer.Ffacemenu-add-face
Add FACE to text between START and END.
If START is nil or START to END is empty, add FACE to next typed character
instead.  For each section of that region that has a different face property,
FACE will be consed onto it, and other faces that are completely hidden by
that will be removed from the list.
If `facemenu-add-face-function' and maybe `facemenu-end-add-face' are non-nil,
they are used to set the face information.

As a special case, if FACE is `default', then the region is left with NO face
text property.  Otherwise, selecting the default face would not have any
effect.  See `facemenu-remove-face-function'.Ffacemenu-active-faces
Return from FACE-LIST those faces that would be used for display.
This means each face attribute is not specified in a face earlier in FACE-LIST
and such a face is therefore active when used to display text.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, use the faces in that frame; otherwise
use the selected frame.  If t, then the global, non-frame faces are used.Ffacemenu-add-new-face
Add FACE (a face) to the Face menu if `facemenu-listed-faces' says so.
This is called whenever you create a new face, and at other times.Ffacemenu-add-new-color
Add COLOR (a color name string) to the appropriate Face menu.
MENU should be `facemenu-foreground-menu' or `facemenu-background-menu'.
Return the event type (a symbol) of the added menu entry.

This is called whenever you use a new color.Ffacemenu-complete-face-list
Return list of all faces that look different.
Starts with given ALIST of faces, and adds elements only if they display
differently from any face already on the list.
The faces on ALIST will end up at the end of the returned list, in reverse
order.Ffacemenu-iterate
Apply FUNC to each element of LIST until one returns non-nil.
Returns the non-nil value it found, or nil if all were nil.Sfaces.elc
Vface-name-history
History list for some commands that read face names.
Maximum length of the history list is determined by the value
of `history-length', which see.Vface-font-selection-order
A list specifying how face font selection chooses fonts.
Each of the four symbols `:width', `:height', `:weight', and `:slant'
must appear once in the list, and the list must not contain any other
elements.  Font selection first tries to find a best matching font
for those face attributes that appear before in the list.  For
example, if `:slant' appears before `:height', font selection first
tries to find a font with a suitable slant, even if this results in
a font height that isn't optimal.Vface-font-family-alternatives
Alist of alternative font family names.
Each element has the form (FAMILY ALTERNATIVE1 ALTERNATIVE2 ...).
If fonts of family FAMILY can't be loaded, try ALTERNATIVE1, then
ALTERNATIVE2 etc.Vface-font-registry-alternatives
Alist of alternative font registry names.
Each element has the form (REGISTRY ALTERNATIVE1 ALTERNATIVE2 ...).
If fonts of registry REGISTRY can be loaded, font selection
tries to find a best matching font among all fonts of registry
REGISTRY, ALTERNATIVE1, ALTERNATIVE2, and etc.Fface-list
Return a list of all defined face names.Fmake-face
Define a new face with name FACE, a symbol.
NO-INIT-FROM-RESOURCES non-nil means don't initialize frame-local
variants of FACE from X resources.  (X resources recognized are found
in the global variable `face-x-resources'.)  If FACE is already known
as a face, leave it unmodified.  Value is FACE.Fmake-empty-face
Define a new, empty face with name FACE.
If the face already exists, it is left unmodified.  Value is FACE.Fcopy-face
Define a face just like OLD-FACE, with name NEW-FACE.

If NEW-FACE already exists as a face, it is modified to be like
OLD-FACE.  If it doesn't already exist, it is created.

If the optional argument FRAME is given as a frame, NEW-FACE is
changed on FRAME only.
If FRAME is t, the frame-independent default specification for OLD-FACE
is copied to NEW-FACE.
If FRAME is nil, copying is done for the frame-independent defaults
and for each existing frame.

If the optional fourth argument NEW-FRAME is given,
copy the information from face OLD-FACE on frame FRAME
to NEW-FACE on frame NEW-FRAME.  In this case, FRAME may not be nil.Finternal-find-face
Retrieve the face named NAME.
Return nil if there is no such face.
If NAME is already a face, it is simply returned.
The optional argument FRAME is ignored.Finternal-get-face
Retrieve the face named NAME; error if there is none.
If NAME is already a face, it is simply returned.
The optional argument FRAME is ignored.Ffacep
Return non-nil if FACE is a face name; nil otherwise.
A face name can be a string or a symbol.Fcheck-face
Signal an error if FACE doesn't name a face.
Value is FACE.Fface-id
Return the internal ID of face with name FACE.
If FACE is a face-alias, return the ID of the target face.
The optional argument FRAME is ignored, since the internal face ID
of a face name is the same for all frames.Fface-equal
Non-nil if faces FACE1 and FACE2 are equal.
Faces are considered equal if all their attributes are equal.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on FACE1 and FACE2 in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for FACE1 and FACE2 (for new frames).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Fface-differs-from-default-p
Return non-nil if FACE displays differently from the default face.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Fface-nontrivial-p
True if face FACE has some non-nil attribute.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Vface-x-resources
List of X resources and classes for face attributes.
Each element has the form (ATTRIBUTE ENTRY1 ENTRY2...) where ATTRIBUTE is
the name of a face attribute, and each ENTRY is a cons of the form
(RESOURCE . CLASS) with RESOURCE being the resource and CLASS being the
X resource class for the attribute.Fset-face-attribute-from-resource
Set FACE's ATTRIBUTE from X resource RESOURCE, class CLASS on FRAME.
Value is the attribute value specified by the resource, or nil
if not present.  This function displays a message if the resource
specifies an invalid attribute.Fset-face-attributes-from-resources
Set attributes of FACE from X resources for FRAME.Fmake-face-x-resource-internal
Fill frame-local FACE on FRAME from X resources.
FRAME nil or not specified means do it for all frames.Fface-name
Return the name of face FACE.Fface-all-attributes
Return an alist stating the attributes of FACE.
Each element of the result has the form (ATTR-NAME . ATTR-VALUE).
Normally the value describes the default attributes,
but if you specify FRAME, the value describes the attributes
of FACE on FRAME.Fface-attribute
Return the value of FACE's ATTRIBUTE on FRAME.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.

If INHERIT is nil, only attributes directly defined by FACE are considered,
  so the return value may be `unspecified', or a relative value.
If INHERIT is non-nil, FACE's definition of ATTRIBUTE is merged with the
  faces specified by its `:inherit' attribute; however the return value
  may still be `unspecified' or relative.
If INHERIT is a face or a list of faces, then the result is further merged
  with that face (or faces), until it becomes specified and absolute.

To ensure that the return value is always specified and absolute, use a
value of `default' for INHERIT; this will resolve any unspecified or
relative values by merging with the `default' face (which is always
completely specified).Fface-attribute-merged-with
Merges ATTRIBUTE, initially VALUE, with faces from FACES until absolute.
FACES may be either a single face or a list of faces.
[This is an internal function.]Fface-attribute-specified-or
Return VALUE, unless it's `unspecified', in which case evaluate BODY and return the result.Fface-foreground
Return the foreground color name of FACE, or nil if unspecified.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.

If INHERIT is nil, only a foreground color directly defined by FACE is
  considered, so the return value may be nil.
If INHERIT is t, and FACE doesn't define a foreground color, then any
  foreground color that FACE inherits through its `:inherit' attribute
  is considered as well; however the return value may still be nil.
If INHERIT is a face or a list of faces, then it is used to try to
  resolve an unspecified foreground color.

To ensure that a valid color is always returned, use a value of
`default' for INHERIT; this will resolve any unspecified values by
merging with the `default' face (which is always completely specified).Fface-background
Return the background color name of FACE, or nil if unspecified.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.

If INHERIT is nil, only a background color directly defined by FACE is
  considered, so the return value may be nil.
If INHERIT is t, and FACE doesn't define a background color, then any
  background color that FACE inherits through its `:inherit' attribute
  is considered as well; however the return value may still be nil.
If INHERIT is a face or a list of faces, then it is used to try to
  resolve an unspecified background color.

To ensure that a valid color is always returned, use a value of
`default' for INHERIT; this will resolve any unspecified values by
merging with the `default' face (which is always completely specified).Fface-stipple
Return the stipple pixmap name of FACE, or nil if unspecified.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.

If INHERIT is nil, only a stipple directly defined by FACE is
  considered, so the return value may be nil.
If INHERIT is t, and FACE doesn't define a stipple, then any stipple
  that FACE inherits through its `:inherit' attribute is considered as
  well; however the return value may still be nil.
If INHERIT is a face or a list of faces, then it is used to try to
  resolve an unspecified stipple.

To ensure that a valid stipple or nil is always returned, use a value of
`default' for INHERIT; this will resolve any unspecified values by merging
with the `default' face (which is always completely specified).Fface-underline-p
Return non-nil if FACE is underlined.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Fface-inverse-video-p
Return non-nil if FACE is in inverse video on FRAME.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Fface-bold-p
Return non-nil if the font of FACE is bold on FRAME.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
Use `face-attribute' for finer control.Fface-italic-p
Return non-nil if the font of FACE is italic on FRAME.
If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
Use `face-attribute' for finer control.Fface-documentation
Get the documentation string for FACE.
If FACE is a face-alias, get the documentation for the target face.Fset-face-documentation
Set the documentation string for FACE to STRING.Fset-face-attribute
Set attributes of FACE on FRAME from ARGS.

FRAME nil means change attributes on all frames.  FRAME t means change
the default for new frames (this is done automatically each time an
attribute is changed on all frames).

ARGS must come in pairs ATTRIBUTE VALUE.  ATTRIBUTE must be a valid
face attribute name. All attributes can be set to `unspecified';
this fact is not further mentioned below.

The following attributes are recognized:

`:family'

VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``monospace'',
or a fontset alias name.  If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*'
and `?' are allowed.

`:foundry'

VALUE must be a string specifying the font foundry,
e.g. ``adobe''.  If a font foundry is specified, wild-cards `*'
and `?' are allowed.

`:width'

VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use.
It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed',
`condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded',
`extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'.

`:height'

VALUE must be either an integer specifying the height of the font to use
in 1/10 pt, a floating point number specifying the amount by which to
scale any underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old
height (from the underlying face), and should return the new height.

`:weight'

VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use.  It must be one of the
symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal',
`semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'.

`:slant'

VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use.  It must be one of the
symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or
`reverse-oblique'.

`:foreground', `:background'

VALUE must be a color name, a string.

`:underline'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined.  If
VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face.  If VALUE is
a string, underline with that color.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly
don't underline.

`:overline'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined.  If
VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face.  If VALUE is a
string, overline with that color.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't
overline.

`:strike-through'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line
striking through them.  If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the
face.  If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color.  If VALUE
is nil, explicitly don't strike through.

`:box'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn
around them.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes.  If
VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color
of the face.  If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name,
and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1.  Otherwise,
VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH
:color COLOR :style STYLE)'.  If a keyword/value pair is missing from
the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as
specified below.  WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it
defaults to 1.  If WIDTH is negative, the absolute value is the width
of the lines, and draw top/bottom lines inside the characters area,
not around it.  COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is
the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background
color of the face for 3D boxes.  STYLE specifies whether a 3D box
should be draw.  If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking
like a released 3D button.  If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box
that appears like a pressed button.  If STYLE is nil, the default if
the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D
box.

`:inverse-video'

VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in
inverse video.  VALUE must be one of t or nil.

`:stipple'

If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data.
The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are
searched.  Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH
HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA
is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap.  VALUE nil means
explicitly don't use a stipple pattern.

For convenience, attributes `:family', `:foundry', `:width',
`:height', `:weight', and `:slant' may also be set in one step
from an X font name:

`:font'

Set font-related face attributes from VALUE.  VALUE must be a valid
XLFD font name.  If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font
will be used.

For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can
be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used.  VALUE
must be t or nil in that case.  A value of `unspecified' is not allowed.

`:inherit'

VALUE is the name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list
of face names.  Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face
like an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces.Fmake-face-bold
Make the font of FACE be bold, if possible.
FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames.
Argument NOERROR is ignored and retained for compatibility.
Use `set-face-attribute' for finer control of the font weight.Fmake-face-unbold
Make the font of FACE be non-bold, if possible.
FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames.
Argument NOERROR is ignored and retained for compatibility.Fmake-face-italic
Make the font of FACE be italic, if possible.
FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames.
Argument NOERROR is ignored and retained for compatibility.
Use `set-face-attribute' for finer control of the font slant.Fmake-face-unitalic
Make the font of FACE be non-italic, if possible.
FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames.
Argument NOERROR is ignored and retained for compatibility.Fmake-face-bold-italic
Make the font of FACE be bold and italic, if possible.
FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames.
Argument NOERROR is ignored and retained for compatibility.
Use `set-face-attribute' for finer control of font weight and slant.Fset-face-font
Change font-related attributes of FACE to those of FONT (a string).
FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames.
This sets the attributes `:family', `:foundry', `:width',
`:height', `:weight', and `:slant'.  When called interactively,
prompt for the face and font.Fset-face-background
Change the background color of face FACE to COLOR (a string).
FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames.
COLOR can be a system-defined color name (see `list-colors-display')
or a hex spec of the form #RRGGBB.
When called interactively, prompts for the face and color.Fset-face-foreground
Change the foreground color of face FACE to COLOR (a string).
FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames.
COLOR can be a system-defined color name (see `list-colors-display')
or a hex spec of the form #RRGGBB.
When called interactively, prompts for the face and color.Fset-face-stipple
Change the stipple pixmap of face FACE to STIPPLE.
FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames.
STIPPLE should be a string, the name of a file of pixmap data.
The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are searched.

Alternatively, STIPPLE may be a list of the form (WIDTH HEIGHT DATA)
where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels,
and DATA is a string, containing the raw bits of the bitmap.Fset-face-underline-p
Specify whether face FACE is underlined.
UNDERLINE nil means FACE explicitly doesn't underline.
UNDERLINE non-nil means FACE explicitly does underlining
with the same of the foreground color.
If UNDERLINE is a string, underline with the color named UNDERLINE.
FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames.
Use `set-face-attribute' to ``unspecify'' underlining.Fset-face-inverse-video-p
Specify whether face FACE is in inverse video.
INVERSE-VIDEO-P non-nil means FACE displays explicitly in inverse video.
INVERSE-VIDEO-P nil means FACE explicitly is not in inverse video.
FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames.
Use `set-face-attribute' to ``unspecify'' the inverse video attribute.Fset-face-bold-p
Specify whether face FACE is bold.
BOLD-P non-nil means FACE should explicitly display bold.
BOLD-P nil means FACE should explicitly display non-bold.
FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames.
Use `set-face-attribute' or `modify-face' for finer control.Fset-face-italic-p
Specify whether face FACE is italic.
ITALIC-P non-nil means FACE should explicitly display italic.
ITALIC-P nil means FACE should explicitly display non-italic.
FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames.
Use `set-face-attribute' or `modify-face' for finer control.Finvert-face
Swap the foreground and background colors of FACE.
If FRAME is omitted or nil, it means change face on all frames.
If FACE specifies neither foreground nor background color,
set its foreground and background to the background and foreground
of the default face.  Value is FACE.Fread-face-name
Read a face, defaulting to the face or faces on the char after point.
If it has the property `read-face-name', that overrides the `face' property.
PROMPT should be a string that describes what the caller will do with the face;
it should not end in a space.
STRING-DESCRIBING-DEFAULT should describe what default the caller will use if
the user just types RET; you can omit it.
If MULTIPLE is non-nil, return a list of faces (possibly only one).
Otherwise, return a single face.Fface-valid-attribute-values
Return valid values for face attribute ATTRIBUTE.
The optional argument FRAME is used to determine available fonts
and colors.  If it is nil or not specified, the selected frame is
used.  Value is an alist of (NAME . VALUE) if ATTRIBUTE expects a value
out of a set of discrete values.  Value is `integerp' if ATTRIBUTE expects
an integer value.Vface-attribute-name-alist
An alist of descriptive names for face attributes.
Each element has the form (ATTRIBUTE-NAME . DESCRIPTION) where
ATTRIBUTE-NAME is a face attribute name (a keyword symbol), and
DESCRIPTION is a descriptive name for ATTRIBUTE-NAME.Fface-descriptive-attribute-name
Return a descriptive name for ATTRIBUTE.Fface-read-string
Interactively read a face attribute string value.
FACE is the face whose attribute is read.  If non-nil, DEFAULT is the
default string to return if no new value is entered.  NAME is a
descriptive name of the attribute for prompting.  COMPLETION-ALIST is an
alist of valid values, if non-nil.

Entering nothing accepts the default string DEFAULT.
Value is the new attribute value.Fface-read-integer
Interactively read an integer face attribute value.
FACE is the face whose attribute is read.  DEFAULT is the default
value to return if no new value is entered.  NAME is a descriptive
name of the attribute for prompting.  Value is the new attribute value.Fread-face-attribute
Interactively read a new value for FACE's ATTRIBUTE.
Optional argument FRAME nil or unspecified means read an attribute value
of a global face.  Value is the new attribute value.Fread-face-font
Read the name of a font for FACE on FRAME.
If optional argument FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.Fread-all-face-attributes
Interactively read all attributes for FACE.
If optional argument FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
Value is a property list of attribute names and new values.Fmodify-face
Modify attributes of faces interactively.
If optional argument FRAME is nil or omitted, modify the face used
for newly created frame, i.e. the global face.
For non-interactive use, `set-face-attribute' is preferred.
When called from Lisp, if FACE is nil, all arguments but FRAME are ignored
and the face and its settings are obtained by querying the user.Fread-face-and-attribute
Read face name and face attribute value.
ATTRIBUTE is the attribute whose new value is read.
FRAME nil or unspecified means read attribute value of global face.
Value is a list (FACE NEW-VALUE) where FACE is the face read
(a symbol), and NEW-VALUE is value read.Vlist-faces-sample-text
*Text string to display as the sample text for `list-faces-display'.Flist-faces-display
List all faces, using the same sample text in each.
The sample text is a string that comes from the variable
`list-faces-sample-text'.

If REGEXP is non-nil, list only those faces with names matching
this regular expression.  When called interactively with a prefix
arg, prompt for a regular expression.Fdescribe-face
Display the properties of face FACE on FRAME.
Interactively, FACE defaults to the faces of the character after point
and FRAME defaults to the selected frame.

If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame.
If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Fface-attr-construct
Return a `defface'-style attribute list for FACE on FRAME.
Value is a property list of pairs ATTRIBUTE VALUE for all specified
face attributes of FACE where ATTRIBUTE is the attribute name and
VALUE is the specified value of that attribute.Fface-spec-set-match-display
Non-nil if DISPLAY matches FRAME.
DISPLAY is part of a spec such as can be used in `defface'.
If FRAME is nil, the current FRAME is used.Fface-spec-choose
Choose the proper attributes for FRAME, out of SPEC.
If SPEC is nil, return nil.Fface-spec-reset-face
Reset all attributes of FACE on FRAME to unspecified.Fface-spec-set
Set FACE's face spec, which controls its appearance, to SPEC.
If FOR-DEFFACE is t, set the base spec, the one that `defface'
  and Custom set.  (In that case, the caller must put it in the
  appropriate property, because that depends on the caller.)
If FOR-DEFFACE is nil, set the overriding spec (and store it
  in the `face-override-spec' property of FACE).

The appearance of FACE is controlled by the base spec,
by any custom theme specs on top of that, and by the
overriding spec on top of all the rest.

FOR-DEFFACE can also be a frame, in which case we set the
frame-specific attributes of FACE for that frame based on SPEC.
That usage is deprecated.

See `defface' for information about the format and meaning of SPEC.Fface-spec-recalc
Reset the face attributes of FACE on FRAME according to its specs.
This applies the defface/custom spec first, then the custom theme specs,
then the override spec.Fface-spec-set-2
Set the face attributes of FACE on FRAME according to SPEC.Fface-attr-match-p
Return t if attributes of FACE match values in plist ATTRS.
Optional parameter FRAME is the frame whose definition of FACE
is used.  If nil or omitted, use the selected frame.Fface-spec-match-p
Return t if FACE, on FRAME, matches what SPEC says it should look like.Fface-default-spec
Return the default face-spec for FACE, ignoring any user customization.
If there is no default for FACE, return nil.Fface-user-default-spec
Return the user's customized face-spec for FACE, or the default if none.
If there is neither a user setting nor a default for FACE, return nil.Fdefined-colors
Return a list of colors supported for a particular frame.
The argument FRAME specifies which frame to try.
The value may be different for frames on different display types.
If FRAME doesn't support colors, the value is nil.
If FRAME is nil, that stands for the selected frame.Fcolor-defined-p
Return non-nil if color COLOR is supported on frame FRAME.
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
If COLOR is the symbol `unspecified' or one of the strings
"unspecified-fg" or "unspecified-bg", the value is nil.Fcolor-values
Return a description of the color named COLOR on frame FRAME.
The value is a list of integer RGB values--(RED GREEN BLUE).
These values appear to range from 0 to 65280 or 65535, depending
on the system; white is (65280 65280 65280) or (65535 65535 65535).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
If FRAME cannot display COLOR, the value is nil.
If COLOR is the symbol `unspecified' or one of the strings
"unspecified-fg" or "unspecified-bg", the value is nil.Fdisplay-color-p
Return t if DISPLAY supports color.
The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.Fdisplay-grayscale-p
Return non-nil if frames on DISPLAY can display shades of gray.Fread-color
Read a color name or RGB hex value: #RRRRGGGGBBBB.
Completion is available for color names, but not for RGB hex strings.
If the user inputs an RGB hex string, it must have the form
#XXXXXXXXXXXX or XXXXXXXXXXXX, where each X is a hex digit.  The
number of Xs must be a multiple of 3, with the same number of Xs for
each of red, green, and blue.  The order is red, green, blue.

In addition to standard color names and RGB hex values, the following
are available as color candidates.  In each case, the corresponding
color is used.

* `foreground at point'   - foreground under the cursor
 * `background at point'   - background under the cursor

Checks input to be sure it represents a valid color.  If not, raises
an error (but see exception for empty input with non-nil
ALLOW-EMPTY-NAME-P).

Optional arg PROMPT is the prompt; if nil, uses a default prompt.

Interactively, or with optional arg CONVERT-TO-RGB-P non-nil, converts
an input color name to an RGB hex string.  Returns the RGB hex string.

Optional arg ALLOW-EMPTY-NAME-P controls what happens if the user
enters an empty color name (that is, just hits `RET').  If non-nil,
then returns an empty color name, "".  If nil, then raises an error.
Programs must test for "" if ALLOW-EMPTY-NAME-P is non-nil.  They
can then perform an appropriate action in case of empty input.

Interactively, or with optional arg MSG-P non-nil, echoes the color in
a message.Fface-at-point
Return the face of the character after point.
If it has more than one face, return the first one.
Return nil if it has no specified face.Fforeground-color-at-point
Return the foreground color of the character after point.Fbackground-color-at-point
Return the background color of the character after point.Vframe-background-mode
The brightness of the background.
Set this to the symbol `dark' if your background color is dark,
`light' if your background is light, or nil (automatic by default)
if you want Emacs to examine the brightness for you.  Don't set this
variable with `setq'; this won't have the expected effect.Fframe-set-background-mode
Set up display-dependent faces on FRAME.
Display-dependent faces are those which have different definitions
according to the `background-mode' and `display-type' frame parameters.Fx-handle-named-frame-geometry
Add geometry parameters for a named frame to parameter list PARAMETERS.
Value is the new parameter list.Fx-handle-reverse-video
Handle the reverse-video frame parameter and X resource.
`x-create-frame' does not handle this one.Fx-create-frame-with-faces
Create a frame from optional frame parameters PARAMETERS.
Parameters not specified by PARAMETERS are taken from
`default-frame-alist'.  If PARAMETERS specify a frame name,
handle X geometry resources for that name.  If either PARAMETERS
or `default-frame-alist' contains a `reverse' parameter, or
the X resource ``reverseVideo'' is present, handle that.
Value is the new frame created.Fface-set-after-frame-default
Initialize the frame-local faces of FRAME.
Calculate the face definitions using the face specs, custom theme
settings, X resources, and `face-new-frame-defaults'.
Finally, apply any relevant face attributes found amongst the
frame parameters in PARAMETERS and `default-frame-alist'.Ftty-handle-reverse-video
Handle the reverse-video frame parameter for terminal frames.Ftty-create-frame-with-faces
Create a frame from optional frame parameters PARAMETERS.
Parameters not specified by PARAMETERS are taken from
`default-frame-alist'.  If either PARAMETERS or `default-frame-alist'
contains a `reverse' parameter, handle that.  Value is the new frame
created.Ftty-find-type
Return the longest prefix of TYPE to which PRED returns non-nil.
TYPE should be a tty type name such as "xterm-16color".

The function tries only those prefixes that are followed by a
dash or underscore in the original type name, like "xterm" in
the above example.Ftty-run-terminal-initialization
Run the special initialization code for the terminal type of FRAME.
The optional TYPE parameter may be used to override the autodetected
terminal type to a different value.Fx-resolve-font-name
Return a font name matching PATTERN.
All wildcards in PATTERN are instantiated.
If PATTERN is nil, return the name of the frame's base font, which never
contains wildcards.
Given optional arguments FACE and FRAME, return a font which is
also the same size as FACE on FRAME, or fail.Fx-make-font-bold
Given an X font specification, make a bold version of it.
If that can't be done, return nil.Fx-make-font-demibold
Given an X font specification, make a demibold version of it.
If that can't be done, return nil.Fx-make-font-unbold
Given an X font specification, make a non-bold version of it.
If that can't be done, return nil.Fx-make-font-italic
Given an X font specification, make an italic version of it.
If that can't be done, return nil.Fx-make-font-oblique
Given an X font specification, make an oblique version of it.
If that can't be done, return nil.Fx-make-font-unitalic
Given an X font specification, make a non-italic version of it.
If that can't be done, return nil.Fx-make-font-bold-italic
Given an X font specification, make a bold and italic version of it.
If that can't be done, return nil.Sfiles.elc
Vdelete-auto-save-files
Non-nil means delete auto-save file when a buffer is saved or killed.

Note that the auto-save file will not be deleted if the buffer is killed
when it has unsaved changes.Vdirectory-abbrev-alist
Alist of abbreviations for file directories.
A list of elements of the form (FROM . TO), each meaning to replace
FROM with TO when it appears in a directory name.  This replacement is
done when setting up the default directory of a newly visited file.
*Every* FROM string should start with `^'.

FROM and TO should be equivalent names, which refer to the
same directory.  Do not use `~' in the TO strings;
they should be ordinary absolute directory names.

Use this feature when you have directories which you normally refer to
via absolute symbolic links.  Make TO the name of the link, and FROM
the name it is linked to.Vmake-backup-files
Non-nil means make a backup of a file the first time it is saved.
This can be done by renaming the file or by copying.

Renaming means that Emacs renames the existing file so that it is a
backup file, then writes the buffer into a new file.  Any other names
that the old file had will now refer to the backup file.  The new file
is owned by you and its group is defaulted.

Copying means that Emacs copies the existing file into the backup
file, then writes the buffer on top of the existing file.  Any other
names that the old file had will now refer to the new (edited) file.
The file's owner and group are unchanged.

The choice of renaming or copying is controlled by the variables
`backup-by-copying', `backup-by-copying-when-linked',
`backup-by-copying-when-mismatch' and
`backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch'.  See also `backup-inhibited'.Vbackup-inhibited
Non-nil means don't make a backup, regardless of the other parameters.
This variable is intended for use by making it local to a buffer.
But it is local only if you make it local.Vbackup-by-copying
Non-nil means always use copying to create backup files.
See documentation of variable `make-backup-files'.Vbackup-by-copying-when-linked
Non-nil means use copying to create backups for files with multiple names.
This causes the alternate names to refer to the latest version as edited.
This variable is relevant only if `backup-by-copying' is nil.Vbackup-by-copying-when-mismatch
Non-nil means create backups by copying if this preserves owner or group.
Renaming may still be used (subject to control of other variables)
when it would not result in changing the owner or group of the file;
that is, for files which are owned by you and whose group matches
the default for a new file created there by you.
This variable is relevant only if `backup-by-copying' is nil.Vbackup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch
Non-nil means create backups by copying to preserve a privileged owner.
Renaming may still be used (subject to control of other variables)
when it would not result in changing the owner of the file or if the owner
has a user id greater than the value of this variable.  This is useful
when low-numbered uid's are used for special system users (such as root)
that must maintain ownership of certain files.
This variable is relevant only if `backup-by-copying' and
`backup-by-copying-when-mismatch' are nil.Vbackup-enable-predicate
Predicate that looks at a file name and decides whether to make backups.
Called with an absolute file name as argument, it returns t to enable backup.Vbuffer-offer-save
Non-nil in a buffer means always offer to save buffer on exit.
Do so even if the buffer is not visiting a file.
Automatically local in all buffers.Vfind-file-existing-other-name
Non-nil means find a file under alternative names, in existing buffers.
This means if any existing buffer is visiting the file you want
under another name, you get the existing buffer instead of a new buffer.Vfind-file-visit-truename
Non-nil means visit a file under its truename.
The truename of a file is found by chasing all links
both at the file level and at the levels of the containing directories.Vrevert-without-query
Specify which files should be reverted without query.
The value is a list of regular expressions.
If the file name matches one of these regular expressions,
then `revert-buffer' reverts the file without querying
if the file has changed on disk and you have not edited the buffer.Vbuffer-file-number
The device number and file number of the file visited in the current buffer.
The value is a list of the form (FILENUM DEVNUM).
This pair of numbers uniquely identifies the file.
If the buffer is visiting a new file, the value is nil.Vbuffer-file-numbers-unique
Non-nil means that `buffer-file-number' uniquely identifies files.Vbuffer-file-read-only
Non-nil if visited file was read-only when visited.Vtemporary-file-directory
The directory for writing temporary files.Vsmall-temporary-file-directory
The directory for writing small temporary files.
If non-nil, this directory is used instead of `temporary-file-directory'
by programs that create small temporary files.  This is for systems that
have fast storage with limited space, such as a RAM disk.Vnull-device
The system null device.Vfile-name-invalid-regexp
Regexp recognizing file names which aren't allowed by the filesystem.Vfile-precious-flag
Non-nil means protect against I/O errors while saving files.
Some modes set this non-nil in particular buffers.

This feature works by writing the new contents into a temporary file
and then renaming the temporary file to replace the original.
In this way, any I/O error in writing leaves the original untouched,
and there is never any instant where the file is nonexistent.

Note that this feature forces backups to be made by copying.
Yet, at the same time, saving a precious file
breaks any hard links between it and other files.

This feature is advisory: for example, if the directory in which the
file is being saved is not writable, Emacs may ignore a non-nil value
of `file-precious-flag' and write directly into the file.

See also: `break-hardlink-on-save'.Vbreak-hardlink-on-save
Non-nil means when saving a file that exists under several names
(i.e., has multiple hardlinks), break the hardlink associated with
`buffer-file-name' and write to a new file, so that the other
instances of the file are not affected by the save.

If `buffer-file-name' refers to a symlink, do not break the symlink.

Unlike `file-precious-flag', `break-hardlink-on-save' is not advisory.
For example, if the directory in which a file is being saved is not
itself writable, then error instead of saving in some
hardlink-nonbreaking way.

See also `backup-by-copying' and `backup-by-copying-when-linked'.Vversion-control
Control use of version numbers for backup files.
When t, make numeric backup versions unconditionally.
When nil, make them for files that have some already.
The value `never' means do not make them.Vdired-kept-versions
When cleaning directory, number of versions to keep.Vdelete-old-versions
If t, delete excess backup versions silently.
If nil, ask confirmation.  Any other value prevents any trimming.Vkept-old-versions
Number of oldest versions to keep when a new numbered backup is made.Vkept-new-versions
Number of newest versions to keep when a new numbered backup is made.
Includes the new backup.  Must be > 0Vrequire-final-newline
Whether to add a newline automatically at the end of the file.

A value of t means do this only when the file is about to be saved.
A value of `visit' means do this right after the file is visited.
A value of `visit-save' means do it at both of those times.
Any other non-nil value means ask user whether to add a newline, when saving.
A value of nil means don't add newlines.

Certain major modes set this locally to the value obtained
from `mode-require-final-newline'.Vmode-require-final-newline
Whether to add a newline at end of file, in certain major modes.
Those modes set `require-final-newline' to this value when you enable them.
They do so because they are often used for files that are supposed
to end in newlines, and the question is how to arrange that.

A value of nil means do not add newlines.  That is a risky choice in this
variable since this value is used for modes for files that ought to have
final newlines.  So if you set this to nil, you must explicitly check and
add a final newline, whenever you save a file that really needs one.Vauto-save-default
Non-nil says by default do auto-saving of every file-visiting buffer.Vauto-save-file-name-transforms
Transforms to apply to buffer file name before making auto-save file name.
Each transform is a list (REGEXP REPLACEMENT UNIQUIFY):
REGEXP is a regular expression to match against the file name.
If it matches, `replace-match' is used to replace the
matching part with REPLACEMENT.
If the optional element UNIQUIFY is non-nil, the auto-save file name is
constructed by taking the directory part of the replaced file-name,
concatenated with the buffer file name with all directory separators
changed to `!' to prevent clashes.  This will not work
correctly if your filesystem truncates the resulting name.

All the transforms in the list are tried, in the order they are listed.
When one transform applies, its result is final;
no further transforms are tried.

The default value is set up to put the auto-save file into the
temporary directory (see the variable `temporary-file-directory') for
editing a remote file.

On MS-DOS filesystems without long names this variable is always
ignored.Vsave-abbrevs
Non-nil means save word abbrevs too when files are saved.
If `silently', don't ask the user before saving.Vfind-file-run-dired
Non-nil means allow `find-file' to visit directories.
To visit the directory, `find-file' runs `find-directory-functions'.Vfind-directory-functions
List of functions to try in sequence to visit a directory.
Each function is called with the directory name as the sole argument
and should return either a buffer or nil.Vfind-file-not-found-functions
List of functions to be called for `find-file' on nonexistent file.
These functions are called as soon as the error is detected.
Variable `buffer-file-name' is already set up.
The functions are called in the order given until one of them returns non-nil.Vfind-file-hook
List of functions to be called after a buffer is loaded from a file.
The buffer's local variables (if any) will have been processed before the
functions are called.Vwrite-file-functions
List of functions to be called before writing out a buffer to a file.
If one of them returns non-nil, the file is considered already written
and the rest are not called.
These hooks are considered to pertain to the visited file.
So any buffer-local binding of this variable is discarded if you change
the visited file name with \[set-visited-file-name], but not when you
change the major mode.

This hook is not run if any of the functions in
`write-contents-functions' returns non-nil.  Both hooks pertain
to how to save a buffer to file, for instance, choosing a suitable
coding system and setting mode bits.  (See Info
node `(elisp)Saving Buffers'.)  To perform various checks or
updates before the buffer is saved, use `before-save-hook'.Vwrite-contents-functions
List of functions to be called before writing out a buffer to a file.
If one of them returns non-nil, the file is considered already written
and the rest are not called and neither are the functions in
`write-file-functions'.

This variable is meant to be used for hooks that pertain to the
buffer's contents, not to the particular visited file; thus,
`set-visited-file-name' does not clear this variable; but changing the
major mode does clear it.

For hooks that _do_ pertain to the particular visited file, use
`write-file-functions'.  Both this variable and
`write-file-functions' relate to how a buffer is saved to file.
To perform various checks or updates before the buffer is saved,
use `before-save-hook'.Venable-local-variables
Control use of local variables in files you visit.
The value can be t, nil, :safe, :all, or something else.

A value of t means file local variables specifications are obeyed
if all the specified variable values are safe; if any values are
not safe, Emacs queries you, once, whether to set them all.
(When you say yes to certain values, they are remembered as safe.)

:safe means set the safe variables, and ignore the rest.
:all means set all variables, whether safe or not.
 (Don't set it permanently to :all.)
A value of nil means always ignore the file local variables.

Any other value means always query you once whether to set them all.
(When you say yes to certain values, they are remembered as safe, but
this has no effect when `enable-local-variables' is "something else".)

This variable also controls use of major modes specified in
a -*- line.

The command \[normal-mode], when used interactively,
always obeys file local variable specifications and the -*- line,
and ignores this variable.Vlocal-enable-local-variables
Like `enable-local-variables' but meant for buffer-local bindings.
The meaningful values are nil and non-nil.  The default is non-nil.
If a major mode sets this to nil, buffer-locally, then any local
variables list in the file will be ignored.

This variable does not affect the use of major modes
specified in a -*- line.Venable-local-eval
Control processing of the "variable" `eval' in a file's local variables.
The value can be t, nil or something else.
A value of t means obey `eval' variables.
A value of nil means ignore them; anything else means query.Vview-read-only
Non-nil means buffers visiting files read-only do so in view mode.
In fact, this means that all read-only buffers normally have
View mode enabled, including buffers that are read-only because
you visit a file you cannot alter, and buffers you make read-only
using \[toggle-read-only].Vfile-name-history
History list of file names entered in the minibuffer.

Maximum length of the history list is determined by the value
of `history-length', which see.Fange-ftp-completion-hook-function
Provides support for ange-ftp host name completion.
Runs the usual ange-ftp hook, but only for completion operations.Fconvert-standard-filename
Convert a standard file's name to something suitable for the OS.
This means to guarantee valid names and perhaps to canonicalize
certain patterns.

FILENAME should be an absolute file name since the conversion rules
sometimes vary depending on the position in the file name.  E.g. c:/foo
is a valid DOS file name, but c:/bar/c:/foo is not.

This function's standard definition is trivial; it just returns
the argument.  However, on Windows and DOS, replace invalid
characters.  On DOS, make sure to obey the 8.3 limitations.
In the native Windows build, turn Cygwin names into native names,
and also turn slashes into backslashes if the shell requires it (see
`w32-shell-dos-semantics').

See Info node `(elisp)Standard File Names' for more details.Fread-directory-name
Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
Value is not expanded---you must call `expand-file-name' yourself.
Default name to DEFAULT-DIRNAME if user exits with the same
non-empty string that was inserted by this function.
 (If DEFAULT-DIRNAME is omitted, DIR combined with INITIAL is used,
  or just DIR if INITIAL is nil.)
If the user exits with an empty minibuffer, this function returns
an empty string.  (This can only happen if the user erased the
pre-inserted contents or if `insert-default-directory' is nil.)
Fourth arg MUSTMATCH non-nil means require existing directory's name.
 Non-nil and non-t means also require confirmation after completion.
Fifth arg INITIAL specifies text to start with.
DIR should be an absolute directory name.  It defaults to
the value of `default-directory'.Fpwd
Show the current default directory.Vcd-path
Value of the CDPATH environment variable, as a list.
Not actually set up until the first time you use it.Fparse-colon-path
Explode a search path into a list of directory names.
Directories are separated by occurrences of `path-separator'
(which is colon in GNU and GNU-like systems).Fcd-absolute
Change current directory to given absolute file name DIR.Fcd
Make DIR become the current buffer's default directory.
If your environment includes a `CDPATH' variable, try each one of
that list of directories (separated by occurrences of
`path-separator') when resolving a relative directory name.
The path separator is colon in GNU and GNU-like systems.Fload-file
Load the Lisp file named FILE.Flocate-file
Search for FILENAME through PATH.
If found, return the absolute file name of FILENAME, with its suffixes;
otherwise return nil.
PATH should be a list of directories to look in, like the lists in
`exec-path' or `load-path'.
If SUFFIXES is non-nil, it should be a list of suffixes to append to
file name when searching.  If SUFFIXES is nil, it is equivalent to '("").
Use '("/") to disable PATH search, but still try the suffixes in SUFFIXES.
If non-nil, PREDICATE is used instead of `file-readable-p'.
PREDICATE can also be an integer to pass to the `access' system call,
in which case file-name handlers are ignored.  This usage is deprecated.

For compatibility, PREDICATE can also be one of the symbols
`executable', `readable', `writable', or `exists', or a list of
one or more of those symbols.Flocate-file-completion-table
Do completion for file names passed to `locate-file'.Flocate-file-completion
Do completion for file names passed to `locate-file'.
PATH-AND-SUFFIXES is a pair of lists, (DIRECTORIES . SUFFIXES).Vlocate-dominating-stop-dir-regexp
Regexp of directory names which stop the search in `locate-dominating-file'.
Any directory whose name matches this regexp will be treated like
a kind of root directory by `locate-dominating-file' which will stop its search
when it bumps into it.
The default regexp prevents fruitless and time-consuming attempts to find
special files in directories in which filenames are interpreted as hostnames,
or mount points potentially requiring authentication as a different user.Flocate-dominating-file
Look up the directory hierarchy from FILE for a file named NAME.
Stop at the first parent directory containing a file NAME,
and return the directory.  Return nil if not found.Fexecutable-find
Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.Fload-library
Load the Emacs Lisp library named LIBRARY.
This is one of two interfaces (the other being `load-file') to the underlying
function `load'.  The library actually loaded is searched for in `load-path'
with or without the `load-suffixes' (as well as `load-file-rep-suffixes').
See Info node `(emacs)Lisp Libraries' for more details.Ffile-remote-p
Test whether FILE specifies a location on a remote system.
Returns nil or a string identifying the remote connection (ideally
a prefix of FILE).  For example, the remote identification for filename
"/user@host:/foo" could be "/user@host:".
A file is considered "remote" if accessing it is likely to be slower or
less reliable than accessing local files.
Furthermore, relative file names do not work across remote connections.

IDENTIFICATION specifies which part of the identification shall
be returned as string.  IDENTIFICATION can be the symbol
`method', `user', `host' or `localname'; any other value is
handled like nil and means to return the complete identification
string.

If CONNECTED is non-nil, the function returns an identification only
if FILE is located on a remote system, and a connection is established
to that remote system.

`file-remote-p' will never open a connection on its own.Ffile-local-copy
Copy the file FILE into a temporary file on this machine.
Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
accessible.Ffile-truename
Return the truename of FILENAME, which should be absolute.
The truename of a file name is found by chasing symbolic links
both at the level of the file and at the level of the directories
containing it, until no links are left at any level.

(fn FILENAME)Ffile-chase-links
Chase links in FILENAME until a name that is not a link.
Unlike `file-truename', this does not check whether a parent
directory name is a symbolic link.
If the optional argument LIMIT is a number,
it means chase no more than that many links and then stop.Fmake-temp-file
Create a temporary file.
The returned file name (created by appending some random characters at the end
of PREFIX, and expanding against `temporary-file-directory' if necessary),
is guaranteed to point to a newly created empty file.
You can then use `write-region' to write new data into the file.

If DIR-FLAG is non-nil, create a new empty directory instead of a file.

If SUFFIX is non-nil, add that at the end of the file name.Frecode-file-name
Change the encoding of FILE's name from CODING to NEW-CODING.
The value is a new name of FILE.
Signals a `file-already-exists' error if a file of the new name
already exists unless optional fourth argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS
is non-nil.  A number as fourth arg means request confirmation if
the new name already exists.  This is what happens in interactive
use with M-x.Vconfirm-nonexistent-file-or-buffer
Whether confirmation is requested before visiting a new file or buffer.
If nil, confirmation is not requested.
If the value is `after-completion', confirmation is only
 requested if the user called `minibuffer-complete' right before
 `minibuffer-complete-and-exit'.
Any other non-nil value means to request confirmation.

This affects commands like `switch-to-buffer' and `find-file'.Fconfirm-nonexistent-file-or-buffer
Whether to request confirmation before visiting a new file or buffer.
The variable `confirm-nonexistent-file-or-buffer' determines the
return value, which may be passed as the REQUIRE-MATCH arg to
`read-buffer' or `find-file-read-args'.Fread-buffer-to-switch
Read the name of a buffer to switch to and return as a string.
It is intended for `switch-to-buffer' family of commands since they
need to omit the name of current buffer from the list of completions
and default values.Fswitch-to-buffer-other-window
Select the buffer specified by BUFFER-OR-NAME in another window.
BUFFER-OR-NAME may be a buffer, a string (a buffer name), or
nil.  Return the buffer switched to.

If called interactively, prompt for the buffer name using the
minibuffer.  The variable `confirm-nonexistent-file-or-buffer'
determines whether to request confirmation before creating a new
buffer.

If BUFFER-OR-NAME is a string and does not identify an existing
buffer, create a new buffer with that name.  If BUFFER-OR-NAME is
nil, switch to the buffer returned by `other-buffer'.

Optional second argument NORECORD non-nil means do not put this
buffer at the front of the list of recently selected ones.

This uses the function `display-buffer' as a subroutine; see its
documentation for additional customization information.Fswitch-to-buffer-other-frame
Switch to buffer BUFFER-OR-NAME in another frame.
BUFFER-OR-NAME may be a buffer, a string (a buffer name), or
nil.  Return the buffer switched to.

If called interactively, prompt for the buffer name using the
minibuffer.  The variable `confirm-nonexistent-file-or-buffer'
determines whether to request confirmation before creating a new
buffer.

If BUFFER-OR-NAME is a string and does not identify an existing
buffer, create a new buffer with that name.  If BUFFER-OR-NAME is
nil, switch to the buffer returned by `other-buffer'.

Optional second arg NORECORD non-nil means do not put this
buffer at the front of the list of recently selected ones.

This uses the function `display-buffer' as a subroutine; see its
documentation for additional customization information.Fdisplay-buffer-other-frame
Display buffer BUFFER in another frame.
This uses the function `display-buffer' as a subroutine; see
its documentation for additional customization information.Vfind-file-default
Used within `find-file-read-args'.Fminibuffer-with-setup-hook
Add FUN to `minibuffer-setup-hook' while executing BODY.
BODY should use the minibuffer at most once.
Recursive uses of the minibuffer will not be affected.Ffind-file
Edit file FILENAME.
Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME,
creating one if none already exists.
Interactively, the default if you just type RET is the current directory,
but the visited file name is available through the minibuffer history:
type M-n to pull it into the minibuffer.

You can visit files on remote machines by specifying something
like /ssh:SOME_REMOTE_MACHINE:FILE for the file name.  You can
also visit local files as a different user by specifying
/sudo::FILE for the file name.
See the Info node `(tramp)Filename Syntax' in the Tramp Info
manual, for more about this.

Interactively, or if WILDCARDS is non-nil in a call from Lisp,
expand wildcards (if any) and visit multiple files.  You can
suppress wildcard expansion by setting `find-file-wildcards' to nil.

To visit a file without any kind of conversion and without
automatically choosing a major mode, use \[find-file-literally].Ffind-file-other-window
Edit file FILENAME, in another window.

Like \[find-file] (which see), but creates a new window or reuses
an existing one.  See the function `display-buffer'.

Interactively, the default if you just type RET is the current directory,
but the visited file name is available through the minibuffer history:
type M-n to pull it into the minibuffer.

Interactively, or if WILDCARDS is non-nil in a call from Lisp,
expand wildcards (if any) and visit multiple files.Ffind-file-other-frame
Edit file FILENAME, in another frame.

Like \[find-file] (which see), but creates a new frame or reuses
an existing one.  See the function `display-buffer'.

Interactively, the default if you just type RET is the current directory,
but the visited file name is available through the minibuffer history:
type M-n to pull it into the minibuffer.

Interactively, or if WILDCARDS is non-nil in a call from Lisp,
expand wildcards (if any) and visit multiple files.Ffind-file-existing
Edit the existing file FILENAME.
Like \[find-file], but only allow a file that exists, and do not allow
file names with wildcards.Ffind-file-read-only
Edit file FILENAME but don't allow changes.
Like \[find-file], but marks buffer as read-only.
Use \[toggle-read-only] to permit editing.Ffind-file-read-only-other-window
Edit file FILENAME in another window but don't allow changes.
Like \[find-file-other-window], but marks buffer as read-only.
Use \[toggle-read-only] to permit editing.Ffind-file-read-only-other-frame
Edit file FILENAME in another frame but don't allow changes.
Like \[find-file-other-frame], but marks buffer as read-only.
Use \[toggle-read-only] to permit editing.Ffind-alternate-file-other-window
Find file FILENAME as a replacement for the file in the next window.
This command does not select that window.

See \[find-file] for the possible forms of the FILENAME argument.

Interactively, or if WILDCARDS is non-nil in a call from Lisp,
expand wildcards (if any) and replace the file with multiple files.Ffind-alternate-file
Find file FILENAME, select its buffer, kill previous buffer.
If the current buffer now contains an empty file that you just visited
(presumably by mistake), use this command to visit the file you really want.

See \[find-file] for the possible forms of the FILENAME argument.

Interactively, or if WILDCARDS is non-nil in a call from Lisp,
expand wildcards (if any) and replace the file with multiple files.

If the current buffer is an indirect buffer, or the base buffer
for one or more indirect buffers, the other buffer(s) are not
killed.Fcreate-file-buffer
Create a suitably named buffer for visiting FILENAME, and return it.
FILENAME (sans directory) is used unchanged if that name is free;
otherwise a string <2> or <3> or ... is appended to get an unused name.
Spaces at the start of FILENAME (sans directory) are removed.Fgenerate-new-buffer
Create and return a buffer with a name based on NAME.
Choose the buffer's name using `generate-new-buffer-name'.Vautomount-dir-prefix
Regexp to match the automounter prefix in a directory name.Vabbreviated-home-dir
The user's homedir abbreviated according to `directory-abbrev-alist'.Fabbreviate-file-name
Return a version of FILENAME shortened using `directory-abbrev-alist'.
This also substitutes "~" for the user's home directory (unless the
home directory is a root directory) and removes automounter prefixes
(see the variable `automount-dir-prefix').Vfind-file-not-true-dirname-list
List of logical names for which visiting shouldn't save the true dirname.Ffind-buffer-visiting
Return the buffer visiting file FILENAME (a string).
This is like `get-file-buffer', except that it checks for any buffer
visiting the same file, possibly under a different name.
If PREDICATE is non-nil, only buffers satisfying it are eligible,
and others are ignored.
If there is no such live buffer, return nil.Vfind-file-wildcards
Non-nil means file-visiting commands should handle wildcards.
For example, if you specify `*.c', that would visit all the files
whose names match the pattern.Vfind-file-suppress-same-file-warnings
Non-nil means suppress warning messages for symlinked files.
When nil, Emacs prints a warning when visiting a file that is already
visited, but with a different name.  Setting this option to t
suppresses this warning.Vlarge-file-warning-threshold
Maximum size of file above which a confirmation is requested.
When nil, never request confirmation.Fabort-if-file-too-large
If file SIZE larger than `large-file-warning-threshold', allow user to abort.
OP-TYPE specifies the file operation being performed (for message to user).Ffind-file-noselect
Read file FILENAME into a buffer and return the buffer.
If a buffer exists visiting FILENAME, return that one, but
verify that the file has not changed since visited or saved.
The buffer is not selected, just returned to the caller.
Optional second arg NOWARN non-nil means suppress any warning messages.
Optional third arg RAWFILE non-nil means the file is read literally.
Optional fourth arg WILDCARDS non-nil means do wildcard processing
and visit all the matching files.  When wildcards are actually
used and expanded, return a list of buffers that are visiting
the various files.Finsert-file-contents-literally
Like `insert-file-contents', but only reads in the file literally.
A buffer may be modified in several ways after reading into the buffer,
to Emacs features such as format decoding, character code
conversion, `find-file-hook', automatic uncompression, etc.

This function ensures that none of these modifications will take place.Finsert-file-literally
Insert contents of file FILENAME into buffer after point with no conversion.

This function is meant for the user to run interactively.
Don't call it from programs!  Use `insert-file-contents-literally' instead.
(Its calling sequence is different; see its documentation).Vfind-file-literally
Non-nil if this buffer was made by `find-file-literally' or equivalent.
This is a permanent local.Ffind-file-literally
Visit file FILENAME with no conversion of any kind.
Format conversion and character code conversion are both disabled,
and multibyte characters are disabled in the resulting buffer.
The major mode used is Fundamental mode regardless of the file name,
and local variable specifications in the file are ignored.
Automatic uncompression and adding a newline at the end of the
file due to `require-final-newline' is also disabled.

You cannot absolutely rely on this function to result in
visiting the file literally.  If Emacs already has a buffer
which is visiting the file, you get the existing buffer,
regardless of whether it was created literally or not.

In a Lisp program, if you want to be sure of accessing a file's
contents literally, you should create a temporary buffer and then read
the file contents into it using `insert-file-contents-literally'.Fafter-find-file
Called after finding a file and by the default revert function.
Sets buffer mode, parses local variables.
Optional args ERROR, WARN, and NOAUTO: ERROR non-nil means there was an
error in reading the file.  WARN non-nil means warn if there
exists an auto-save file more recent than the visited file.
NOAUTO means don't mess with auto-save mode.
Fourth arg AFTER-FIND-FILE-FROM-REVERT-BUFFER non-nil
 means this call was from `revert-buffer'.
Fifth arg NOMODES non-nil means don't alter the file's modes.
Finishes by calling the functions in `find-file-hook'
unless NOMODES is non-nil.Freport-errors
Eval BODY and turn any error into a FORMAT message.
FORMAT can have a %s escape which will be replaced with the actual error.
If `debug-on-error' is set, errors are not caught, so that you can
debug them.
Avoid using a large BODY since it is duplicated.Fnormal-mode
Choose the major mode for this buffer automatically.
Also sets up any specified local variables of the file.
Uses the visited file name, the -*- line, and the local variables spec.

This function is called automatically from `find-file'.  In that case,
we may set up the file-specified mode and local variables,
depending on the value of `enable-local-variables'.
In addition, if `local-enable-local-variables' is nil, we do
not set local variables (though we do notice a mode specified with -*-.)

`enable-local-variables' is ignored if you run `normal-mode' interactively,
or from Lisp without specifying the optional argument FIND-FILE;
in that case, this function acts as if `enable-local-variables' were t.Vauto-mode-case-fold
Non-nil means to try second pass through `auto-mode-alist'.
This means that if the first case-sensitive search through the alist fails
to find a matching major mode, a second case-insensitive search is made.
On systems with case-insensitive file names, this variable is ignored,
since only a single case-insensitive search through the alist is made.Vauto-mode-alist
Alist of filename patterns vs corresponding major mode functions.
Each element looks like (REGEXP . FUNCTION) or (REGEXP FUNCTION NON-NIL).
(NON-NIL stands for anything that is not nil; the value does not matter.)
Visiting a file whose name matches REGEXP specifies FUNCTION as the
mode function to use.  FUNCTION will be called, unless it is nil.

If the element has the form (REGEXP FUNCTION NON-NIL), then after
calling FUNCTION (if it's not nil), we delete the suffix that matched
REGEXP and search the list again for another match.

If the file name matches `inhibit-first-line-modes-regexps',
then `auto-mode-alist' is not processed.

The extensions whose FUNCTION is `archive-mode' should also
appear in `auto-coding-alist' with `no-conversion' coding system.

See also `interpreter-mode-alist', which detects executable script modes
based on the interpreters they specify to run,
and `magic-mode-alist', which determines modes based on file contents.Fconf-mode-maybe
Select Conf mode or XML mode according to start of file.Vinterpreter-mode-alist
Alist mapping interpreter names to major modes.
This is used for files whose first lines match `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp'.
Each element looks like (INTERPRETER . MODE).
If INTERPRETER matches the name of the interpreter specified in the first line
of a script, mode MODE is enabled.

See also `auto-mode-alist'.Vinhibit-first-line-modes-regexps
List of regexps; if one matches a file name, don't look for `-*-'.Vinhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes
List of regexps for what to ignore, for `inhibit-first-line-modes-regexps'.
When checking `inhibit-first-line-modes-regexps', we first discard
from the end of the file name anything that matches one of these regexps.Vauto-mode-interpreter-regexp
Regexp matching interpreters, for file mode determination.
This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file
to determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode'.  If it matches, the file
is assumed to be interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group
of the regular expression.  The mode is then determined as the mode
associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.Vmagic-mode-alist
Alist of buffer beginnings vs. corresponding major mode functions.
Each element looks like (REGEXP . FUNCTION) or (MATCH-FUNCTION . FUNCTION).
After visiting a file, if REGEXP matches the text at the beginning of the
buffer, or calling MATCH-FUNCTION returns non-nil, `normal-mode' will
call FUNCTION rather than allowing `auto-mode-alist' to decide the buffer's
major mode.

If FUNCTION is nil, then it is not called.  (That is a way of saying
"allow `auto-mode-alist' to decide for these files.")Vmagic-fallback-mode-alist
Like `magic-mode-alist' but has lower priority than `auto-mode-alist'.
Each element looks like (REGEXP . FUNCTION) or (MATCH-FUNCTION . FUNCTION).
After visiting a file, if REGEXP matches the text at the beginning of the
buffer, or calling MATCH-FUNCTION returns non-nil, `normal-mode' will
call FUNCTION, provided that `magic-mode-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
have not specified a mode for this file.

If FUNCTION is nil, then it is not called.Vmagic-mode-regexp-match-limit
Upper limit on `magic-mode-alist' regexp matches.
Also applies to `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.Fset-auto-mode
Select major mode appropriate for current buffer.

To find the right major mode, this function checks for a -*- mode tag,
checks if it uses an interpreter listed in `interpreter-mode-alist',
matches the buffer beginning against `magic-mode-alist',
compares the filename against the entries in `auto-mode-alist',
then matches the buffer beginning against `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.

It does not check for the `mode:' local variable in the
Local Variables section of the file; for that, use `hack-local-variables'.

If `enable-local-variables' is nil, this function does not check for a
-*- mode tag.

If the optional argument KEEP-MODE-IF-SAME is non-nil, then we
set the major mode only if that would change it.  In other words
we don't actually set it to the same mode the buffer already has.Fset-auto-mode-0
Apply MODE and return it.
If optional arg KEEP-MODE-IF-SAME is non-nil, MODE is chased of
any aliases and compared to current major mode.  If they are the
same, do nothing and return nil.Fset-auto-mode-1
Find the -*- spec in the buffer.
Call with point at the place to start searching from.
If one is found, set point to the beginning
and return the position of the end.
Otherwise, return nil; point may be changed.Vignored-local-variables
Variables to be ignored in a file's local variable spec.Vhack-local-variables-hook
Normal hook run after processing a file's local variables specs.
Major modes can use this to examine user-specified local variables
in order to initialize other data structure based on them.Vsafe-local-variable-values
List variable-value pairs that are considered safe.
Each element is a cons cell (VAR . VAL), where VAR is a variable
symbol and VAL is a value that is considered safe.Vsafe-local-eval-forms
Expressions that are considered safe in an `eval:' local variable.
Add expressions to this list if you want Emacs to evaluate them, when
they appear in an `eval' local variable specification, without first
asking you for confirmation.Vfile-local-variables-alist
Alist of file-local variable settings in the current buffer.
Each element in this list has the form (VAR . VALUE), where VAR
is a file-local variable (a symbol) and VALUE is the value
specified.  The actual value in the buffer may differ from VALUE,
if it is changed by the major or minor modes, or by the user.Vbefore-hack-local-variables-hook
Normal hook run before setting file-local variables.
It is called after checking for unsafe/risky variables and
setting `file-local-variables-alist', and before applying the
variables stored in `file-local-variables-alist'.  A hook
function is allowed to change the contents of this alist.

This hook is called only if there is at least one file-local
variable to set.Fhack-local-variables-confirm
Get confirmation before setting up local variable values.
ALL-VARS is the list of all variables to be set up.
UNSAFE-VARS is the list of those that aren't marked as safe or risky.
RISKY-VARS is the list of those that are marked as risky.
DIR-NAME is a directory name if these settings come from
directory-local variables, or nil otherwise.Fhack-local-variables-prop-line
Return local variables specified in the -*- line.
Ignore any specification for `mode:' and `coding:';
`set-auto-mode' should already have handled `mode:',
`set-auto-coding' should already have handled `coding:'.

If MODE-ONLY is non-nil, all we do is check whether the major
mode is specified, returning t if it is specified.  Otherwise,
return an alist of elements (VAR . VAL), where VAR is a variable
and VAL is the specified value.Fhack-local-variables-filter
Filter local variable settings, querying the user if necessary.
VARIABLES is the alist of variable-value settings.  This alist is
 filtered based on the values of `ignored-local-variables',
 `enable-local-eval', `enable-local-variables', and (if necessary)
 user interaction.  The results are added to
 `file-local-variables-alist', without applying them.
DIR-NAME is a directory name if these settings come from
 directory-local variables, or nil otherwise.Fhack-local-variables
Parse and put into effect this buffer's local variables spec.
If MODE-ONLY is non-nil, all we do is check whether the major mode
is specified, returning t if it is specified.Fsafe-local-variable-p
Non-nil if SYM is safe as a file-local variable with value VAL.
It is safe if any of these conditions are met:

* There is a matching entry (SYM . VAL) in the
   `safe-local-variable-values' user option.

* The `safe-local-variable' property of SYM is a function that
   evaluates to a non-nil value with VAL as an argument.Frisky-local-variable-p
Non-nil if SYM could be dangerous as a file-local variable.
It is dangerous if either of these conditions are met:

* Its `risky-local-variable' property is non-nil.

* Its name ends with "hook(s)", "function(s)", "form(s)", "map",
   "program", "command(s)", "predicate(s)", "frame-alist",
   "mode-alist", "font-lock-(syntactic-)keyword*",
   "map-alist", or "bindat-spec".Fhack-one-local-variable-eval-safep
Return t if it is safe to eval EXP when it is found in a file.Fhack-one-local-variable
Set local variable VAR with value VAL.
If VAR is `mode', call `VAL-mode' as a function unless it's
already the major mode.Vdir-locals-class-alist
Alist mapping directory-local variable classes (symbols) to variable lists.Vdir-locals-directory-cache
List of cached directory roots for directory-local variable classes.
Each element in this list has the form (DIR CLASS MTIME).
DIR is the name of the directory.
CLASS is the name of a variable class (a symbol).
MTIME is the recorded modification time of the directory-local
 variables file associated with this entry.  This time is a list
 of two integers (the same format as `file-attributes'), and is
 used to test whether the cache entry is still valid.
 Alternatively, MTIME can be nil, which means the entry is always
 considered valid.Fdir-locals-get-class-variables
Return the variable list for CLASS.Fdir-locals-collect-mode-variables
Collect directory-local variables from MODE-VARIABLES.
VARIABLES is the initial list of variables.
Returns the new list.Fdir-locals-collect-variables
Collect entries from CLASS-VARIABLES into VARIABLES.
ROOT is the root directory of the project.
Return the new variables list.Fdir-locals-set-directory-class
Declare that the DIRECTORY root is an instance of CLASS.
DIRECTORY is the name of a directory, a string.
CLASS is the name of a project class, a symbol.
MTIME is either the modification time of the directory-local
variables file that defined this class, or nil.

When a file beneath DIRECTORY is visited, the mode-specific
variables from CLASS are applied to the buffer.  The variables
for a class are defined using `dir-locals-set-class-variables'.Fdir-locals-set-class-variables
Map the type CLASS to a list of variable settings.
CLASS is the project class, a symbol.  VARIABLES is a list
that declares directory-local variables for the class.
An element in VARIABLES is either of the form:
    (MAJOR-MODE . ALIST)
or
    (DIRECTORY . LIST)

In the first form, MAJOR-MODE is a symbol, and ALIST is an alist
whose elements are of the form (VARIABLE . VALUE).

In the second form, DIRECTORY is a directory name (a string), and
LIST is a list of the form accepted by the function.

When a file is visited, the file's class is found.  A directory
may be assigned a class using `dir-locals-set-directory-class'.
Then variables are set in the file's buffer according to the
class' LIST.  The list is processed in order.

* If the element is of the form (MAJOR-MODE . ALIST), and the
  buffer's major mode is derived from MAJOR-MODE (as determined
  by `derived-mode-p'), then all the variables in ALIST are
  applied.  A MAJOR-MODE of nil may be used to match any buffer.
  `make-local-variable' is called for each variable before it is
  set.

* If the element is of the form (DIRECTORY . LIST), and DIRECTORY
  is an initial substring of the file's directory, then LIST is
  applied by recursively following these rules.Vdir-locals-file
File that contains directory-local variables.
It has to be constant to enforce uniform values
across different environments and users.Fdir-locals-find-file
Find the directory-local variables for FILE.
This searches upward in the directory tree from FILE.
If the directory root of FILE has been registered in
 `dir-locals-directory-cache' and the directory-local variables
 file has not been modified, return the matching entry in
 `dir-locals-directory-cache'.
Otherwise, if a directory-local variables file is found, return
 the file name.
Otherwise, return nil.Fdir-locals-read-from-file
Load a variables FILE and register a new class and instance.
FILE is the name of the file holding the variables to apply.
The new class name is the same as the directory in which FILE
is found.  Returns the new class name.Fhack-dir-local-variables
Read per-directory local variables for the current buffer.
Store the directory-local variables in `file-local-variables-alist',
without applying them.Vchange-major-mode-with-file-name
Non-nil means \[write-file] should set the major mode from the file name.
However, the mode will not be changed if
(1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
(2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
    not suitable for ordinary files, or
(3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.Fset-visited-file-name
Change name of file visited in current buffer to FILENAME.
This also renames the buffer to correspond to the new file.
The next time the buffer is saved it will go in the newly specified file.
FILENAME nil or an empty string means mark buffer as not visiting any file.
Remember to delete the initial contents of the minibuffer
if you wish to pass an empty string as the argument.

The optional second argument NO-QUERY, if non-nil, inhibits asking for
confirmation in the case where another buffer is already visiting FILENAME.

The optional third argument ALONG-WITH-FILE, if non-nil, means that
the old visited file has been renamed to the new name FILENAME.Fwrite-file
Write current buffer into file FILENAME.
This makes the buffer visit that file, and marks it as not modified.

If you specify just a directory name as FILENAME, that means to use
the default file name but in that directory.  You can also yank
the default file name into the minibuffer to edit it, using \<minibuffer-local-map>\[next-history-element].

If the buffer is not already visiting a file, the default file name
for the output file is the buffer name.

If optional second arg CONFIRM is non-nil, this function
asks for confirmation before overwriting an existing file.
Interactively, confirmation is required unless you supply a prefix argument.Fbackup-buffer
Make a backup of the disk file visited by the current buffer, if appropriate.
This is normally done before saving the buffer the first time.

A backup may be done by renaming or by copying; see documentation of
variable `make-backup-files'.  If it's done by renaming, then the file is
no longer accessible under its old name.

The value is non-nil after a backup was made by renaming.
It has the form (MODES . BACKUPNAME).
MODES is the result of `file-modes' on the original
file; this means that the caller, after saving the buffer, should change
the modes of the new file to agree with the old modes.
BACKUPNAME is the backup file name, which is the old file renamed.Ffile-name-sans-versions
Return file NAME sans backup versions or strings.
This is a separate procedure so your site-init or startup file can
redefine it.
If the optional argument KEEP-BACKUP-VERSION is non-nil,
we do not remove backup version numbers, only true file version numbers.Ffile-ownership-preserved-p
Return t if deleting FILE and rewriting it would preserve the owner.Ffile-name-sans-extension
Return FILENAME sans final "extension".
The extension, in a file name, is the part that follows the last `.',
except that a leading `.', if any, doesn't count.Ffile-name-extension
Return FILENAME's final "extension".
The extension, in a file name, is the part that follows the last `.',
excluding version numbers and backup suffixes,
except that a leading `.', if any, doesn't count.
Return nil for extensionless file names such as `foo'.
Return the empty string for file names such as `foo.'.

If PERIOD is non-nil, then the returned value includes the period
that delimits the extension, and if FILENAME has no extension,
the value is "".Vmake-backup-file-name-function
A function to use instead of the default `make-backup-file-name'.
A value of nil gives the default `make-backup-file-name' behavior.

This could be buffer-local to do something special for specific
files.  If you define it, you may need to change `backup-file-name-p'
and `file-name-sans-versions' too.

See also `backup-directory-alist'.Vbackup-directory-alist
Alist of filename patterns and backup directory names.
Each element looks like (REGEXP . DIRECTORY).  Backups of files with
names matching REGEXP will be made in DIRECTORY.  DIRECTORY may be
relative or absolute.  If it is absolute, so that all matching files
are backed up into the same directory, the file names in this
directory will be the full name of the file backed up with all
directory separators changed to `!' to prevent clashes.  This will not
work correctly if your filesystem truncates the resulting name.

For the common case of all backups going into one directory, the alist
should contain a single element pairing "." with the appropriate
directory name.

If this variable is nil, or it fails to match a filename, the backup
is made in the original file's directory.

On MS-DOS filesystems without long names this variable is always
ignored.Fnormal-backup-enable-predicate
Default `backup-enable-predicate' function.
Checks for files in `temporary-file-directory',
`small-temporary-file-directory', and /tmp.Fmake-backup-file-name
Create the non-numeric backup file name for FILE.
Normally this will just be the file's name with `~' appended.
Customization hooks are provided as follows.

If the variable `make-backup-file-name-function' is non-nil, its value
should be a function which will be called with FILE as its argument;
the resulting name is used.

Otherwise a match for FILE is sought in `backup-directory-alist'; see
the documentation of that variable.  If the directory for the backup
doesn't exist, it is created.Fmake-backup-file-name-1
Subroutine of `make-backup-file-name' and `find-backup-file-name'.Fbackup-file-name-p
Return non-nil if FILE is a backup file name (numeric or not).
This is a separate function so you can redefine it for customization.
You may need to redefine `file-name-sans-versions' as well.Fbackup-extract-version
Given the name of a numeric backup file, FN, return the backup number.
Uses the free variable `backup-extract-version-start', whose value should be
the index in the name where the version number begins.Ffind-backup-file-name
Find a file name for a backup file FN, and suggestions for deletions.
Value is a list whose car is the name for the backup file
and whose cdr is a list of old versions to consider deleting now.
If the value is nil, don't make a backup.
Uses `backup-directory-alist' in the same way as does
`make-backup-file-name'.Ffile-nlinks
Return number of names file FILENAME has.Ffile-relative-name
Convert FILENAME to be relative to DIRECTORY (default: `default-directory').
This function returns a relative file name which is equivalent to FILENAME
when used with that default directory as the default.
If FILENAME and DIRECTORY lie on different machines or on different drives
on a DOS/Windows machine, it returns FILENAME in expanded form.Fsave-buffer
Save current buffer in visited file if modified.
Variations are described below.

By default, makes the previous version into a backup file
 if previously requested or if this is the first save.
Prefixed with one \[universal-argument], marks this version
 to become a backup when the next save is done.
Prefixed with two \[universal-argument]'s,
 unconditionally makes the previous version into a backup file.
Prefixed with three \[universal-argument]'s, marks this version
 to become a backup when the next save is done,
 and unconditionally makes the previous version into a backup file.

With a numeric argument of 0, never make the previous version
into a backup file.

If a file's name is FOO, the names of its numbered backup versions are
 FOO.~i~ for various integers i.  A non-numbered backup file is called FOO~.
Numeric backups (rather than FOO~) will be made if value of
 `version-control' is not the atom `never' and either there are already
 numeric versions of the file being backed up, or `version-control' is
 non-nil.
We don't want excessive versions piling up, so there are variables
 `kept-old-versions', which tells Emacs how many oldest versions to keep,
 and `kept-new-versions', which tells how many newest versions to keep.
 Defaults are 2 old versions and 2 new.
`dired-kept-versions' controls dired's clean-directory (.) command.
If `delete-old-versions' is nil, system will query user
 before trimming versions.  Otherwise it does it silently.

If `vc-make-backup-files' is nil, which is the default,
 no backup files are made for files managed by version control.
 (This is because the version control system itself records previous versions.)

See the subroutine `basic-save-buffer' for more information.Fdelete-auto-save-file-if-necessary
Delete auto-save file for current buffer if `delete-auto-save-files' is t.
Normally delete only if the file was written by this Emacs since
the last real save, but optional arg FORCE non-nil means delete anyway.Vauto-save-hook
Normal hook run just before auto-saving.Vbefore-save-hook
Normal hook that is run before a buffer is saved to its file.Vafter-save-hook
Normal hook that is run after a buffer is saved to its file.Vsave-buffer-coding-system
If non-nil, use this coding system for saving the buffer.
More precisely, use this coding system in place of the
value of `buffer-file-coding-system', when saving the buffer.
Calling `write-region' for any purpose other than saving the buffer
will still use `buffer-file-coding-system'; this variable has no effect
in such cases.Fbasic-save-buffer
Save the current buffer in its visited file, if it has been modified.
The hooks `write-contents-functions' and `write-file-functions' get a chance
to do the job of saving; if they do not, then the buffer is saved in
the visited file in the usual way.
Before and after saving the buffer, this function runs
`before-save-hook' and `after-save-hook', respectively.Fdiff-buffer-with-file
View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.Vsave-some-buffers-action-alist
ACTION-ALIST argument used in call to `map-y-or-n-p'.Vbuffer-save-without-query
Non-nil means `save-some-buffers' should save this buffer without asking.Fsave-some-buffers
Save some modified file-visiting buffers.  Asks user about each one.
You can answer `y' to save, `n' not to save, `C-r' to look at the
buffer in question with `view-buffer' before deciding or `d' to
view the differences using `diff-buffer-with-file'.

Optional argument (the prefix) non-nil means save all with no questions.
Optional second argument PRED determines which buffers are considered:
If PRED is nil, all the file-visiting buffers are considered.
If PRED is t, then certain non-file buffers will also be considered.
If PRED is a zero-argument function, it indicates for each buffer whether
to consider it or not when called with that buffer current.

See `save-some-buffers-action-alist' if you want to
change the additional actions you can take on files.Fnot-modified
Mark current buffer as unmodified, not needing to be saved.
With prefix ARG, mark buffer as modified, so \[save-buffer] will save.

It is not a good idea to use this function in Lisp programs, because it
prints a message in the minibuffer.  Instead, use `set-buffer-modified-p'.Ftoggle-read-only
Change whether this buffer is read-only.
With prefix argument ARG, make the buffer read-only if ARG is
positive, otherwise make it writable.  If buffer is read-only
and `view-read-only' is non-nil, enter view mode.Finsert-file
Insert contents of file FILENAME into buffer after point.
Set mark after the inserted text.

This function is meant for the user to run interactively.
Don't call it from programs!  Use `insert-file-contents' instead.
(Its calling sequence is different; see its documentation).Fappend-to-file
Append the contents of the region to the end of file FILENAME.
When called from a function, expects three arguments,
START, END and FILENAME.  START and END are normally buffer positions
specifying the part of the buffer to write.
If START is nil, that means to use the entire buffer contents.
If START is a string, then output that string to the file
instead of any buffer contents; END is ignored.

This does character code conversion and applies annotations
like `write-region' does.Ffile-newest-backup
Return most recent backup file for FILENAME or nil if no backups exist.Frename-uniquely
Rename current buffer to a similar name not already taken.
This function is useful for creating multiple shell process buffers
or multiple mail buffers, etc.Fmake-directory
Create the directory DIR and any nonexistent parent dirs.
If DIR already exists as a directory, signal an error, unless PARENTS is set.

Interactively, the default choice of directory to create
is the current default directory for file names.
That is useful when you have visited a file in a nonexistent directory.

Noninteractively, the second (optional) argument PARENTS says whether
to create parent directories if they don't exist.  Interactively,
this happens by default.Vrevert-buffer-function
Function to use to revert this buffer, or nil to do the default.
The function receives two arguments IGNORE-AUTO and NOCONFIRM,
which are the arguments that `revert-buffer' received.Vrevert-buffer-insert-file-contents-function
Function to use to insert contents when reverting this buffer.
Gets two args, first the nominal file name to use,
and second, t if reading the auto-save file.

The function you specify is responsible for updating (or preserving) point.Vbuffer-stale-function
Function to check whether a non-file buffer needs reverting.
This should be a function with one optional argument NOCONFIRM.
Auto Revert Mode passes t for NOCONFIRM.  The function should return
non-nil if the buffer should be reverted.  A return value of
`fast' means that the need for reverting was not checked, but
that reverting the buffer is fast.  The buffer is current when
this function is called.

The idea behind the NOCONFIRM argument is that it should be
non-nil if the buffer is going to be reverted without asking the
user.  In such situations, one has to be careful with potentially
time consuming operations.

For more information on how this variable is used by Auto Revert mode,
see Info node `(emacs)Supporting additional buffers'.Vbefore-revert-hook
Normal hook for `revert-buffer' to run before reverting.
If `revert-buffer-function' is used to override the normal revert
mechanism, this hook is not used.Vafter-revert-hook
Normal hook for `revert-buffer' to run after reverting.
Note that the hook value that it runs is the value that was in effect
before reverting; that makes a difference if you have buffer-local
hook functions.

If `revert-buffer-function' is used to override the normal revert
mechanism, this hook is not used.Frevert-buffer
Replace current buffer text with the text of the visited file on disk.
This undoes all changes since the file was visited or saved.
With a prefix argument, offer to revert from latest auto-save file, if
that is more recent than the visited file.

This command also implements an interface for special buffers
that contain text which doesn't come from a file, but reflects
some other data instead (e.g. Dired buffers, `buffer-list'
buffers).  This is done via the variable `revert-buffer-function'.
In these cases, it should reconstruct the buffer contents from the
appropriate data.

When called from Lisp, the first argument is IGNORE-AUTO; only offer
to revert from the auto-save file when this is nil.  Note that the
sense of this argument is the reverse of the prefix argument, for the
sake of backward compatibility.  IGNORE-AUTO is optional, defaulting
to nil.

Optional second argument NOCONFIRM means don't ask for confirmation
at all.  (The variable `revert-without-query' offers another way to
revert buffers without querying for confirmation.)

Optional third argument PRESERVE-MODES non-nil means don't alter
the files modes.  Normally we reinitialize them using `normal-mode'.

If the value of `revert-buffer-function' is non-nil, it is called to
do all the work for this command.  Otherwise, the hooks
`before-revert-hook' and `after-revert-hook' are run at the beginning
and the end, and if `revert-buffer-insert-file-contents-function' is
non-nil, it is called instead of rereading visited file contents.Frecover-this-file
Recover the visited file--get contents from its last auto-save file.Frecover-file
Visit file FILE, but get contents from its last auto-save file.Frecover-session
Recover auto save files from a previous Emacs session.
This command first displays a Dired buffer showing you the
previous sessions that you could recover from.
To choose one, move point to the proper line and then type C-c C-c.
Then you'll be asked about a number of files to recover.Frecover-session-finish
Choose one saved session to recover auto-save files from.
This command is used in the special Dired buffer created by
\[recover-session].Fkill-buffer-ask
Kill BUFFER if confirmed.Fkill-some-buffers
Kill some buffers.  Asks the user whether to kill each one of them.
Non-interactively, if optional argument LIST is non-nil, it
specifies the list of buffers to kill, asking for approval for each one.Fkill-matching-buffers
Kill buffers whose name matches the specified REGEXP.
The optional second argument indicates whether to kill internal buffers too.Fauto-save-mode
Toggle auto-saving of contents of current buffer.
With prefix argument ARG, turn auto-saving on if positive, else off.Frename-auto-save-file
Adjust current buffer's auto save file name for current conditions.
Also rename any existing auto save file, if it was made in this session.Fmake-auto-save-file-name
Return file name to use for auto-saves of current buffer.
Does not consider `auto-save-visited-file-name' as that variable is checked
before calling this function.  You can redefine this for customization.
See also `auto-save-file-name-p'.Fauto-save-file-name-p
Return non-nil if FILENAME can be yielded by `make-auto-save-file-name'.
FILENAME should lack slashes.  You can redefine this for customization.Fwildcard-to-regexp
Given a shell file name pattern WILDCARD, return an equivalent regexp.
The generated regexp will match a filename only if the filename
matches that wildcard according to shell rules.  Only wildcards known
by `sh' are supported.Vlist-directory-brief-switches
Switches for `list-directory' to pass to `ls' for brief listing.Vlist-directory-verbose-switches
Switches for `list-directory' to pass to `ls' for verbose listing.Ffile-expand-wildcards
Expand wildcard pattern PATTERN.
This returns a list of file names which match the pattern.

If PATTERN is written as an absolute file name,
the values are absolute also.

If PATTERN is written as a relative file name, it is interpreted
relative to the current default directory, `default-directory'.
The file names returned are normally also relative to the current
default directory.  However, if FULL is non-nil, they are absolute.Flist-directory
Display a list of files in or matching DIRNAME, a la `ls'.
DIRNAME is globbed by the shell if necessary.
Prefix arg (second arg if noninteractive) means supply -l switch to `ls'.
Actions controlled by variables `list-directory-brief-switches'
and `list-directory-verbose-switches'.Fshell-quote-wildcard-pattern
Quote characters special to the shell in PATTERN, leave wildcards alone.

PATTERN is assumed to represent a file-name wildcard suitable for the
underlying filesystem.  For Unix and GNU/Linux, each character from the
set [ \t\n;<>&|()'"#$] is quoted with a backslash; for DOS/Windows, all
the parts of the pattern which don't include wildcard characters are
quoted with double quotes.

This function leaves alone existing quote characters (\ on Unix and "
on Windows), so PATTERN can use them to quote wildcard characters that
need to be passed verbatim to shell commands.Vinsert-directory-program
Absolute or relative name of the `ls' program used by `insert-directory'.Vdirectory-free-space-program
Program to get the amount of free space on a file system.
We assume the output has the format of `df'.
The value of this variable must be just a command name or file name;
if you want to specify options, use `directory-free-space-args'.

A value of nil disables this feature.

If the function `file-system-info' is defined, it is always used in
preference to the program given by this variable.Vdirectory-free-space-args
Options to use when running `directory-free-space-program'.Fget-free-disk-space
Return the amount of free space on directory DIR's file system.
The result is a string that gives the number of free 1KB blocks,
or nil if the system call or the program which retrieve the information
fail.  It returns also nil when DIR is a remote directory.

This function calls `file-system-info' if it is available, or invokes the
program specified by `directory-free-space-program' if that is non-nil.Vdirectory-listing-before-filename-regexp
Regular expression to match up to the file name in a directory listing.
The default value is designed to recognize dates and times
regardless of the language.Finsert-directory
Insert directory listing for FILE, formatted according to SWITCHES.
Leaves point after the inserted text.
SWITCHES may be a string of options, or a list of strings
representing individual options.
Optional third arg WILDCARD means treat FILE as shell wildcard.
Optional fourth arg FULL-DIRECTORY-P means file is a directory and
switches do not contain `d', so that a full listing is expected.

This works by running a directory listing program
whose name is in the variable `insert-directory-program'.
If WILDCARD, it also runs the shell specified by `shell-file-name'.

When SWITCHES contains the long `--dired' option, this function
treats it specially, for the sake of dired.  However, the
normally equivalent short `-D' option is just passed on to
`insert-directory-program', as any other option.Finsert-directory-adj-pos
Convert `ls --dired' file name position value POS to a buffer position.
File name position values returned in ls --dired output
count only stdout; they don't count the error messages sent to stderr.
So this function converts to them to real buffer positions.
ERROR-LINES is a list of buffer positions of error message lines,
of the form (START END).Finsert-directory-safely
Insert directory listing for FILE, formatted according to SWITCHES.

Like `insert-directory', but if FILE does not exist, it inserts a
message to that effect instead of signaling an error.Vkill-emacs-query-functions
Functions to call with no arguments to query about killing Emacs.
If any of these functions returns nil, killing Emacs is cancelled.
`save-buffers-kill-emacs' calls these functions, but `kill-emacs',
the low level primitive, does not.  See also `kill-emacs-hook'.Vconfirm-kill-emacs
How to ask for confirmation when leaving Emacs.
If nil, the default, don't ask at all.  If the value is non-nil, it should
be a predicate function such as `yes-or-no-p'.Fsave-buffers-kill-emacs
Offer to save each buffer, then kill this Emacs process.
With prefix ARG, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.Fsave-buffers-kill-terminal
Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current connection.
If the current frame has no client, kill Emacs itself.

With prefix ARG, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.

If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
only these files will be asked to be saved.Ffile-modes-char-to-who
Convert CHAR to a numeric bit-mask for extracting mode bits.
CHAR is in [ugoa] and represents the category of users (Owner, Group,
Others, or All) for whom to produce the mask.
The bit-mask that is returned extracts from mode bits the access rights
for the specified category of users.Ffile-modes-char-to-right
Convert CHAR to a numeric value of mode bits.
CHAR is in [rwxXstugo] and represents symbolic access permissions.
If CHAR is in [Xugo], the value is taken from FROM (or 0 if omitted).Ffile-modes-rights-to-number
Convert a symbolic mode string specification to an equivalent number.
RIGHTS is the symbolic mode spec, it should match "([+=-][rwxXstugo]*)+".
WHO-MASK is the bit-mask specifying the category of users to which to
apply the access permissions.  See `file-modes-char-to-who'.
FROM (or 0 if nil) gives the mode bits on which to base permissions if
RIGHTS request to add, remove, or set permissions based on existing ones,
as in "og+rX-w".Ffile-modes-symbolic-to-number
Convert symbolic file modes to numeric file modes.
MODES is the string to convert, it should match
"[ugoa]*([+-=][rwxXstugo]*)+,...".
See (info "(coreutils)File permissions") for more information on this
notation.
FROM (or 0 if nil) gives the mode bits on which to base permissions if
MODES request to add, remove, or set permissions based on existing ones,
as in "og+rX-w".Fread-file-modes
Read file modes in octal or symbolic notation and return its numeric value.
PROMPT is used as the prompt, default to `File modes (octal or symbolic): '.
ORIG-FILE is the name of a file on whose mode bits to base returned
permissions if what user types requests to add, remove, or set permissions
based on existing mode bits, as in "og+rX-w".Vtrash-directory
Directory for `move-file-to-trash' to move files and directories to.
This directory is only used when the function `system-move-file-to-trash' is
not defined.  Relative paths are interpreted relative to `default-directory'.
See also `delete-by-moving-to-trash'.Fmove-file-to-trash
Move file (or directory) name FILENAME to the trash.
This function is called by `delete-file' and `delete-directory' when
`delete-by-moving-to-trash' is non-nil.  On platforms that define
`system-move-file-to-trash', that function is used to move FILENAME to the
system trash, otherwise FILENAME is moved to `trash-directory'.
Returns nil on success.Sfloat-sup.elc
Vpi
The value of Pi (3.1415926...).Ve
The value of e (2.7182818...).Vdegrees-to-radians
Degrees to radian conversion constant.Vradians-to-degrees
Radian to degree conversion constant.Fdegrees-to-radians
Convert ARG from degrees to radians.Fradians-to-degrees
Convert ARG from radians to degrees.Sformat.elc
Vformat-alist
List of information about understood file formats.
Elements are of the form
(NAME DOC-STR REGEXP FROM-FN TO-FN MODIFY MODE-FN PRESERVE).

NAME    is a symbol, which is stored in `buffer-file-format'.

DOC-STR should be a single line providing more information about the
        format.  It is currently unused, but in the future will be shown to
        the user if they ask for more information.

REGEXP  is a regular expression to match against the beginning of the file;
        it should match only files in that format.  Use nil to avoid
        matching at all for formats for which it isn't appropriate to
        require explicit encoding/decoding.

FROM-FN is called to decode files in that format; it takes two args, BEGIN
        and END, and can make any modifications it likes, returning the new
        end.  It must make sure that the beginning of the file no longer
        matches REGEXP, or else it will get called again.
	Alternatively, FROM-FN can be a string, which specifies a shell command
	(including options) to be used as a filter to perform the conversion.

TO-FN   is called to encode a region into that format; it takes three
        arguments: BEGIN, END, and BUFFER.  BUFFER is the original buffer that
        the data being written came from, which the function could use, for
        example, to find the values of local variables.  TO-FN should either
        return a list of annotations like `write-region-annotate-functions',
        or modify the region and return the new end.
	Alternatively, TO-FN can be a string, which specifies a shell command
	(including options) to be used as a filter to perform the conversion.

MODIFY, if non-nil, means the TO-FN wants to modify the region.  If nil,
        TO-FN will not make any changes but will instead return a list of
        annotations.

MODE-FN, if specified, is called when visiting a file with that format.
         It is called with a single positive argument, on the assumption
         that this would turn on some minor mode.

PRESERVE, if non-nil, means that `format-write-file' should not remove
          this format from `buffer-file-format'.Fformat-encode-run-method
Translate using METHOD the text from FROM to TO.
If METHOD is a string, it is a shell command (including options);
otherwise, it should be a Lisp function.
BUFFER should be the buffer that the output originally came from.Fformat-decode-run-method
Decode using METHOD the text from FROM to TO.
If METHOD is a string, it is a shell command (including options); otherwise,
it should be a Lisp function.  Decoding is done for the given BUFFER.Fformat-annotate-function
Return annotations for writing region as FORMAT.
FORMAT is a symbol naming one of the formats defined in `format-alist'.
It must be a single symbol, not a list like `buffer-file-format'.
FROM and TO delimit the region to be operated on in the current buffer.
ORIG-BUF is the original buffer that the data came from.

FORMAT-COUNT is an integer specifying how many times this function has
been called in the process of decoding ORIG-BUF.

This function works like a function in `write-region-annotate-functions':
it either returns a list of annotations, or returns with a different buffer
current, which contains the modified text to write.  In the latter case,
this function's value is nil.

For most purposes, consider using `format-encode-region' instead.Fformat-decode
Decode text from any known FORMAT.
FORMAT is a symbol appearing in `format-alist' or a list of such symbols,
or nil, in which case this function tries to guess the format of the data by
matching against the regular expressions in `format-alist'.  After a match is
found and the region decoded, the alist is searched again from the beginning
for another match.

Second arg LENGTH is the number of characters following point to operate on.
If optional third arg VISIT-FLAG is true, set `buffer-file-format'
to the reverted list of formats used, and call any mode functions defined
for those formats.

Return the new length of the decoded region.

For most purposes, consider using `format-decode-region' instead.Fformat-decode-buffer
Translate the buffer from some FORMAT.
If the format is not specified, attempt a regexp-based guess.
Set `buffer-file-format' to the format used, and call any
format-specific mode functions.Fformat-decode-region
Decode the region from some format.
Arg FORMAT is optional; if omitted the format will be determined by looking
for identifying regular expressions at the beginning of the region.Fformat-encode-buffer
Translate the buffer into FORMAT.
FORMAT defaults to `buffer-file-format'.  It is a symbol naming one of the
formats defined in `format-alist', or a list of such symbols.Fformat-encode-region
Translate the region into some FORMAT.
FORMAT defaults to `buffer-file-format'.  It is a symbol naming
one of the formats defined in `format-alist', or a list of such symbols.Fformat-write-file
Write current buffer into FILENAME, using a format based on FORMAT.
Constructs the actual format starting from FORMAT, then appending
any elements from the value of `buffer-file-format' with a non-nil
`preserve' flag (see the documentation of `format-alist'), if they
are not already present in FORMAT.  It then updates `buffer-file-format'
with this format, making it the default for future saves.

If the buffer is already visiting a file, you can specify a
directory name as FILENAME, to write a file of the same old name
in that directory.

If optional third arg CONFIRM is non-nil, asks for confirmation before
overwriting an existing file.  Interactively, requires confirmation
unless you supply a prefix argument.Fformat-find-file
Find the file FILENAME using data format FORMAT.
If FORMAT is nil then do not do any format conversion.Fformat-insert-file
Insert the contents of file FILENAME using data format FORMAT.
If FORMAT is nil then do not do any format conversion.
The optional third and fourth arguments BEG and END specify
the part (in bytes) of the file to read.

The return value is like the value of `insert-file-contents':
a list (ABSOLUTE-FILE-NAME SIZE).Fformat-read
Read and return the name of a format.
Return value is a list, like `buffer-file-format'; it may be nil.
Formats are defined in `format-alist'.  Optional arg is the PROMPT to use.Fformat-replace-strings
Do multiple replacements on the buffer.
ALIST is a list of (FROM . TO) pairs, which should be proper arguments to
`search-forward' and `replace-match', respectively.
Optional second arg REVERSE, if non-nil, means the pairs are (TO . FROM),
so that you can use the same list in both directions if it contains only
literal strings.
Optional args BEG and END specify a region of the buffer on which to operate.Fformat-delq-cons
Remove the given CONS from LIST by side effect and return the new LIST.
Since CONS could be the first element of LIST, write
`(setq foo (format-delq-cons element foo))' to be sure of changing
the value of `foo'.Fformat-make-relatively-unique
Delete common elements of lists A and B, return as pair.
Compare using `equal'.Fformat-common-tail
Given two lists that have a common tail, return it.
Compare with `equal', and return the part of A that is equal to the
equivalent part of B.  If even the last items of the two are not equal,
return nil.Fformat-proper-list-p
Return t if LIST is a proper list.
A proper list is a list ending with a nil cdr, not with an atom Fformat-reorder
Arrange ITEMS to follow partial ORDER.
Elements of ITEMS equal to elements of ORDER will be rearranged
to follow the ORDER.  Unmatched items will go last.Fformat-deannotate-region
Translate annotations in the region into text properties.
This sets text properties between FROM to TO as directed by the
TRANSLATIONS and NEXT-FN arguments.

NEXT-FN is a function that searches forward from point for an annotation.
It should return a list of 4 elements: (BEGIN END NAME POSITIVE).  BEGIN and
END are buffer positions bounding the annotation, NAME is the name searched
for in TRANSLATIONS, and POSITIVE should be non-nil if this annotation marks
the beginning of a region with some property, or nil if it ends the region.
NEXT-FN should return nil if there are no annotations after point.

The basic format of the TRANSLATIONS argument is described in the
documentation for the `format-annotate-region' function.  There are some
additional things to keep in mind for decoding, though:

When an annotation is found, the TRANSLATIONS list is searched for a
text-property name and value that corresponds to that annotation.  If the
text-property has several annotations associated with it, it will be used only
if the other annotations are also in effect at that point.  The first match
found whose annotations are all present is used.

The text property thus determined is set to the value over the region between
the opening and closing annotations.  However, if the text-property name has a
non-nil `format-list-valued' property, then the value will be consed onto the
surrounding value of the property, rather than replacing that value.

There are some special symbols that can be used in the "property" slot of
the TRANSLATIONS list: PARAMETER and FUNCTION (spelled in uppercase).
Annotations listed under the pseudo-property PARAMETER are considered to be
arguments of the immediately surrounding annotation; the text between the
opening and closing parameter annotations is deleted from the buffer but saved
as a string.

The surrounding annotation should be listed under the pseudo-property
FUNCTION.  Instead of inserting a text-property for this annotation,
the function listed in the VALUE slot is called to make whatever
changes are appropriate.  It can also return a list of the form
(START LOC PROP VALUE) which specifies a property to put on.  The
function's first two arguments are the START and END locations, and
the rest of the arguments are any PARAMETERs found in that region.

Any annotations that are found by NEXT-FN but not defined by TRANSLATIONS
are saved as values of the `unknown' text-property (which is list-valued).
The TRANSLATIONS list should usually contain an entry of the form
    (unknown (nil format-annotate-value))
to write these unknown annotations back into the file.Fformat-subtract-regions
Remove from the regions in MINUEND the regions in SUBTRAHEND.
A region is a dotted pair (FROM . TO).  Both parameters are lists of
regions.  Each list must contain nonoverlapping, noncontiguous
regions, in descending order.  The result is also nonoverlapping,
noncontiguous, and in descending order.  The first element of MINUEND
can have a cdr of nil, indicating that the end of that region is not
yet known.

(fn MINUEND SUBTRAHEND)Fformat-property-increment-region
In the region from FROM to TO increment property PROP by amount DELTA.
DELTA may be negative.  If property PROP is nil anywhere
in the region, it is treated as though it were DEFAULT.Fformat-insert-annotations
Apply list of annotations to buffer as `write-region' would.
Insert each element of the given LIST of buffer annotations at its
appropriate place.  Use second arg OFFSET if the annotations' locations are
not relative to the beginning of the buffer: annotations will be inserted
at their location-OFFSET+1 (ie, the offset is treated as the position of
the first character in the buffer).Fformat-annotate-value
Return OLD and NEW as a (CLOSE . OPEN) annotation pair.
Useful as a default function for TRANSLATIONS alist when the value of the text
property is the name of the annotation that you want to use, as it is for the
`unknown' text property.Fformat-annotate-region
Generate annotations for text properties in the region.
Search for changes between FROM and TO, and describe them with a list of
annotations as defined by alist TRANSLATIONS and FORMAT-FN.  IGNORE lists text
properties not to consider; any text properties that are neither ignored nor
listed in TRANSLATIONS are warned about.
If you actually want to modify the region, give the return value of this
function to `format-insert-annotations'.

Format of the TRANSLATIONS argument:

Each element is a list whose car is a PROPERTY, and the following
elements have the form (VALUE ANNOTATIONS...).
Whenever the property takes on the value VALUE, the annotations
(as formatted by FORMAT-FN) are inserted into the file.
When the property stops having that value, the matching negated annotation
will be inserted (it may actually be closed earlier and reopened, if
necessary, to keep proper nesting).

If VALUE is a list, then each element of the list is dealt with
separately.

If a VALUE is numeric, then it is assumed that there is a single annotation
and each occurrence of it increments the value of the property by that number.
Thus, given the entry (left-margin (4 "indent")), if the left margin
changes from 4 to 12, two <indent> annotations will be generated.

If the VALUE is nil, then instead of annotations, a function should be
specified.  This function is used as a default: it is called for all
transitions not explicitly listed in the table.  The function is called with
two arguments, the OLD and NEW values of the property.  It should return
a cons cell (CLOSE . OPEN) as `format-annotate-single-property-change' does.

The same TRANSLATIONS structure can be used in reverse for reading files.Fformat-annotate-location
Return annotation(s) needed at location LOC.
This includes any properties that change between LOC - 1 and LOC.
If ALL is true, don't look at previous location, but generate annotations for
all non-nil properties.
Third argument IGNORE is a list of text-properties not to consider.
Use the TRANSLATIONS alist (see `format-annotate-region' for doc).

Return value is a vector of 3 elements:
1. List of annotations to close
2. List of annotations to open.
3. List of properties that were ignored or couldn't be annotated.

The annotations in lists 1 and 2 need not be strings.
They can be whatever the FORMAT-FN in `format-annotate-region'
can handle.  If that is `enriched-make-annotation', they can be
either strings, or lists of the form (PARAMETER VALUE).Fformat-annotate-single-property-change
Return annotations for property PROP changing from OLD to NEW.
These are searched for in the translations alist TRANSLATIONS
 (see `format-annotate-region' for the format).
If NEW does not appear in the list, but there is a default function,
then call that function.
Return a cons of the form (CLOSE . OPEN)
where CLOSE is a list of annotations to close
and OPEN is a list of annotations to open.

The annotations in CLOSE and OPEN need not be strings.
They can be whatever the FORMAT-FN in `format-annotate-region'
can handle.  If that is `enriched-make-annotation', they can be
either strings, or lists of the form (PARAMETER VALUE).Fformat-annotate-atomic-property-change
Internal function to annotate a single property change.
PROP-ALIST is the relevant element of a TRANSLATIONS list.
OLD and NEW are the values.Sframe.elc
Vframe-creation-function-alist
Alist of window-system dependent functions to call to create a new frame.
The window system startup file should add its frame creation
function to this list, which should take an alist of parameters
as its argument.Vwindow-system-default-frame-alist
Alist of window-system dependent default frame parameters.
You can set this in your init file; for example,

;; Disable menubar and toolbar on the console, but enable them under X.
 (setq window-system-default-frame-alist
       '((x (menu-bar-lines . 1) (tool-bar-lines . 1))
         (nil (menu-bar-lines . 0) (tool-bar-lines . 0))))

Parameters specified here supersede the values given in
`default-frame-alist'.Vinitial-frame-alist
Alist of parameters for the initial X window frame.
You can set this in your init file; for example,

(setq initial-frame-alist
       '((top . 1) (left . 1) (width . 80) (height . 55)))

Parameters specified here supersede the values given in
`default-frame-alist'.

If the value calls for a frame without a minibuffer, and you have
not created a minibuffer frame on your own, a minibuffer frame is
created according to `minibuffer-frame-alist'.

You can specify geometry-related options for just the initial
frame by setting this variable in your init file; however, they
won't take effect until Emacs reads your init file, which happens
after creating the initial frame.  If you want the initial frame
to have the proper geometry as soon as it appears, you need to
use this three-step process:
* Specify X resources to give the geometry you want.
* Set `default-frame-alist' to override these options so that they
  don't affect subsequent frames.
* Set `initial-frame-alist' in a way that matches the X resources,
  to override what you put in `default-frame-alist'.Vminibuffer-frame-alist
Alist of parameters for the initial minibuffer frame.
This is the minibuffer frame created if `initial-frame-alist'
calls for a frame without a minibuffer.  The parameters specified
here supersede those given in `default-frame-alist', for the
initial minibuffer frame.

You can set this in your init file; for example,

(setq minibuffer-frame-alist
       '((top . 1) (left . 1) (width . 80) (height . 2)))

It is not necessary to include (minibuffer . only); that is
appended when the minibuffer frame is created.Vpop-up-frame-alist
Alist of parameters for automatically generated new frames.
You can set this in your init file; for example,

(setq pop-up-frame-alist '((width . 80) (height . 20)))

If non-nil, the value you specify here is used by the default
`pop-up-frame-function' for the creation of new frames.

Since `pop-up-frame-function' is used by `display-buffer' for
making new frames, any value specified here by default affects
the automatic generation of new frames via `display-buffer' and
all functions based on it.  The behavior of `make-frame' is not
affected by this variable.Vpop-up-frame-function
Function used by `display-buffer' for creating a new frame.
This function is called with no arguments and should return a new
frame.  The default value calls `make-frame' with the argument
`pop-up-frame-alist'.Vspecial-display-frame-alist
Alist of parameters for special frames.
Special frames are used for buffers whose names are listed in
`special-display-buffer-names' and for buffers whose names match
one of the regular expressions in `special-display-regexps'.

This variable can be set in your init file, like this:

(setq special-display-frame-alist '((width . 80) (height . 20)))

These supersede the values given in `default-frame-alist'.Fspecial-display-popup-frame
Display BUFFER and return the window chosen.
If BUFFER is already displayed in a visible or iconified frame,
raise that frame.  Otherwise, display BUFFER in a new frame.

Optional argument ARGS is a list specifying additional
information.

If ARGS is an alist, use it as a list of frame parameters.  If
these parameters contain (same-window . t), display BUFFER in
the selected window.  If they contain (same-frame . t), display
BUFFER in a window of the selected frame.

If ARGS is a list whose car is a symbol, use (car ARGS) as a
function to do the work.  Pass it BUFFER as first argument,
and (cdr ARGS) as second.Fhandle-delete-frame
Handle delete-frame events from the X server.Fframe-initialize
Create an initial frame if necessary.Vframe-notice-user-settings
Non-nil means function `frame-notice-user-settings' wasn't run yet.Fframe-notice-user-settings
Act on user's init file settings of frame parameters.
React to settings of `initial-frame-alist',
`window-system-default-frame-alist' and `default-frame-alist'
there (in decreasing order of priority).Fmodify-all-frames-parameters
Modify all current and future frames' parameters according to ALIST.
This changes `default-frame-alist' and possibly `initial-frame-alist'.
Furthermore, this function removes all parameters in ALIST from
`window-system-default-frame-alist'.
See help of `modify-frame-parameters' for more information.Fget-other-frame
Return some frame other than the current frame.
Create one if necessary.  Note that the minibuffer frame, if separate,
is not considered (see `next-frame').Fnext-multiframe-window
Select the next window, regardless of which frame it is on.Fprevious-multiframe-window
Select the previous window, regardless of which frame it is on.Fmake-frame-on-display
Make a frame on display DISPLAY.
The optional argument PARAMETERS specifies additional frame parameters.Fclose-display-connection
Close the connection to a display, deleting all its associated frames.
For DISPLAY, specify either a frame or a display name (a string).
If DISPLAY is nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.Fmake-frame-command
Make a new frame, on the same terminal as the selected frame.
If the terminal is a text-only terminal, this also selects the
new frame.Vbefore-make-frame-hook
Functions to run before a frame is created.Vafter-make-frame-functions
Functions to run after a frame is created.
The functions are run with one arg, the newly created frame.Vafter-setting-font-hook
Functions to run after a frame's font has been changed.Vframe-inherited-parameters
Parameters `make-frame' copies from the `selected-frame' to the new frame.Fmake-frame
Return a newly created frame displaying the current buffer.
Optional argument PARAMETERS is an alist of parameters for the new frame.
Each element of PARAMETERS should have the form (NAME . VALUE), for example:

(name . STRING)	The frame should be named STRING.

(width . NUMBER)	The frame should be NUMBER characters in width.
 (height . NUMBER)	The frame should be NUMBER text lines high.

You cannot specify either `width' or `height', you must use neither or both.

(minibuffer . t)	The frame should have a minibuffer.
 (minibuffer . nil)	The frame should have no minibuffer.
 (minibuffer . only)	The frame should contain only a minibuffer.
 (minibuffer . WINDOW)	The frame should use WINDOW as its minibuffer window.

(window-system . nil)	The frame should be displayed on a terminal device.
 (window-system . x)	The frame should be displayed in an X window.

(terminal . TERMINAL)  The frame should use the terminal object TERMINAL.

Before the frame is created (via `frame-creation-function-alist'), functions on the
hook `before-make-frame-hook' are run.  After the frame is created, functions
on `after-make-frame-functions' are run with one arg, the newly created frame.

This function itself does not make the new frame the selected frame.
The previously selected frame remains selected.  However, the
window system may select the new frame for its own reasons, for
instance if the frame appears under the mouse pointer and your
setup is for focus to follow the pointer.Ffiltered-frame-list
Return a list of all live frames which satisfy PREDICATE.Fminibuffer-frame-list
Return a list of all frames with their own minibuffers.Fget-device-terminal
Return the terminal corresponding to DEVICE.
DEVICE can be a terminal, a frame, nil (meaning the selected frame's terminal),
the name of an X display device (HOST.SERVER.SCREEN) or a tty device file.Fframes-on-display-list
Return a list of all frames on DEVICE.

DEVICE should be a terminal, a frame,
or a name of an X display or tty (a string of the form
HOST:SERVER.SCREEN).

If DEVICE is omitted or nil, it defaults to the selected
frame's terminal device.Fframep-on-display
Return the type of frames on TERMINAL.
TERMINAL may be a terminal id, a display name or a frame.  If it
is a frame, its type is returned.  If TERMINAL is omitted or nil,
it defaults to the selected frame's terminal device.  All frames
on a given display are of the same type.Fframe-remove-geometry-params
Return the parameter list PARAM-LIST, but with geometry specs removed.
This deletes all bindings in PARAM-LIST for `top', `left', `width',
`height', `user-size' and `user-position' parameters.
Emacs uses this to avoid overriding explicit moves and resizings from
the user during startup.Fselect-frame-set-input-focus
Select FRAME, raise it, and set input focus, if possible.
If `mouse-autoselect-window' is non-nil, also move mouse cursor
to FRAME's selected window.  Otherwise, if `focus-follows-mouse'
is non-nil, move mouse cursor to FRAME.Fother-frame
Select the ARGth different visible frame on current display, and raise it.
All frames are arranged in a cyclic order.
This command selects the frame ARG steps away in that order.
A negative ARG moves in the opposite order.

To make this command work properly, you must tell Emacs
how the system (or the window manager) generally handles
focus-switching between windows.  If moving the mouse onto a window
selects it (gives it focus), set `focus-follows-mouse' to t.
Otherwise, that variable should be nil.Ficonify-or-deiconify-frame
Iconify the selected frame, or deiconify if it's currently an icon.Fsuspend-frame
Do whatever is right to suspend the current frame.
Calls `suspend-emacs' if invoked from the controlling tty device,
`suspend-tty' from a secondary tty device, and
`iconify-or-deiconify-frame' from an X frame.Fselect-frame-by-name
Select the frame on the current terminal whose name is NAME and raise it.
If there is no frame by that name, signal an error.Fcurrent-frame-configuration
Return a list describing the positions and states of all frames.
Its car is `frame-configuration'.
Each element of the cdr is a list of the form (FRAME ALIST WINDOW-CONFIG),
where
  FRAME is a frame object,
  ALIST is an association list specifying some of FRAME's parameters, and
  WINDOW-CONFIG is a window configuration object for FRAME.Fset-frame-configuration
Restore the frames to the state described by CONFIGURATION.
Each frame listed in CONFIGURATION has its position, size, window
configuration, and other parameters set as specified in CONFIGURATION.
However, this function does not restore deleted frames.

Ordinarily, this function deletes all existing frames not
listed in CONFIGURATION.  But if optional second argument NODELETE
is given and non-nil, the unwanted frames are iconified instead.Fframe-height
Return number of lines available for display on FRAME.
If FRAME is omitted, describe the currently selected frame.Fframe-width
Return number of columns available for display on FRAME.
If FRAME is omitted, describe the currently selected frame.Fset-frame-font
Set the font of the selected frame to FONT-NAME.
When called interactively, prompt for the name of the font to use.
To get the frame's current default font, use `frame-parameters'.

The default behavior is to keep the numbers of lines and columns in
the frame, thus may change its pixel size.  If optional KEEP-SIZE is
non-nil (interactively, prefix argument) the current frame size (in
pixels) is kept by adjusting the numbers of the lines and columns.Fset-frame-parameter
Set frame parameter PARAMETER to VALUE on FRAME.
If FRAME is nil, it defaults to the selected frame.
See `modify-frame-parameters'.Fset-background-color
Set the background color of the selected frame to COLOR-NAME.
When called interactively, prompt for the name of the color to use.
To get the frame's current background color, use `frame-parameters'.Fset-foreground-color
Set the foreground color of the selected frame to COLOR-NAME.
When called interactively, prompt for the name of the color to use.
To get the frame's current foreground color, use `frame-parameters'.Fset-cursor-color
Set the text cursor color of the selected frame to COLOR-NAME.
When called interactively, prompt for the name of the color to use.
To get the frame's current cursor color, use `frame-parameters'.Fset-mouse-color
Set the color of the mouse pointer of the selected frame to COLOR-NAME.
When called interactively, prompt for the name of the color to use.
To get the frame's current mouse color, use `frame-parameters'.Fset-border-color
Set the color of the border of the selected frame to COLOR-NAME.
When called interactively, prompt for the name of the color to use.
To get the frame's current border color, use `frame-parameters'.Fauto-raise-mode
Toggle whether or not the selected frame should auto-raise.
With ARG, turn auto-raise mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Note that this controls Emacs's own auto-raise feature.
Some window managers allow you to enable auto-raise for certain windows.
You can use that for Emacs windows if you wish, but if you do,
that is beyond the control of Emacs and this command has no effect on it.Fauto-lower-mode
Toggle whether or not the selected frame should auto-lower.
With ARG, turn auto-lower mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Note that this controls Emacs's own auto-lower feature.
Some window managers allow you to enable auto-lower for certain windows.
You can use that for Emacs windows if you wish, but if you do,
that is beyond the control of Emacs and this command has no effect on it.Fset-frame-name
Set the name of the selected frame to NAME.
When called interactively, prompt for the name of the frame.
The frame name is displayed on the modeline if the terminal displays only
one frame, otherwise the name is displayed on the frame's caption bar.Fframe-current-scroll-bars
Return the current scroll-bar settings in frame FRAME.
Value is a cons (VERTICAL . HORIZ0NTAL) where VERTICAL specifies the
current location of the vertical scroll-bars (left, right, or nil),
and HORIZONTAL specifies the current location of the horizontal scroll
bars (top, bottom, or nil).Fselected-terminal
Return the terminal that is now selected.Fdisplay-mouse-p
Return non-nil if DISPLAY has a mouse available.
DISPLAY can be a display name, a frame, or nil (meaning the selected
frame's display).Fdisplay-popup-menus-p
Return non-nil if popup menus are supported on DISPLAY.
DISPLAY can be a display name, a frame, or nil (meaning the selected
frame's display).
Support for popup menus requires that the mouse be available.Fdisplay-graphic-p
Return non-nil if DISPLAY is a graphic display.
Graphical displays are those which are capable of displaying several
frames and several different fonts at once.  This is true for displays
that use a window system such as X, and false for text-only terminals.
DISPLAY can be a display name, a frame, or nil (meaning the selected
frame's display).Fdisplay-images-p
Return non-nil if DISPLAY can display images.

DISPLAY can be a display name, a frame, or nil (meaning the selected
frame's display).Fdisplay-selections-p
Return non-nil if DISPLAY supports selections.
A selection is a way to transfer text or other data between programs
via special system buffers called `selection' or `cut buffer' or
`clipboard'.
DISPLAY can be a display name, a frame, or nil (meaning the selected
frame's display).Fdisplay-screens
Return the number of screens associated with DISPLAY.Fdisplay-pixel-height
Return the height of DISPLAY's screen in pixels.
For character terminals, each character counts as a single pixel.Fdisplay-pixel-width
Return the width of DISPLAY's screen in pixels.
For character terminals, each character counts as a single pixel.Vdisplay-mm-dimensions-alist
Alist for specifying screen dimensions in millimeters.
The dimensions will be used for `display-mm-height' and
`display-mm-width' if defined for the respective display.

Each element of the alist has the form (display . (width . height)),
e.g. (":0.0" . (287 . 215)).

If `display' equals t, it specifies dimensions for all graphical
displays not explicitely specified.Fdisplay-mm-height
Return the height of DISPLAY's screen in millimeters.
System values can be overridden by `display-mm-dimensions-alist'.
If the information is unavailable, value is nil.Fdisplay-mm-width
Return the width of DISPLAY's screen in millimeters.
System values can be overridden by `display-mm-dimensions-alist'.
If the information is unavailable, value is nil.Fdisplay-backing-store
Return the backing store capability of DISPLAY's screen.
The value may be `always', `when-mapped', `not-useful', or nil if
the question is inapplicable to a certain kind of display.Fdisplay-save-under
Return non-nil if DISPLAY's screen supports the SaveUnder feature.Fdisplay-planes
Return the number of planes supported by DISPLAY.Fdisplay-color-cells
Return the number of color cells supported by DISPLAY.Fdisplay-visual-class
Return the visual class of DISPLAY.
The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale',
`static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'.Fframe-geom-value-cons
Return equivalent geometry value for FRAME as a cons with car `+'.
A geometry value equivalent to VALUE for FRAME is returned,
where the value is a cons with car `+', not numeric.
TYPE is the car of the original geometry spec (TYPE . VALUE).
   It is `top' or `left', depending on which edge VALUE is related to.
VALUE is the cdr of a frame geometry spec: (left/top . VALUE).
If VALUE is a number, then it is converted to a cons value, perhaps
   relative to the opposite frame edge from that in the original spec.
FRAME defaults to the selected frame.

Examples (measures in pixels) -
 Assuming display height/width=1024, frame height/width=600:
 300 inside display edge:                   300  => (+  300)
                                        (+  300) => (+  300)
 300 inside opposite display edge:      (-  300) => (+  124)
                                           -300  => (+  124)
 300 beyond display edge
  (= 724 inside opposite display edge): (+ -300) => (+ -300)
 300 beyond display edge
  (= 724 inside opposite display edge): (- -300) => (+  724)

In the 3rd, 4th, and 6th examples, the returned value is relative to
the opposite frame edge from the edge indicated in the input spec.Fframe-geom-spec-cons
Return equivalent geometry spec for FRAME as a cons with car `+'.
A geometry specification equivalent to SPEC for FRAME is returned,
where the value is a cons with car `+', not numeric.
SPEC is a frame geometry spec: (left . VALUE) or (top . VALUE).
If VALUE is a number, then it is converted to a cons value, perhaps
   relative to the opposite frame edge from that in the original spec.
FRAME defaults to the selected frame.

Examples (measures in pixels) -
 Assuming display height=1024, frame height=600:
 top 300 below display top:               (top .  300) => (top +  300)
                                          (top +  300) => (top +  300)
 bottom 300 above display bottom:         (top -  300) => (top +  124)
                                          (top . -300) => (top +  124)
 top 300 above display top
  (= bottom 724 above display bottom):    (top + -300) => (top + -300)
 bottom 300 below display bottom
  (= top 724 below display top):          (top - -300) => (top +  724)

In the 3rd, 4th, and 6th examples, the returned value is relative to
the opposite frame edge from the edge indicated in the input spec.Fset-screen-width
Change the size of the screen to COLS columns.
Optional second arg non-nil means that redisplay should use COLS columns
but that the idea of the actual width of the frame should not be changed.
This function is provided only for compatibility with Emacs 18.Fset-screen-height
Change the height of the screen to LINES lines.
Optional second arg non-nil means that redisplay should use LINES lines
but that the idea of the actual height of the screen should not be changed.
This function is provided only for compatibility with Emacs 18.Fdelete-other-frames
Delete all frames except FRAME.
If FRAME uses another frame's minibuffer, the minibuffer frame is
left untouched.  FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.Vshow-trailing-whitespace
Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.
This is done in the face `trailing-whitespace'.Vauto-hscroll-mode
Allow or disallow automatic scrolling windows horizontally.
If non-nil, windows are automatically scrolled horizontally to make
point visible.Vblink-cursor-delay
Seconds of idle time after which cursor starts to blink.Vblink-cursor-interval
Length of cursor blink interval in seconds.Vblink-cursor-idle-timer
Timer started after `blink-cursor-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
The function `blink-cursor-start' is called when the timer fires.Vblink-cursor-timer
Timer started from `blink-cursor-start'.
This timer calls `blink-cursor-timer-function' every
`blink-cursor-interval' seconds.Fblink-cursor-start
Timer function called from the timer `blink-cursor-idle-timer'.
This starts the timer `blink-cursor-timer', which makes the cursor blink
if appropriate.  It also arranges to cancel that timer when the next
command starts, by installing a pre-command hook.Fblink-cursor-timer-function
Timer function of timer `blink-cursor-timer'.Fblink-cursor-end
Stop cursor blinking.
This is installed as a pre-command hook by `blink-cursor-start'.
When run, it cancels the timer `blink-cursor-timer' and removes
itself as a pre-command hook.Vblink-cursor-mode
Non-nil if Blink-Cursor mode is enabled.
See the command `blink-cursor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
or call the function `blink-cursor-mode'.Fblink-cursor-mode
Toggle blinking cursor mode.
With a numeric argument, turn blinking cursor mode on if ARG is positive,
otherwise turn it off.  When blinking cursor mode is enabled, the
cursor of the selected window blinks.

Note that this command is effective only when Emacs
displays through a window system, because then Emacs does its own
cursor display.  On a text-only terminal, this is not implemented.Vdisplay-hourglass
Non-nil means show an hourglass pointer, when Emacs is busy.
This feature only works when on a window system that can change
cursor shapes.Vhourglass-delay
Seconds to wait before displaying an hourglass pointer when Emacs is busy.Vcursor-in-non-selected-windows
Non-nil means show a hollow box cursor in non-selected windows.
If nil, don't show a cursor except in the selected window.
If t, display a cursor related to the usual cursor type
 (a solid box becomes hollow, a bar becomes a narrower bar).
You can also specify the cursor type as in the `cursor-type' variable.
Use Custom to set this variable to get the display updated.Shelp.elc
Vhelp-window
Window chosen for displaying help.Vhelp-window-point-marker
Marker to override default `window-point' of `help-window'.Vhelp-map
Keymap for characters following the Help key.Ffinder-by-keyword
Find packages matching a given keyword.Fhelp-quit
Just exit from the Help command's command loop.Vhelp-return-method
What to do to "exit" the help buffer.
This is a list
 (WINDOW . t)              delete the selected window (and possibly its frame,
                           see `quit-window' and `View-quit'), go to WINDOW.
 (WINDOW . quit-window)    do quit-window, then select WINDOW.
 (WINDOW BUF START POINT)  display BUF at START, POINT, then select WINDOW.Fprint-help-return-message
Display or return message saying how to restore windows after help command.
This function assumes that `standard-output' is the help buffer.
It computes a message, and applies the optional argument FUNCTION to it.
If FUNCTION is nil, it applies `message', thus displaying the message.
In addition, this function sets up `help-return-method', which see, that
specifies what to do when the user exits the help buffer.Fhelp-for-help-internal-doc
You have typed %THIS-KEY%, the help character.  Type a Help option:
(Use SPC or DEL to scroll through this text.  Type \<help-map>\[help-quit] to exit the Help command.)

a PATTERN   Show commands whose name matches the PATTERN (a list of words
              or a regexp).  See also the `apropos' command.
b           Display all key bindings.
c KEYS      Display the command name run by the given key sequence.
C CODING    Describe the given coding system, or RET for current ones.
d PATTERN   Show a list of functions, variables, and other items whose
              documentation matches the PATTERN (a list of words or a regexp).
e           Go to the *Messages* buffer which logs echo-area messages.
f FUNCTION  Display documentation for the given function.
F COMMAND   Show the on-line manual's section that describes the command.
g           Display information about the GNU project.
h           Display the HELLO file which illustrates various scripts.
i           Start the Info documentation reader: read on-line manuals.
I METHOD    Describe a specific input method, or RET for current.
k KEYS      Display the full documentation for the key sequence.
K KEYS      Show the on-line manual's section for the command bound to KEYS.
l           Show last 300 input keystrokes (lossage).
L LANG-ENV  Describes a specific language environment, or RET for current.
m           Display documentation of current minor modes and current major mode,
              including their special commands.
n           Display news of recent Emacs changes.
p TOPIC     Find packages matching a given topic keyword.
r           Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
s           Display contents of current syntax table, plus explanations.
S SYMBOL    Show the section for the given symbol in the on-line manual
              for the programming language used in this buffer.
t           Start the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
v VARIABLE  Display the given variable's documentation and value.
w COMMAND   Display which keystrokes invoke the given command (where-is).
.           Display any available local help at point in the echo area.

C-a         Information about Emacs.
C-c         Emacs copying permission (GNU General Public License).
C-d         Instructions for debugging GNU Emacs.
C-e         External packages and information about Emacs.
C-f         Emacs FAQ.
C-m         How to order printed Emacs manuals.
C-n         News of recent Emacs changes.
C-o         Emacs ordering and distribution information.
C-p         Info about known Emacs problems.
C-t         Emacs TODO list.
C-w         Information on absence of warranty for GNU Emacs.Fhelp-for-help-internal
Help command.Ffunction-called-at-point
Return a function around point or else called by the list containing point.
If that doesn't give a function, return nil.Fdescribe-distribution
Display info on how to obtain the latest version of GNU Emacs.Fdescribe-copying
Display info on how you may redistribute copies of GNU Emacs.Fdescribe-gnu-project
Display info on the GNU project.Fdescribe-no-warranty
Display info on all the kinds of warranty Emacs does NOT have.Fdescribe-prefix-bindings
Describe the bindings of the prefix used to reach this command.
The prefix described consists of all but the last event
of the key sequence that ran this command.Fview-emacs-news
Display info on recent changes to Emacs.
With argument, display info only for the selected version.Fview-emacs-todo
Display the Emacs TODO list.Fview-echo-area-messages
View the log of recent echo-area messages: the `*Messages*' buffer.
The number of messages retained in that buffer
is specified by the variable `message-log-max'.Fview-order-manuals
Display the Emacs ORDERS file.Fview-emacs-FAQ
Display the Emacs Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) file.Fview-emacs-problems
Display info on known problems with Emacs and possible workarounds.Fview-emacs-debugging
Display info on how to debug Emacs problems.Fview-external-packages
Display external packages and information about Emacs.Fview-lossage
Display last 300 input keystrokes.

To record all your input on a file, use `open-dribble-file'.Fdescribe-bindings
Show a list of all defined keys, and their definitions.
We put that list in a buffer, and display the buffer.

The optional argument PREFIX, if non-nil, should be a key sequence;
then we display only bindings that start with that prefix.
The optional argument BUFFER specifies which buffer's bindings
to display (default, the current buffer).  BUFFER can be a buffer
or a buffer name.Fdescribe-bindings-internal
Show a list of all defined keys, and their definitions.
We put that list in a buffer, and display the buffer.

The optional argument MENUS, if non-nil, says to mention menu bindings.
(Ordinarily these are omitted from the output.)
The optional argument PREFIX, if non-nil, should be a key sequence;
then we display only bindings that start with that prefix.Fwhere-is
Print message listing key sequences that invoke the command DEFINITION.
Argument is a command definition, usually a symbol with a function definition.
If INSERT (the prefix arg) is non-nil, insert the message in the buffer.Fdescribe-key-briefly
Print the name of the function KEY invokes.  KEY is a string.
If INSERT (the prefix arg) is non-nil, insert the message in the buffer.
If non-nil, UNTRANSLATED is a vector of the untranslated events.
It can also be a number in which case the untranslated events from
the last key hit are used.

If KEY is a menu item or a tool-bar button that is disabled, this command
temporarily enables it to allow getting help on disabled items and buttons.Fdescribe-key
Display documentation of the function invoked by KEY.
KEY can be any kind of a key sequence; it can include keyboard events,
mouse events, and/or menu events.  When calling from a program,
pass KEY as a string or a vector.

If non-nil, UNTRANSLATED is a vector of the corresponding untranslated events.
It can also be a number, in which case the untranslated events from
the last key sequence entered are used.
UP-EVENT is the up-event that was discarded by reading KEY, or nil.

If KEY is a menu item or a tool-bar button that is disabled, this command
temporarily enables it to allow getting help on disabled items and buttons.Fdescribe-mode
Display documentation of current major mode and minor modes.
A brief summary of the minor modes comes first, followed by the
major mode description.  This is followed by detailed
descriptions of the minor modes, each on a separate page.

For this to work correctly for a minor mode, the mode's indicator
variable (listed in `minor-mode-alist') must also be a function
whose documentation describes the minor mode.Fdescribe-minor-mode
Display documentation of a minor mode given as MINOR-MODE.
MINOR-MODE can be a minor mode symbol or a minor mode indicator string
appeared on the mode-line.Fdescribe-minor-mode-from-symbol
Display documentation of a minor mode given as a symbol, SYMBOLFdescribe-minor-mode-from-indicator
Display documentation of a minor mode specified by INDICATOR.
If you call this function interactively, you can give indicator which
is currently activated with completion.Flookup-minor-mode-from-indicator
Return a minor mode symbol from its indicator on the modeline.Vtemp-buffer-max-height
Maximum height of a window displaying a temporary buffer.
This is effective only when Temp Buffer Resize mode is enabled.
The value is the maximum height (in lines) which `resize-temp-buffer-window'
will give to a window displaying a temporary buffer.
It can also be a function to be called to choose the height for such a buffer.
It gets one argumemt, the buffer, and should return a positive integer.Vtemp-buffer-resize-mode
Non-nil if Temp-Buffer-Resize mode is enabled.
See the command `temp-buffer-resize-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
or call the function `temp-buffer-resize-mode'.Ftemp-buffer-resize-mode
Toggle the mode which makes windows smaller for temporary buffers.
With prefix argument ARG, turn the resizing of windows displaying temporary
buffers on if ARG is positive or off otherwise.
This makes the window the right height for its contents, but never
more than `temp-buffer-max-height' nor less than `window-min-height'.
This applies to `help', `apropos' and `completion' buffers, and some others.Fresize-temp-buffer-window
Resize the selected window to fit its contents.
Will not make it higher than `temp-buffer-max-height' nor smaller than
`window-min-height'.  Do nothing if it is the only window on its frame, if it
is not as wide as the frame or if some of the window's contents are scrolled
out of view.Vhelp-window-select
Non-nil means select help window for viewing.
Choices are:
 never (nil) Select help window only if there is no other window
             on its frame.
 other       Select help window unless the selected window is the
             only other window on its frame.
 always (t)  Always select the help window.

This option has effect if and only if the help window was created
by `with-help-window'Fhelp-window-display-message
Display message telling how to quit and scroll help window.
QUIT-PART is a string telling how to quit the help window WINDOW.
Optional argument OTHER non-nil means return text telling how to
scroll the "other" window.Fhelp-window-setup-finish
Finish setting up help window WINDOW.
Select WINDOW according to the value of `help-window-select'.
Display message telling how to scroll and eventually quit WINDOW.

Optional argument REUSE non-nil means WINDOW has been reused (by
`display-buffer') for displaying help.  Optional argument
KEEP-FRAME non-nil means that quitting must no delete the frame
of WINDOW.Fhelp-window-setup
Set up help window.
LIST-OF-FRAMES and LIST-OF-WINDOW-TUPLES are the lists of frames
and window quadruples built by `with-help-window'.  The help
window itself is specified by the variable `help-window'.Fwith-help-window
Display buffer BUFFER-NAME in a help window evaluating BODY.
Select help window if the actual value of the user option
`help-window-select' says so.  Return last value in BODY.Sindent.elc
Vstandard-indent
Default number of columns for margin-changing functions to indent.Vindent-line-function
Function to indent the current line.
This function will be called with no arguments.
If it is called somewhere where auto-indentation cannot be done
(e.g. inside a string), the function should simply return `noindent'.
Setting this function is all you need to make TAB indent appropriately.
Don't rebind TAB unless you really need to.Vtab-always-indent
Controls the operation of the TAB key.
If t, hitting TAB always just indents the current line.
If nil, hitting TAB indents the current line if point is at the left margin
or in the line's indentation, otherwise it inserts a "real" TAB character.
Some programming language modes have their own variable to control this,
e.g., `c-tab-always-indent', and do not respect this variable.Findent-according-to-mode
Indent line in proper way for current major mode.
The buffer-local variable `indent-line-function' determines how to do this,
but the functions `indent-relative' and `indent-relative-maybe' are
special; we don't actually use them here.Findent-for-tab-command
Indent line or region in proper way for current major mode or insert a tab.
Depending on `tab-always-indent', either insert a tab or indent.
If initial point was within line's indentation, position after
the indentation.  Else stay at same point in text.

If a prefix argument is given, also rigidly indent the entire
balanced expression which starts at the beginning of the current
line to reflect the current line's change in indentation.

If `transient-mark-mode' is turned on and the region is active,
indent the region (in this case, any prefix argument is ignored).

The function actually called to indent the line is determined by the value of
`indent-line-function'.Findent-rigidly
Indent all lines starting in the region sideways by ARG columns.
Called from a program, takes three arguments, START, END and ARG.
You can remove all indentation from a region by giving a large negative ARG.Findent-line-to
Indent current line to COLUMN.
This function removes or adds spaces and tabs at beginning of line
only if necessary.  It leaves point at end of indentation.Fcurrent-left-margin
Return the left margin to use for this line.
This is the value of the buffer-local variable `left-margin' plus the value
of the `left-margin' text-property at the start of the line.Fmove-to-left-margin
Move to the left margin of the current line.
With optional argument, move forward N-1 lines first.
The column moved to is the one given by the `current-left-margin' function.
If the line's indentation appears to be wrong, and this command is called
interactively or with optional argument FORCE, it will be fixed.Findent-to-left-margin
Indent current line to the column given by `current-left-margin'.Fdelete-to-left-margin
Remove left margin indentation from a region.
This deletes to the column given by `current-left-margin'.
In no case will it delete non-whitespace.
Args FROM and TO are optional; default is the whole buffer.Fset-left-margin
Set the left margin of the region to WIDTH.
If `auto-fill-mode' is active, re-fill the region to fit the new margin.

Interactively, WIDTH is the prefix argument, if specified.
Without prefix argument, the command prompts for WIDTH.Fset-right-margin
Set the right margin of the region to WIDTH.
If `auto-fill-mode' is active, re-fill the region to fit the new margin.

Interactively, WIDTH is the prefix argument, if specified.
Without prefix argument, the command prompts for WIDTH.Falter-text-property
Programmatically change value of a text-property.
For each region between FROM and TO that has a single value for PROPERTY,
apply FUNCTION to that value and sets the property to the function's result.
Optional fifth argument OBJECT specifies the string or buffer to operate on.Fincrease-left-margin
Increase or decrease the left-margin of the region.
With no prefix argument, this adds `standard-indent' of indentation.
A prefix arg (optional third arg INC noninteractively) specifies the amount
to change the margin by, in characters.
If `auto-fill-mode' is active, re-fill the region to fit the new margin.Fdecrease-left-margin
Make the left margin of the region smaller.
With no prefix argument, decrease the indentation by `standard-indent'.
A prefix arg (optional third arg INC noninteractively) specifies the amount
to change the margin by, in characters.
If `auto-fill-mode' is active, re-fill the region to fit the new margin.Fincrease-right-margin
Increase the right-margin of the region.
With no prefix argument, increase the right margin by `standard-indent'.
A prefix arg (optional third arg INC noninteractively) specifies the amount
to change the margin by, in characters.  A negative argument decreases
the right margin width.
If `auto-fill-mode' is active, re-fill the region to fit the new margin.Fdecrease-right-margin
Make the right margin of the region smaller.
With no prefix argument, decrease the right margin by `standard-indent'.
A prefix arg (optional third arg INC noninteractively) specifies the amount
of width to remove, in characters.  A negative argument increases
the right margin width.
If `auto-fill-mode' is active, re-fills region to fit in new margin.Fbeginning-of-line-text
Move to the beginning of the text on this line.
With optional argument, move forward N-1 lines first.
From the beginning of the line, moves past the left-margin indentation, the
fill-prefix, and any indentation used for centering or right-justifying the
line, but does not move past any whitespace that was explicitly inserted
(such as a tab used to indent the first line of a paragraph).Vindent-region-function
Short cut function to indent region using `indent-according-to-mode'.
A value of nil means really run `indent-according-to-mode' on each line.Findent-region
Indent each nonblank line in the region.
A numeric prefix argument specifies a column: indent each line to that column.

With no prefix argument, the command chooses one of these methods and
indents all the lines with it:

1) If `fill-prefix' is non-nil, insert `fill-prefix' at the
     beginning of each line in the region that does not already begin
     with it.
  2) If `indent-region-function' is non-nil, call that function
     to indent the region.
  3) Indent each line as specified by the variable `indent-line-function'.

Called from a program, START and END specify the region to indent.
If the third argument COLUMN is an integer, it specifies the
column to indent to; if it is nil, use one of the three methods above.Findent-relative-maybe
Indent a new line like previous nonblank line.
If the previous nonblank line has no indent points beyond the
column point starts at, this command does nothing.

See also `indent-relative'.Findent-relative
Space out to under next indent point in previous nonblank line.
An indent point is a non-whitespace character following whitespace.
The following line shows the indentation points in this line.
    ^         ^    ^     ^   ^           ^      ^  ^    ^
If the previous nonblank line has no indent points beyond the
column point starts at, `tab-to-tab-stop' is done instead, unless
this command is invoked with a numeric argument, in which case it
does nothing.

See also `indent-relative-maybe'.Vtab-stop-list
List of tab stop positions used by `tab-to-tab-stop'.
This should be a list of integers, ordered from smallest to largest.Vedit-tab-stops-map
Keymap used in `edit-tab-stops'.Vedit-tab-stops-buffer
Buffer whose tab stops are being edited.
This matters if the variable `tab-stop-list' is local in that buffer.Fedit-tab-stops
Edit the tab stops used by `tab-to-tab-stop'.
Creates a buffer *Tab Stops* containing text describing the tab stops.
A colon indicates a column where there is a tab stop.
You can add or remove colons and then do \<edit-tab-stops-map>\[edit-tab-stops-note-changes] to make changes take effect.Fedit-tab-stops-note-changes
Put edited tab stops into effect.Ftab-to-tab-stop
Insert spaces or tabs to next defined tab-stop column.
The variable `tab-stop-list' is a list of columns at which there are tab stops.
Use \[edit-tab-stops] to edit them interactively.Fmove-to-tab-stop
Move point to next defined tab-stop column.
The variable `tab-stop-list' is a list of columns at which there are tab stops.
Use \[edit-tab-stops] to edit them interactively.Sisearch.elc
Vsearch-exit-option
Non-nil means random control characters terminate incremental search.Vsearch-slow-window-lines
Number of lines in slow search display windows.
These are the short windows used during incremental search on slow terminals.
Negative means put the slow search window at the top (normally it's at bottom)
and the value is minus the number of lines.Vsearch-slow-speed
Highest terminal speed at which to use "slow" style incremental search.
This is the style where a one-line window is created to show the line
that the search has reached.Vsearch-upper-case
If non-nil, upper case chars disable case fold searching.
That is, upper and lower case chars must match exactly.
This applies no matter where the chars come from, but does not
apply to chars in regexps that are prefixed with `\'.
If this value is `not-yanks', text yanked into the search string
in Isearch mode is always downcased.Vsearch-nonincremental-instead
If non-nil, do a nonincremental search instead if exiting immediately.
Actually, `isearch-edit-string' is called to let you enter the search
string, and RET terminates editing and does a nonincremental search.Vsearch-whitespace-regexp
If non-nil, regular expression to match a sequence of whitespace chars.
This applies to regular expression incremental search.
When you put a space or spaces in the incremental regexp, it stands for
this, unless it is inside of a regexp construct such as [...] or *, + or ?.
You might want to use something like "[ \t\r\n]+" instead.
In the Customization buffer, that is `[' followed by a space,
a tab, a carriage return (control-M), a newline, and `]+'.

When this is nil, each space you type matches literally, against one space.Vsearch-invisible
If t incremental search can match hidden text.
A nil value means don't match invisible text.
When the value is `open', if the text matched is made invisible by
an overlay having an `invisible' property and that overlay has a property
`isearch-open-invisible', then incremental search will show the contents.
(This applies when using `outline.el' and `hideshow.el'.)
See also `reveal-mode' if you want overlays to automatically be opened
whenever point is in one of them.Visearch-hide-immediately
If non-nil, re-hide an invisible match right away.
This variable makes a difference when `search-invisible' is set to `open'.
It means that after search makes some invisible text visible
to show the match, it makes the text invisible again when the match moves.
Ordinarily the text becomes invisible again at the end of the search.Visearch-resume-in-command-history
If non-nil, `isearch-resume' commands are added to the command history.
This allows you to resume earlier Isearch sessions through the
command history.Visearch-mode-hook
Function(s) to call after starting up an incremental search.Visearch-mode-end-hook
Function(s) to call after terminating an incremental search.
When these functions are called, `isearch-mode-end-hook-quit'
is non-nil if the user quits the search.Visearch-mode-end-hook-quit
Non-nil while running `isearch-mode-end-hook' if the user quits the search.Visearch-message-function
Function to call to display the search prompt.
If nil, use `isearch-message'.Visearch-wrap-function
Function to call to wrap the search when search is failed.
If nil, move point to the beginning of the buffer for a forward search,
or to the end of the buffer for a backward search.Visearch-push-state-function
Function to save a function restoring the mode-specific Isearch state
to the search status stack.Visearch-filter-predicate
Predicate that filters the search hits that would normally be available.
Search hits that dissatisfy the predicate are skipped.  The function
has two arguments: the positions of start and end of text matched by
the search.  If this function returns nil, continue searching without
stopping at this match.Vsearch-ring
List of search string sequences.Vregexp-search-ring
List of regular expression search string sequences.Vsearch-ring-max
Maximum length of search ring before oldest elements are thrown away.Vregexp-search-ring-max
Maximum length of regexp search ring before oldest elements are thrown away.Vsearch-ring-yank-pointer
Index in `search-ring' of last string reused.
It is nil if none yet.Vregexp-search-ring-yank-pointer
Index in `regexp-search-ring' of last string reused.
It is nil if none yet.Vsearch-ring-update
Non-nil if advancing or retreating in the search ring should cause search.
Default value, nil, means edit the string instead.Vsearch-highlight
Non-nil means incremental search highlights the current match.Visearch-lazy-highlight
Controls the lazy-highlighting during incremental search.
When non-nil, all text in the buffer matching the current search
string is highlighted lazily (see `lazy-highlight-initial-delay'
and `lazy-highlight-interval').Vlazy-highlight-cleanup
Controls whether to remove extra highlighting after a search.
If this is nil, extra highlighting can be "manually" removed with
\[lazy-highlight-cleanup].Vlazy-highlight-initial-delay
Seconds to wait before beginning to lazily highlight all matches.Vlazy-highlight-interval
Seconds between lazily highlighting successive matches.Vlazy-highlight-max-at-a-time
Maximum matches to highlight at a time (for `lazy-highlight').
Larger values may reduce Isearch's responsiveness to user input;
smaller values make matches highlight slowly.
A value of nil means highlight all matches.Visearch-help-map
Keymap for characters following the Help key for Isearch mode.Fisearch-help-for-help-internal-doc
You have typed %THIS-KEY%, the help character.  Type a Help option:
(Type \<help-map>\[help-quit] to exit the Help command.)

b           Display all Isearch key bindings.
k KEYS      Display full documentation of Isearch key sequence.
m           Display documentation of Isearch mode.

You can't type here other help keys available in the global help map,
but outside of this help window when you type them in Isearch mode,
they exit Isearch mode before displaying global help.Fisearch-help-for-help-internal
Help command.Fisearch-help-for-help
Display Isearch help menu.Fisearch-describe-bindings
Show a list of all keys defined in Isearch mode, and their definitions.
This is like `describe-bindings', but displays only Isearch keys.Fisearch-describe-key
Display documentation of the function invoked by isearch key.Fisearch-describe-mode
Display documentation of Isearch mode.Visearch-mode-map
Keymap for `isearch-mode'.Vminibuffer-local-isearch-map
Keymap for editing Isearch strings in the minibuffer.Visearch-cmds
Stack of search status sets.
Each set is a vector of the form:
 [STRING MESSAGE POINT SUCCESS FORWARD OTHER-END WORD
  INVALID-REGEXP WRAPPED BARRIER WITHIN-BRACKETS CASE-FOLD-SEARCH]Fisearch-forward
Do incremental search forward.
With a prefix argument, do an incremental regular expression search instead.
\<isearch-mode-map>
As you type characters, they add to the search string and are found.
The following non-printing keys are bound in `isearch-mode-map'.

Type \[isearch-delete-char] to cancel last input item from end of search string.
Type \[isearch-exit] to exit, leaving point at location found.
Type LFD (C-j) to match end of line.
Type \[isearch-repeat-forward] to search again forward, \[isearch-repeat-backward] to search again backward.
Type \[isearch-yank-word-or-char] to yank next word or character in buffer
  onto the end of the search string, and search for it.
Type \[isearch-del-char] to delete character from end of search string.
Type \[isearch-yank-char] to yank char from buffer onto end of search string and search for it.
Type \[isearch-yank-line] to yank rest of line onto end of search string and search for it.
Type \[isearch-yank-kill] to yank the last string of killed text.
Type \[isearch-quote-char] to quote control character to search for it.
\[isearch-abort] while searching or when search has failed cancels input back to what has
 been found successfully.
\[isearch-abort] when search is successful aborts and moves point to starting point.

If you try to exit with the search string still empty, it invokes
 nonincremental search.

Type \[isearch-toggle-case-fold] to toggle search case-sensitivity.
Type \[isearch-toggle-regexp] to toggle regular-expression mode.
Type \[isearch-toggle-word] to toggle word mode.
Type \[isearch-edit-string] to edit the search string in the minibuffer.

Also supported is a search ring of the previous 16 search strings.
Type \[isearch-ring-advance] to search for the next item in the search ring.
Type \[isearch-ring-retreat] to search for the previous item in the search ring.
Type \[isearch-complete] to complete the search string using the search ring.

Type \[isearch-query-replace] to run `query-replace' with string to replace from last search string.
Type \[isearch-query-replace-regexp] to run `query-replace-regexp' with the last search string.
Type \[isearch-occur] to run `occur' that shows the last search string.
Type \[isearch-highlight-regexp] to run `highlight-regexp' that highlights the last search string.

Type \[isearch-describe-bindings] to display all Isearch key bindings.
Type \[isearch-describe-key] to display documentation of Isearch key.
Type \[isearch-describe-mode] to display documentation of Isearch mode.

If an input method is turned on in the current buffer, that input
method is also active while you are typing characters to search.
To toggle the input method, type \[isearch-toggle-input-method].  It also toggles the input
method in the current buffer.

To use a different input method for searching, type \[isearch-toggle-specified-input-method],
and specify an input method you want to use.

The above keys, bound in `isearch-mode-map', are often controlled by
 options; do \[apropos] on search-.* to find them.
Other control and meta characters terminate the search
 and are then executed normally (depending on `search-exit-option').
Likewise for function keys and mouse button events.

If this function is called non-interactively, it does not return to
the calling function until the search is done.Fisearch-forward-regexp
Do incremental search forward for regular expression.
With a prefix argument, do a regular string search instead.
Like ordinary incremental search except that your input is treated
as a regexp.  See the command `isearch-forward' for more information.

In regexp incremental searches, a space or spaces normally matches
any whitespace (the variable `search-whitespace-regexp' controls
precisely what that means).  If you want to search for a literal space
and nothing else, enter C-q SPC.Fisearch-forward-word
Do incremental search forward for a sequence of words.
With a prefix argument, do a regular string search instead.
Like ordinary incremental search except that your input is treated
as a sequence of words without regard to how the words are separated.
See the command `isearch-forward' for more information.Fisearch-backward
Do incremental search backward.
With a prefix argument, do a regular expression search instead.
See the command `isearch-forward' for more information.Fisearch-backward-regexp
Do incremental search backward for regular expression.
With a prefix argument, do a regular string search instead.
Like ordinary incremental search except that your input is treated
as a regexp.  See the command `isearch-forward' for more information.Fisearch-mode
Start Isearch minor mode.
It is called by the function `isearch-forward' and other related functions.Fisearch-done
Exit Isearch mode.
For successful search, pass no args.
For a failing search, NOPUSH is t.
For going to the minibuffer to edit the search string,
NOPUSH is t and EDIT is t.Fisearch-update-ring
Add STRING to the beginning of the search ring.
REGEXP if non-nil says use the regexp search ring.Fisearch-string-state
Return the search string in FRAME.Fisearch-message-state
Return the search string to display to the user in FRAME.Fisearch-point-state
Return the point in FRAME.Fisearch-success-state
Return the success flag in FRAME.Fisearch-forward-state
Return the searching-forward flag in FRAME.Fisearch-other-end-state
Return the other end of the match in FRAME.Fisearch-word-state
Return the search-by-word flag in FRAME.Fisearch-error-state
Return the regexp error message in FRAME, or nil if its regexp is valid.Fisearch-wrapped-state
Return the search-wrapped flag in FRAME.Fisearch-barrier-state
Return the barrier value in FRAME.Fisearch-case-fold-search-state
Return the case-folding flag in FRAME.Fisearch-pop-fun-state
Return the function restoring the mode-specific Isearch state in FRAME.Fisearch-exit
Exit search normally.
However, if this is the first command after starting incremental
search and `search-nonincremental-instead' is non-nil, do a
nonincremental search instead via `isearch-edit-string'.Fisearch-edit-string
Edit the search string in the minibuffer.
The following additional command keys are active while editing.
\<minibuffer-local-isearch-map>
\[exit-minibuffer] to resume incremental searching with the edited string.
\[isearch-nonincremental-exit-minibuffer] to do one nonincremental search.
\[isearch-forward-exit-minibuffer] to resume isearching forward.
\[isearch-reverse-exit-minibuffer] to resume isearching backward.
\[isearch-complete-edit] to complete the search string using the search ring.
\<isearch-mode-map>
If first char entered is \[isearch-yank-word-or-char], then do word search instead.Fisearch-cancel
Terminate the search and go back to the starting point.Fisearch-abort
Abort incremental search mode if searching is successful, signaling quit.
Otherwise, revert to previous successful search and continue searching.
Use `isearch-exit' to quit without signaling.Fisearch-repeat-forward
Repeat incremental search forwards.Fisearch-repeat-backward
Repeat incremental search backwards.Fisearch-toggle-regexp
Toggle regexp searching on or off.Fisearch-toggle-word
Toggle word searching on or off.Fisearch-toggle-case-fold
Toggle case folding in searching on or off.Fisearch-query-replace
Start `query-replace' with string to replace from last search string.
The arg DELIMITED (prefix arg if interactive), if non-nil, means replace
only matches surrounded by word boundaries.  Note that using the prefix arg
is possible only when `isearch-allow-scroll' is non-nil, and it don't
always provides the correct matches for `query-replace', so the preferred
way to run word replacements from Isearch is `M-s w ... M-%'.Fisearch-query-replace-regexp
Start `query-replace-regexp' with string to replace from last search string.
See `isearch-query-replace' for more information.Fisearch-occur
Run `occur' with regexp to search from the current search string.
Interactively, REGEXP is the current search regexp or a quoted search
string.  NLINES has the same meaning as in `occur'.Fisearch-highlight-regexp
Run `highlight-regexp' with regexp from the current search string.
It exits Isearch mode and calls `hi-lock-face-buffer' with its regexp
argument from the last search regexp or a quoted search string,
and reads its face argument using `hi-lock-read-face-name'.Fisearch-delete-char
Discard last input item and move point back.
If no previous match was done, just beep.Fisearch-del-char
Delete character from end of search string and search again.
If search string is empty, just beep.Fisearch-yank-string
Pull STRING into search string.Fisearch-yank-kill
Pull string from kill ring into search string.Fisearch-yank-x-selection
Pull current X selection into search string.Fisearch-mouse-2
Handle mouse-2 in Isearch mode.
For a click in the echo area, invoke `isearch-yank-x-selection'.
Otherwise invoke whatever the calling mouse-2 command sequence
is bound to outside of Isearch.Fisearch-yank-internal
Pull the text from point to the point reached by JUMPFORM.
JUMPFORM is a lambda expression that takes no arguments and returns
a buffer position, possibly having moved point to that position.
For example, it might move point forward by a word and return point,
or it might return the position of the end of the line.Fisearch-yank-char-in-minibuffer
Pull next character from buffer into end of search string in minibuffer.Fisearch-yank-char
Pull next character from buffer into search string.Fisearch-yank-word-or-char
Pull next character or word from buffer into search string.Fisearch-yank-word
Pull next word from buffer into search string.Fisearch-yank-line
Pull rest of line from buffer into search string.Fisearch-backslash
Return t if STR ends in an odd number of backslashes.Fisearch-fallback
Return point to previous successful match to allow regexp liberalization.
\<isearch-mode-map>
Respects \[isearch-repeat-forward] and \[isearch-repeat-backward] by stopping at `isearch-barrier' as needed.

Do nothing if a backslash is escaping the liberalizing character.
If WANT-BACKSLASH is non-nil, invert this behavior (for \} and \|).

Do nothing if regexp has recently been invalid unless optional
ALLOW-INVALID non-nil.

If optional TO-BARRIER non-nil, ignore previous matches and go exactly
to the barrier.Fisearch-unread-key-sequence
Unread the given key-sequence KEYLIST.
Scroll-bar or mode-line events are processed appropriately.Visearch-allow-scroll
If non-nil, scrolling commands are allowed during incremental search.Fisearch-string-out-of-window
Test whether the search string is currently outside of the window.
Return nil if it's completely visible, or if point is visible,
together with as much of the search string as will fit; the symbol
`above' if we need to scroll the text downwards; the symbol `below',
if upwards.Fisearch-back-into-window
Scroll the window to bring the search string back into view.
Restore point to ISEARCH-POINT in the process.  ABOVE is t when the
search string is above the top of the window, nil when it is beneath
the bottom.Fisearch-reread-key-sequence-naturally
Reread key sequence KEYLIST with Isearch mode's keymap deactivated.
Return the key sequence as a string/vector.Fisearch-lookup-scroll-key
If KEY-SEQ is bound to a scrolling command, return it as a symbol.
Otherwise return nil.Fisearch-other-meta-char
Process a miscellaneous key sequence in Isearch mode.

Try to convert the current key-sequence to something usable in Isearch
mode, either by converting it with `function-key-map', downcasing a
key with C-<upper case>, or finding a "scrolling command" bound to
it.  (In the last case, we may have to read more events.)  If so,
either unread the converted sequence or execute the command.

Otherwise, if `search-exit-option' is non-nil (the default) unread the
key-sequence and exit the search normally.  If it is the symbol
`edit', the search string is edited in the minibuffer and the meta
character is unread so that it applies to editing the string.

ARG is the prefix argument.  It will be transmitted through to the
scrolling command or to the command whose key-sequence exits
Isearch mode.Fisearch-quote-char
Quote special characters for incremental search.Fisearch-return-char
Convert return into newline for incremental search.Fisearch-printing-char
Add this ordinary printing character to the search string and search.Fisearch-ring-advance
Advance to the next search string in the ring.Fisearch-ring-retreat
Retreat to the previous search string in the ring.Fisearch-complete
Complete the search string from the strings on the search ring.
The completed string is then editable in the minibuffer.
If there is no completion possible, say so and continue searching.Fisearch-complete-edit
Same as `isearch-complete' except in the minibuffer.Visearch-search-fun-function
Override `isearch-search-fun'.
This function should return the search function for Isearch to use.
It will call this function with three arguments
as if it were `search-forward'.Fisearch-search-fun
Return the function to use for the search.
Can be changed via `isearch-search-fun-function' for special needs.Fisearch-search-string
Search for the first occurrence of STRING or its translation.
If found, move point to the end of the occurrence,
update the match data, and return point.Fisearch-intersects-p
Return t if regions START0..END0 and START1..END1 intersect.Fisearch-range-invisible
Return t if all the text from BEG to END is invisible.Fisearch-filter-visible
Test whether the current search hit is visible at least partially.
Return non-nil if the text from BEG to END is visible to Isearch as
determined by `isearch-range-invisible' unless invisible text can be
searched too when `search-invisible' is t.Fisearch-no-upper-case-p
Return t if there are no upper case chars in STRING.
If REGEXP-FLAG is non-nil, disregard letters preceded by `\' (but not `\\')
since they have special meaning in a regexp.Flazy-highlight-cleanup
Stop lazy highlighting and remove extra highlighting from current buffer.
FORCE non-nil means do it whether or not `lazy-highlight-cleanup'
is nil.  This function is called when exiting an incremental search if
`lazy-highlight-cleanup' is non-nil.Fisearch-lazy-highlight-new-loop
Cleanup any previous `lazy-highlight' loop and begin a new one.
BEG and END specify the bounds within which highlighting should occur.
This is called when `isearch-update' is invoked (which can cause the
search string to change or the window to scroll).  It is also used
by other Emacs features.Fisearch-lazy-highlight-search
Search ahead for the next or previous match, for lazy highlighting.
Attempt to do the search exactly the way the pending Isearch would.Fisearch-lazy-highlight-update
Update highlighting of other matches for current search.Fisearch-resume
Resume an incremental search.
STRING is the string or regexp searched for.
REGEXP non-nil means the resumed search was a regexp search.
WORD non-nil means resume a word search.
FORWARD non-nil means resume a forward search.
MESSAGE is the echo-area message recorded for the search resumed.
CASE-FOLD non-nil means the search was case-insensitive.Srfn-eshadow.elc
Vfile-name-shadow-properties
Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
If Emacs is not running under a window system,
`file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.Vfile-name-shadow-tty-properties
Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and Emacs
is not running under a window-system; if Emacs is running under a window
system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.Vrfn-eshadow-setup-minibuffer-hook
Minibuffer setup functions from other packages.Vrfn-eshadow-update-overlay-hook
Customer overlay functions from other packagesFrfn-eshadow-setup-minibuffer
Set up a minibuffer for `file-name-shadow-mode'.
The prompt and initial input should already have been inserted.Frfn-eshadow-update-overlay
Update `rfn-eshadow-overlay' to cover shadowed part of minibuffer input.
This is intended to be used as a minibuffer `post-command-hook' for
`file-name-shadow-mode'; the minibuffer should have already
been set up by `rfn-eshadow-setup-minibuffer'.Vfile-name-shadow-mode
Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
or call the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.Ffile-name-shadow-mode
Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
`substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
`file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.

With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.Sloadup.el
Sbindings.elc
Fmake-mode-line-mouse-map
Return a keymap with single entry for mouse key MOUSE on the mode line.
MOUSE is defined to run function FUNCTION with no args in the buffer
corresponding to the mode line clicked.Fmode-line-toggle-read-only
Like `toggle-read-only', for the mode-line.Fmode-line-toggle-modified
Toggle the buffer-modified flag from the mode-line.Fmode-line-widen
Widen a buffer from the mode-line.Fmode-line-abbrev-mode
Turn off `abbrev-mode' from the mode-line.Fmode-line-auto-fill-mode
Turn off `auto-fill-mode' from the mode-line.Vmode-line-coding-system-map
Local keymap for the coding-system part of the mode line.Fmode-line-change-eol
Cycle through the various possible kinds of end-of-line styles.Vmode-line-client
Mode-line control for identifying emacsclient frames.Vmode-line-mule-info
Mode-line control for displaying information of multilingual environment.
Normally it displays current input method (if any activated) and
mnemonics of the following coding systems:
  coding system for saving or writing the current buffer
  coding system for keyboard input (if Emacs is running on terminal)
  coding system for terminal output (if Emacs is running on terminal)Fmode-line-frame-control
Compute mode-line control for frame identification.
Value is used for `mode-line-frame-identification', which see.Vmode-line-frame-identification
Mode-line control to describe the current frame.Vmode-line-process
Mode-line control for displaying info on process status.
Normally nil in most modes, since there is no process to display.Vmode-line-modified
Mode-line control for displaying whether current buffer is modified.Vmode-line-remote
Mode-line flag to show if default-directory for current buffer is remote.Vmode-line-position
Mode-line control for displaying the position in the buffer.
Normally displays the buffer percentage and, optionally, the
buffer size, the line number and the column number.Vmode-line-modes
Mode-line control for displaying major and minor modes.Vmode-line-mode-menu
Menu of mode operations in the mode line.Vmode-line-major-mode-keymap
Keymap to display on major mode.Vmode-line-minor-mode-keymap
Keymap to display on minor modes.Vmode-line-column-line-number-mode-map
Keymap to display on column and line numbers.Vmode-line-buffer-identification-keymap
Keymap for what is displayed by `mode-line-buffer-identification'.Fpropertized-buffer-identification
Return a list suitable for `mode-line-buffer-identification'.
FMT is a format specifier such as "%12b".  This function adds
text properties for face, help-echo, and local-map to it.Vmode-line-buffer-identification
Mode-line control for identifying the buffer being displayed.
Its default value is ("%12b") with some text properties added.
Major modes that edit things other than ordinary files may change this
(e.g. Info, Dired,...)Funbury-buffer
Switch to the last buffer in the buffer list.Fmode-line-unbury-buffer
Call `unbury-buffer' in this window.Fmode-line-bury-buffer
Like `bury-buffer', but temporarily select EVENT's window.Fmode-line-other-buffer
Switch to the most recently selected buffer other than the current one.Fmode-line-next-buffer
Like `next-buffer', but temporarily select EVENT's window.Fmode-line-previous-buffer
Like `previous-buffer', but temporarily select EVENT's window.Fbound-and-true-p
Return the value of symbol VAR if it is bound, else nil.Fmode-line-minor-mode-help
Describe minor mode for EVENT on minor modes area of the mode line.Vminor-mode-alist
Alist saying how to show minor modes in the mode line.
Each element looks like (VARIABLE STRING);
STRING is included in the mode line if VARIABLE's value is non-nil.

Actually, STRING need not be a string; any possible mode-line element
is okay.  See `mode-line-format'.Fcomplete-symbol
Perform tags completion on the text around point.
Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
for \[find-tag] (which see).

With a prefix argument, this command does completion within
the collection of symbols listed in the index of the manual for the
language you are using.Vnarrow-map
Keymap for narrowing commands.Vgoto-map
Keymap for navigation commands.Vsearch-map
Keymap for search related commands.Vmode-specific-map
Keymap for characters following C-c.Vctl-x-r-map
Keymap for subcommands of C-x r.Vabbrev-map
Keymap for abbrev commands.Smap-ynp.elc
Fmap-y-or-n-p
Ask a series of boolean questions.
Takes args PROMPTER ACTOR LIST, and optional args HELP and ACTION-ALIST.

LIST is a list of objects, or a function of no arguments to return the next
object or nil.

If PROMPTER is a string, the prompt is (format PROMPTER OBJECT).  If not
a string, PROMPTER is a function of one arg (an object from LIST), which
returns a string to be used as the prompt for that object.  If the return
value is not a string, it may be nil to ignore the object or non-nil to act
on the object without asking the user.

ACTOR is a function of one arg (an object from LIST),
which gets called with each object that the user answers `yes' for.

If HELP is given, it is a list (OBJECT OBJECTS ACTION),
where OBJECT is a string giving the singular noun for an elt of LIST;
OBJECTS is the plural noun for elts of LIST, and ACTION is a transitive
verb describing ACTOR.  The default is ("object" "objects" "act on").

At the prompts, the user may enter y, Y, or SPC to act on that object;
n, N, or DEL to skip that object; ! to act on all following objects;
ESC or q to exit (skip all following objects); . (period) to act on the
current object and then exit; or \[help-command] to get help.

If ACTION-ALIST is given, it is an alist (KEY FUNCTION HELP) of extra keys
that will be accepted.  KEY is a character; FUNCTION is a function of one
arg (an object from LIST); HELP is a string.  When the user hits KEY,
FUNCTION is called.  If it returns non-nil, the object is considered
"acted upon", and the next object from LIST is processed.  If it returns
nil, the prompt is repeated for the same object.

Final optional argument NO-CURSOR-IN-ECHO-AREA non-nil says not to set
`cursor-in-echo-area' while prompting.

This function uses `query-replace-map' to define the standard responses,
but not all of the responses which `query-replace' understands
are meaningful here.

Returns the number of actions taken.Senv.elc
Fread-envvar-name
Read environment variable name, prompting with PROMPT.
Optional second arg MUSTMATCH, if non-nil, means require existing envvar name.
If it is also not t, RET does not exit if it does non-null completion.Fsubstitute-env-vars
Substitute environment variables referred to in STRING.
`$FOO' where FOO is an environment variable name means to substitute
the value of that variable.  The variable name should be terminated
with a character not a letter, digit or underscore; otherwise, enclose
the entire variable name in braces.  For instance, in `ab$cd-x',
`$cd' is treated as an environment variable.

Use `$$' to insert a single dollar sign.Fsetenv-internal
Set VARIABLE to VALUE in ENV, adding empty entries if KEEP-EMPTY.
Changes ENV by side-effect, and returns its new value.Fsetenv
Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
VARIABLE should be a string.  VALUE is optional; if not provided or
nil, the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.

Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable, and
otherwise the current value (if any) of the variable appears at
the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
This function always replaces environment variables in the new
value when called interactively.

SUBSTITUTE-ENV-VARS, if non-nil, means to substitute environment
variables in VALUE with `substitute-env-vars', which see.
This is normally used only for interactive calls.

The return value is the new value of VARIABLE, or nil if
it was removed from the environment.

This function works by modifying `process-environment'.

As a special case, setting variable `TZ' calls `set-time-zone-rule' as
a side-effect.Fgetenv
Get the value of environment variable VARIABLE.
VARIABLE should be a string.  Value is nil if VARIABLE is undefined in
the environment.  Otherwise, value is a string.

If optional parameter FRAME is non-nil, then it should be a
frame.  This function will look up VARIABLE in its 'environment
parameter.

Otherwise, this function searches `process-environment' for
VARIABLE.  If it is not found there, then it continues the search
in the environment list of the selected frame.Smule.elc
Vmule-version
Version number and name of this version of MULE (multilingual environment).Vmule-version-date
Distribution date of this version of MULE (multilingual environment).Fdefine-charset
Define NAME (symbol) as a charset with DOCSTRING.
The remaining arguments must come in pairs ATTRIBUTE VALUE.  ATTRIBUTE
may be any symbol.  The following have special meanings, and one of
`:code-offset', `:map', `:subset', `:superset' must be specified.

`:short-name'

VALUE must be a short string to identify the charset.  If omitted,
NAME is used.

`:long-name'

VALUE must be a string longer than `:short-name' to identify the
charset.  If omitted, the value of the `:short-name' attribute is used.

`:dimension'

VALUE must be an integer 0, 1, 2, or 3, specifying the dimension of
code-points of the charsets.  If omitted, it is calculated from the
value of the `:code-space' attribute.

`:code-space'

VALUE must be a vector of length at most 8 specifying the byte code
range of each dimension in this format:
	[ MIN-1 MAX-1 MIN-2 MAX-2 ... ]
where MIN-N is the minimum byte value of Nth dimension of code-point,
MAX-N is the maximum byte value of that.

`:min-code'

VALUE must be an integer specifying the mininum code point of the
charset.  If omitted, it is calculated from `:code-space'.  VALUE may
be a cons (HIGH . LOW), where HIGH is the most significant 16 bits of
the code point and LOW is the least significant 16 bits.

`:max-code'

VALUE must be an integer specifying the maxinum code point of the
charset.  If omitted, it is calculated from `:code-space'.  VALUE may
be a cons (HIGH . LOW), where HIGH is the most significant 16 bits of
the code point and LOW is the least significant 16 bits.

`:iso-final-char'

VALUE must be a character in the range 32 to 127 (inclusive)
specifying the final char of the charset for ISO-2022 encoding.  If
omitted, the charset can't be encoded by ISO-2022 based
coding-systems.

`:iso-revision-number'

VALUE must be an integer in the range 0..63, specifying the revision
number of the charset for ISO-2022 encoding.

`:emacs-mule-id'

VALUE must be an integer of 0, 129..255.  If omitted, the charset
can't be encoded by coding-systems of type `emacs-mule'.

`:ascii-compatible-p'

VALUE must be nil or t (default nil).  If VALUE is t, the charset is
compatible with ASCII, i.e. the first 128 code points map to ASCII.

`:supplementary-p'

VALUE must be nil or t.  If the VALUE is t, the charset is
supplementary, which means it is used only as a parent or a
subset of some other charset, or it is provided just for backward
compatibility.

`:invalid-code'

VALUE must be a nonnegative integer that can be used as an invalid
code point of the charset.  If the minimum code is 0 and the maximum
code is greater than Emacs' maximum integer value, `:invalid-code'
should not be omitted.

`:code-offset'

VALUE must be an integer added to the index number of a character to
get the corresponding character code.

`:map'

VALUE must be vector or string.

If it is a vector, the format is [ CODE-1 CHAR-1 CODE-2 CHAR-2 ... ],
where CODE-n is a code-point of the charset, and CHAR-n is the
corresponding character code.

If it is a string, it is a name of file that contains the above
information.   Each line of the file must be this format:
	0xXXX 0xYYY
where XXX is a hexadecimal representation of CODE-n and YYY is a
hexadecimal representation of CHAR-n.  A line starting with `#' is a
comment line.

`:subset'

VALUE must be a list:
	( PARENT MIN-CODE MAX-CODE OFFSET )
PARENT is a parent charset.  MIN-CODE and MAX-CODE specify the range
of characters inherited from the parent.  OFFSET is an integer value
to add to a code point of the parent charset to get the corresponding
code point of this charset.

`:superset'

VALUE must be a list of parent charsets.  The charset inherits
characters from them.  Each element of the list may be a cons (PARENT
. OFFSET), where PARENT is a parent charset, and OFFSET is an offset
value to add to a code point of PARENT to get the corresponding code
point of this charset.

`:unify-map'

VALUE must be vector or string.

If it is a vector, the format is [ CODE-1 CHAR-1 CODE-2 CHAR-2 ... ],
where CODE-n is a code-point of the charset, and CHAR-n is the
corresponding Unicode character code.

If it is a string, it is a name of file that contains the above
information.  The file format is the same as what described for `:map'
attribute.Fload-with-code-conversion
Execute a file of Lisp code named FILE whose absolute name is FULLNAME.
The file contents are decoded before evaluation if necessary.
If optional third arg NOERROR is non-nil,
 report no error if FILE doesn't exist.
Print messages at start and end of loading unless
 optional fourth arg NOMESSAGE is non-nil.
Return t if file exists.Fcharset-info
Return a vector of information of CHARSET.
This function is provided for backward compatibility.

The elements of the vector are:
	CHARSET-ID, BYTES, DIMENSION, CHARS, WIDTH, DIRECTION,
	LEADING-CODE-BASE, LEADING-CODE-EXT,
	ISO-FINAL-CHAR, ISO-GRAPHIC-PLANE,
	REVERSE-CHARSET, SHORT-NAME, LONG-NAME,	DESCRIPTION,
	PLIST.
where
CHARSET-ID is always 0.
BYTES is always 0.
DIMENSION is the number of bytes of a code-point of the charset:
  1, 2, 3, or 4.
CHARS is the number of characters in a dimension:
  94, 96, 128, or 256.
WIDTH is always 0.
DIRECTION is always 0.
LEADING-CODE-BASE is always 0.
LEADING-CODE-EXT is always 0.
ISO-FINAL-CHAR (character) is the final character of the
  corresponding ISO 2022 charset.  If the charset is not assigned
  any final character, the value is -1.
ISO-GRAPHIC-PLANE is always 0.
REVERSE-CHARSET is always -1.
SHORT-NAME (string) is the short name to refer to the charset.
LONG-NAME (string) is the long name to refer to the charset
DESCRIPTION (string) is the description string of the charset.
PLIST (property list) may contain any type of information a user
  want to put and get by functions `put-charset-property' and
  `get-charset-property' respectively.Fcharset-id
Always return 0.  This is provided for backward compatibility.Fcharset-bytes
Always return 0.  This is provided for backward compatibility.Fget-charset-property
Return the value of CHARSET's PROPNAME property.
This is the last value stored with
 (put-charset-property CHARSET PROPNAME VALUE).Fput-charset-property
Set CHARSETS's PROPNAME property to value VALUE.
It can be retrieved with `(get-charset-property CHARSET PROPNAME)'.Fcharset-description
Return description string of CHARSET.Fcharset-dimension
Return dimension of CHARSET.Fcharset-chars
Return number of characters contained in DIMENSION of CHARSET.
DIMENSION defaults to the first dimension.Fcharset-iso-final-char
Return ISO-2022 final character of CHARSET.
Return -1 if charset isn't an ISO 2022 one.Fcharset-short-name
Return short name of CHARSET.Fcharset-long-name
Return long name of CHARSET.Fcharset-list
Return list of all charsets ever defined.Fgeneric-char-p
Always return nil.  This is provided for backward compatibility.Vascii-case-table
Case table for the ASCII character set.Vcoding-system-iso-2022-flags
List of symbols that control ISO-2022 encoder/decoder.

The value of the `:flags' attribute in the argument of the function
`define-coding-system' must be one of them.

If `long-form' is specified, use a long designation sequence on
encoding for the charsets `japanese-jisx0208-1978', `chinese-gb2312',
and `japanese-jisx0208'.  The long designation sequence doesn't
conform to ISO 2022, but is used by such coding systems as
`compound-text'.

If `ascii-at-eol' is specified, designate ASCII to g0 at end of line
on encoding.

If `ascii-at-cntl' is specified, designate ASCII to g0 before control
codes and SPC on encoding.

If `7-bit' is specified, use 7-bit code only on encoding.

If `locking-shift' is specified, decode locking-shift code correctly
on decoding, and use locking-shift to invoke a graphic element on
encoding.

If `single-shift' is specified, decode single-shift code correctly on
decoding, and use single-shift to invoke a graphic element on encoding.

If `designation' is specified, decode designation code correctly on
decoding, and use designation to designate a charset to a graphic
element on encoding.

If `revision' is specified, produce an escape sequence to specify
revision number of a charset on encoding.  Such an escape sequence is
always correctly decoded on decoding.

If `direction' is specified, decode ISO6429's code for specifying
direction correctly, and produce the code on encoding.

If `init-at-bol' is specified, on encoding, it is assumed that
invocation and designation statuses are reset at each beginning of
line even if `ascii-at-eol' is not specified; thus no codes for
resetting them are produced.

If `safe' is specified, on encoding, characters not supported by a
coding are replaced with `?'.

If `latin-extra' is specified, the code-detection routine assumes that a
code specified in `latin-extra-code-table' (which see) is valid.

If `composition' is specified, an escape sequence to specify
composition sequence is correctly decoded on decoding, and is produced
on encoding.

If `euc-tw-shift' is specified, the EUC-TW specific shifting code is
correctly decoded on decoding, and is produced on encoding.

If `use-roman' is specified, JIS0201-1976-Roman is designated instead
of ASCII.

If `use-oldjis' is specified, JIS0208-1976 is designated instead of
JIS0208-1983.Fdefine-coding-system
Define NAME (a symbol) as a coding system with DOCSTRING and attributes.
The remaining arguments must come in pairs ATTRIBUTE VALUE.  ATTRIBUTE
may be any symbol.

The following attributes have special meanings.  Those labeled as
"(required)" should not be omitted.

`:mnemonic' (required)

VALUE is a character to display on mode line for the coding system.

`:coding-type' (required)

VALUE must be one of `charset', `utf-8', `utf-16', `iso-2022',
`emacs-mule', `shift-jis', `ccl', `raw-text', `undecided'.

`:eol-type'

VALUE is the EOL (end-of-line) format of the coding system.  It must be
one of `unix', `dos', `mac'.  The symbol `unix' means Unix-like EOL
(i.e. single LF), `dos' means DOS-like EOL (i.e. sequence of CR LF),
and `mac' means Mac-like EOL (i.e. single CR).  If omitted, on
decoding by the coding system, Emacs automatically detects the EOL
format of the source text.

`:charset-list'

VALUE must be a list of charsets supported by the coding system.  On
encoding by the coding system, if a character belongs to multiple
charsets in the list, a charset that comes earlier in the list is
selected.  If `:coding-type' is `iso-2022', VALUE may be `iso-2022',
which indicates that the coding system supports all ISO-2022 based
charsets.  If `:coding-type' is `emacs-mule', VALUE may be
`emacs-mule', which indicates that the coding system supports all
charsets that have the `:emacs-mule-id' property.

`:ascii-compatible-p'

If VALUE is non-nil, the coding system decodes all 7-bit bytes into
the corresponding ASCII characters, and encodes all ASCII characters
back to the corresponding 7-bit bytes.  VALUE defaults to nil.

`:decode-translation-table'

VALUE must be a translation table to use on decoding.

`:encode-translation-table'

VALUE must be a translation table to use on encoding.

`:post-read-conversion'

VALUE must be a function to call after some text is inserted and
decoded by the coding system itself and before any functions in
`after-insert-functions' are called.  The arguments to this function
are the same as those of a function in `after-insert-file-functions',
i.e. LENGTH of the text to be decoded with point at the head of it,
and the function should leave point unchanged.

`:pre-write-conversion'

VALUE must be a function to call after all functions in
`write-region-annotate-functions' and `buffer-file-format' are called,
and before the text is encoded by the coding system itself.  The
arguments to this function are the same as those of a function in
`write-region-annotate-functions'.

`:default-char'

VALUE must be a character.  On encoding, a character not supported by
the coding system is replaced with VALUE.

`:for-unibyte'

VALUE non-nil means that visiting a file with the coding system
results in a unibyte buffer.

`:eol-type'

VALUE must be `unix', `dos', `mac'.  The symbol `unix' means Unix-like
EOL (LF), `dos' means DOS-like EOL (CRLF), and `mac' means Mac-like
EOL (CR).  If omitted, on decoding, the coding system detects EOL
format automatically, and on encoding, uses Unix-like EOL.

`:mime-charset'

VALUE must be a symbol whose name is that of a MIME charset converted
to lower case.

`:mime-text-unsuitable'

VALUE non-nil means the `:mime-charset' property names a charset which
is unsuitable for the top-level media type "text".

`:flags'

VALUE must be a list of symbols that control the ISO-2022 converter.
Each must be a member of the list `coding-system-iso-2022-flags'
(which see).  This attribute has a meaning only when `:coding-type'
is `iso-2022'.

`:designation'

VALUE must be a vector [G0-USAGE G1-USAGE G2-USAGE G3-USAGE].
GN-USAGE specifies the usage of graphic register GN as follows.

If it is nil, no charset can be designated to GN.

If it is a charset, the charset is initially designated to GN, and
never used by the other charsets.

If it is a list, the elements must be charsets, nil, 94, or 96.  GN
can be used by all the listed charsets.  If the list contains 94, any
iso-2022 charset whose code-space ranges are 94 long can be designated
to GN.  If the list contains 96, any charsets whose whose ranges are
96 long can be designated to GN.  If the first element is a charset,
that charset is initially designated to GN.

This attribute has a meaning only when `:coding-type' is `iso-2022'.

`:bom'

This attributes specifies whether the coding system uses a `byte order
mark'.  VALUE must be nil, t, or cons of coding systems whose
`:coding-type' is `utf-16' or `utf-8'.

If the value is nil, on decoding, don't treat the first two-byte as
BOM, and on encoding, don't produce BOM bytes.

If the value is t, on decoding, skip the first two-byte as BOM, and on
encoding, produce BOM bytes accoding to the value of `:endian'.

If the value is cons, on decoding, check the first two-byte.  If they
are 0xFE 0xFF, use the car part coding system of the value.  If they
are 0xFF 0xFE, use the cdr part coding system of the value.
Otherwise, treat them as bytes for a normal character.  On encoding,
produce BOM bytes accoding to the value of `:endian'.

This attribute has a meaning only when `:coding-type' is `utf-16' or
`utf-8'.

`:endian'

VALUE must be `big' or `little' specifying big-endian and
little-endian respectively.  The default value is `big'.

This attribute has a meaning only when `:coding-type' is `utf-16'.

`:ccl-decoder'

VALUE is a symbol representing the registered CCL program used for
decoding.  This attribute has a meaning only when `:coding-type' is
`ccl'.

`:ccl-encoder'

VALUE is a symbol representing the registered CCL program used for
encoding.  This attribute has a meaning only when `:coding-type' is
`ccl'.Fcoding-system-doc-string
Return the documentation string for CODING-SYSTEM.Fcoding-system-mnemonic
Return the mnemonic character of CODING-SYSTEM.
The mnemonic character of a coding system is used in mode line to
indicate the coding system.  If CODING-SYSTEM is nil, return ?=.Fcoding-system-type
Return the coding type of CODING-SYSTEM.
A coding type is a symbol indicating the encoding method of CODING-SYSTEM.
See the function `define-coding-system' for more detail.Fcoding-system-charset-list
Return list of charsets supported by CODING-SYSTEM.
If CODING-SYSTEM supports all ISO-2022 charsets, return `iso-2022'.
If CODING-SYSTEM supports all emacs-mule charsets, return `emacs-mule'.Fcoding-system-category
Return a category symbol of CODING-SYSTEM.Fcoding-system-get
Extract a value from CODING-SYSTEM's property list for property PROP.
For compatibility with Emacs 20/21, this accepts old-style symbols
like `mime-charset' as well as the current style like `:mime-charset'.Fcoding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM.Fcoding-system-equal
Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
Two coding systems are identical if both symbols are equal
or one is an alias of the other.Fadd-to-coding-system-list
Add CODING-SYSTEM to `coding-system-list' while keeping it sorted.Fcoding-system-list
Return a list of all existing non-subsidiary coding systems.
If optional arg BASE-ONLY is non-nil, only base coding systems are
listed.  The value doesn't include subsidiary coding systems which are
made from bases and aliases automatically for various end-of-line
formats (e.g. iso-latin-1-unix, koi8-r-dos).Vchar-coding-system-table
It exists just for backward compatibility, and the value is always nil.Ftransform-make-coding-system-args
For internal use only.
Transform XEmacs style args for `make-coding-system' to Emacs style.
Value is a list of transformed arguments.Fmake-coding-system
Define a new coding system CODING-SYSTEM (symbol).
This function is provided for backward compatibility.Fmerge-coding-systems
Fill in any unspecified aspects of coding system FIRST from SECOND.
Return the resulting coding system.Fautoload-coding-system
Define SYMBOL as a coding-system that is defined on demand.

FORM is a form to evaluate to define the coding-system.Vbuffer-file-coding-system-explicit
The file coding system explicitly specified for the current buffer.
The value is a cons of coding systems for reading (decoding) and
writing (encoding).
Internal use only.Fset-buffer-file-coding-system
Set the file coding-system of the current buffer to CODING-SYSTEM.
This means that when you save the buffer, it will be converted
according to CODING-SYSTEM.  For a list of possible values of
CODING-SYSTEM, use \[list-coding-systems].

This marks the buffer modified so that the succeeding \[save-buffer]
surely saves the buffer with CODING-SYSTEM.  From a program, if you
don't want to mark the buffer modified, specify t for NOMODIFY.
If you know exactly what coding system you want to use,
just set the variable `buffer-file-coding-system' directly.Frevert-buffer-with-coding-system
Visit the current buffer's file again using coding system CODING-SYSTEM.
For a list of possible values of CODING-SYSTEM, use \[list-coding-systems].

If CODING-SYSTEM leaves the text conversion unspecified, or if it leaves
the end-of-line conversion unspecified, FORCE controls what to do.
If FORCE is nil, get the unspecified aspect (or aspects) from the buffer's
previous `buffer-file-coding-system' value (if it is specified there).
Otherwise, determine it from the file contents as usual for visiting a file.Fset-file-name-coding-system
Set coding system for decoding and encoding file names to CODING-SYSTEM.
It actually just set the variable `file-name-coding-system' (which see)
to CODING-SYSTEM.Vdefault-terminal-coding-system
Default value for the terminal coding system.
This is normally set according to the selected language environment.
See also the command `set-terminal-coding-system'.Fset-terminal-coding-system
Set coding system of terminal output to CODING-SYSTEM.
All text output to TERMINAL will be encoded
with the specified coding system.

For a list of possible values of CODING-SYSTEM, use \[list-coding-systems].
The default is determined by the selected language environment
or by the previous use of this command.

TERMINAL may be a terminal object, a frame, or nil for the
selected frame's terminal.  The setting has no effect on
graphical terminals.Vdefault-keyboard-coding-system
Default value of the keyboard coding system.
This is normally set according to the selected language environment.
See also the command `set-keyboard-coding-system'.Fset-keyboard-coding-system
Set coding system for keyboard input on TERMINAL to CODING-SYSTEM.
In addition, this command calls `encoded-kbd-setup-display' to set up the
translation of keyboard input events to the specified coding system.

For a list of possible values of CODING-SYSTEM, use \[list-coding-systems].
The default is determined by the selected language environment
or by the previous use of this command.

TERMINAL may be a terminal object, a frame, or nil for the
selected frame's terminal.  The setting has no effect on
graphical terminals.Vkeyboard-coding-system
Specify coding system for keyboard input.
If you set this on a terminal which can't distinguish Meta keys from
8-bit characters, you will have to use ESC to type Meta characters.
See Info node `Terminal Coding' and Info node `Unibyte Mode'.

On non-windowing terminals, this is set from the locale by default.

Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
use either \[customize] or \[set-keyboard-coding-system].Fset-buffer-process-coding-system
Set coding systems for the process associated with the current buffer.
DECODING is the coding system to be used to decode input from the process,
ENCODING is the coding system to be used to encode output to the process.

For a list of possible coding systems, use \[list-coding-systems].Fset-selection-coding-system
Make CODING-SYSTEM used for communicating with other X clients.
When sending or receiving text via cut_buffer, selection, and clipboard,
the text is encoded or decoded by CODING-SYSTEM.Fset-next-selection-coding-system
Use CODING-SYSTEM for next communication with other window system clients.
This setting is effective for the next communication only.Fset-coding-priority
Set priority of coding categories according to ARG.
ARG is a list of coding categories ordered by priority.

This function is provided for backward compatibility.Vctext-non-standard-encodings-alist
Alist of non-standard encoding names vs the corresponding usages in CTEXT.

It controls how extended segments of a compound text are handled
by the coding system `compound-text-with-extensions'.

Each element has the form (ENCODING-NAME CODING-SYSTEM N-OCTET CHARSET).

ENCODING-NAME is an encoding name of an "extended segment".

CODING-SYSTEM is the coding-system to encode (or decode) the
characters into (or from) the extended segment.

N-OCTET is the number of octets (bytes) that encodes a character
in the segment.  It can be 0 (meaning the number of octets per
character is variable), 1, 2, 3, or 4.

CHARSET is a character set containing characters that are encoded
in the segment.  It can be a list of character sets.

On decoding CTEXT, all encoding names listed here are recognized.

On encoding CTEXT, encoding names in the variable
`ctext-non-standard-encodings' (which see) and in the information
listed for the current language environment under the key
`ctext-non-standard-encodings' are used.Vctext-non-standard-encodings
List of non-standard encoding names used in extended segments of CTEXT.
Each element must be one of the names listed in the variable
`ctext-non-standard-encodings-alist' (which see).Fctext-post-read-conversion
Decode LEN characters encoded as Compound Text with Extended Segments.Fctext-pre-write-conversion
Encode characters between FROM and TO as Compound Text w/Extended Segments.

If FROM is a string, or if the current buffer is not the one set up for us
by `encode-coding-string', generate a new temp buffer, insert the text,
and convert it in the temporary buffer.  Otherwise, convert in-place.Vauto-coding-alist
Alist of filename patterns vs corresponding coding systems.
Each element looks like (REGEXP . CODING-SYSTEM).
A file whose name matches REGEXP is decoded by CODING-SYSTEM on reading.

The settings in this alist take priority over `coding:' tags
in the file (see the function `set-auto-coding')
and the contents of `file-coding-system-alist'.Vauto-coding-regexp-alist
Alist of patterns vs corresponding coding systems.
Each element looks like (REGEXP . CODING-SYSTEM).
A file whose first bytes match REGEXP is decoded by CODING-SYSTEM on reading.

The settings in this alist take priority over `coding:' tags
in the file (see the function `set-auto-coding')
and the contents of `file-coding-system-alist'.Fauto-coding-regexp-alist-lookup
Lookup `auto-coding-regexp-alist' for the contents of the current buffer.
The value is a coding system is specified for the region FROM and TO,
or nil.Vauto-coding-functions
A list of functions which attempt to determine a coding system.

Each function in this list should be written to operate on the
current buffer, but should not modify it in any way.  The buffer
will contain undecoded text of parts of the file.  Each function
should take one argument, SIZE, which says how many characters
(starting from point) it should look at.

If one of these functions succeeds in determining a coding
system, it should return that coding system.  Otherwise, it
should return nil.

If a file has a `coding:' tag, that takes precedence over these
functions, so they won't be called at all.Vset-auto-coding-for-load
Non-nil means look for `load-coding' property instead of `coding'.
This is used for loading and byte-compiling Emacs Lisp files.Fauto-coding-alist-lookup
Return the coding system specified by `auto-coding-alist' for FILENAME.Ffind-auto-coding
Find a coding system for a file FILENAME of which SIZE bytes follow point.
These bytes should include at least the first 1k of the file
and the last 3k of the file, but the middle may be omitted.

The function checks FILENAME against the variable `auto-coding-alist'.
If FILENAME doesn't match any entries in the variable, it checks the
contents of the current buffer following point against
`auto-coding-regexp-alist'.  If no match is found, it checks for a
`coding:' tag in the first one or two lines following point.  If no
`coding:' tag is found, it checks any local variables list in the last
3K bytes out of the SIZE bytes.  Finally, if none of these methods
succeed, it checks to see if any function in `auto-coding-functions'
gives a match.

If a coding system is specifed, the return value is a cons
(CODING . SOURCE), where CODING is the specified coding system and
SOURCE is a symbol `auto-coding-alist', `auto-coding-regexp-alist',
`:coding', or `auto-coding-functions' indicating by what CODING is
specified.  Note that the validity of CODING is not checked;
it's the caller's responsibility to check it.

If nothing is specified, the return value is nil.Fset-auto-coding
Return coding system for a file FILENAME of which SIZE bytes follow point.
See `find-auto-coding' for how the coding system is found.
Return nil if an invalid coding system is found.

The variable `set-auto-coding-function' (which see) is set to this
function by default.Fafter-insert-file-set-coding
Set `buffer-file-coding-system' of current buffer after text is inserted.
INSERTED is the number of characters that were inserted, as figured
in the situation before this function.  Return the number of characters
inserted, as figured in the situation after.  The two numbers can be
different if the buffer has become unibyte.
The optional second arg VISIT non-nil means that we are visiting a file.Ffind-new-buffer-file-coding-system
Return a coding system for a buffer when a file of CODING is inserted.
The local variable `buffer-file-coding-system' of the current buffer
is set to the returned value.
Return nil if there's no need to set `buffer-file-coding-system'.Fmodify-coding-system-alist
Modify one of look up tables for finding a coding system on I/O operation.
There are three of such tables, `file-coding-system-alist',
`process-coding-system-alist', and `network-coding-system-alist'.

TARGET-TYPE specifies which of them to modify.
If it is `file', it affects `file-coding-system-alist' (which see).
If it is `process', it affects `process-coding-system-alist' (which see).
If it is `network', it affects `network-coding-system-alist' (which see).

REGEXP is a regular expression matching a target of I/O operation.
The target is a file name if TARGET-TYPE is `file', a program name if
TARGET-TYPE is `process', or a network service name or a port number
to connect to if TARGET-TYPE is `network'.

CODING-SYSTEM is a coding system to perform code conversion on the I/O
operation, or a cons cell (DECODING . ENCODING) specifying the coding
systems for decoding and encoding respectively, or a function symbol
which, when called, returns such a cons cell.Fdecode-coding-inserted-region
Decode the region between FROM and TO as if it is read from file FILENAME.
The idea is that the text between FROM and TO was just inserted somehow.
Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are the same as those
of the function `insert-file-contents'.
Part of the job of this function is setting `buffer-undo-list' appropriately.Frecode-region
Re-decode the region (previously decoded by CODING) by NEW-CODING.Fmake-translation-table
Make a translation table from arguments.
A translation table is a char table intended for character
translation in CCL programs.

Each argument is a list of elements of the form (FROM . TO), where FROM
is a character to be translated to TO.

The arguments and forms in each argument are processed in the given
order, and if a previous form already translates TO to some other
character, say TO-ALT, FROM is also translated to TO-ALT.Fmake-translation-table-from-vector
Make translation table from decoding vector VEC.
VEC is an array of 256 elements to map unibyte codes to multibyte
characters.  Elements may be nil for undefined code points.
See also the variable `nonascii-translation-table'.Fmake-translation-table-from-alist
Make translation table from N<->M mapping in ALIST.
ALIST is an alist, each element has the form (FROM . TO).
FROM and TO are a character or a vector of characters.
If FROM is a character, that character is translated to TO.
If FROM is a vector of characters, that sequence is translated to TO.
The first extra-slot of the value is a translation table for reverse mapping.Fdefine-translation-table
Define SYMBOL as the name of translation table made by ARGS.
This sets up information so that the table can be used for
translations in a CCL program.

If the first element of ARGS is a char-table whose purpose is
`translation-table', just define SYMBOL to name it.  (Note that this
function does not bind SYMBOL.)

Any other ARGS should be suitable as arguments of the function
`make-translation-table' (which see).

This function sets properties `translation-table' and
`translation-table-id' of SYMBOL to the created table itself and the
identification number of the table respectively.  It also registers
the table in `translation-table-vector'.Ftranslate-region
From START to END, translate characters according to TABLE.
TABLE is a string or a char-table.
If TABLE is a string, the Nth character in it is the mapping
for the character with code N.
If TABLE is a char-table, the element for character N is the mapping
for the character with code N.
It returns the number of characters changed.Fwith-category-table
Execute BODY like `progn' with TABLE the current category table.
The category table of the current buffer is saved, BODY is evaluated,
then the saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit.
Value is what BODY returns.Fdefine-translation-hash-table
Define SYMBOL as the name of the hash translation TABLE for use in CCL.

Analogous to `define-translation-table', but updates
`translation-hash-table-vector' and the table is for use in the CCL
`lookup-integer' and `lookup-character' functions.Fsgml-xml-auto-coding-function
Determine whether the buffer is XML, and if so, its encoding.
This function is intended to be added to `auto-coding-functions'.Fsgml-html-meta-auto-coding-function
If the buffer has an HTML meta tag, use it to determine encoding.
This function is intended to be added to `auto-coding-functions'.Fxml-find-file-coding-system
Determine the coding system of an XML file without a declaration.
Strictly speaking, the file should be utf-8, but mistakes are
made, and there are genuine cases where XML fragments are saved,
with the encoding properly specified in a master document, or
added by processing software.Smule-conf.el
Smule-cmds.elc
Vmule-menu-keymap
Keymap for Mule (Multilingual environment) menu specific commands.Fcoding-system-change-eol-conversion
Return a coding system which differs from CODING-SYSTEM in EOL conversion.
The returned coding system converts end-of-line by EOL-TYPE
but text as the same way as CODING-SYSTEM.
EOL-TYPE should be `unix', `dos', `mac', or nil.
If EOL-TYPE is nil, the returned coding system detects
how end-of-line is formatted automatically while decoding.

EOL-TYPE can be specified by an integer 0, 1, or 2.
They means `unix', `dos', and `mac' respectively.Fcoding-system-change-text-conversion
Return a coding system which differs from CODING-SYSTEM in text conversion.
The returned coding system converts text by CODING
but end-of-line as the same way as CODING-SYSTEM.
If CODING is nil, the returned coding system detects
how text is formatted automatically while decoding.Fcoding-system-from-name
Return a coding system whose name matches with NAME (string or symbol).Ftoggle-enable-multibyte-characters
Change whether this buffer uses multibyte characters.
With ARG, use multibyte characters if the ARG is positive.

Note that this command does not convert the byte contents of
the buffer; it only changes the way those bytes are interpreted.
In general, therefore, this command *changes* the sequence of
characters that the current buffer contains.

We suggest you avoid using this command unless you know what you are
doing.  If you use it by mistake, and the buffer is now displayed
wrong, use this command again to toggle back to the right mode.Fview-hello-file
Display the HELLO file, which lists many languages and characters.Funiversal-coding-system-argument
Execute an I/O command using the specified coding system.Fset-default-coding-systems
Set default value of various coding systems to CODING-SYSTEM.
This sets the following coding systems:
  o coding system of a newly created buffer
  o default coding system for subprocess I/O
This also sets the following values:
  o default value used as `file-name-coding-system' for converting file names
      if CODING-SYSTEM is ASCII-compatible
  o default value for the command `set-terminal-coding-system'
  o default value for the command `set-keyboard-coding-system'
      if CODING-SYSTEM is ASCII-compatibleFprefer-coding-system
Add CODING-SYSTEM at the front of the priority list for automatic detection.
This also sets the following coding systems:
  o coding system of a newly created buffer
  o default coding system for subprocess I/O
This also sets the following values:
  o default value used as `file-name-coding-system' for converting file names
  o default value for the command `set-terminal-coding-system'
  o default value for the command `set-keyboard-coding-system'

If CODING-SYSTEM specifies a certain type of EOL conversion, the coding
systems set by this function will use that type of EOL conversion.

A coding system that requires automatic detection of text+encoding
(e.g. undecided, unix) can't be preferred.Vsort-coding-systems-predicate
If non-nil, a predicate function to sort coding systems.

It is called with two coding systems, and should return t if the first
one is "less" than the second.

The function `sort-coding-systems' use it.Fsort-coding-systems
Sort coding system list CODINGS by a priority of each coding system.
Return the sorted list.  CODINGS is modified by side effects.

If a coding system is most preferred, it has the highest priority.
Otherwise, coding systems that correspond to MIME charsets have
higher priorities.  Among them, a coding system included in the
`coding-system' key of the current language environment has higher
priority.  See also the documentation of `language-info-alist'.

If the variable `sort-coding-systems-predicate' (which see) is
non-nil, it is used to sort CODINGS instead.Ffind-coding-systems-region
Return a list of proper coding systems to encode a text between FROM and TO.

If FROM is a string, find coding systems in that instead of the buffer.
All coding systems in the list can safely encode any multibyte characters
in the text.

If the text contains no multibyte characters, return a list of a single
element `undecided'.Ffind-coding-systems-string
Return a list of proper coding systems to encode STRING.
All coding systems in the list can safely encode any multibyte characters
in STRING.

If STRING contains no multibyte characters, return a list of a single
element `undecided'.Ffind-coding-systems-for-charsets
Return a list of proper coding systems to encode characters of CHARSETS.
CHARSETS is a list of character sets.

This only finds coding systems of type `charset', whose
`:charset-list' property includes all of CHARSETS (plus `ascii' for
ASCII-compatible coding systems).  It was used in older versions of
Emacs, but is unlikely to be what you really want now.Ffind-multibyte-characters
Find multibyte characters in the region specified by FROM and TO.
If FROM is a string, find multibyte characters in the string.
The return value is an alist of the following format:
  ((CHARSET COUNT CHAR ...) ...)
where
  CHARSET is a character set,
  COUNT is a number of characters,
  CHARs are the characters found from the character set.
Optional 3rd arg MAXCOUNT limits how many CHARs are put in the above list.
Optional 4th arg EXCLUDES is a list of character sets to be ignored.Fsearch-unencodable-char
Search forward from point for a character that is not encodable.
It asks which coding system to check.
If such a character is found, set point after that character.
Otherwise, don't move point.

When called from a program, the value is the position of the unencodable
character found, or nil if all characters are encodable.Vlast-coding-system-specified
Most recent coding system explicitly specified by the user when asked.
This variable is set whenever Emacs asks the user which coding system
to use in order to write a file.  If you set it to nil explicitly,
then call `write-region', then afterward this variable will be non-nil
only if the user was explicitly asked and specified a coding system.Vselect-safe-coding-system-accept-default-p
If non-nil, a function to control the behavior of coding system selection.
The meaning is the same as the argument ACCEPT-DEFAULT-P of the
function `select-safe-coding-system' (which see).  This variable
overrides that argument.Fselect-safe-coding-system-interactively
Select interactively a coding system for the region FROM ... TO.
FROM can be a string, as in `write-region'.
CODINGS is the list of base coding systems known to be safe for this region,
  typically obtained with `find-coding-systems-region'.
UNSAFE is a list of coding systems known to be unsafe for this region.
REJECTED is a list of coding systems which were safe but for some reason
  were not recommended in the particular context.
DEFAULT is the coding system to use by default in the query.Fselect-safe-coding-system
Ask a user to select a safe coding system from candidates.
The candidates of coding systems which can safely encode a text
between FROM and TO are shown in a popup window.  Among them, the most
proper one is suggested as the default.

The list of `buffer-file-coding-system' of the current buffer, the
`default-buffer-file-coding-system', and the most preferred coding
system (if it corresponds to a MIME charset) is treated as the
default coding system list.  Among them, the first one that safely
encodes the text is normally selected silently and returned without
any user interaction.  See also the command `prefer-coding-system'.

However, the user is queried if the chosen coding system is
inconsistent with what would be selected by `find-auto-coding' from
coding cookies &c. if the contents of the region were read from a
file.  (That could lead to data corruption in a file subsequently
re-visited and edited.)

Optional 3rd arg DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM specifies a coding system or a
list of coding systems to be prepended to the default coding system
list.  However, if DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM is a list and the first
element is t, the cdr part is used as the default coding system list,
i.e. `buffer-file-coding-system', `default-buffer-file-coding-system',
and the most preferred coding system are not used.

Optional 4th arg ACCEPT-DEFAULT-P, if non-nil, is a function to
determine the acceptability of the silently selected coding system.
It is called with that coding system, and should return nil if it
should not be silently selected and thus user interaction is required.

Optional 5th arg FILE is the file name to use for this purpose.
That is different from `buffer-file-name' when handling `write-region'
(for example).

The variable `select-safe-coding-system-accept-default-p', if non-nil,
overrides ACCEPT-DEFAULT-P.

Kludgy feature: if FROM is a string, the string is the target text,
and TO is ignored.Fselect-message-coding-system
Return a coding system to encode the outgoing message of the current buffer.
It at first tries the first coding system found in these variables
in this order:
  (1) local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'
  (2) value of `sendmail-coding-system'
  (3) value of `default-sendmail-coding-system'
  (4) value of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
If the found coding system can't encode the current buffer,
or none of them are bound to a coding system,
it asks the user to select a proper coding system.Vlanguage-info-alist
Alist of language environment definitions.
Each element looks like:
	(LANGUAGE-NAME . ((KEY . INFO) ...))
where LANGUAGE-NAME is a string, the name of the language environment,
KEY is a symbol denoting the kind of information, and
INFO is the data associated with KEY.
Meaningful values for KEY include

documentation      value is documentation of what this language environment
			is meant for, and how to use it.
  charset	     value is a list of the character sets mainly used
			by this language environment.
  sample-text	     value is an expression which is evalled to generate
                        a line of text written using characters appropriate
                        for this language environment.
  setup-function     value is a function to call to switch to this
			language environment.
  exit-function      value is a function to call to leave this
		        language environment.
  coding-system      value is a list of coding systems that are good for
			saving text written in this language environment.
			This list serves as suggestions to the user;
			in effect, as a kind of documentation.
  coding-priority    value is a list of coding systems for this language
			environment, in order of decreasing priority.
			This is used to set up the coding system priority
			list when you switch to this language environment.
  nonascii-translation
		     value is a charset of dimension one to use for
			converting a unibyte character to multibyte
			and vice versa.
  input-method       value is a default input method for this language
			environment.
  features           value is a list of features requested in this
			language environment.
  ctext-non-standard-encodings
		     value is a list of non-standard encoding names used
			in extended segments of CTEXT.  See the variable
			`ctext-non-standard-encodings' for more detail.

The following keys take effect only when multibyte characters are
globally disabled, i.e. the value of `default-enable-multibyte-characters'
is nil.

unibyte-display    value is a coding system to encode characters for
			the terminal.  Characters in the range of 160 to
			255 display not as octal escapes, but as non-ASCII
			characters in this language environment.Fget-language-info
Return information listed under KEY for language environment LANG-ENV.
KEY is a symbol denoting the kind of information.
For a list of useful values for KEY and their meanings,
see `language-info-alist'.Fset-language-info
Modify part of the definition of language environment LANG-ENV.
Specifically, this stores the information INFO under KEY
in the definition of this language environment.
KEY is a symbol denoting the kind of information.
INFO is the value for that information.

For a list of useful values for KEY and their meanings,
see `language-info-alist'.Fset-language-info-internal
Internal use only.
Arguments are the same as `set-language-info'.Fset-language-info-alist
Store ALIST as the definition of language environment LANG-ENV.
ALIST is an alist of KEY and INFO values.  See the documentation of
`language-info-alist' for the meanings of KEY and INFO.

Optional arg PARENTS is a list of parent menu names; it specifies
where to put this language environment in the
Describe Language Environment and Set Language Environment menus.
For example, ("European") means to put this language environment
in the European submenu in each of those two menus.Fread-language-name
Read a language environment name which has information for KEY.
If KEY is nil, read any language environment.
Prompt with PROMPT.  DEFAULT is the default choice of language environment.
This returns a language environment name as a string.Vleim-list-file-name
Name of LEIM list file.
This file contains a list of libraries of Emacs input methods (LEIM)
in the format of Lisp expression for registering each input method.
Emacs loads this file at startup time.Vleim-list-header
Header to be inserted in LEIM list file.Vleim-list-entry-regexp
Regexp matching head of each entry in LEIM list file.
See also the variable `leim-list-header'.Vupdate-leim-list-functions
List of functions to call to update LEIM list file.
Each function is called with one arg, LEIM directory name.Fupdate-leim-list-file
Update LEIM list file in directories DIRS.Vcurrent-input-method
The current input method for multilingual text.
If nil, that means no input method is activated now.Vcurrent-input-method-title
Title string of the current input method shown in mode line.Vdefault-input-method
Default input method for multilingual text (a string).
This is the input method activated automatically by the command
`toggle-input-method' (\[toggle-input-method]).Vinput-method-history
History list of input methods read from the minibuffer.

Maximum length of the history list is determined by the value
of `history-length', which see.Vinactivate-current-input-method-function
Function to call for inactivating the current input method.
Every input method should set this to an appropriate value when activated.
This function is called with no argument.

This function should never change the value of `current-input-method'.
It is set to nil by the function `inactivate-input-method'.Vdescribe-current-input-method-function
Function to call for describing the current input method.
This function is called with no argument.Vinput-method-alist
Alist of input method names vs how to use them.
Each element has the form:
   (INPUT-METHOD LANGUAGE-ENV ACTIVATE-FUNC TITLE DESCRIPTION ARGS...)
See the function `register-input-method' for the meanings of the elements.Fregister-input-method
Register INPUT-METHOD as an input method for language environment LANG-ENV.

INPUT-METHOD and LANG-ENV are symbols or strings.
ACTIVATE-FUNC is a function to call to activate this method.
TITLE is a string to show in the mode line when this method is active.
DESCRIPTION is a string describing this method and what it is good for.
The ARGS, if any, are passed as arguments to ACTIVATE-FUNC.
All told, the arguments to ACTIVATE-FUNC are INPUT-METHOD and the ARGS.

This function is mainly used in the file "leim-list.el" which is
created at Emacs build time, registering all Quail input methods
contained in the Emacs distribution.

In case you want to register a new Quail input method by yourself, be
careful to use the same input method title as given in the third
parameter of `quail-define-package'.  (If the values are different, the
string specified in this function takes precedence.)

The commands `describe-input-method' and `list-input-methods' need
these duplicated values to show some information about input methods
without loading the relevant Quail packages.

(fn INPUT-METHOD LANG-ENV ACTIVATE-FUNC TITLE DESCRIPTION &rest ARGS)Fread-input-method-name
Read a name of input method from a minibuffer prompting with PROMPT.
If DEFAULT is non-nil, use that as the default,
and substitute it into PROMPT at the first `%s'.
If INHIBIT-NULL is non-nil, null input signals an error.

The return value is a string.Factivate-input-method
Switch to input method INPUT-METHOD for the current buffer.
If some other input method is already active, turn it off first.
If INPUT-METHOD is nil, deactivate any current input method.Finactivate-input-method
Turn off the current input method.Fset-input-method
Select and activate input method INPUT-METHOD for the current buffer.
This also sets the default input method to the one you specify.
If INPUT-METHOD is nil, this function turns off the input method, and
also causes you to be prompted for a name of an input method the next
time you invoke \[toggle-input-method].
When called interactively, the optional arg INTERACTIVE is non-nil,
which marks the variable `default-input-method' as set for Custom buffers.

To deactivate the input method interactively, use \[toggle-input-method].
To deactivate it programmatically, use `inactivate-input-method'.Vtoggle-input-method-active
Non-nil inside `toggle-input-method'.Ftoggle-input-method
Enable or disable multilingual text input method for the current buffer.
Only one input method can be enabled at any time in a given buffer.

The normal action is to enable an input method if none was enabled,
and disable the current one otherwise.  Which input method to enable
can be determined in various ways--either the one most recently used,
or the one specified by `default-input-method', or as a last resort
by reading the name of an input method in the minibuffer.

With a prefix argument ARG, read an input method name with the minibuffer
and enable that one.  The default is the most recent input method specified
(not including the currently active input method, if any).

When called interactively, the optional argument INTERACTIVE is non-nil,
which marks the variable `default-input-method' as set for Custom buffers.Fdescribe-current-input-method
Describe the input method currently in use.
This is a subroutine for `describe-input-method'.Fread-multilingual-string
Read a multilingual string from minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
The input method selected last time is activated in minibuffer.
If optional second argument INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the
minibuffer initially.
Optional 3rd argument INPUT-METHOD specifies the input method to be activated
instead of the one selected last time.  It is a symbol or a string.Vinput-method-verbose-flag
A flag to control extra guidance given by input methods.
The value should be nil, t, `complex-only', or `default'.

The extra guidance is done by showing list of available keys in echo
area.  When you use the input method in the minibuffer, the guidance
is shown at the bottom short window (split from the existing window).

If the value is t, extra guidance is always given, if the value is
nil, extra guidance is always suppressed.

If the value is `complex-only', only complex input methods such as
`chinese-py' and `japanese' give extra guidance.

If the value is `default', complex input methods always give extra
guidance, but simple input methods give it only when you are not in
the minibuffer.

See also the variable `input-method-highlight-flag'.Vinput-method-highlight-flag
If this flag is non-nil, input methods highlight partially-entered text.
For instance, while you are in the middle of a Quail input method sequence,
the text inserted so far is temporarily underlined.
The underlining goes away when you finish or abort the input method sequence.
See also the variable `input-method-verbose-flag'.Vinput-method-activate-hook
Normal hook run just after an input method is activated.

The variable `current-input-method' keeps the input method name
just activated.Vinput-method-inactivate-hook
Normal hook run just after an input method is inactivated.

The variable `current-input-method' still keeps the input method name
just inactivated.Vinput-method-after-insert-chunk-hook
Normal hook run just after an input method insert some chunk of text.Vinput-method-exit-on-first-char
This flag controls when an input method returns.
Usually, the input method does not return while there's a possibility
that it may find a different translation if a user types another key.
But, if this flag is non-nil, the input method returns as soon as the
current key sequence gets long enough to have some valid translation.Vinput-method-use-echo-area
This flag controls how an input method shows an intermediate key sequence.
Usually, the input method inserts the intermediate key sequence,
or candidate translations corresponding to the sequence,
at point in the current buffer.
But, if this flag is non-nil, it displays them in echo area instead.Vinput-method-exit-on-invalid-key
This flag controls the behavior of an input method on invalid key input.
Usually, when a user types a key which doesn't start any character
handled by the input method, the key is handled by turning off the
input method temporarily.  After that key, the input method is re-enabled.
But, if this flag is non-nil, the input method is never back on.Vset-language-environment-hook
Normal hook run after some language environment is set.

When you set some hook function here, that effect usually should not
be inherited to another language environment.  So, you had better set
another function in `exit-language-environment-hook' (which see) to
cancel the effect.Vexit-language-environment-hook
Normal hook run after exiting from some language environment.
When this hook is run, the variable `current-language-environment'
is still bound to the language environment being exited.

This hook is mainly used for canceling the effect of
`set-language-environment-hook' (which see).Fsetup-specified-language-environment
Switch to a specified language environment.Vcurrent-language-environment
The last language environment specified with `set-language-environment'.
This variable should be set only with \[customize], which is equivalent
to using the function `set-language-environment'.Freset-language-environment
Reset multilingual environment of Emacs to the default status.

The default status is as follows:

The default value of `buffer-file-coding-system' is nil.
  The default coding system for process I/O is nil.
  The default value for the command `set-terminal-coding-system' is nil.
  The default value for the command `set-keyboard-coding-system' is nil.

The order of priorities of coding systems are as follows:
	utf-8
	iso-2022-7bit
	iso-latin-1
	iso-2022-7bit-lock
	iso-2022-8bit-ss2
	emacs-mule
	raw-textFset-display-table-and-terminal-coding-system
Set up the display table and terminal coding system for LANGUAGE-NAME.Fset-language-environment
Set up multi-lingual environment for using LANGUAGE-NAME.
This sets the coding system priority and the default input method
and sometimes other things.  LANGUAGE-NAME should be a string
which is the name of a language environment.  For example, "Latin-1"
specifies the character set for the major languages of Western Europe.Vlanguage-info-custom-alist
Customizations of language environment parameters.
Value is an alist with elements like those of `language-info-alist'.
These are used to set values in `language-info-alist' which replace
the defaults.  A typical use is replacing the default input method for
the environment.  Use \[describe-language-environment] to find the environment's settings.

This option is intended for use at startup.  Removing items doesn't
remove them from the language info until you next restart Emacs.

Setting this variable directly does not take effect.
See `set-language-info-alist' for use in programs.Fset-language-environment-coding-systems
Do various coding system setups for language environment LANGUAGE-NAME.Fset-language-environment-input-method
Do various input method setups for language environment LANGUAGE-NAME.Fset-language-environment-nonascii-translation
Do unibyte/multibyte translation setup for language environment LANGUAGE-NAME.Fset-language-environment-charset
Do various charset setups for language environment LANGUAGE-NAME.Fset-language-environment-unibyte
Do various unibyte-mode setups for language environment LANGUAGE-NAME.Fprinc-list
Print all arguments with `princ', then print "\n".Fdescribe-specified-language-support
Describe how Emacs supports the specified language environment.Fdescribe-language-environment
Describe how Emacs supports language environment LANGUAGE-NAME.Vlocale-translation-file-name
File name for the system's file of locale-name aliases, or nil if none.Vlocale-language-names
Alist of locale regexps vs the corresponding languages and coding systems.
Each element has this form:
  (LOCALE-REGEXP LANG-ENV CODING-SYSTEM)
The first element whose LOCALE-REGEXP matches the start of a
downcased locale specifies the LANG-ENV (language environment)
and CODING-SYSTEM corresponding to that locale.  If there is no
appropriate language environment, the element may have this form:
  (LOCALE-REGEXP . LANG-ENV)
In this case, LANG-ENV is one of generic language environments for an
specific encoding such as "Latin-1" and "UTF-8".Vlocale-charset-language-names
List of pairs of locale regexps and charset language names.
The first element whose locale regexp matches the start of a downcased locale
specifies the language name whose charset corresponds to that locale.
This language name is used if the locale is not listed in
`locale-language-names'.Vlocale-preferred-coding-systems
List of pairs of locale regexps and preferred coding systems.
The first element whose locale regexp matches the start of a downcased locale
specifies the coding system to prefer when using that locale.
This coding system is used if the locale specifies a specific charset.Flocale-name-match
Search for KEY in ALIST, which should be a list of regexp-value pairs.
Return the value corresponding to the first regexp that matches the
start of KEY, or nil if there is no match.Flocale-charset-match-p
Whether charset names (strings) CHARSET1 and CHARSET2 are equivalent.
Matching is done ignoring case and any hyphens and underscores in the
names.  E.g. `ISO_8859-1' and `iso88591' both match `iso-8859-1'.Vlocale-charset-alist
Coding system alist keyed on locale-style charset name.
Used by `locale-charset-to-coding-system'.Flocale-charset-to-coding-system
Find coding system corresponding to CHARSET.
CHARSET is any sort of non-Emacs charset name, such as might be used
in a locale codeset, or elsewhere.  It is matched to a coding system
first by case-insensitive lookup in `locale-charset-alist'.  Then
matches are looked for in the coding system list, treating case and
the characters `-' and `_' as insignificant.  The coding system base
is returned.  Thus, for instance, if charset "ISO8859-2",
`iso-latin-2' is returned.Flocale-translate
Expand LOCALE according to `locale-translation-file-name', if possible.
For example, translate "swedish" into "sv_SE.ISO8859-1".Fset-locale-environment
Set up multi-lingual environment for using LOCALE-NAME.
This sets the language environment, the coding system priority,
the default input method and sometimes other things.

LOCALE-NAME should be a string which is the name of a locale supported
by the system.  Often it is of the form xx_XX.CODE, where xx is a
language, XX is a country, and CODE specifies a character set and
coding system.  For example, the locale name "ja_JP.EUC" might name
a locale for Japanese in Japan using the `japanese-iso-8bit'
coding-system.  The name may also have a modifier suffix, e.g. `@euro'
or `@cyrillic'.

If LOCALE-NAME is nil, its value is taken from the environment
variables LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE and LANG (the first one that is set).

The locale names supported by your system can typically be found in a
directory named `/usr/share/locale' or `/usr/lib/locale'.  LOCALE-NAME
will be translated according to the table specified by
`locale-translation-file-name'.

If FRAME is non-nil, only set the keyboard coding system and the
terminal coding system for the terminal of that frame, and don't
touch session-global parameters like the language environment.

See also `locale-charset-language-names', `locale-language-names',
`locale-preferred-coding-systems' and `locale-coding-system'.Vchar-code-property-alist
Alist of character property name vs char-table containing property values.
Internal use only.Fdefine-char-code-property
Define NAME as a character code property given by TABLE.
TABLE is a char-table of purpose `char-code-property-table' with
these extra slots:
  1st: NAME.
  2nd: Function to call to get a property value of a character.
    It is called with three arguments CHAR, VAL, and TABLE, where
    CHAR is a character, VAL is the value of (aref TABLE CHAR).
  3rd: Function to call to put a property value of a character.
    It is called with the same arguments as above.
  4th: Function to call to get a description string of a property value.
    It is called with one argument VALUE, a property value.
  5th: Data used by the above functions.

TABLE may be a name of file to load to build a char-table.  The
file should contain a call of `define-char-code-property' with a
char-table of the above format as the argument TABLE.

TABLE may also be nil, in which case no property value is pre-assigned.

Optional 3rd argument DOCSTRING is a documentation string of the property.

See also the documentation of `get-char-code-property' and
`put-char-code-property'.Vchar-code-property-table
Char-table containing a property list of each character code.
This table is used for properties not listed in `char-code-property-alist'.
See also the documentation of `get-char-code-property' and
`put-char-code-property'.Fget-char-code-property
Return the value of CHAR's PROPNAME property.Fput-char-code-property
Store CHAR's PROPNAME property with VALUE.
It can be retrieved with `(get-char-code-property CHAR PROPNAME)'.Fchar-code-property-description
Return a description string of character property PROP's value VALUE.
If there's no description string for VALUE, return nil.Fencoded-string-description
Return a pretty description of STR that is encoded by CODING-SYSTEM.Fencode-coding-char
Encode CHAR by CODING-SYSTEM and return the resulting string.
If CODING-SYSTEM can't safely encode CHAR, return nil.
The 3rd optional argument CHARSET, if non-nil, is a charset preferred
on encoding.Vunify-8859-on-encoding-mode
Non-nil if Unify-8859-On-Encoding mode is enabled.
See the command `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' for a description of this minor mode.Funify-8859-on-encoding-mode
Obsolete.Vunify-8859-on-decoding-mode
Non-nil if Unify-8859-On-Decoding mode is enabled.
See the command `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' for a description of this minor mode.Funify-8859-on-decoding-mode
Obsolete.Vnonascii-insert-offset
This variable is obsolete.Vnonascii-translation-table
This variable is obsolete.Vucs-names
Alist of cached (CHAR-NAME . CHAR-CODE) pairs.Fucs-names
Return alist of (CHAR-NAME . CHAR-CODE) pairs cached in `ucs-names'.Vucs-completions
Lazy completion table for completing on Unicode character names.Fread-char-by-name
Read a character by its Unicode name or hex number string.
Display PROMPT and read a string that represents a character by its
Unicode property `name' or `old-name'.  You can type a few of first
letters of the Unicode name and use completion.  This function also
accepts a hexadecimal number of Unicode code point or a number in
hash notation, e.g. #o21430 for octal, #x2318 for hex, or #10r8984
for decimal.  Returns a character as a number.Fucs-insert
Insert a character of the given Unicode code point.
Interactively, prompts for a Unicode character name or a hex number
using `read-char-by-name'.Scharacters.elc
Vcjk-char-width-table
Character width table used in CJK language environment.Fuse-cjk-char-width-table
Internal use only.
Setup char-width-table appropriate for CJK language environment.Fuse-default-char-width-table
Internal use only.
Setup char-width-table appropriate for non-CJK language environment.Scase-table.elc
Fdescribe-buffer-case-table
Describe the case table of the current buffer.Fget-upcase-table
Return the upcase table of CASE-TABLE.Fset-case-syntax-delims
Make characters L and R a matching pair of non-case-converting delimiters.
This sets the entries for L and R in TABLE, which is a string
that will be used as the downcase part of a case table.
It also modifies `standard-syntax-table' to
indicate left and right delimiters.Fset-case-syntax-pair
Make characters UC and LC a pair of inter-case-converting letters.
This sets the entries for characters UC and LC in TABLE, which is a string
that will be used as the downcase part of a case table.
It also modifies `standard-syntax-table' to give them the syntax of
word constituents.Fset-upcase-syntax
Make character UC an upcase of character LC.
It also modifies `standard-syntax-table' to give them the syntax of
word constituents.Fset-downcase-syntax
Make character LC a downcase of character UC.
It also modifies `standard-syntax-table' to give them the syntax of
word constituents.Fset-case-syntax
Make character C case-invariant with syntax SYNTAX.
This sets the entry for character C in TABLE, which is a string
that will be used as the downcase part of a case table.
It also modifies `standard-syntax-table'.
SYNTAX should be " ", "w", "." or "_".Schinese.el
Scyrillic.el
Sindian.el
Ssinhala.el
Senglish.el
Sethiopic.elc
Seuropean.elc
Fturkish-case-conversion-enable
Set up Turkish case conversion of `i' and `I' into `İ' and `ı'.Fturkish-case-conversion-disable
Set up normal (non-Turkish) case conversion of `i' into `I'.Sczech.el
Sslovak.el
Sromanian.el
Sgreek.el
Shebrew.el
Sjapanese.el
Skorean.el
Slao.el
Scham.el
Stai-viet.el
Sthai.el
Stibetan.elc
Vtibetan-composable-pattern
Regexp matching a composable sequence of Tibetan characters.Vtibetan-regexp
Regexp matching a Tibetan transcription of a composable Tibetan sequence.
The result of matching is to be used for indexing alists at conversion
from a roman transcription to the corresponding Tibetan character.Vtibetan-precomposed-regexp
Regexp string to match a romanized Tibetan complex consonant.
The result of matching is to be used for indexing alists when the input key
from an input method is converted to the corresponding precomposed glyph.Vtibetan-precomposition-rule-regexp
Regexp string to match a sequence of Tibetan consonantic components, i.e.,
one base consonant and one or more subjoined consonants.
The result of matching is to be used for indexing alist when the component
sequence is converted to the corresponding precomposed glyph.
This also matches some punctuation characters which need conversion.Svietnamese.el
Smisc-lang.el
Sutf-8-lang.el
Sgeorgian.el
Skhmer.el
Sburmese.el
Smenu-bar.elc
Fmenu-find-file-existing
Edit the existing file FILENAME.Vmenu-bar-last-search-type
Type of last non-incremental search command called from the menu.Fnonincremental-repeat-search-forward
Search forward for the previous search string or regexp.Fnonincremental-repeat-search-backward
Search backward for the previous search string or regexp.Fnonincremental-search-forward
Read a string and search for it nonincrementally.Fnonincremental-search-backward
Read a string and search backward for it nonincrementally.Fnonincremental-re-search-forward
Read a regular expression and search for it nonincrementally.Fnonincremental-re-search-backward
Read a regular expression and search backward for it nonincrementally.Fmenu-bar-next-tag-other-window
Find the next definition of the tag already specified.Fmenu-bar-next-tag
Find the next definition of the tag already specified.Fclipboard-yank
Insert the clipboard contents, or the last stretch of killed text.Fclipboard-kill-ring-save
Copy region to kill ring, and save in the X clipboard.Fclipboard-kill-region
Kill the region, and save it in the X clipboard.Fmenu-bar-enable-clipboard
Make CUT, PASTE and COPY (keys and menu bar items) use the clipboard.
Do the same for the keys of the same name.Fmenu-bar-make-mm-toggle
Make a menu-item for a global minor mode toggle.
FNAME is the minor mode's name (variable and function).
DOC is the text to use for the menu entry.
HELP is the text to use for the tooltip.
PROPS are additional properties.Fmenu-set-font
Interactively select a font and make it the default.Fmenu-bar-options-save
Save current values of Options menu items using Custom.Fmenu-bar-showhide-fringe-ind-customize
Show customization buffer for `indicate-buffer-boundaries'.Fmenu-bar-showhide-fringe-ind-mixed
Display top and bottom indicators in opposite fringes, arrows in right.Fmenu-bar-showhide-fringe-ind-box
Display top and bottom indicators in opposite fringes.Fmenu-bar-showhide-fringe-ind-right
Display buffer boundaries and arrows in the right fringe.Fmenu-bar-showhide-fringe-ind-left
Display buffer boundaries and arrows in the left fringe.Fmenu-bar-showhide-fringe-ind-none
Do not display any buffer boundary indicators.Fmenu-bar-showhide-fringe-menu-customize
Show customization buffer for `fringe-mode'.Fmenu-bar-showhide-fringe-menu-customize-reset
Reset the fringe mode: display fringes on both sides of a window.Fmenu-bar-showhide-fringe-menu-customize-right
Display fringes only on the right of each window.Fmenu-bar-showhide-fringe-menu-customize-left
Display fringes only on the left of each window.Fmenu-bar-showhide-fringe-menu-customize-disable
Do not display window fringes.Fmenu-bar-right-scroll-bar
Display scroll bars on the right of each window.Fmenu-bar-left-scroll-bar
Display scroll bars on the left of each window.Fmenu-bar-no-scroll-bar
Turn off scroll bars.Fmenu-bar-read-mail
Read mail using `read-mail-command'.Fmenu-bar-read-lispref
Display the Emacs Lisp Reference manual in Info mode.Fmenu-bar-read-lispintro
Display the Introduction to Emacs Lisp Programming in Info mode.Fsearch-emacs-glossary
Display the Glossary node of the Emacs manual in Info mode.Femacs-index-search
Look up TOPIC in the indices of the Emacs User Manual.Felisp-index-search
Look up TOPIC in the indices of the Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.Fmenu-bar-help-extra-packages
Display help about some additional packages available for Emacs.Fhelp-with-tutorial-spec-language
Use the Emacs tutorial, specifying which language you want.Fmenu-bar-menu-frame-live-and-visible-p
Return non-nil if the menu frame is alive and visible.
The menu frame is the frame for which we are updating the menu.Fmenu-bar-non-minibuffer-window-p
Return non-nil if selected window of the menu frame is not a minibuf window.

See the documentation of `menu-bar-menu-frame-live-and-visible-p'
for the definition of the menu frame.Fkill-this-buffer
Kill the current buffer.
When called in the minibuffer, get out of the minibuffer
using `abort-recursive-edit'.Fdelete-frame-enabled-p
Return non-nil if `delete-frame' should be enabled in the menu bar.Vyank-menu-length
Maximum length to display in the yank-menu.Fmenu-bar-select-yank
Insert the stretch of previously-killed text selected from menu.
The menu shows all the killed text sequences stored in `kill-ring'.Vbuffers-menu-max-size
Maximum number of entries which may appear on the Buffers menu.
If this is 10, then only the ten most-recently-selected buffers are shown.
If this is nil, then all buffers are shown.
A large number or nil slows down menu responsiveness.Vbuffers-menu-buffer-name-length
Maximum length of the buffer name on the Buffers menu.
If this is a number, then buffer names are truncated to this length.
If this is nil, then buffer names are shown in full.
A large number or nil makes the menu too wide.Vbuffers-menu-show-directories
If non-nil, show directories in the Buffers menu for buffers that have them.
The special value `unless-uniquify' means that directories will be shown
unless `uniquify-buffer-name-style' is non-nil (in which case, buffer
names should include enough of a buffer's directory to distinguish it
from other buffers).

Setting this variable directly does not take effect until next time the
Buffers menu is regenerated.Vbuffers-menu-show-status
If non-nil, show modified/read-only status of buffers in the Buffers menu.
Setting this variable directly does not take effect until next time the
Buffers menu is regenerated.Vmenu-bar-mode
Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.Fmenu-bar-mode
Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
created in the future.
With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.Ftoggle-menu-bar-mode-from-frame
Toggle menu bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
See `menu-bar-mode' for more information.Fmenu-bar-open
Start key navigation of the menu bar in FRAME.

This function decides which method to use to access the menu
depending on FRAME's terminal device.  On X displays, it calls
`x-menu-bar-open'; on Windows, `w32-menu-bar-open' otherwise it
calls `tmm-menubar'.

If FRAME is nil or not given, use the selected frame.Spaths.el
Vgnus-default-nntp-server
The name of the host running an NNTP server.
The null string means use the local host as the server site.Vgnus-local-organization
*The name of your organization, as a string.
The `ORGANIZATION' environment variable is used instead if defined.Vterm-file-prefix
If non-nil, Emacs startup does (load (concat term-file-prefix (getenv "TERM")))
You may set this variable to nil in your `.emacs' file if you do not wish
the terminal-initialization file to be loaded.Sregister.elc
Vregister-alist
Alist of elements (NAME . CONTENTS), one for each Emacs register.
NAME is a character (a number).  CONTENTS is a string, number, marker or list.
A list of strings represents a rectangle.
A list of the form (file . FILE-NAME) represents the file named FILE-NAME.
A list of the form (file-query FILE-NAME POSITION) represents
 position POSITION in the file named FILE-NAME, but query before
 visiting it.
A list of the form (WINDOW-CONFIGURATION POSITION)
 represents a saved window configuration plus a saved value of point.
A list of the form (FRAME-CONFIGURATION POSITION)
 represents a saved frame configuration plus a saved value of point.Fget-register
Return contents of Emacs register named REGISTER, or nil if none.Fset-register
Set contents of Emacs register named REGISTER to VALUE.  Returns VALUE.
See the documentation of the variable `register-alist' for possible VALUEs.Fpoint-to-register
Store current location of point in register REGISTER.
With prefix argument, store current frame configuration.
Use \[jump-to-register] to go to that location or restore that configuration.
Argument is a character, naming the register.Fwindow-configuration-to-register
Store the window configuration of the selected frame in register REGISTER.
Use \[jump-to-register] to restore the configuration.
Argument is a character, naming the register.Fframe-configuration-to-register
Store the window configuration of all frames in register REGISTER.
Use \[jump-to-register] to restore the configuration.
Argument is a character, naming the register.Fjump-to-register
Move point to location stored in a register.
If the register contains a file name, find that file.
(To put a file name in a register, you must use `set-register'.)
If the register contains a window configuration (one frame) or a frame
configuration (all frames), restore that frame or all frames accordingly.
First argument is a character, naming the register.
Optional second arg non-nil (interactively, prefix argument) says to
delete any existing frames that the frame configuration doesn't mention.
(Otherwise, these frames are iconified.)Fregister-swap-out
Turn markers into file-query references when a buffer is killed.Fnumber-to-register
Store a number in a register.
Two args, NUMBER and REGISTER (a character, naming the register).
If NUMBER is nil, a decimal number is read from the buffer starting
at point, and point moves to the end of that number.
Interactively, NUMBER is the prefix arg (none means nil).Fincrement-register
Add NUMBER to the contents of register REGISTER.
Interactively, NUMBER is the prefix arg.Fview-register
Display what is contained in register named REGISTER.
The Lisp value REGISTER is a character.Flist-registers
Display a list of nonempty registers saying briefly what they contain.Finsert-register
Insert contents of register REGISTER.  (REGISTER is a character.)
Normally puts point before and mark after the inserted text.
If optional second arg is non-nil, puts mark before and point after.
Interactively, second arg is non-nil if prefix arg is supplied.Fcopy-to-register
Copy region into register REGISTER.
With prefix arg, delete as well.
Called from program, takes four args: REGISTER, START, END and DELETE-FLAG.
START and END are buffer positions indicating what to copy.Fappend-to-register
Append region to text in register REGISTER.
With prefix arg, delete as well.
Called from program, takes four args: REGISTER, START, END and DELETE-FLAG.
START and END are buffer positions indicating what to append.Fprepend-to-register
Prepend region to text in register REGISTER.
With prefix arg, delete as well.
Called from program, takes four args: REGISTER, START, END and DELETE-FLAG.
START and END are buffer positions indicating what to prepend.Fcopy-rectangle-to-register
Copy rectangular region into register REGISTER.
With prefix arg, delete as well.
To insert this register in the buffer, use \[insert-register].

Called from a program, takes four args: REGISTER, START, END and DELETE-FLAG.
START and END are buffer positions giving two corners of rectangle.Sreplace.elc
Vcase-replace
Non-nil means `query-replace' should preserve case in replacements.Vquery-replace-defaults
Default values of FROM-STRING and TO-STRING for `query-replace'.
This is a cons cell (FROM-STRING . TO-STRING), or nil if there is
no default value.Vquery-replace-interactive
Non-nil means `query-replace' uses the last search string.
That becomes the "string to replace".Vquery-replace-from-history-variable
History list to use for the FROM argument of `query-replace' commands.
The value of this variable should be a symbol; that symbol
is used as a variable to hold a history list for the strings
or patterns to be replaced.Vquery-replace-to-history-variable
History list to use for the TO argument of `query-replace' commands.
The value of this variable should be a symbol; that symbol
is used as a variable to hold a history list for replacement
strings or patterns.Vquery-replace-skip-read-only
Non-nil means `query-replace' and friends ignore read-only matches.Vquery-replace-show-replacement
Non-nil means to show what actual replacement text will be.Vquery-replace-highlight
Non-nil means to highlight matches during query replacement.Vquery-replace-lazy-highlight
Controls the lazy-highlighting during query replacements.
When non-nil, all text in the buffer matching the current match
is highlighted lazily using isearch lazy highlighting (see
`lazy-highlight-initial-delay' and `lazy-highlight-interval').Fquery-replace-read-from
Query and return the `from' argument of a query-replace operation.
The return value can also be a pair (FROM . TO) indicating that the user
wants to replace FROM with TO.Fquery-replace-compile-replacement
Maybe convert a regexp replacement TO to Lisp.
Returns a list suitable for `perform-replace' if necessary,
the original string if not.Fquery-replace-read-to
Query and return the `to' argument of a query-replace operation.Fquery-replace
Replace some occurrences of FROM-STRING with TO-STRING.
As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
what to do with it.  For directions, type \[help-command] at that time.

In Transient Mark mode, if the mark is active, operate on the contents
of the region.  Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer.

If `query-replace-interactive' is non-nil, the last incremental search
string is used as FROM-STRING--you don't have to specify it with the
minibuffer.

Matching is independent of case if `case-fold-search' is non-nil and
FROM-STRING has no uppercase letters.  Replacement transfers the case
pattern of the old text to the new text, if `case-replace' and
`case-fold-search' are non-nil and FROM-STRING has no uppercase
letters.  (Transferring the case pattern means that if the old text
matched is all caps, or capitalized, then its replacement is upcased
or capitalized.)

Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg if interactive), if non-nil, means replace
only matches surrounded by word boundaries.
Fourth and fifth arg START and END specify the region to operate on.

To customize possible responses, change the "bindings" in `query-replace-map'.Fquery-replace-regexp
Replace some things after point matching REGEXP with TO-STRING.
As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
what to do with it.  For directions, type \[help-command] at that time.

In Transient Mark mode, if the mark is active, operate on the contents
of the region.  Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer.

If `query-replace-interactive' is non-nil, the last incremental search
regexp is used as REGEXP--you don't have to specify it with the
minibuffer.

Matching is independent of case if `case-fold-search' is non-nil and
REGEXP has no uppercase letters.  Replacement transfers the case
pattern of the old text to the new text, if `case-replace' and
`case-fold-search' are non-nil and REGEXP has no uppercase letters.
(Transferring the case pattern means that if the old text matched is
all caps, or capitalized, then its replacement is upcased or
capitalized.)

Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg if interactive), if non-nil, means replace
only matches surrounded by word boundaries.
Fourth and fifth arg START and END specify the region to operate on.

In TO-STRING, `\&' stands for whatever matched the whole of REGEXP,
and `\=\N' (where N is a digit) stands for
whatever what matched the Nth `$...$' in REGEXP.
`\?' lets you edit the replacement text in the minibuffer
at the given position for each replacement.

In interactive calls, the replacement text can contain `\,'
followed by a Lisp expression.  Each
replacement evaluates that expression to compute the replacement
string.  Inside of that expression, `\&' is a string denoting the
whole match as a string, `\N' for a partial match, `\#&' and `\#N'
for the whole or a partial match converted to a number with
`string-to-number', and `\#' itself for the number of replacements
done so far (starting with zero).

If the replacement expression is a symbol, write a space after it
to terminate it.  One space there, if any, will be discarded.

When using those Lisp features interactively in the replacement
text, TO-STRING is actually made a list instead of a string.
Use \[repeat-complex-command] after this command for details.Fquery-replace-regexp-eval
Replace some things after point matching REGEXP with the result of TO-EXPR.

Interactive use of this function is deprecated in favor of the
`\,' feature of `query-replace-regexp'.  For non-interactive use, a loop
using `search-forward-regexp' and `replace-match' is preferred.

As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
what to do with it.  For directions, type \[help-command] at that time.

TO-EXPR is a Lisp expression evaluated to compute each replacement.  It may
reference `replace-count' to get the number of replacements already made.
If the result of TO-EXPR is not a string, it is converted to one using
`prin1-to-string' with the NOESCAPE argument (which see).

For convenience, when entering TO-EXPR interactively, you can use `\&' or
`\0' to stand for whatever matched the whole of REGEXP, and `\N' (where
N is a digit) to stand for whatever matched the Nth `$...$' in REGEXP.
Use `\#&' or `\#N' if you want a number instead of a string.
In interactive use, `\#' in itself stands for `replace-count'.

In Transient Mark mode, if the mark is active, operate on the contents
of the region.  Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer.

If `query-replace-interactive' is non-nil, the last incremental search
regexp is used as REGEXP--you don't have to specify it with the
minibuffer.

Preserves case in each replacement if `case-replace' and `case-fold-search'
are non-nil and REGEXP has no uppercase letters.

Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg if interactive), if non-nil, means replace
only matches that are surrounded by word boundaries.
Fourth and fifth arg START and END specify the region to operate on.Fmap-query-replace-regexp
Replace some matches for REGEXP with various strings, in rotation.
The second argument TO-STRINGS contains the replacement strings, separated
by spaces.  This command works like `query-replace-regexp' except that
each successive replacement uses the next successive replacement string,
wrapping around from the last such string to the first.

In Transient Mark mode, if the mark is active, operate on the contents
of the region.  Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer.

Non-interactively, TO-STRINGS may be a list of replacement strings.

If `query-replace-interactive' is non-nil, the last incremental search
regexp is used as REGEXP--you don't have to specify it with the minibuffer.

A prefix argument N says to use each replacement string N times
before rotating to the next.
Fourth and fifth arg START and END specify the region to operate on.Freplace-string
Replace occurrences of FROM-STRING with TO-STRING.
Preserve case in each match if `case-replace' and `case-fold-search'
are non-nil and FROM-STRING has no uppercase letters.
(Preserving case means that if the string matched is all caps, or capitalized,
then its replacement is upcased or capitalized.)

In Transient Mark mode, if the mark is active, operate on the contents
of the region.  Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer.

Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg if interactive), if non-nil, means replace
only matches surrounded by word boundaries.
Fourth and fifth arg START and END specify the region to operate on.

If `query-replace-interactive' is non-nil, the last incremental search
string is used as FROM-STRING--you don't have to specify it with the
minibuffer.

This function is usually the wrong thing to use in a Lisp program.
What you probably want is a loop like this:
  (while (search-forward FROM-STRING nil t)
    (replace-match TO-STRING nil t))
which will run faster and will not set the mark or print anything.
(You may need a more complex loop if FROM-STRING can match the null string
and TO-STRING is also null.)Freplace-regexp
Replace things after point matching REGEXP with TO-STRING.
Preserve case in each match if `case-replace' and `case-fold-search'
are non-nil and REGEXP has no uppercase letters.

In Transient Mark mode, if the mark is active, operate on the contents
of the region.  Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer.

Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg if interactive), if non-nil, means replace
only matches surrounded by word boundaries.
Fourth and fifth arg START and END specify the region to operate on.

In interactive calls, the replacement text may contain `\,'
followed by a Lisp expression used as part of the replacement
text.  Inside of that expression, `\&' is a string denoting the
whole match, `\N' a partial match, `\#&' and `\#N' the respective
numeric values from `string-to-number', and `\#' itself for
`replace-count', the number of replacements occurred so far.

If your Lisp expression is an identifier and the next letter in
the replacement string would be interpreted as part of it, you
can wrap it with an expression like `\,(or \#)'.  Incidentally,
for this particular case you may also enter `\#' in the
replacement text directly.

When using those Lisp features interactively in the replacement
text, TO-STRING is actually made a list instead of a string.
Use \[repeat-complex-command] after this command for details.

If `query-replace-interactive' is non-nil, the last incremental search
regexp is used as REGEXP--you don't have to specify it with the minibuffer.

This function is usually the wrong thing to use in a Lisp program.
What you probably want is a loop like this:
  (while (re-search-forward REGEXP nil t)
    (replace-match TO-STRING nil nil))
which will run faster and will not set the mark or print anything.Vregexp-history
History list for some commands that read regular expressions.

Maximum length of the history list is determined by the value
of `history-length', which see.Fread-regexp
Read regexp as a string using the regexp history and some useful defaults.
Prompt for a regular expression with PROMPT (without a colon and
space) in the minibuffer.  The optional argument DEFAULT-VALUE
provides the value to display in the minibuffer prompt that is
returned if the user just types RET.
Values available via M-n are the string at point, the last isearch
regexp, the last isearch string, and the last replacement regexp.Fkeep-lines-read-args
Read arguments for `keep-lines' and friends.
Prompt for a regexp with PROMPT.
Value is a list, (REGEXP).Fkeep-lines
Delete all lines except those containing matches for REGEXP.
A match split across lines preserves all the lines it lies in.
When called from Lisp (and usually interactively as well, see below)
applies to all lines starting after point.

If REGEXP contains upper case characters (excluding those preceded by `\')
and `search-upper-case' is non-nil, the matching is case-sensitive.

Second and third arg RSTART and REND specify the region to operate on.
This command operates on (the accessible part of) all lines whose
accessible part is entirely contained in the region determined by RSTART
and REND.  (A newline ending a line counts as part of that line.)

Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, operate
on all lines whose accessible part is entirely contained in the region.
Otherwise, the command applies to all lines starting after point.
When calling this function from Lisp, you can pretend that it was
called interactively by passing a non-nil INTERACTIVE argument.

This function starts looking for the next match from the end of
the previous match.  Hence, it ignores matches that overlap
a previously found match.Fflush-lines
Delete lines containing matches for REGEXP.
When called from Lisp (and usually when called interactively as
well, see below), applies to the part of the buffer after point.
The line point is in is deleted if and only if it contains a
match for regexp starting after point.

If REGEXP contains upper case characters (excluding those preceded by `\')
and `search-upper-case' is non-nil, the matching is case-sensitive.

Second and third arg RSTART and REND specify the region to operate on.
Lines partially contained in this region are deleted if and only if
they contain a match entirely contained in it.

Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, operate
on the contents of the region.  Otherwise, operate from point to the
end of (the accessible portion of) the buffer.  When calling this function
from Lisp, you can pretend that it was called interactively by passing
a non-nil INTERACTIVE argument.

If a match is split across lines, all the lines it lies in are deleted.
They are deleted _before_ looking for the next match.  Hence, a match
starting on the same line at which another match ended is ignored.Fhow-many
Print and return number of matches for REGEXP following point.
When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, just return
the number, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the function behaves
in all respects as if it had been called interactively.

If REGEXP contains upper case characters (excluding those preceded by `\')
and `search-upper-case' is non-nil, the matching is case-sensitive.

Second and third arg RSTART and REND specify the region to operate on.

Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, operate
on the contents of the region.  Otherwise, operate from point to the
end of (the accessible portion of) the buffer.

This function starts looking for the next match from the end of
the previous match.  Hence, it ignores matches that overlap
a previously found match.Voccur-mode-map
Keymap for `occur-mode'.Voccur-revert-arguments
Arguments to pass to `occur-1' to revert an Occur mode buffer.
See `occur-revert-function'.Voccur-mode-hook
Hook run when entering Occur mode.Voccur-hook
Hook run by Occur when there are any matches.Voccur-mode-find-occurrence-hook
Hook run by Occur after locating an occurrence.
This will be called with the cursor position at the occurrence.  An application
for this is to reveal context in an outline-mode when the occurrence is hidden.Foccur-mode
Major mode for output from \[occur].
\<occur-mode-map>Move point to one of the items in this buffer, then use
\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence] to go to the occurrence that the item refers to.
Alternatively, click \[occur-mode-mouse-goto] on an item to go to it.

\{occur-mode-map}Foccur-revert-function
Handle `revert-buffer' for Occur mode buffers.Foccur-mode-goto-occurrence
Go to the occurrence the current line describes.Foccur-mode-goto-occurrence-other-window
Go to the occurrence the current line describes, in another window.Foccur-mode-display-occurrence
Display in another window the occurrence the current line describes.Foccur-next
Move to the Nth (default 1) next match in an Occur mode buffer.Foccur-prev
Move to the Nth (default 1) previous match in an Occur mode buffer.Foccur-next-error
Move to the Nth (default 1) next match in an Occur mode buffer.
Compatibility function for \[next-error] invocations.Vlist-matching-lines-default-context-lines
Default number of context lines included around `list-matching-lines' matches.
A negative number means to include that many lines before the match.
A positive number means to include that many lines both before and after.Vlist-matching-lines-face
Face used by \[list-matching-lines] to show the text that matches.
If the value is nil, don't highlight the matching portions specially.Vlist-matching-lines-buffer-name-face
Face used by \[list-matching-lines] to show the names of buffers.
If the value is nil, don't highlight the buffer names specially.Voccur-excluded-properties
Text properties to discard when copying lines to the *Occur* buffer.
The value should be a list of text properties to discard or t,
which means to discard all text properties.Foccur-rename-buffer
Rename the current *Occur* buffer to *Occur: original-buffer-name*.
Here `original-buffer-name' is the buffer name were Occur was originally run.
When given the prefix argument, or called non-interactively, the renaming
will not clobber the existing buffer(s) of that name, but use
`generate-new-buffer-name' instead.  You can add this to `occur-hook'
if you always want a separate *Occur* buffer for each buffer where you
invoke `occur'.Foccur
Show all lines in the current buffer containing a match for REGEXP.
This function can not handle matches that span more than one line.

Each line is displayed with NLINES lines before and after, or -NLINES
before if NLINES is negative.
NLINES defaults to `list-matching-lines-default-context-lines'.
Interactively it is the prefix arg.

The lines are shown in a buffer named `*Occur*'.
It serves as a menu to find any of the occurrences in this buffer.
\<occur-mode-map>\[describe-mode] in that buffer will explain how.

If REGEXP contains upper case characters (excluding those preceded by `\')
and `search-upper-case' is non-nil, the matching is case-sensitive.Fmulti-occur
Show all lines in buffers BUFS containing a match for REGEXP.
This function acts on multiple buffers; otherwise, it is exactly like
`occur'.  When you invoke this command interactively, you must specify
the buffer names that you want, one by one.Fmulti-occur-in-matching-buffers
Show all lines matching REGEXP in buffers specified by BUFREGEXP.
Normally BUFREGEXP matches against each buffer's visited file name,
but if you specify a prefix argument, it matches against the buffer name.
See also `multi-occur'.Vquery-replace-help
Help message while in `query-replace'.Vquery-replace-map
Keymap that defines the responses to questions in `query-replace'.
The "bindings" in this map are not commands; they are answers.
The valid answers include `act', `skip', `act-and-show',
`exit', `act-and-exit', `edit', `delete-and-edit', `recenter',
`automatic', `backup', `exit-prefix', and `help'.Vmulti-query-replace-map
Keymap that defines additional bindings for multi-buffer replacements.
It extends its parent map `query-replace-map' with new bindings to
operate on a set of buffers/files.  The difference with its parent map
is the additional answers `automatic-all' to replace all remaining
matches in all remaining buffers with no more questions, and
`exit-current' to skip remaining matches in the current buffer
and to continue with the next buffer in the sequence.Freplace-match-string-symbols
Process a list (and any sub-lists), expanding certain symbols.
Symbol  Expands To
N     (match-string N)           (where N is a string of digits)
#N    (string-to-number (match-string N))
&     (match-string 0)
#&    (string-to-number (match-string 0))
#     replace-count

Note that these symbols must be preceeded by a backslash in order to
type them using Lisp syntax.Freplace-quote
Quote a replacement string.
This just doubles all backslashes in REPLACEMENT and
returns the resulting string.  If REPLACEMENT is not
a string, it is first passed through `prin1-to-string'
with the `noescape' argument set.

`match-data' is preserved across the call.Freplace-match-data
Like `match-data', but markers in REUSE get invalidated.
If NEW is non-nil, it is set and returned instead of fresh data,
but coerced to the correct value of INTEGERS.Freplace-match-maybe-edit
Make a replacement with `replace-match', editing `\?'.
NEWTEXT, FIXEDCASE, LITERAL are just passed on.  If NOEDIT is true, no
check for `\?' is made to save time.  MATCH-DATA is used for the
replacement.  In case editing is done, it is changed to use markers.

The return value is non-nil if there has been no `\?' or NOEDIT was
passed in.  If LITERAL is set, no checking is done, anyway.Vreplace-search-function
Function to use when searching for strings to replace.
It is used by `query-replace' and `replace-string', and is called
with three arguments, as if it were `search-forward'.Vreplace-re-search-function
Function to use when searching for regexps to replace.
It is used by `query-replace-regexp', `replace-regexp',
`query-replace-regexp-eval', and `map-query-replace-regexp'.
It is called with three arguments, as if it were
`re-search-forward'.Fperform-replace
Subroutine of `query-replace'.  Its complexity handles interactive queries.
Don't use this in your own program unless you want to query and set the mark
just as `query-replace' does.  Instead, write a simple loop like this:

(while (re-search-forward "foo[ \t]+bar" nil t)
    (replace-match "foobar" nil nil))

which will run faster and probably do exactly what you want.  Please
see the documentation of `replace-match' to find out how to simulate
`case-replace'.

This function returns nil if and only if there were no matches to
make, or the user didn't cancel the call.Ssimple.elc
Vidle-update-delay
Idle time delay before updating various things on the screen.
Various Emacs features that update auxiliary information when point moves
wait this many seconds after Emacs becomes idle before doing an update.Fget-next-valid-buffer
Search LIST for a valid buffer to display in FRAME.
Return nil when all buffers in LIST are undesirable for display,
otherwise return the first suitable buffer in LIST.

Buffers not visible in windows are preferred to visible buffers,
unless VISIBLE-OK is non-nil.
If the optional argument FRAME is nil, it defaults to the selected frame.
If BUFFER is non-nil, ignore occurrences of that buffer in LIST.Flast-buffer
Return the last buffer in FRAME's buffer list.
If BUFFER is the last buffer, return the preceding buffer instead.
Buffers not visible in windows are preferred to visible buffers,
unless optional argument VISIBLE-OK is non-nil.
Optional third argument FRAME nil or omitted means use the
selected frame's buffer list.
If no such buffer exists, return the buffer `*scratch*', creating
it if necessary.Fnext-buffer
Switch to the next buffer in cyclic order.Fprevious-buffer
Switch to the previous buffer in cyclic order.Vnext-error-highlight
Highlighting of locations in selected source buffers.
If a number, highlight the locus in `next-error' face for the given time
in seconds, or until the next command is executed.
If t, highlight the locus until the next command is executed, or until
some other locus replaces it.
If nil, don't highlight the locus in the source buffer.
If `fringe-arrow', indicate the locus by the fringe arrow.Vnext-error-highlight-no-select
Highlighting of locations in `next-error-no-select'.
If number, highlight the locus in `next-error' face for given time in seconds.
If t, highlight the locus indefinitely until some other locus replaces it.
If nil, don't highlight the locus in the source buffer.
If `fringe-arrow', indicate the locus by the fringe arrow.Vnext-error-recenter
Display the line in the visited source file recentered as specified.
If non-nil, the value is passed directly to `recenter'.Vnext-error-hook
List of hook functions run by `next-error' after visiting source file.Vnext-error-last-buffer
The most recent `next-error' buffer.
A buffer becomes most recent when its compilation, grep, or
similar mode is started, or when it is used with \[next-error]
or \[compile-goto-error].Vnext-error-function
Function to use to find the next error in the current buffer.
The function is called with 2 parameters:
ARG is an integer specifying by how many errors to move.
RESET is a boolean which, if non-nil, says to go back to the beginning
of the errors before moving.
Major modes providing compile-like functionality should set this variable
to indicate to `next-error' that this is a candidate buffer and how
to navigate in it.Fnext-error-buffer-p
Test if BUFFER is a `next-error' capable buffer.

If AVOID-CURRENT is non-nil, treat the current buffer
as an absolute last resort only.

The function EXTRA-TEST-INCLUSIVE, if non-nil, is called in each buffer
that normally would not qualify.  If it returns t, the buffer
in question is treated as usable.

The function EXTRA-TEST-EXCLUSIVE, if non-nil, is called in each buffer
that would normally be considered usable.  If it returns nil,
that buffer is rejected.Fnext-error-find-buffer
Return a `next-error' capable buffer.

If AVOID-CURRENT is non-nil, treat the current buffer
as an absolute last resort only.

The function EXTRA-TEST-INCLUSIVE, if non-nil, is called in each buffer
that normally would not qualify.  If it returns t, the buffer
in question is treated as usable.

The function EXTRA-TEST-EXCLUSIVE, if non-nil, is called in each buffer
that would normally be considered usable.  If it returns nil,
that buffer is rejected.Fnext-error
Visit next `next-error' message and corresponding source code.

If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
the message buffer is checked for new ones.

A prefix ARG specifies how many error messages to move;
negative means move back to previous error messages.
Just \[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
and start at the first error.

The RESET argument specifies that we should restart from the beginning.

\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started
compilation, grep, or occur buffer.  It can also operate on any
buffer with output from the \[compile], \[grep] commands, or,
more generally, on any buffer in Compilation mode or with
Compilation Minor mode enabled, or any buffer in which
`next-error-function' is bound to an appropriate function.
To specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
\[next-error] in that buffer when it is the only one displayed
in the current frame.

Once \[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, it
runs `next-error-hook' with `run-hooks', and stays with that buffer
until you use it in some other buffer which uses Compilation mode
or Compilation Minor mode.

See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
`compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.Fnext-error-internal
Visit the source code corresponding to the `next-error' message at point.Fprevious-error
Visit previous `next-error' message and corresponding source code.

Prefix arg N says how many error messages to move backwards (or
forwards, if negative).

This operates on the output from the \[compile] and \[grep] commands.Ffirst-error
Restart at the first error.
Visit corresponding source code.
With prefix arg N, visit the source code of the Nth error.
This operates on the output from the \[compile] command, for instance.Fnext-error-no-select
Move point to the next error in the `next-error' buffer and highlight match.
Prefix arg N says how many error messages to move forwards (or
backwards, if negative).
Finds and highlights the source line like \[next-error], but does not
select the source buffer.Fprevious-error-no-select
Move point to the previous error in the `next-error' buffer and highlight match.
Prefix arg N says how many error messages to move backwards (or
forwards, if negative).
Finds and highlights the source line like \[previous-error], but does not
select the source buffer.Vnext-error-follow-minor-mode
Non-nil if Next-Error-Follow minor mode is enabled.
Use the command `next-error-follow-minor-mode' to change this variable.Fnext-error-follow-minor-mode
Minor mode for compilation, occur and diff modes.
When turned on, cursor motion in the compilation, grep, occur or diff
buffer causes automatic display of the corresponding source code
location.Ffundamental-mode
Major mode not specialized for anything in particular.
Other major modes are defined by comparison with this one.Fspecial-mode
Parent major mode from which special major modes should inherit.

This mode runs the hook `special-mode-hook', as the final step
during initialization.

\{special-mode-map}Fnewline
Insert a newline, and move to left margin of the new line if it's blank.
If `use-hard-newlines' is non-nil, the newline is marked with the
text-property `hard'.
With ARG, insert that many newlines.
Call `auto-fill-function' if the current column number is greater
than the value of `fill-column' and ARG is nil.Fopen-line
Insert a newline and leave point before it.
If there is a fill prefix and/or a `left-margin', insert them
on the new line if the line would have been blank.
With arg N, insert N newlines.Fsplit-line
Split current line, moving portion beyond point vertically down.
If the current line starts with `fill-prefix', insert it on the new
line as well.  With prefix ARG, don't insert `fill-prefix' on new line.

When called from Lisp code, ARG may be a prefix string to copy.Fdelete-indentation
Join this line to previous and fix up whitespace at join.
If there is a fill prefix, delete it from the beginning of this line.
With argument, join this line to following line.Fdelete-blank-lines
On blank line, delete all surrounding blank lines, leaving just one.
On isolated blank line, delete that one.
On nonblank line, delete any immediately following blank lines.Fdelete-trailing-whitespace
Delete all the trailing whitespace across the current buffer.
All whitespace after the last non-whitespace character in a line is deleted.
This respects narrowing, created by \[narrow-to-region] and friends.
A formfeed is not considered whitespace by this function.Fnewline-and-indent
Insert a newline, then indent according to major mode.
Indentation is done using the value of `indent-line-function'.
In programming language modes, this is the same as TAB.
In some text modes, where TAB inserts a tab, this command indents to the
column specified by the function `current-left-margin'.Freindent-then-newline-and-indent
Reindent current line, insert newline, then indent the new line.
Indentation of both lines is done according to the current major mode,
which means calling the current value of `indent-line-function'.
In programming language modes, this is the same as TAB.
In some text modes, where TAB inserts a tab, this indents to the
column specified by the function `current-left-margin'.Fquoted-insert
Read next input character and insert it.
This is useful for inserting control characters.
With argument, insert ARG copies of the character.

If the first character you type after this command is an octal digit,
you should type a sequence of octal digits which specify a character code.
Any nondigit terminates the sequence.  If the terminator is a RET,
it is discarded; any other terminator is used itself as input.
The variable `read-quoted-char-radix' specifies the radix for this feature;
set it to 10 or 16 to use decimal or hex instead of octal.

In overwrite mode, this function inserts the character anyway, and
does not handle octal digits specially.  This means that if you use
overwrite as your normal editing mode, you can use this function to
insert characters when necessary.

In binary overwrite mode, this function does overwrite, and octal
digits are interpreted as a character code.  This is intended to be
useful for editing binary files.Fforward-to-indentation
Move forward ARG lines and position at first nonblank character.Fbackward-to-indentation
Move backward ARG lines and position at first nonblank character.Fback-to-indentation
Move point to the first non-whitespace character on this line.Ffixup-whitespace
Fixup white space between objects around point.
Leave one space or none, according to the context.Fdelete-horizontal-space
Delete all spaces and tabs around point.
If BACKWARD-ONLY is non-nil, only delete them before point.Fjust-one-space
Delete all spaces and tabs around point, leaving one space (or N spaces).Fbeginning-of-buffer
Move point to the beginning of the buffer; leave mark at previous position.
With \[universal-argument] prefix, do not set mark at previous position.
With numeric arg N, put point N/10 of the way from the beginning.

If the buffer is narrowed, this command uses the beginning and size
of the accessible part of the buffer.

Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
(goto-char (point-min)) is faster and avoids clobbering the mark.Fend-of-buffer
Move point to the end of the buffer; leave mark at previous position.
With \[universal-argument] prefix, do not set mark at previous position.
With numeric arg N, put point N/10 of the way from the end.

If the buffer is narrowed, this command uses the beginning and size
of the accessible part of the buffer.

Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
(goto-char (point-max)) is faster and avoids clobbering the mark.Fmark-whole-buffer
Put point at beginning and mark at end of buffer.
You probably should not use this function in Lisp programs;
it is usually a mistake for a Lisp function to use any subroutine
that uses or sets the mark.Fgoto-line
Goto LINE, counting from line 1 at beginning of buffer.
Normally, move point in the current buffer, and leave mark at the
previous position.  With just \[universal-argument] as argument,
move point in the most recently selected other buffer, and switch
to it.  When called from Lisp code, the optional argument BUFFER
specifies a buffer to switch to.

If there's a number in the buffer at point, it is the default for
LINE.Fcount-lines-region
Print number of lines and characters in the region.Fwhat-line
Print the current buffer line number and narrowed line number of point.Fcount-lines
Return number of lines between START and END.
This is usually the number of newlines between them,
but can be one more if START is not equal to END
and the greater of them is not at the start of a line.Fline-number-at-pos
Return (narrowed) buffer line number at position POS.
If POS is nil, use current buffer location.
Counting starts at (point-min), so the value refers
to the contents of the accessible portion of the buffer.Fwhat-cursor-position
Print info on cursor position (on screen and within buffer).
Also describe the character after point, and give its character code
in octal, decimal and hex.

For a non-ASCII multibyte character, also give its encoding in the
buffer's selected coding system if the coding system encodes the
character safely.  If the character is encoded into one byte, that
code is shown in hex.  If the character is encoded into more than one
byte, just "..." is shown.

In addition, with prefix argument, show details about that character
in *Help* buffer.  See also the command `describe-char'.Vminibuffer-completing-symbol
Non-nil means completing a Lisp symbol in the minibuffer.Vminibuffer-default
The current default value or list of default values in the minibuffer.
The functions `read-from-minibuffer' and `completing-read' bind
this variable locally.Veval-expression-print-level
Value for `print-level' while printing value in `eval-expression'.
A value of nil means no limit.Veval-expression-print-length
Value for `print-length' while printing value in `eval-expression'.
A value of nil means no limit.Veval-expression-debug-on-error
If non-nil set `debug-on-error' to t in `eval-expression'.
If nil, don't change the value of `debug-on-error'.Feval-expression-print-format
Format VALUE as a result of evaluated expression.
Return a formatted string which is displayed in the echo area
in addition to the value printed by prin1 in functions which
display the result of expression evaluation.Feval-expression
Evaluate EVAL-EXPRESSION-ARG and print value in the echo area.
Value is also consed on to front of the variable `values'.
Optional argument EVAL-EXPRESSION-INSERT-VALUE, if non-nil, means
insert the result into the current buffer instead of printing it in
the echo area.  Truncates long output according to the value of the
variables `eval-expression-print-length' and `eval-expression-print-level'.

If `eval-expression-debug-on-error' is non-nil, which is the default,
this command arranges for all errors to enter the debugger.Fedit-and-eval-command
Prompting with PROMPT, let user edit COMMAND and eval result.
COMMAND is a Lisp expression.  Let user edit that expression in
the minibuffer, then read and evaluate the result.Frepeat-complex-command
Edit and re-evaluate last complex command, or ARGth from last.
A complex command is one which used the minibuffer.
The command is placed in the minibuffer as a Lisp form for editing.
The result is executed, repeating the command as changed.
If the command has been changed or is not the most recent previous
command it is added to the front of the command history.
You can use the minibuffer history commands \<minibuffer-local-map>\[next-history-element] and \[previous-history-element]
to get different commands to edit and resubmit.Vminibuffer-history
Default minibuffer history list.
This is used for all minibuffer input
except when an alternate history list is specified.

Maximum length of the history list is determined by the value
of `history-length', which see.Vminibuffer-history-sexp-flag
Control whether history list elements are expressions or strings.
If the value of this variable equals current minibuffer depth,
they are expressions; otherwise they are strings.
(That convention is designed to do the right thing for
recursive uses of the minibuffer.)Vminibuffer-text-before-history
Text that was in this minibuffer before any history commands.
This is nil if there have not yet been any history commands
in this use of the minibuffer.Fminibuffer-avoid-prompt
A point-motion hook for the minibuffer, that moves point out of the prompt.Vminibuffer-history-case-insensitive-variables
Minibuffer history variables for which matching should ignore case.
If a history variable is a member of this list, then the
\[previous-matching-history-element] and \[next-matching-history-element] commands ignore case when searching it, regardless of `case-fold-search'.Fprevious-matching-history-element
Find the previous history element that matches REGEXP.
(Previous history elements refer to earlier actions.)
With prefix argument N, search for Nth previous match.
If N is negative, find the next or Nth next match.
Normally, history elements are matched case-insensitively if
`case-fold-search' is non-nil, but an uppercase letter in REGEXP
makes the search case-sensitive.
See also `minibuffer-history-case-insensitive-variables'.Fnext-matching-history-element
Find the next history element that matches REGEXP.
(The next history element refers to a more recent action.)
With prefix argument N, search for Nth next match.
If N is negative, find the previous or Nth previous match.
Normally, history elements are matched case-insensitively if
`case-fold-search' is non-nil, but an uppercase letter in REGEXP
makes the search case-sensitive.Vminibuffer-default-add-function
Function run by `goto-history-element' before consuming default values.
This is useful to dynamically add more elements to the list of default values
when `goto-history-element' reaches the end of this list.
Before calling this function `goto-history-element' sets the variable
`minibuffer-default-add-done' to t, so it will call this function only
once.  In special cases, when this function needs to be called more
than once, it can set `minibuffer-default-add-done' to nil explicitly,
overriding the setting of this variable to t in `goto-history-element'.Vminibuffer-default-add-done
When nil, add more elements to the end of the list of default values.
The value nil causes `goto-history-element' to add more elements to
the list of defaults when it reaches the end of this list.  It does
this by calling a function defined by `minibuffer-default-add-function'.Fminibuffer-default-add-completions
Return a list of all completions without the default value.
This function is used to add all elements of the completion table to
the end of the list of defaults just after the default value.Fgoto-history-element
Puts element of the minibuffer history in the minibuffer.
The argument NABS specifies the absolute history position.Fnext-history-element
Puts next element of the minibuffer history in the minibuffer.
With argument N, it uses the Nth following element.Fprevious-history-element
Puts previous element of the minibuffer history in the minibuffer.
With argument N, it uses the Nth previous element.Fnext-complete-history-element
Get next history element which completes the minibuffer before the point.
The contents of the minibuffer after the point are deleted, and replaced
by the new completion.Fprevious-complete-history-element
Get previous history element which completes the minibuffer before the point.
The contents of the minibuffer after the point are deleted, and replaced
by the new completion.Fminibuffer-prompt-width
Return the display width of the minibuffer prompt.
Return 0 if current buffer is not a minibuffer.Fminibuffer-history-isearch-setup
Set up a minibuffer for using isearch to search the minibuffer history.
Intended to be added to `minibuffer-setup-hook'.Fminibuffer-history-isearch-end
Clean up the minibuffer after terminating isearch in the minibuffer.Fminibuffer-history-isearch-search
Return the proper search function, for isearch in minibuffer history.Fminibuffer-history-isearch-message
Display the minibuffer history search prompt.
If there are no search errors, this function displays an overlay with
the isearch prompt which replaces the original minibuffer prompt.
Otherwise, it displays the standard isearch message returned from
`isearch-message'.Fminibuffer-history-isearch-wrap
Wrap the minibuffer history search when search fails.
Move point to the first history element for a forward search,
or to the last history element for a backward search.Fminibuffer-history-isearch-push-state
Save a function restoring the state of minibuffer history search.
Save `minibuffer-history-position' to the additional state parameter
in the search status stack.Fminibuffer-history-isearch-pop-state
Restore the minibuffer history search state.
Go to the history element by the absolute history position HIST-POS.Vundo-equiv-table
Table mapping redo records to the corresponding undo one.
A redo record for undo-in-region maps to t.
A redo record for ordinary undo maps to the following (earlier) undo.Vundo-in-region
Non-nil if `pending-undo-list' is not just a tail of `buffer-undo-list'.Vundo-no-redo
If t, `undo' doesn't go through redo entries.Vpending-undo-list
Within a run of consecutive undo commands, list remaining to be undone.
If t, we undid all the way to the end of it.Fundo
Undo some previous changes.
Repeat this command to undo more changes.
A numeric ARG serves as a repeat count.

In Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, only undo changes within
the current region.  Similarly, when not in Transient Mark mode, just \[universal-argument]
as an argument limits undo to changes within the current region.Fbuffer-disable-undo
Make BUFFER stop keeping undo information.
No argument or nil as argument means do this for the current buffer.Fundo-only
Undo some previous changes.
Repeat this command to undo more changes.
A numeric ARG serves as a repeat count.
Contrary to `undo', this will not redo a previous undo.Vundo-in-progress
Non-nil while performing an undo.
Some change-hooks test this variable to do something different.Fundo-more
Undo back N undo-boundaries beyond what was already undone recently.
Call `undo-start' to get ready to undo recent changes,
then call `undo-more' one or more times to undo them.Fundo-copy-list
Make a copy of undo list LIST.Fundo-start
Set `pending-undo-list' to the front of the undo list.
The next call to `undo-more' will undo the most recently made change.
If BEG and END are specified, then only undo elements
that apply to text between BEG and END are used; other undo elements
are ignored.  If BEG and END are nil, all undo elements are used.Fundo-make-selective-list
Return a list of undo elements for the region START to END.
The elements come from `buffer-undo-list', but we keep only
the elements inside this region, and discard those outside this region.
If we find an element that crosses an edge of this region,
we stop and ignore all further elements.Fundo-elt-in-region
Determine whether UNDO-ELT falls inside the region START ... END.
If it crosses the edge, we return nil.Fundo-elt-crosses-region
Test whether UNDO-ELT crosses one edge of that region START ... END.
This assumes we have already decided that UNDO-ELT
is not *inside* the region START...END.Vundo-ask-before-discard
If non-nil ask about discarding undo info for the current command.
Normally, Emacs discards the undo info for the current command if
it exceeds `undo-outer-limit'.  But if you set this option
non-nil, it asks in the echo area whether to discard the info.
If you answer no, there is a slight risk that Emacs might crash, so
only do it if you really want to undo the command.

This option is mainly intended for debugging.  You have to be
careful if you use it for other purposes.  Garbage collection is
inhibited while the question is asked, meaning that Emacs might
leak memory.  So you should make sure that you do not wait
excessively long before answering the question.Vundo-extra-outer-limit
If non-nil, an extra level of size that's ok in an undo item.
We don't ask the user about truncating the undo list until the
current item gets bigger than this amount.

This variable only matters if `undo-ask-before-discard' is non-nil.Vshell-command-history
History list for some commands that read shell commands.

Maximum length of the history list is determined by the value
of `history-length', which see.Vshell-command-switch
Switch used to have the shell execute its command line argument.Vshell-command-default-error-buffer
*Buffer name for `shell-command' and `shell-command-on-region' error output.
This buffer is used when `shell-command' or `shell-command-on-region'
is run interactively.  A value of nil means that output to stderr and
stdout will be intermixed in the output stream.Fminibuffer-default-add-shell-commands
Return a list of all commands associated with the current file.
This function is used to add all related commands retrieved by `mailcap'
to the end of the list of defaults just after the default value.Fminibuffer-complete-shell-command
Dynamically complete shell command at point.Vminibuffer-local-shell-command-map
Keymap used for completing shell commands in minibuffer.Fread-shell-command
Read a shell command from the minibuffer.
The arguments are the same as the ones of `read-from-minibuffer',
except READ and KEYMAP are missing and HIST defaults
to `shell-command-history'.Fshell-command
Execute string COMMAND in inferior shell; display output, if any.
With prefix argument, insert the COMMAND's output at point.

If COMMAND ends in ampersand, execute it asynchronously.
The output appears in the buffer `*Async Shell Command*'.
That buffer is in shell mode.

Otherwise, COMMAND is executed synchronously.  The output appears in
the buffer `*Shell Command Output*'.  If the output is short enough to
display in the echo area (which is determined by the variables
`resize-mini-windows' and `max-mini-window-height'), it is shown
there, but it is nonetheless available in buffer `*Shell Command
Output*' even though that buffer is not automatically displayed.

To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
in the shell command output, use \[universal-coding-system-argument] before this command.

Noninteractive callers can specify coding systems by binding
`coding-system-for-read' and `coding-system-for-write'.

The optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER, if non-nil,
says to put the output in some other buffer.
If OUTPUT-BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name, put the output there.
If OUTPUT-BUFFER is not a buffer and not nil,
insert output in current buffer.  (This cannot be done asynchronously.)
In either case, the output is inserted after point (leaving mark after it).

If the command terminates without error, but generates output,
and you did not specify "insert it in the current buffer",
the output can be displayed in the echo area or in its buffer.
If the output is short enough to display in the echo area
(determined by the variable `max-mini-window-height' if
`resize-mini-windows' is non-nil), it is shown there.
Otherwise,the buffer containing the output is displayed.

If there is output and an error, and you did not specify "insert it
in the current buffer", a message about the error goes at the end
of the output.

If there is no output, or if output is inserted in the current buffer,
then `*Shell Command Output*' is deleted.

If the optional third argument ERROR-BUFFER is non-nil, it is a buffer
or buffer name to which to direct the command's standard error output.
If it is nil, error output is mingled with regular output.
In an interactive call, the variable `shell-command-default-error-buffer'
specifies the value of ERROR-BUFFER.Fdisplay-message-or-buffer
Display MESSAGE in the echo area if possible, otherwise in a pop-up buffer.
MESSAGE may be either a string or a buffer.

A buffer is displayed using `display-buffer' if MESSAGE is too long for
the maximum height of the echo area, as defined by `max-mini-window-height'
if `resize-mini-windows' is non-nil.

Returns either the string shown in the echo area, or when a pop-up
buffer is used, the window used to display it.

If MESSAGE is a string, then the optional argument BUFFER-NAME is the
name of the buffer used to display it in the case where a pop-up buffer
is used, defaulting to `*Message*'.  In the case where MESSAGE is a
string and it is displayed in the echo area, it is not specified whether
the contents are inserted into the buffer anyway.

Optional arguments NOT-THIS-WINDOW and FRAME are as for `display-buffer',
and only used if a buffer is displayed.Fshell-command-on-region
Execute string COMMAND in inferior shell with region as input.
Normally display output (if any) in temp buffer `*Shell Command Output*';
Prefix arg means replace the region with it.  Return the exit code of
COMMAND.

To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
in the input and output to the shell command, use \[universal-coding-system-argument]
before this command.  By default, the input (from the current buffer)
is encoded in the same coding system that will be used to save the file,
`buffer-file-coding-system'.  If the output is going to replace the region,
then it is decoded from that same coding system.

The noninteractive arguments are START, END, COMMAND,
OUTPUT-BUFFER, REPLACE, ERROR-BUFFER, and DISPLAY-ERROR-BUFFER.
Noninteractive callers can specify coding systems by binding
`coding-system-for-read' and `coding-system-for-write'.

If the command generates output, the output may be displayed
in the echo area or in a buffer.
If the output is short enough to display in the echo area
(determined by the variable `max-mini-window-height' if
`resize-mini-windows' is non-nil), it is shown there.  Otherwise
it is displayed in the buffer `*Shell Command Output*'.  The output
is available in that buffer in both cases.

If there is output and an error, a message about the error
appears at the end of the output.

If there is no output, or if output is inserted in the current buffer,
then `*Shell Command Output*' is deleted.

If the optional fourth argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
that says to put the output in some other buffer.
If OUTPUT-BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name, put the output there.
If OUTPUT-BUFFER is not a buffer and not nil,
insert output in the current buffer.
In either case, the output is inserted after point (leaving mark after it).

If REPLACE, the optional fifth argument, is non-nil, that means insert
the output in place of text from START to END, putting point and mark
around it.

If optional sixth argument ERROR-BUFFER is non-nil, it is a buffer
or buffer name to which to direct the command's standard error output.
If it is nil, error output is mingled with regular output.
If DISPLAY-ERROR-BUFFER is non-nil, display the error buffer if there
were any errors.  (This is always t, interactively.)
In an interactive call, the variable `shell-command-default-error-buffer'
specifies the value of ERROR-BUFFER.Fshell-command-to-string
Execute shell command COMMAND and return its output as a string.Fprocess-file
Process files synchronously in a separate process.
Similar to `call-process', but may invoke a file handler based on
`default-directory'.  The current working directory of the
subprocess is `default-directory'.

File names in INFILE and BUFFER are handled normally, but file
names in ARGS should be relative to `default-directory', as they
are passed to the process verbatim.  (This is a difference to
`call-process' which does not support file handlers for INFILE
and BUFFER.)

Some file handlers might not support all variants, for example
they might behave as if DISPLAY was nil, regardless of the actual
value passed.Fstart-file-process
Start a program in a subprocess.  Return the process object for it.

Similar to `start-process', but may invoke a file handler based on
`default-directory'.  See Info node `(elisp)Magic File Names'.

This handler ought to run PROGRAM, perhaps on the local host,
perhaps on a remote host that corresponds to `default-directory'.
In the latter case, the local part of `default-directory' becomes
the working directory of the process.

PROGRAM and PROGRAM-ARGS might be file names.  They are not
objects of file handler invocation.Vuniversal-argument-map
Keymap used while processing \[universal-argument].Vuniversal-argument-num-events
Number of argument-specifying events read by `universal-argument'.
`universal-argument-other-key' uses this to discard those events
from (this-command-keys), and reread only the final command.Voverriding-map-is-bound
Non-nil when `overriding-terminal-local-map' is `universal-argument-map'.Vsaved-overriding-map
The saved value of `overriding-terminal-local-map'.
That variable gets restored to this value on exiting "universal
argument mode".Fensure-overriding-map-is-bound
Check `overriding-terminal-local-map' is `universal-argument-map'.Frestore-overriding-map
Restore `overriding-terminal-local-map' to its saved value.Funiversal-argument
Begin a numeric argument for the following command.
Digits or minus sign following \[universal-argument] make up the numeric argument.
\[universal-argument] following the digits or minus sign ends the argument.
\[universal-argument] without digits or minus sign provides 4 as argument.
Repeating \[universal-argument] without digits or minus sign
 multiplies the argument by 4 each time.
For some commands, just \[universal-argument] by itself serves as a flag
which is different in effect from any particular numeric argument.
These commands include \[set-mark-command] and \[start-kbd-macro].Fnegative-argument
Begin a negative numeric argument for the next command.
\[universal-argument] following digits or minus sign ends the argument.Fdigit-argument
Part of the numeric argument for the next command.
\[universal-argument] following digits or minus sign ends the argument.Vbuffer-substring-filters
List of filter functions for `filter-buffer-substring'.
Each function must accept a single argument, a string, and return
a string.  The buffer substring is passed to the first function
in the list, and the return value of each function is passed to
the next.  The return value of the last function is used as the
return value of `filter-buffer-substring'.

If this variable is nil, no filtering is performed.Ffilter-buffer-substring
Return the buffer substring between BEG and END, after filtering.
The buffer substring is passed through each of the filter
functions in `buffer-substring-filters', and the value from the
last filter function is returned.  If `buffer-substring-filters'
is nil, the buffer substring is returned unaltered.

If DELETE is non-nil, the text between BEG and END is deleted
from the buffer.

If NOPROPS is non-nil, final string returned does not include
text properties, while the string passed to the filters still
includes text properties from the buffer text.

Point is temporarily set to BEG before calling
`buffer-substring-filters', in case the functions need to know
where the text came from.

This function should be used instead of `buffer-substring',
`buffer-substring-no-properties', or `delete-and-extract-region'
when you want to allow filtering to take place.  For example,
major or minor modes can use `buffer-substring-filters' to
extract characters that are special to a buffer, and should not
be copied into other buffers.Vinterprogram-cut-function
Function to call to make a killed region available to other programs.

Most window systems provide some sort of facility for cutting and
pasting text between the windows of different programs.
This variable holds a function that Emacs calls whenever text
is put in the kill ring, to make the new kill available to other
programs.

The function takes one or two arguments.
The first argument, TEXT, is a string containing
the text which should be made available.
The second, optional, argument PUSH, has the same meaning as the
similar argument to `x-set-cut-buffer', which see.Vinterprogram-paste-function
Function to call to get text cut from other programs.

Most window systems provide some sort of facility for cutting and
pasting text between the windows of different programs.
This variable holds a function that Emacs calls to obtain
text that other programs have provided for pasting.

The function should be called with no arguments.  If the function
returns nil, then no other program has provided such text, and the top
of the Emacs kill ring should be used.  If the function returns a
string, then the caller of the function (usually `current-kill')
should put this string in the kill ring as the latest kill.

This function may also return a list of strings if the window
system supports multiple selections.  The first string will be
used as the pasted text, but the other will be placed in the
kill ring for easy access via `yank-pop'.

Note that the function should return a string only if a program other
than Emacs has provided a string for pasting; if Emacs provided the
most recent string, the function should return nil.  If it is
difficult to tell whether Emacs or some other program provided the
current string, it is probably good enough to return nil if the string
is equal (according to `string=') to the last text Emacs provided.Vkill-ring
List of killed text sequences.
Since the kill ring is supposed to interact nicely with cut-and-paste
facilities offered by window systems, use of this variable should
interact nicely with `interprogram-cut-function' and
`interprogram-paste-function'.  The functions `kill-new',
`kill-append', and `current-kill' are supposed to implement this
interaction; you may want to use them instead of manipulating the kill
ring directly.Vkill-ring-max
Maximum length of kill ring before oldest elements are thrown away.Vkill-ring-yank-pointer
The tail of the kill ring whose car is the last thing yanked.Fkill-new
Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
Set `kill-ring-yank-pointer' to point to it.
If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, apply it to STRING.
Optional second argument REPLACE non-nil means that STRING will replace
the front of the kill ring, rather than being added to the list.

Optional third arguments YANK-HANDLER controls how the STRING is later
inserted into a buffer; see `insert-for-yank' for details.
When a yank handler is specified, STRING must be non-empty (the yank
handler, if non-nil, is stored as a `yank-handler' text property on STRING).

When the yank handler has a non-nil PARAM element, the original STRING
argument is not used by `insert-for-yank'.  However, since Lisp code
may access and use elements from the kill ring directly, the STRING
argument should still be a "useful" string for such uses.Fkill-append
Append STRING to the end of the latest kill in the kill ring.
If BEFORE-P is non-nil, prepend STRING to the kill.
Optional third argument YANK-HANDLER, if non-nil, specifies the
yank-handler text property to be set on the combined kill ring
string.  If the specified yank-handler arg differs from the
yank-handler property of the latest kill string, this function
adds the combined string to the kill ring as a new element,
instead of replacing the last kill with it.
If `interprogram-cut-function' is set, pass the resulting kill to it.Vyank-pop-change-selection
If non-nil, rotating the kill ring changes the window system selection.Fcurrent-kill
Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill.
If N is zero, `interprogram-paste-function' is set, and calling
it returns a string or list of strings, then that string (or
list) is added to the front of the kill ring and the string (or
first string in the list) is returned as the latest kill.

If N is not zero, and if `yank-pop-change-selection' is
non-nil, use `interprogram-cut-function' to transfer the
kill at the new yank point into the window system selection.

If optional arg DO-NOT-MOVE is non-nil, then don't actually
move the yanking point; just return the Nth kill forward.Vkill-read-only-ok
Non-nil means don't signal an error for killing read-only text.Fkill-region
Kill ("cut") text between point and mark.
This deletes the text from the buffer and saves it in the kill ring.
The command \[yank] can retrieve it from there.
(If you want to save the region without killing it, use \[kill-ring-save].)

If you want to append the killed region to the last killed text,
use \[append-next-kill] before \[kill-region].

If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
the text, but put the text in the kill ring anyway.  This means that
you can use the killing commands to copy text from a read-only buffer.

This is the primitive for programs to kill text (as opposed to deleting it).
Supply two arguments, character positions indicating the stretch of text
 to be killed.
Any command that calls this function is a "kill command".
If the previous command was also a kill command,
the text killed this time appends to the text killed last time
to make one entry in the kill ring.

In Lisp code, optional third arg YANK-HANDLER, if non-nil,
specifies the yank-handler text property to be set on the killed
text.  See `insert-for-yank'.Fcopy-region-as-kill
Save the region as if killed, but don't kill it.
In Transient Mark mode, deactivate the mark.
If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, also save the text for a window
system cut and paste.

This command's old key binding has been given to `kill-ring-save'.Fkill-ring-save
Save the region as if killed, but don't kill it.
In Transient Mark mode, deactivate the mark.
If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, also save the text for a window
system cut and paste.

If you want to append the killed line to the last killed text,
use \[append-next-kill] before \[kill-ring-save].

This command is similar to `copy-region-as-kill', except that it gives
visual feedback indicating the extent of the region being copied.Fappend-next-kill
Cause following command, if it kills, to append to previous kill.
The argument is used for internal purposes; do not supply one.Vyank-excluded-properties
Text properties to discard when yanking.
The value should be a list of text properties to discard or t,
which means to discard all text properties.Vyank-undo-function
If non-nil, function used by `yank-pop' to delete last stretch of yanked text.
Function is called with two parameters, START and END corresponding to
the value of the mark and point; it is guaranteed that START <= END.
Normally set from the UNDO element of a yank-handler; see `insert-for-yank'.Fyank-pop
Replace just-yanked stretch of killed text with a different stretch.
This command is allowed only immediately after a `yank' or a `yank-pop'.
At such a time, the region contains a stretch of reinserted
previously-killed text.  `yank-pop' deletes that text and inserts in its
place a different stretch of killed text.

With no argument, the previous kill is inserted.
With argument N, insert the Nth previous kill.
If N is negative, this is a more recent kill.

The sequence of kills wraps around, so that after the oldest one
comes the newest one.

When this command inserts killed text into the buffer, it honors
`yank-excluded-properties' and `yank-handler' as described in the
doc string for `insert-for-yank-1', which see.Fyank
Reinsert ("paste") the last stretch of killed text.
More precisely, reinsert the stretch of killed text most recently
killed OR yanked.  Put point at end, and set mark at beginning.
With just \[universal-argument] as argument, same but put point at beginning (and mark at end).
With argument N, reinsert the Nth most recently killed stretch of killed
text.

When this command inserts killed text into the buffer, it honors
`yank-excluded-properties' and `yank-handler' as described in the
doc string for `insert-for-yank-1', which see.

See also the command `yank-pop' (\[yank-pop]).Frotate-yank-pointer
Rotate the yanking point in the kill ring.
With ARG, rotate that many kills forward (or backward, if negative).Vbackward-delete-char-untabify-method
The method for untabifying when deleting backward.
Can be `untabify' -- turn a tab to many spaces, then delete one space;
       `hungry' -- delete all whitespace, both tabs and spaces;
       `all' -- delete all whitespace, including tabs, spaces and newlines;
       nil -- just delete one character.Fbackward-delete-char-untabify
Delete characters backward, changing tabs into spaces.
The exact behavior depends on `backward-delete-char-untabify-method'.
Delete ARG chars, and kill (save in kill ring) if KILLP is non-nil.
Interactively, ARG is the prefix arg (default 1)
and KILLP is t if a prefix arg was specified.Fzap-to-char
Kill up to and including ARGth occurrence of CHAR.
Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer.
Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found.Vkill-whole-line
If non-nil, `kill-line' with no arg at beg of line kills the whole line.Fkill-line
Kill the rest of the current line; if no nonblanks there, kill thru newline.
With prefix argument ARG, kill that many lines from point.
Negative arguments kill lines backward.
With zero argument, kills the text before point on the current line.

When calling from a program, nil means "no arg",
a number counts as a prefix arg.

To kill a whole line, when point is not at the beginning, type \[move-beginning-of-line] \[kill-line] \[kill-line].

If `kill-whole-line' is non-nil, then this command kills the whole line
including its terminating newline, when used at the beginning of a line
with no argument.  As a consequence, you can always kill a whole line
by typing \[move-beginning-of-line] \[kill-line].

If you want to append the killed line to the last killed text,
use \[append-next-kill] before \[kill-line].

This function is meant for the user to run interactively.
Don't call it from programs: use `insert-buffer-substring' instead!Fappend-to-buffer
Append to specified buffer the text of the region.
It is inserted into that buffer before its point.

When calling from a program, give three arguments:
BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END.
START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied.Fprepend-to-buffer
Prepend to specified buffer the text of the region.
It is inserted into that buffer after its point.

When calling from a program, give three arguments:
BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END.
START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied.Fcopy-to-buffer
Copy to specified buffer the text of the region.
It is inserted into that buffer, replacing existing text there.

When calling from a program, give three arguments:
BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END.
START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied.Vactivate-mark-hook
Hook run when the mark becomes active.
It is also run at the end of a command, if the mark is active and
it is possible that the region may have changed.Vdeactivate-mark-hook
Hook run when the mark becomes inactive.Fmark
Return this buffer's mark value as integer, or nil if never set.

In Transient Mark mode, this function signals an error if
the mark is not active.  However, if `mark-even-if-inactive' is non-nil,
or the argument FORCE is non-nil, it disregards whether the mark
is active, and returns an integer or nil in the usual way.

If you are using this in an editing command, you are most likely making
a mistake; see the documentation of `set-mark'.Fdeactivate-mark
Deactivate the mark by setting `mark-active' to nil.
(That makes a difference only in Transient Mark mode.)
Also runs the hook `deactivate-mark-hook'.Factivate-mark
Activate the mark.Vselect-active-regions
If non-nil, an active region automatically becomes the window selection.Fset-mark
Set this buffer's mark to POS.  Don't use this function!
That is to say, don't use this function unless you want
the user to see that the mark has moved, and you want the previous
mark position to be lost.

Normally, when a new mark is set, the old one should go on the stack.
This is why most applications should use `push-mark', not `set-mark'.

Novice Emacs Lisp programmers often try to use the mark for the wrong
purposes.  The mark saves a location for the user's convenience.
Most editing commands should not alter the mark.
To remember a location for internal use in the Lisp program,
store it in a Lisp variable.  Example:

(let ((beg (point))) (forward-line 1) (delete-region beg (point))).Vuse-empty-active-region
Whether "region-aware" commands should act on empty regions.
If nil, region-aware commands treat empty regions as inactive.
If non-nil, region-aware commands treat the region as active as
long as the mark is active, even if the region is empty.

Region-aware commands are those that act on the region if it is
active and Transient Mark mode is enabled, and on the text near
point otherwise.Fuse-region-p
Return t if the region is active and it is appropriate to act on it.
This is used by commands that act specially on the region under
Transient Mark mode.

The return value is t provided Transient Mark mode is enabled and
the mark is active; and, when `use-empty-active-region' is
non-nil, provided the region is empty.  Otherwise, the return
value is nil.

For some commands, it may be appropriate to ignore the value of
`use-empty-active-region'; in that case, use `region-active-p'.Fregion-active-p
Return t if Transient Mark mode is enabled and the mark is active.

Some commands act specially on the region when Transient Mark
mode is enabled.  Usually, such commands should use
`use-region-p' instead of this function, because `use-region-p'
also checks the value of `use-empty-active-region'.Vmark-ring
The list of former marks of the current buffer, most recent first.Vmark-ring-max
Maximum size of mark ring.  Start discarding off end if gets this big.Vglobal-mark-ring
The list of saved global marks, most recent first.Vglobal-mark-ring-max
Maximum size of global mark ring.  Start discarding off end if gets this big.Fpop-to-mark-command
Jump to mark, and pop a new position for mark off the ring.
(Does not affect global mark ring).Fpush-mark-command
Set mark at where point is.
If no prefix ARG and mark is already set there, just activate it.
Display `Mark set' unless the optional second arg NOMSG is non-nil.Vset-mark-command-repeat-pop
Non-nil means repeating \[set-mark-command] after popping mark pops it again.
That means that C-u \[set-mark-command] \[set-mark-command]
will pop the mark twice, and
C-u \[set-mark-command] \[set-mark-command] \[set-mark-command]
will pop the mark three times.

A value of nil means \[set-mark-command]'s behavior does not change
after C-u \[set-mark-command].Vset-mark-default-inactive
If non-nil, setting the mark does not activate it.
This causes \[set-mark-command] and \[exchange-point-and-mark] to
behave the same whether or not `transient-mark-mode' is enabled.Fset-mark-command
Set the mark where point is, or jump to the mark.
Setting the mark also alters the region, which is the text
between point and mark; this is the closest equivalent in
Emacs to what some editors call the "selection".

With no prefix argument, set the mark at point, and push the
old mark position on local mark ring.  Also push the old mark on
global mark ring, if the previous mark was set in another buffer.

When Transient Mark Mode is off, immediately repeating this
command activates `transient-mark-mode' temporarily.

With prefix argument (e.g., \[universal-argument] \[set-mark-command]), jump to the mark, and set the mark from
position popped off the local mark ring (this does not affect the global
mark ring).  Use \[pop-global-mark] to jump to a mark popped off the global
mark ring (see `pop-global-mark').

If `set-mark-command-repeat-pop' is non-nil, repeating
the \[set-mark-command] command with no prefix argument pops the next position
off the local (or global) mark ring and jumps there.

With \[universal-argument] \[universal-argument] as prefix
argument, unconditionally set mark where point is, even if
`set-mark-command-repeat-pop' is non-nil.

Novice Emacs Lisp programmers often try to use the mark for the wrong
purposes.  See the documentation of `set-mark' for more information.Fpush-mark
Set mark at LOCATION (point, by default) and push old mark on mark ring.
If the last global mark pushed was not in the current buffer,
also push LOCATION on the global mark ring.
Display `Mark set' unless the optional second arg NOMSG is non-nil.

Novice Emacs Lisp programmers often try to use the mark for the wrong
purposes.  See the documentation of `set-mark' for more information.

In Transient Mark mode, activate mark if optional third arg ACTIVATE non-nil.Fpop-mark
Pop off mark ring into the buffer's actual mark.
Does not set point.  Does nothing if mark ring is empty.Fexchange-point-and-mark
Put the mark where point is now, and point where the mark is now.
This command works even when the mark is not active,
and it reactivates the mark.

If Transient Mark mode is on, a prefix ARG deactivates the mark
if it is active, and otherwise avoids reactivating it.  If
Transient Mark mode is off, a prefix ARG enables Transient Mark
mode temporarily.Vshift-select-mode
When non-nil, shifted motion keys activate the mark momentarily.

While the mark is activated in this way, any shift-translated point
motion key extends the region, and if Transient Mark mode was off, it
is temporarily turned on.  Furthermore, the mark will be deactivated
by any subsequent point motion key that was not shift-translated, or
by any action that normally deactivates the mark in Transient Mark mode.

See `this-command-keys-shift-translated' for the meaning of
shift-translation.Fhandle-shift-selection
Activate/deactivate mark depending on invocation thru shift translation.
This function is called by `call-interactively' when a command
with a `^' character in its `interactive' spec is invoked, before
running the command itself.

If `shift-select-mode' is enabled and the command was invoked
through shift translation, set the mark and activate the region
temporarily, unless it was already set in this way.  See
`this-command-keys-shift-translated' for the meaning of shift
translation.

Otherwise, if the region has been activated temporarily,
deactivate it, and restore the variable `transient-mark-mode' to
its earlier value.Vtransient-mark-mode
Non-nil if Transient-Mark mode is enabled.
See the command `transient-mark-mode' for a description of this minor mode.Ftransient-mark-mode
Toggle Transient Mark mode.
With ARG, turn Transient Mark mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.

In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, the region is highlighted.
Changing the buffer "deactivates" the mark.
So do certain other operations that set the mark
but whose main purpose is something else--for example,
incremental search, \[beginning-of-buffer], and \[end-of-buffer].

You can also deactivate the mark by typing \[keyboard-quit] or
\[keyboard-escape-quit].

Many commands change their behavior when Transient Mark mode is in effect
and the mark is active, by acting on the region instead of their usual
default part of the buffer's text.  Examples of such commands include
\[comment-dwim], \[flush-lines], \[keep-lines], \[query-replace], \[query-replace-regexp], \[ispell], and \[undo].
Invoke \[apropos-documentation] and type "transient" or
"mark.*active" at the prompt, to see the documentation of
commands which are sensitive to the Transient Mark mode.Vtransient-mark-mode
*Non-nil if Transient Mark mode is enabled.
See the command `transient-mark-mode' for a description of this minor mode.

Non-nil also enables highlighting of the region whenever the mark is active.
The variable `highlight-nonselected-windows' controls whether to highlight
all windows or just the selected window.

If the value is `lambda', that enables Transient Mark mode temporarily.
After any subsequent action that would normally deactivate the mark
(such as buffer modification), Transient Mark mode is turned off.

If the value is (only . OLDVAL), that enables Transient Mark mode
temporarily.  After any subsequent point motion command that is not
shift-translated, or any other action that would normally deactivate
the mark (such as buffer modification), the value of
`transient-mark-mode' is set to OLDVAL.Vwiden-automatically
Non-nil means it is ok for commands to call `widen' when they want to.
Some commands will do this in order to go to positions outside
the current accessible part of the buffer.

If `widen-automatically' is nil, these commands will do something else
as a fallback, and won't change the buffer bounds.Fpop-global-mark
Pop off global mark ring and jump to the top location.Vnext-line-add-newlines
If non-nil, `next-line' inserts newline to avoid `end of buffer' error.Fnext-line
Move cursor vertically down ARG lines.
Interactively, vscroll tall lines if `auto-window-vscroll' is enabled.
If there is no character in the target line exactly under the current column,
the cursor is positioned after the character in that line which spans this
column, or at the end of the line if it is not long enough.
If there is no line in the buffer after this one, behavior depends on the
value of `next-line-add-newlines'.  If non-nil, it inserts a newline character
to create a line, and moves the cursor to that line.  Otherwise it moves the
cursor to the end of the buffer.

If the variable `line-move-visual' is non-nil, this command moves
by display lines.  Otherwise, it moves by buffer lines, without
taking variable-width characters or continued lines into account.

The command \[set-goal-column] can be used to create
a semipermanent goal column for this command.
Then instead of trying to move exactly vertically (or as close as possible),
this command moves to the specified goal column (or as close as possible).
The goal column is stored in the variable `goal-column', which is nil
when there is no goal column.

If you are thinking of using this in a Lisp program, consider
using `forward-line' instead.  It is usually easier to use
and more reliable (no dependence on goal column, etc.).Fprevious-line
Move cursor vertically up ARG lines.
Interactively, vscroll tall lines if `auto-window-vscroll' is enabled.
If there is no character in the target line exactly over the current column,
the cursor is positioned after the character in that line which spans this
column, or at the end of the line if it is not long enough.

If the variable `line-move-visual' is non-nil, this command moves
by display lines.  Otherwise, it moves by buffer lines, without
taking variable-width characters or continued lines into account.

If you are thinking of using this in a Lisp program, consider using
`forward-line' with a negative argument instead.  It is usually easier
to use and more reliable (no dependence on goal column, etc.).Vtrack-eol
Non-nil means vertical motion starting at end of line keeps to ends of lines.
This means moving to the end of each line moved onto.
The beginning of a blank line does not count as the end of a line.
This has no effect when `line-move-visual' is non-nil.Vgoal-column
Semipermanent goal column for vertical motion, as set by \[set-goal-column], or nil.Vtemporary-goal-column
Current goal column for vertical motion.
It is the column where point was at the start of the current run
of vertical motion commands.  It is a floating point number when
moving by visual lines via `line-move-visual'; this is the
x-position, in pixels, divided by the default column width.  When
the `track-eol' feature is doing its job, the value is
`most-positive-fixnum'.Vline-move-ignore-invisible
Non-nil means \[next-line] and \[previous-line] ignore invisible lines.
Outline mode sets this.Vline-move-visual
When non-nil, `line-move' moves point by visual lines.
This movement is based on where the cursor is displayed on the
screen, instead of relying on buffer contents alone.  It takes
into account variable-width characters and line continuation.Fline-move-to-column
Try to find column COL, considering invisibility.
This function works only in certain cases,
because what we really need is for `move-to-column'
and `current-column' to be able to ignore invisible text.Fmove-end-of-line
Move point to end of current line as displayed.
With argument ARG not nil or 1, move forward ARG - 1 lines first.
If point reaches the beginning or end of buffer, it stops there.

To ignore the effects of the `intangible' text or overlay
property, bind `inhibit-point-motion-hooks' to t.
If there is an image in the current line, this function
disregards newlines that are part of the text on which the image
rests.Fmove-beginning-of-line
Move point to beginning of current line as displayed.
(If there's an image in the line, this disregards newlines
which are part of the text that the image rests on.)

With argument ARG not nil or 1, move forward ARG - 1 lines first.
If point reaches the beginning or end of buffer, it stops there.
To ignore intangibility, bind `inhibit-point-motion-hooks' to t.Fset-goal-column
Set the current horizontal position as a goal for \[next-line] and \[previous-line].
Those commands will move to this position in the line moved to
rather than trying to keep the same horizontal position.
With a non-nil argument ARG, clears out the goal column
so that \[next-line] and \[previous-line] resume vertical motion.
The goal column is stored in the variable `goal-column'.Fend-of-visual-line
Move point to end of current visual line.
With argument N not nil or 1, move forward N - 1 visual lines first.
If point reaches the beginning or end of buffer, it stops there.
To ignore intangibility, bind `inhibit-point-motion-hooks' to t.Fbeginning-of-visual-line
Move point to beginning of current visual line.
With argument N not nil or 1, move forward N - 1 visual lines first.
If point reaches the beginning or end of buffer, it stops there.
To ignore intangibility, bind `inhibit-point-motion-hooks' to t.Fkill-visual-line
Kill the rest of the visual line.
With prefix argument ARG, kill that many visual lines from point.
If ARG is negative, kill visual lines backward.
If ARG is zero, kill the text before point on the current visual
line.

If you want to append the killed line to the last killed text,
use \[append-next-kill] before \[kill-line].

If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
the line, but put the line in the kill ring anyway.  This means that
you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
even beep.)Fnext-logical-line
Move cursor vertically down ARG lines.
This is identical to `next-line', except that it always moves
by logical lines instead of visual lines, ignoring the value of
the variable `line-move-visual'.Fprevious-logical-line
Move cursor vertically up ARG lines.
This is identical to `previous-line', except that it always moves
by logical lines instead of visual lines, ignoring the value of
the variable `line-move-visual'.Vvisual-line-fringe-indicators
How fringe indicators are shown for wrapped lines in `visual-line-mode'.
The value should be a list of the form (LEFT RIGHT), where LEFT
and RIGHT are symbols representing the bitmaps to display, to
indicate wrapped lines, in the left and right fringes respectively.
See also `fringe-indicator-alist'.
The default is not to display fringe indicators for wrapped lines.
This variable does not affect fringe indicators displayed for
other purposes.Vvisual-line-mode
Non-nil if Visual-Line mode is enabled.
Use the command `visual-line-mode' to change this variable.Fvisual-line-mode
Redefine simple editing commands to act on visual lines, not logical lines.
This also turns on `word-wrap' in the buffer.Vglobal-visual-line-mode
Non-nil if Global-Visual-Line mode is enabled.
See the command `global-visual-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
or call the function `global-visual-line-mode'.Fglobal-visual-line-mode
Toggle Visual-Line mode in every possible buffer.
With prefix ARG, turn Global-Visual-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Visual-Line mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-visual-line-mode' would do it.
See `visual-line-mode' for more information on Visual-Line mode.Fscroll-other-window-down
Scroll the "other window" down.
For more details, see the documentation for `scroll-other-window'.Fbeginning-of-buffer-other-window
Move point to the beginning of the buffer in the other window.
Leave mark at previous position.
With arg N, put point N/10 of the way from the true beginning.Fend-of-buffer-other-window
Move point to the end of the buffer in the other window.
Leave mark at previous position.
With arg N, put point N/10 of the way from the true end.Ftranspose-chars
Interchange characters around point, moving forward one character.
With prefix arg ARG, effect is to take character before point
and drag it forward past ARG other characters (backward if ARG negative).
If no argument and at end of line, the previous two chars are exchanged.Ftranspose-words
Interchange words around point, leaving point at end of them.
With prefix arg ARG, effect is to take word before or around point
and drag it forward past ARG other words (backward if ARG negative).
If ARG is zero, the words around or after point and around or after mark
are interchanged.Ftranspose-sexps
Like \[transpose-words] but applies to sexps.
Does not work on a sexp that point is in the middle of
if it is a list or string.Ftranspose-lines
Exchange current line and previous line, leaving point after both.
With argument ARG, takes previous line and moves it past ARG lines.
With argument 0, interchanges line point is in with line mark is in.Fbackward-word
Move backward until encountering the beginning of a word.
With argument ARG, do this that many times.Fmark-word
Set mark ARG words away from point.
The place mark goes is the same place \[forward-word] would
move to with the same argument.
Interactively, if this command is repeated
or (in Transient Mark mode) if the mark is active,
it marks the next ARG words after the ones already marked.Fkill-word
Kill characters forward until encountering the end of a word.
With argument ARG, do this that many times.Fbackward-kill-word
Kill characters backward until encountering the beginning of a word.
With argument ARG, do this that many times.Fcurrent-word
Return the symbol or word that point is on (or a nearby one) as a string.
The return value includes no text properties.
If optional arg STRICT is non-nil, return nil unless point is within
or adjacent to a symbol or word.  In all cases the value can be nil
if there is no word nearby.
The function, belying its name, normally finds a symbol.
If optional arg REALLY-WORD is non-nil, it finds just a word.Vfill-prefix
String for filling to insert at front of new line, or nil for none.Vauto-fill-inhibit-regexp
Regexp to match lines which should not be auto-filled.Vcomment-line-break-function
*Mode-specific function which line breaks and continues a comment.
This function is called during auto-filling when a comment syntax
is defined.
The function should take a single optional argument, which is a flag
indicating whether it should use soft newlines.Fdefault-indent-new-line
Break line at point and indent.
If a comment syntax is defined, call `comment-indent-new-line'.

The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.Vnormal-auto-fill-function
The function to use for `auto-fill-function' if Auto Fill mode is turned on.
Some major modes set this.Fauto-fill-mode
Toggle Auto Fill mode.
With ARG, turn Auto Fill mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
In Auto Fill mode, inserting a space at a column beyond `current-fill-column'
automatically breaks the line at a previous space.

The value of `normal-auto-fill-function' specifies the function to use
for `auto-fill-function' when turning Auto Fill mode on.Fauto-fill-function
Automatically break line at a previous space, in insertion of text.Fturn-on-auto-fill
Unconditionally turn on Auto Fill mode.Fturn-off-auto-fill
Unconditionally turn off Auto Fill mode.Fset-fill-column
Set `fill-column' to specified argument.
Use \[universal-argument] followed by a number to specify a column.
Just \[universal-argument] as argument means to use the current column.Fset-selective-display
Set `selective-display' to ARG; clear it if no arg.
When the value of `selective-display' is a number > 0,
lines whose indentation is >= that value are not displayed.
The variable `selective-display' has a separate value for each buffer.Ftoggle-truncate-lines
Toggle whether to fold or truncate long lines for the current buffer.
With prefix argument ARG, truncate long lines if ARG is positive,
otherwise don't truncate them.  Note that in side-by-side windows,
this command has no effect if `truncate-partial-width-windows'
is non-nil.Ftoggle-word-wrap
Toggle whether to use word-wrapping for continuation lines.
With prefix argument ARG, wrap continuation lines at word boundaries
if ARG is positive, otherwise wrap them at the right screen edge.
This command toggles the value of `word-wrap'.  It has no effect
if long lines are truncated.Voverwrite-mode-textual
The string displayed in the mode line when in overwrite mode.Voverwrite-mode-binary
The string displayed in the mode line when in binary overwrite mode.Foverwrite-mode
Toggle overwrite mode.
With prefix argument ARG, turn overwrite mode on if ARG is positive,
otherwise turn it off.  In overwrite mode, printing characters typed
in replace existing text on a one-for-one basis, rather than pushing
it to the right.  At the end of a line, such characters extend the line.
Before a tab, such characters insert until the tab is filled in.
\[quoted-insert] still inserts characters in overwrite mode; this
is supposed to make it easier to insert characters when necessary.Fbinary-overwrite-mode
Toggle binary overwrite mode.
With prefix argument ARG, turn binary overwrite mode on if ARG is
positive, otherwise turn it off.  In binary overwrite mode, printing
characters typed in replace existing text.  Newlines are not treated
specially, so typing at the end of a line joins the line to the next,
with the typed character between them.  Typing before a tab character
simply replaces the tab with the character typed.  \[quoted-insert]
replaces the text at the cursor, just as ordinary typing characters do.

Note that binary overwrite mode is not its own minor mode; it is a
specialization of overwrite mode, entered by setting the
`overwrite-mode' variable to `overwrite-mode-binary'.Vline-number-mode
Non-nil if Line-Number mode is enabled.
See the command `line-number-mode' for a description of this minor mode.Fline-number-mode
Toggle Line Number mode.
With ARG, turn Line Number mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
turn it off.  When Line Number mode is enabled, the line number
appears in the mode line.

Line numbers do not appear for very large buffers and buffers
with very long lines; see variables `line-number-display-limit'
and `line-number-display-limit-width'.Vcolumn-number-mode
Non-nil if Column-Number mode is enabled.
See the command `column-number-mode' for a description of this minor mode.Fcolumn-number-mode
Toggle Column Number mode.
With ARG, turn Column Number mode on if ARG is positive,
otherwise turn it off.  When Column Number mode is enabled, the
column number appears in the mode line.Vsize-indication-mode
Non-nil if Size-Indication mode is enabled.
See the command `size-indication-mode' for a description of this minor mode.Fsize-indication-mode
Toggle Size Indication mode.
With ARG, turn Size Indication mode on if ARG is positive,
otherwise turn it off.  When Size Indication mode is enabled, the
size of the accessible part of the buffer appears in the mode line.Vblink-matching-paren
Non-nil means show matching open-paren when close-paren is inserted.Vblink-matching-paren-on-screen
Non-nil means show matching open-paren when it is on screen.
If nil, don't show it (but the open-paren can still be shown
when it is off screen).

This variable has no effect if `blink-matching-paren' is nil.
(In that case, the open-paren is never shown.)
It is also ignored if `show-paren-mode' is enabled.Vblink-matching-paren-distance
If non-nil, maximum distance to search backwards for matching open-paren.
If nil, search stops at the beginning of the accessible portion of the buffer.Vblink-matching-delay
Time in seconds to delay after showing a matching paren.Vblink-matching-paren-dont-ignore-comments
If nil, `blink-matching-paren' ignores comments.
More precisely, when looking for the matching parenthesis,
it skips the contents of comments that end before point.Fblink-matching-open
Move cursor momentarily to the beginning of the sexp before point.Fkeyboard-quit
Signal a `quit' condition.
During execution of Lisp code, this character causes a quit directly.
At top-level, as an editor command, this simply beeps.Vbuffer-quit-function
Function to call to "quit" the current buffer, or nil if none.
\[keyboard-escape-quit] calls this function when its more local actions
(such as cancelling a prefix argument, minibuffer or region) do not apply.Fkeyboard-escape-quit
Exit the current "mode" (in a generalized sense of the word).
This command can exit an interactive command such as `query-replace',
can clear out a prefix argument or a region,
can get out of the minibuffer or other recursive edit,
cancel the use of the current buffer (for special-purpose buffers),
or go back to just one window (by deleting all but the selected window).Fplay-sound-file
Play sound stored in FILE.
VOLUME and DEVICE correspond to the keywords of the sound
specification for `play-sound'.Vread-mail-command
Your preference for a mail reading package.
This is used by some keybindings which support reading mail.
See also `mail-user-agent' concerning sending mail.Vmail-user-agent
Your preference for a mail composition package.
Various Emacs Lisp packages (e.g. Reporter) require you to compose an
outgoing email message.  This variable lets you specify which
mail-sending package you prefer.

Valid values include:

`sendmail-user-agent' -- use the default Emacs Mail package.
                           See Info node `(emacs)Sending Mail'.
  `mh-e-user-agent'     -- use the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
                           See Info node `(mh-e)'.
  `message-user-agent'  -- use the Gnus Message package.
                           See Info node `(message)'.
  `gnus-user-agent'     -- like `message-user-agent', but with Gnus
                           paraphernalia, particularly the Gcc: header for
                           archiving.

Additional valid symbols may be available; check with the author of
your package for details.  The function should return non-nil if it
succeeds.

See also `read-mail-command' concerning reading mail.Fcompose-mail
Start composing a mail message to send.
This uses the user's chosen mail composition package
as selected with the variable `mail-user-agent'.
The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients
and the initial Subject field, respectively.

OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
header fields.  Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
HEADER and VALUE are strings.

CONTINUE, if non-nil, says to continue editing a message already
being composed.  Interactively, CONTINUE is the prefix argument.

SWITCH-FUNCTION, if non-nil, is a function to use to
switch to and display the buffer used for mail composition.

YANK-ACTION, if non-nil, is an action to perform, if and when necessary,
to insert the raw text of the message being replied to.
It has the form (FUNCTION . ARGS).  The user agent will apply
FUNCTION to ARGS, to insert the raw text of the original message.
(The user agent will also run `mail-citation-hook', *after* the
original text has been inserted in this way.)

SEND-ACTIONS is a list of actions to call when the message is sent.
Each action has the form (FUNCTION . ARGS).Fcompose-mail-other-window
Like \[compose-mail], but edit the outgoing message in another window.Fcompose-mail-other-frame
Like \[compose-mail], but edit the outgoing message in another frame.Vset-variable-value-history
History of values entered with `set-variable'.

Maximum length of the history list is determined by the value
of `history-length', which see.Fset-variable
Set VARIABLE to VALUE.  VALUE is a Lisp object.
VARIABLE should be a user option variable name, a Lisp variable
meant to be customized by users.  You should enter VALUE in Lisp syntax,
so if you want VALUE to be a string, you must surround it with doublequotes.
VALUE is used literally, not evaluated.

If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read VALUE.

If VARIABLE has been defined with `defcustom', then the type information
in the definition is used to check that VALUE is valid.

With a prefix argument, set VARIABLE to VALUE buffer-locally.Vcompletion-list-mode-map
Local map for completion list buffers.Vcompletion-reference-buffer
Record the buffer that was current when the completion list was requested.
This is a local variable in the completion list buffer.
Initial value is nil to avoid some compiler warnings.Vcompletion-no-auto-exit
Non-nil means `choose-completion-string' should never exit the minibuffer.
This also applies to other functions such as `choose-completion'
and `mouse-choose-completion'.Vcompletion-base-size
Number of chars before point not involved in completion.
This is a local variable in the completion list buffer.
It refers to the chars in the minibuffer if completing in the
minibuffer, or in `completion-reference-buffer' otherwise.
Only characters in the field at point are included.

If nil, Emacs determines which part of the tail end of the
buffer's text is involved in completion by comparing the text
directly.Fdelete-completion-window
Delete the completion list window.
Go to the window from which completion was requested.Fprevious-completion
Move to the previous item in the completion list.Fnext-completion
Move to the next item in the completion list.
With prefix argument N, move N items (negative N means move backward).Fchoose-completion
Choose the completion that point is in or next to.Vchoose-completion-string-functions
Functions that may override the normal insertion of a completion choice.
These functions are called in order with four arguments:
CHOICE - the string to insert in the buffer,
BUFFER - the buffer in which the choice should be inserted,
MINI-P - non-nil if BUFFER is a minibuffer, and
BASE-SIZE - the number of characters in BUFFER before
the string being completed.

If a function in the list returns non-nil, that function is supposed
to have inserted the CHOICE in the BUFFER, and possibly exited
the minibuffer; no further functions will be called.

If all functions in the list return nil, that means to use
the default method of inserting the completion in BUFFER.Fchoose-completion-string
Switch to BUFFER and insert the completion choice CHOICE.
BASE-SIZE, if non-nil, says how many characters of BUFFER's text
to keep.  If it is nil, we call `choose-completion-delete-max-match'
to decide what to delete.Fcompletion-list-mode
Major mode for buffers showing lists of possible completions.
Type \<completion-list-mode-map>\[choose-completion] in the completion list to select the completion near point.
Use \<completion-list-mode-map>\[mouse-choose-completion] to select one with the mouse.

\{completion-list-mode-map}

This mode runs the hook `completion-list-mode-hook', as the final step
during initialization.Fcompletion-list-mode-finish
Finish setup of the completions buffer.
Called from `temp-buffer-show-hook'.Vcompletion-show-help
Non-nil means show help message in *Completions* buffer.Vcompletion-root-regexp
Regexp to use in `completion-setup-function' to find the root directory.Fswitch-to-completions
Select the completion list window.Fevent-apply-alt-modifier
\<function-key-map>Add the Alt modifier to the following event.
For example, type \[event-apply-alt-modifier] & to enter Alt-&.Fevent-apply-super-modifier
\<function-key-map>Add the Super modifier to the following event.
For example, type \[event-apply-super-modifier] & to enter Super-&.Fevent-apply-hyper-modifier
\<function-key-map>Add the Hyper modifier to the following event.
For example, type \[event-apply-hyper-modifier] & to enter Hyper-&.Fevent-apply-shift-modifier
\<function-key-map>Add the Shift modifier to the following event.
For example, type \[event-apply-shift-modifier] & to enter Shift-&.Fevent-apply-control-modifier
\<function-key-map>Add the Ctrl modifier to the following event.
For example, type \[event-apply-control-modifier] & to enter Ctrl-&.Fevent-apply-meta-modifier
\<function-key-map>Add the Meta modifier to the following event.
For example, type \[event-apply-meta-modifier] & to enter Meta-&.Fevent-apply-modifier
Apply a modifier flag to event EVENT.
SYMBOL is the name of this modifier, as a symbol.
LSHIFTBY is the numeric value of this modifier, in keyboard events.
PREFIX is the string that represents this modifier in an event type symbol.Vclone-buffer-hook
Normal hook to run in the new buffer at the end of `clone-buffer'.Vclone-indirect-buffer-hook
Normal hook to run in the new buffer at the end of `clone-indirect-buffer'.Fclone-process
Create a twin copy of PROCESS.
If NEWNAME is nil, it defaults to PROCESS' name;
NEWNAME is modified by adding or incrementing <N> at the end as necessary.
If PROCESS is associated with a buffer, the new process will be associated
  with the current buffer instead.
Returns nil if PROCESS has already terminated.Fclone-buffer
Create and return a twin copy of the current buffer.
Unlike an indirect buffer, the new buffer can be edited
independently of the old one (if it is not read-only).
NEWNAME is the name of the new buffer.  It may be modified by
adding or incrementing <N> at the end as necessary to create a
unique buffer name.  If nil, it defaults to the name of the
current buffer, with the proper suffix.  If DISPLAY-FLAG is
non-nil, the new buffer is shown with `pop-to-buffer'.  Trying to
clone a file-visiting buffer, or a buffer whose major mode symbol
has a non-nil `no-clone' property, results in an error.

Interactively, DISPLAY-FLAG is t and NEWNAME is the name of the
current buffer with appropriate suffix.  However, if a prefix
argument is given, then the command prompts for NEWNAME in the
minibuffer.

This runs the normal hook `clone-buffer-hook' in the new buffer
after it has been set up properly in other respects.Fclone-indirect-buffer
Create an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer.

Give the indirect buffer name NEWNAME.  Interactively, read NEWNAME
from the minibuffer when invoked with a prefix arg.  If NEWNAME is nil
or if not called with a prefix arg, NEWNAME defaults to the current
buffer's name.  The name is modified by adding a `<N>' suffix to it
or by incrementing the N in an existing suffix.  Trying to clone a
buffer whose major mode symbol has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect'
property results in an error.

DISPLAY-FLAG non-nil means show the new buffer with `pop-to-buffer'.
This is always done when called interactively.

Optional third arg NORECORD non-nil means do not put this buffer at the
front of the list of recently selected ones.Fclone-indirect-buffer-other-window
Like `clone-indirect-buffer' but display in another window.Vnormal-erase-is-backspace
Set the default behavior of the Delete and Backspace keys.

If set to t, Delete key deletes forward and Backspace key deletes
backward.

If set to nil, both Delete and Backspace keys delete backward.

If set to 'maybe (which is the default), Emacs automatically
selects a behavior.  On window systems, the behavior depends on
the keyboard used.  If the keyboard has both a Backspace key and
a Delete key, and both are mapped to their usual meanings, the
option's default value is set to t, so that Backspace can be used
to delete backward, and Delete can be used to delete forward.

If not running under a window system, customizing this option
accomplishes a similar effect by mapping C-h, which is usually
generated by the Backspace key, to DEL, and by mapping DEL to C-d
via `keyboard-translate'.  The former functionality of C-h is
available on the F1 key.  You should probably not use this
setting if you don't have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys.

Setting this variable with setq doesn't take effect.  Programmatically,
call `normal-erase-is-backspace-mode' (which see) instead.Fnormal-erase-is-backspace-setup-frame
Set up `normal-erase-is-backspace-mode' on FRAME, if necessary.Fnormal-erase-is-backspace-mode
Toggle the Erase and Delete mode of the Backspace and Delete keys.

With numeric ARG, turn the mode on if and only if ARG is positive.

On window systems, when this mode is on, Delete is mapped to C-d
and Backspace is mapped to DEL; when this mode is off, both
Delete and Backspace are mapped to DEL.  (The remapping goes via
`local-function-key-map', so binding Delete or Backspace in the
global or local keymap will override that.)

In addition, on window systems, the bindings of C-Delete, M-Delete,
C-M-Delete, C-Backspace, M-Backspace, and C-M-Backspace are changed in
the global keymap in accordance with the functionality of Delete and
Backspace.  For example, if Delete is remapped to C-d, which deletes
forward, C-Delete is bound to `kill-word', but if Delete is remapped
to DEL, which deletes backward, C-Delete is bound to
`backward-kill-word'.

If not running on a window system, a similar effect is accomplished by
remapping C-h (normally produced by the Backspace key) and DEL via
`keyboard-translate': if this mode is on, C-h is mapped to DEL and DEL
to C-d; if it's off, the keys are not remapped.

When not running on a window system, and this mode is turned on, the
former functionality of C-h is available on the F1 key.  You should
probably not turn on this mode on a text-only terminal if you don't
have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys.

See also `normal-erase-is-backspace'.Vvis-mode-saved-buffer-invisibility-spec
Saved value of `buffer-invisibility-spec' when Visible mode is on.Vvisible-mode
Non-nil if Visible mode is enabled.
Use the command `visible-mode' to change this variable.Fvisible-mode
Toggle Visible mode.
With argument ARG turn Visible mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
turn it off.

Enabling Visible mode makes all invisible text temporarily visible.
Disabling Visible mode turns off that effect.  Visible mode works by
saving the value of `buffer-invisibility-spec' and setting it to nil.Fapply-partially
Return a function that is a partial application of FUN to ARGS.
ARGS is a list of the first N arguments to pass to FUN.
The result is a new function which does the same as FUN, except that
the first N arguments are fixed at the values with which this function
was called.Vbad-packages-alist
Alist of packages known to cause problems in this version of Emacs.
Each element has the form (PACKAGE SYMBOL REGEXP STRING).
PACKAGE is either a regular expression to match file names, or a
symbol (a feature name); see the documentation of
`after-load-alist', to which this variable adds functions.
SYMBOL is either the name of a string variable, or `t'.  Upon
loading PACKAGE, if SYMBOL is t or matches REGEXP, display a
warning using STRING as the message.Fbad-package-check
Run a check using the element from `bad-packages-alist' matching PACKAGE.Sminibuffer.elc
Fcompletion-boundaries
Return the boundaries of the completions returned by TABLE for STRING.
STRING is the string on which completion will be performed.
SUFFIX is the string after point.
The result is of the form (START . END) where START is the position
in STRING of the beginning of the completion field and END is the position
in SUFFIX of the end of the completion field.
E.g. for simple completion tables, the result is always (0 . (length SUFFIX))
and for file names the result is the positions delimited by
the closest directory separators.Fcompletion--some
Apply FUN to each element of XS in turn.
Return the first non-nil returned value.
Like CL's `some'.Fcomplete-with-action
Perform completion ACTION.
STRING is the string to complete.
TABLE is the completion table, which should not be a function.
PRED is a completion predicate.
ACTION can be one of nil, t or `lambda'.Fcompletion-table-dynamic
Use function FUN as a dynamic completion table.
FUN is called with one argument, the string for which completion is required,
and it should return an alist containing all the intended possible completions.
This alist may be a full list of possible completions so that FUN can ignore
the value of its argument.  If completion is performed in the minibuffer,
FUN will be called in the buffer from which the minibuffer was entered.

The result of the `completion-table-dynamic' form is a function
that can be used as the COLLECTION argument to `try-completion' and
`all-completions'.  See Info node `(elisp)Programmed Completion'.Flazy-completion-table
Initialize variable VAR as a lazy completion table.
If the completion table VAR is used for the first time (e.g., by passing VAR
as an argument to `try-completion'), the function FUN is called with no
arguments.  FUN must return the completion table that will be stored in VAR.
If completion is requested in the minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer
from which the minibuffer was entered.  The return value of
`lazy-completion-table' must be used to initialize the value of VAR.

You should give VAR a non-nil `risky-local-variable' property.Fcompletion-table-with-predicate
Make a completion table equivalent to TABLE but filtered through PRED1.
PRED1 is a function of one argument which returns non-nil if and only if the
argument is an element of TABLE which should be considered for completion.
STRING, PRED2, and ACTION are the usual arguments to completion tables,
as described in `try-completion', `all-completions', and `test-completion'.
If STRICT is t, the predicate always applies; if nil it only applies if
it does not reduce the set of possible completions to nothing.
Note: TABLE needs to be a proper completion table which obeys predicates.Fcompletion-table-in-turn
Create a completion table that tries each table in TABLES in turn.Fminibuffer-message
Temporarily display MESSAGE at the end of the minibuffer.
The text is displayed for `minibuffer-message-timeout' seconds,
or until the next input event arrives, whichever comes first.
Enclose MESSAGE in [...] if this is not yet the case.
If ARGS are provided, then pass MESSAGE through `format'.Fminibuffer-completion-contents
Return the user input in a minibuffer before point as a string.
That is what completion commands operate on.Fdelete-minibuffer-contents
Delete all user input in a minibuffer.
If the current buffer is not a minibuffer, erase its entire contents.Vcompletion-auto-help
Non-nil means automatically provide help for invalid completion input.
If the value is t the *Completion* buffer is displayed whenever completion
is requested but cannot be done.
If the value is `lazy', the *Completions* buffer is only displayed after
the second failed attempt to complete.Vcompletion-styles-alist
List of available completion styles.
Each element has the form (NAME TRY-COMPLETION ALL-COMPLETIONS)
where NAME is the name that should be used in `completion-styles',
TRY-COMPLETION is the function that does the completion, and
ALL-COMPLETIONS is the function that lists the completions.Vcompletion-styles
List of completion styles to use.Fcompletion-try-completion
Try to complete STRING using completion table TABLE.
Only the elements of table that satisfy predicate PRED are considered.
POINT is the position of point within STRING.
The return value can be either nil to indicate that there is no completion,
t to indicate that STRING is the only possible completion,
or a pair (STRING . NEWPOINT) of the completed result string together with
a new position for point.Fcompletion-all-completions
List the possible completions of STRING in completion table TABLE.
Only the elements of table that satisfy predicate PRED are considered.
POINT is the position of point within STRING.
The return value is a list of completions and may contain the base-size
in the last `cdr'.Fcompletion--do-completion
Do the completion and return a summary of what happened.
M = completion was performed, the text was Modified.
C = there were available Completions.
E = after completion we now have an Exact match.

MCE
 000  0 no possible completion
 001  1 was already an exact and unique completion
 010  2 no completion happened
 011  3 was already an exact completion
 100  4 ??? impossible
 101  5 ??? impossible
 110  6 some completion happened
 111  7 completed to an exact completionFminibuffer-complete
Complete the minibuffer contents as far as possible.
Return nil if there is no valid completion, else t.
If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
If you repeat this command after it displayed such a list,
scroll the window of possible completions.Fminibuffer-force-complete
Complete the minibuffer to an exact match.
Repeated uses step through the possible completions.Vminibuffer-confirm-exit-commands
A list of commands which cause an immediately following
`minibuffer-complete-and-exit' to ask for extra confirmation.Fminibuffer-complete-and-exit
Exit if the minibuffer contains a valid completion.
Otherwise, try to complete the minibuffer contents.  If
completion leads to a valid completion, a repetition of this
command will exit.

If `minibuffer-completion-confirm' is `confirm', do not try to
 complete; instead, ask for confirmation and accept any input if
 confirmed.
If `minibuffer-completion-confirm' is `confirm-after-completion',
 do not try to complete; instead, ask for confirmation if the
 preceding minibuffer command was a member of
 `minibuffer-confirm-exit-commands', and accept the input
 otherwise.Fminibuffer-complete-word
Complete the minibuffer contents at most a single word.
After one word is completed as much as possible, a space or hyphen
is added, provided that matches some possible completion.
Return nil if there is no valid completion, else t.Fcompletion--insert-strings
Insert a list of STRINGS into the current buffer.
Uses columns to keep the listing readable but compact.
It also eliminates runs of equal strings.Vcompletion-setup-hook
Normal hook run at the end of setting up a completion list buffer.
When this hook is run, the current buffer is the one in which the
command to display the completion list buffer was run.
The completion list buffer is available as the value of `standard-output'.
See also `display-completion-list'.Fdisplay-completion-list
Display the list of completions, COMPLETIONS, using `standard-output'.
Each element may be just a symbol or string
or may be a list of two strings to be printed as if concatenated.
If it is a list of two strings, the first is the actual completion
alternative, the second serves as annotation.
`standard-output' must be a buffer.
The actual completion alternatives, as inserted, are given `mouse-face'
properties of `highlight'.
At the end, this runs the normal hook `completion-setup-hook'.
It can find the completion buffer in `standard-output'.

The obsolete optional arg COMMON-SUBSTRING, if non-nil, should be a string
specifying a common substring for adding the faces
`completions-first-difference' and `completions-common-part' to
the completions buffer.Fminibuffer-completion-help
Display a list of possible completions of the current minibuffer contents.Fexit-minibuffer
Terminate this minibuffer argument.Fself-insert-and-exit
Terminate minibuffer input.Fcompletion--file-name-table
Internal subroutine for `read-file-name'.  Do not call this.Vread-file-name-function
If this is non-nil, `read-file-name' does its work by calling this function.Vread-file-name-predicate
Current predicate used by `read-file-name-internal'.Vread-file-name-completion-ignore-case
Non-nil means when reading a file name completion ignores case.Vinsert-default-directory
Non-nil means when reading a filename start with default dir in minibuffer.

When the initial minibuffer contents show a name of a file or a directory,
typing RETURN without editing the initial contents is equivalent to typing
the default file name.

If this variable is non-nil, the minibuffer contents are always
initially non-empty, and typing RETURN without editing will fetch the
default name, if one is provided.  Note however that this default name
is not necessarily the same as initial contents inserted in the minibuffer,
if the initial contents is just the default directory.

If this variable is nil, the minibuffer often starts out empty.  In
that case you may have to explicitly fetch the next history element to
request the default name; typing RETURN without editing will leave
the minibuffer empty.

For some commands, exiting with an empty minibuffer has a special meaning,
such as making the current buffer visit no file in the case of
`set-visited-file-name'.Fread-file-name
Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
Value is not expanded---you must call `expand-file-name' yourself.
Default name to DEFAULT-FILENAME if user exits the minibuffer with
the same non-empty string that was inserted by this function.
 (If DEFAULT-FILENAME is omitted, the visited file name is used,
  except that if INITIAL is specified, that combined with DIR is used.)
If the user exits with an empty minibuffer, this function returns
an empty string.  (This can only happen if the user erased the
pre-inserted contents or if `insert-default-directory' is nil.)

Fourth arg MUSTMATCH can take the following values:
- nil means that the user can exit with any input.
- t means that the user is not allowed to exit unless
  the input is (or completes to) an existing file.
- `confirm' means that the user can exit with any input, but she needs
  to confirm her choice if the input is not an existing file.
- `confirm-after-completion' means that the user can exit with any
  input, but she needs to confirm her choice if she called
  `minibuffer-complete' right before `minibuffer-complete-and-exit'
  and the input is not an existing file.
- anything else behaves like t except that typing RET does not exit if it
  does non-null completion.

Fifth arg INITIAL specifies text to start with.

If optional sixth arg PREDICATE is non-nil, possible completions and
the resulting file name must satisfy (funcall PREDICATE NAME).
DIR should be an absolute directory name.  It defaults to the value of
`default-directory'.

If this command was invoked with the mouse, use a graphical file
dialog if `use-dialog-box' is non-nil, and the window system or X
toolkit in use provides a file dialog box.  For graphical file
dialogs, any non-nil value of MUSTMATCH is equivalent to t.

See also `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case'
and `read-file-name-function'.Finternal-complete-buffer-except
Perform completion on all buffers excluding BUFFER.
BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
Like `internal-complete-buffer', but removes BUFFER from the completion list.Fcompletion--merge-suffix
Merge end of COMPLETION with beginning of SUFFIX.
Simple generalization of the "merge trailing /" done in Emacs-22.
Return the new suffix.Vcompletion-pcm-word-delimiters
A string of characters treated as word delimiters for completion.
Some arcane rules:
If `]' is in this string, it must come first.
If `^' is in this string, it must not come first.
If `-' is in this string, it must come first or right after `]'.
In other words, if S is this string, then `[S]' must be a valid Emacs regular
expression (not containing character ranges like `a-z').Fcompletion-pcm--string->pattern
Split STRING into a pattern.
A pattern is a list where each element is either a string
or a symbol chosen among `any', `star', `point'.Fcompletion-pcm--all-completions
Find all completions for PATTERN in TABLE obeying PRED.
PATTERN is as returned by `completion-pcm--string->pattern'.Fcompletion-pcm--find-all-completions
Find all completions for STRING at POINT in TABLE, satisfying PRED.
POINT is a position inside STRING.
FILTER is a function applied to the return value, that can be used, e.g. to
filter out additional entries (because TABLE migth not obey PRED).Fcompletion-pcm--merge-completions
Extract the commonality in STRS, with the help of PATTERN.Fcompletion-pcm--filename-try-filter
Filter to adjust `all' file completion to the behavior of `try'.Sstartup.elc
Vcommand-line-processed
Non-nil once command line has been processed.Vinitial-buffer-choice
Buffer to show after starting Emacs.
If the value is nil and `inhibit-startup-screen' is nil, show the
startup screen.  If the value is string, visit the specified file or
directory using `find-file'.  If t, open the `*scratch*' buffer.Vinhibit-startup-screen
Non-nil inhibits the startup screen.

This is for use in your personal init file (but NOT site-start.el),
once you are familiar with the contents of the startup screen.Vinhibit-startup-echo-area-message
Non-nil inhibits the initial startup echo area message.
Setting this variable takes effect
only if you do it with the customization buffer
or if your `.emacs' file contains a line of this form:
 (setq inhibit-startup-echo-area-message "YOUR-USER-NAME")
If your `.emacs' file is byte-compiled, use the following form instead:
 (eval '(setq inhibit-startup-echo-area-message "YOUR-USER-NAME"))
Thus, someone else using a copy of your `.emacs' file will see
the startup message unless he personally acts to inhibit it.Vinhibit-default-init
Non-nil inhibits loading the `default' library.Vinhibit-startup-buffer-menu
Non-nil inhibits display of buffer list when more than 2 files are loaded.Vcommand-switch-alist
Alist of command-line switches.
Elements look like (SWITCH-STRING . HANDLER-FUNCTION).
HANDLER-FUNCTION receives the switch string as its sole argument;
the remaining command-line args are in the variable `command-line-args-left'.Vcommand-line-args-left
List of command-line args not yet processed.Vcommand-line-functions
List of functions to process unrecognized command-line arguments.
Each function should access the dynamically bound variables
`argi' (the current argument) and `command-line-args-left' (the remaining
arguments).  The function should return non-nil only if it recognizes and
processes `argi'.  If it does so, it may consume successive arguments by
altering `command-line-args-left' to remove them.Vcommand-line-default-directory
Default directory to use for command line arguments.
This is normally copied from `default-directory' when Emacs starts.Vcommand-line-x-option-alist
Alist of X Windows options.
Each element has the form
  (NAME NUMARGS HANDLER FRAME-PARAM VALUE)
where NAME is the option name string, NUMARGS is the number of arguments
that the option accepts, HANDLER is a function to call to handle the option.
FRAME-PARAM (optional) is the frame parameter this option specifies,
and VALUE is the value which is given to that frame parameter
(most options use the argument for this, so VALUE is not present).Vcommand-line-ns-option-alist
Alist of NS options.
Each element has the form
  (NAME NUMARGS HANDLER FRAME-PARAM VALUE)
where NAME is the option name string, NUMARGS is the number of arguments
that the option accepts, HANDLER is a function to call to handle the option.
FRAME-PARAM (optional) is the frame parameter this option specifies,
and VALUE is the value which is given to that frame parameter
(most options use the argument for this, so VALUE is not present).Vbefore-init-hook
Normal hook run after handling urgent options but before loading init files.Vafter-init-hook
Normal hook run after loading the init files, `~/.emacs' and `default.el'.
There is no `condition-case' around the running of these functions;
therefore, if you set `debug-on-error' non-nil in `.emacs',
an error in one of these functions will invoke the debugger.Vemacs-startup-hook
Normal hook run after loading init files and handling the command line.Vterm-setup-hook
Normal hook run after loading terminal-specific Lisp code.
It also follows `emacs-startup-hook'.  This hook exists for users to set,
so as to override the definitions made by the terminal-specific file.
Emacs never sets this variable itself.Vinhibit-startup-hooks
Non-nil means don't run `term-setup-hook' and `emacs-startup-hook'.
This is because we already did so.Vkeyboard-type
The brand of keyboard you are using.
This variable is used to define the proper function and keypad
keys for use under X.  It is used in a fashion analogous to the
environment variable TERM.Vwindow-setup-hook
Normal hook run to initialize window system display.
Emacs runs this hook after processing the command line arguments and loading
the user's init file.Vinitial-major-mode
Major mode command symbol to use for the initial `*scratch*' buffer.Vinit-file-user
Identity of user whose `.emacs' file is or was read.
The value is nil if `-q' or `--no-init-file' was specified,
meaning do not load any init file.

Otherwise, the value may be an empty string, meaning
use the init file for the user who originally logged in,
or it may be a string containing a user's name meaning
use that person's init file.

In either of the latter cases, `(concat "~" init-file-user "/")'
evaluates to the name of the directory where the `.emacs' file was
looked for.

Setting `init-file-user' does not prevent Emacs from loading
`site-start.el'.  The only way to do that is to use `--no-site-file'.Vsite-run-file
File containing site-wide run-time initializations.
This file is loaded at run-time before `~/.emacs'.  It contains inits
that need to be in place for the entire site, but which, due to their
higher incidence of change, don't make sense to load into Emacs's
dumped image.  Thus, the run-time load order is: 1. file described in
this variable, if non-nil; 2. `~/.emacs'; 3. `default.el'.

Don't use the `site-start.el' file for things some users may not like.
Put them in `default.el' instead, so that users can more easily
override them.  Users can prevent loading `default.el' with the `-q'
option or by setting `inhibit-default-init' in their own init files,
but inhibiting `site-start.el' requires `--no-site-file', which
is less convenient.

This variable is defined for customization so as to make
it visible in the relevant context.  However, actually customizing it
is not allowed, since it would not work anyway.  The only way to set
this variable usefully is to set it while building and dumping Emacs.Vmail-host-address
Name of this machine, for purposes of naming users.Vuser-mail-address
Full mailing address of this user.
This is initialized with environment variable `EMAIL' or, as a
fallback, using `mail-host-address'.  This is done after your
init file is read, in case it sets `mail-host-address'.Vauto-save-list-file-prefix
Prefix for generating `auto-save-list-file-name'.
This is used after reading your `.emacs' file to initialize
`auto-save-list-file-name', by appending Emacs's pid and the system name,
if you have not already set `auto-save-list-file-name' yourself.
Directories in the prefix will be created if necessary.
Set this to nil if you want to prevent `auto-save-list-file-name'
from being initialized.Vinit-file-had-error
Non-nil if there was an error loading the user's init file.Vpure-space-overflow
Non-nil if building Emacs overflowed pure space.Vtutorial-directory
Directory containing the Emacs TUTORIAL files.Fnormal-top-level-add-subdirs-to-load-path
Add all subdirectories of current directory to `load-path'.
More precisely, this uses only the subdirectories whose names
start with letters or digits; it excludes any subdirectory named `RCS'
or `CVS', and any subdirectory that contains a file named `.nosearch'.Vtool-bar-images-pixel-height
Height in pixels of images in the tool-bar.Vtool-bar-originally-present
Non-nil if tool-bars are present before user and site init files are read.Vhandle-args-function-alist
Functions for processing window-system dependent command-line arguments.
Window system startup files should add their own function to this
alist, which should parse the command line arguments.  Those
pertaining to the window system should be processed and removed
from the returned command line.Vwindow-system-initialization-alist
Alist of window-system initialization functions.
Window-system startup files should add their own initialization
function to this list.  The function should take no arguments,
and initialize the window system environment to prepare for
opening the first frame (e.g. open a connection to an X server).Vinitial-scratch-message
Initial message displayed in *scratch* buffer at startup.
If this is nil, no message will be displayed.Vfancy-startup-text
A list of texts to show in the middle part of splash screens.
Each element in the list should be a list of strings or pairs
`:face FACE', like `fancy-splash-insert' accepts them.Vfancy-about-text
A list of texts to show in the middle part of the About screen.
Each element in the list should be a list of strings or pairs
`:face FACE', like `fancy-splash-insert' accepts them.Vfancy-splash-image
The image to show in the splash screens, or nil for defaults.Vsplash-screen-keymap
Keymap for splash screen buffer.Ffancy-splash-insert
Insert text into the current buffer, with faces.
Arguments from ARGS should be either strings; functions called
with no args that return a string; pairs `:face FACE', where FACE
is a face specification usable with `put-text-property'; or pairs
`:link LINK' where LINK is a list of arguments to pass to
`insert-button', of the form (LABEL ACTION [HELP-ECHO]), which
specifies the button's label, `action' property and help-echo string.
FACE and LINK can also be functions, which are evaluated to obtain
a face or button specification.Ffancy-splash-head
Insert the head part of the splash screen into the current buffer.Ffancy-startup-tail
Insert the tail part of the splash screen into the current buffer.Fexit-splash-screen
Stop displaying the splash screen buffer.Ffancy-startup-screen
Display fancy startup screen.
If CONCISE is non-nil, display a concise version of the
splash screen in another window.Ffancy-about-screen
Display fancy About screen.Ffancy-splash-frame
Return the frame to use for the fancy splash screen.
Returning non-nil does not mean we should necessarily
use the fancy splash screen, but if we do use it,
we put it on this frame.Fuse-fancy-splash-screens-p
Return t if fancy splash screens should be used.Fnormal-splash-screen
Display non-graphic splash screen.
If optional argument STARTUP is non-nil, display the startup screen
after Emacs starts.  If STARTUP is nil, display the About screen.
If CONCISE is non-nil, display a concise version of the
splash screen in another window.Fdisplay-startup-screen
Display startup screen according to display.
A fancy display is used on graphic displays, normal otherwise.

If CONCISE is non-nil, display a concise version of the startup
screen.Fdisplay-about-screen
Display the *About GNU Emacs* buffer.
A fancy display is used on graphic displays, normal otherwise.Fcommand-line-normalize-file-name
Collapse multiple slashes to one, to handle non-Emacs file names.Ssubr.elc
Vcustom-declare-variable-list
Record `defcustom' calls made before `custom.el' is loaded to handle them.
Each element of this list holds the arguments to one call to `defcustom'.Fdeclare-function
Tell the byte-compiler that function FN is defined, in FILE.
Optional ARGLIST is the argument list used by the function.  The
FILE argument is not used by the byte-compiler, but by the
`check-declare' package, which checks that FILE contains a
definition for FN.  ARGLIST is used by both the byte-compiler and
`check-declare' to check for consistency.

FILE can be either a Lisp file (in which case the ".el"
extension is optional), or a C file.  C files are expanded
relative to the Emacs "src/" directory.  Lisp files are
searched for using `locate-library', and if that fails they are
expanded relative to the location of the file containing the
declaration.  A FILE with an "ext:" prefix is an external file.
`check-declare' will check such files if they are found, and skip
them without error if they are not.

FILEONLY non-nil means that `check-declare' will only check that
FILE exists, not that it defines FN.  This is intended for
function-definitions that `check-declare' does not recognize, e.g.
`defstruct'.

To specify a value for FILEONLY without passing an argument list,
set ARGLIST to `t'.  This is necessary because `nil' means an
empty argument list, rather than an unspecified one.

Note that for the purposes of `check-declare', this statement
must be the first non-whitespace on a line, and everything up to
the end of FILE must be all on the same line.  For example:

(declare-function c-end-of-defun "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
                  (&optional arg))

For more information, see Info node `(elisp)Declaring Functions'.Fnoreturn
Evaluate FORM, expecting it not to return.
If FORM does return, signal an error.F1value
Evaluate FORM, expecting a constant return value.
This is the global do-nothing version.  There is also `testcover-1value'
that complains if FORM ever does return differing values.Fdef-edebug-spec
Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated.  The SPEC can be:
0 (instrument no arguments); t (instrument all arguments);
a symbol (naming a function with an Edebug specification); or a list.
The elements of the list describe the argument types; see
(info "(elisp)Specification List") for details.Flambda
Return a lambda expression.
A call of the form (lambda ARGS DOCSTRING INTERACTIVE BODY) is
self-quoting; the result of evaluating the lambda expression is the
expression itself.  The lambda expression may then be treated as a
function, i.e., stored as the function value of a symbol, passed to
`funcall' or `mapcar', etc.

ARGS should take the same form as an argument list for a `defun'.
DOCSTRING is an optional documentation string.
 If present, it should describe how to call the function.
 But documentation strings are usually not useful in nameless functions.
INTERACTIVE should be a call to the function `interactive', which see.
It may also be omitted.
BODY should be a list of Lisp expressions.

(fn ARGS [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE] BODY)Fpush
Add NEWELT to the list stored in the symbol LISTNAME.
This is equivalent to (setq LISTNAME (cons NEWELT LISTNAME)).
LISTNAME must be a symbol.Fpop
Return the first element of LISTNAME's value, and remove it from the list.
LISTNAME must be a symbol whose value is a list.
If the value is nil, `pop' returns nil but does not actually
change the list.Fwhen
If COND yields non-nil, do BODY, else return nil.
When COND yields non-nil, eval BODY forms sequentially and return
value of last one, or nil if there are none.

(fn COND BODY...)Funless
If COND yields nil, do BODY, else return nil.
When COND yields nil, eval BODY forms sequentially and return
value of last one, or nil if there are none.

(fn COND BODY...)V--dolist-tail--
Temporary variable used in `dolist' expansion.Fdolist
Loop over a list.
Evaluate BODY with VAR bound to each car from LIST, in turn.
Then evaluate RESULT to get return value, default nil.

(fn (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...)V--dotimes-limit--
Temporary variable used in `dotimes' expansion.Fdotimes
Loop a certain number of times.
Evaluate BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0,
inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive.  Then evaluate RESULT to get
the return value (nil if RESULT is omitted).

(fn (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...)Fdeclare
Do not evaluate any arguments and return nil.
Treated as a declaration when used at the right place in a
`defmacro' form.  (See Info anchor `(elisp)Definition of declare'.)Fignore-errors
Execute BODY; if an error occurs, return nil.
Otherwise, return result of last form in BODY.Fignore
Do nothing and return nil.
This function accepts any number of arguments, but ignores them.Ferror
Signal an error, making error message by passing all args to `format'.
In Emacs, the convention is that error messages start with a capital
letter but *do not* end with a period.  Please follow this convention
for the sake of consistency.Fframe-configuration-p
Return non-nil if OBJECT seems to be a frame configuration.
Any list whose car is `frame-configuration' is assumed to be a frame
configuration.Ffunctionp
Non-nil if OBJECT is a function.Fcaar
Return the car of the car of X.Fcadr
Return the car of the cdr of X.Fcdar
Return the cdr of the car of X.Fcddr
Return the cdr of the cdr of X.Flast
Return the last link of LIST.  Its car is the last element.
If LIST is nil, return nil.
If N is non-nil, return the Nth-to-last link of LIST.
If N is bigger than the length of LIST, return LIST.Fbutlast
Return a copy of LIST with the last N elements removed.Fnbutlast
Modifies LIST to remove the last N elements.Fdelete-dups
Destructively remove `equal' duplicates from LIST.
Store the result in LIST and return it.  LIST must be a proper list.
Of several `equal' occurrences of an element in LIST, the first
one is kept.Fnumber-sequence
Return a sequence of numbers from FROM to TO (both inclusive) as a list.
INC is the increment used between numbers in the sequence and defaults to 1.
So, the Nth element of the list is (+ FROM (* N INC)) where N counts from
zero.  TO is only included if there is an N for which TO = FROM + N * INC.
If TO is nil or numerically equal to FROM, return (FROM).
If INC is positive and TO is less than FROM, or INC is negative
and TO is larger than FROM, return nil.
If INC is zero and TO is neither nil nor numerically equal to
FROM, signal an error.

This function is primarily designed for integer arguments.
Nevertheless, FROM, TO and INC can be integer or float.  However,
floating point arithmetic is inexact.  For instance, depending on
the machine, it may quite well happen that
(number-sequence 0.4 0.6 0.2) returns the one element list (0.4),
whereas (number-sequence 0.4 0.8 0.2) returns a list with three
elements.  Thus, if some of the arguments are floats and one wants
to make sure that TO is included, one may have to explicitly write
TO as (+ FROM (* N INC)) or use a variable whose value was
computed with this exact expression.  Alternatively, you can,
of course, also replace TO with a slightly larger value
(or a slightly more negative value if INC is negative).Fcopy-tree
Make a copy of TREE.
If TREE is a cons cell, this recursively copies both its car and its cdr.
Contrast to `copy-sequence', which copies only along the cdrs.  With second
argument VECP, this copies vectors as well as conses.Fassoc-default
Find object KEY in a pseudo-alist ALIST.
ALIST is a list of conses or objects.  Each element
 (or the element's car, if it is a cons) is compared with KEY by
 calling TEST, with two arguments: (i) the element or its car,
 and (ii) KEY.
If that is non-nil, the element matches; then `assoc-default'
 returns the element's cdr, if it is a cons, or DEFAULT if the
 element is not a cons.

If no element matches, the value is nil.
If TEST is omitted or nil, `equal' is used.Fassoc-ignore-case
Like `assoc', but ignores differences in case and text representation.
KEY must be a string.  Upper-case and lower-case letters are treated as equal.
Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte for comparison.Fassoc-ignore-representation
Like `assoc', but ignores differences in text representation.
KEY must be a string.
Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte for comparison.Fmember-ignore-case
Like `member', but ignores differences in case and text representation.
ELT must be a string.  Upper-case and lower-case letters are treated as equal.
Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte for comparison.
Non-strings in LIST are ignored.Fassq-delete-all
Delete from ALIST all elements whose car is `eq' to KEY.
Return the modified alist.
Elements of ALIST that are not conses are ignored.Frassq-delete-all
Delete from ALIST all elements whose cdr is `eq' to VALUE.
Return the modified alist.
Elements of ALIST that are not conses are ignored.Fremove
Return a copy of SEQ with all occurrences of ELT removed.
SEQ must be a list, vector, or string.  The comparison is done with `equal'.Fremq
Return LIST with all occurrences of ELT removed.
The comparison is done with `eq'.  Contrary to `delq', this does not use
side-effects, and the argument LIST is not modified.Fkbd
Convert KEYS to the internal Emacs key representation.
KEYS should be a string constant in the format used for
saving keyboard macros (see `edmacro-mode').Fsuppress-keymap
Make MAP override all normally self-inserting keys to be undefined.
Normally, as an exception, digits and minus-sign are set to make prefix args,
but optional second arg NODIGITS non-nil treats them like other chars.Fdefine-key-after
Add binding in KEYMAP for KEY => DEFINITION, right after AFTER's binding.
This is like `define-key' except that the binding for KEY is placed
just after the binding for the event AFTER, instead of at the beginning
of the map.  Note that AFTER must be an event type (like KEY), NOT a command
(like DEFINITION).

If AFTER is t or omitted, the new binding goes at the end of the keymap.
AFTER should be a single event type--a symbol or a character, not a sequence.

Bindings are always added before any inherited map.

The order of bindings in a keymap matters when it is used as a menu.Fmap-keymap-sorted
Implement `map-keymap' with sorting.
Don't call this function; it is for internal use only.Fkeymap-canonicalize
Return an equivalent keymap, without inheritance.Fkeyboard-translate
Translate character FROM to TO at a low level.
This function creates a `keyboard-translate-table' if necessary
and then modifies one entry in it.Fglobal-set-key
Give KEY a global binding as COMMAND.
COMMAND is the command definition to use; usually it is
a symbol naming an interactively-callable function.
KEY is a key sequence; noninteractively, it is a string or vector
of characters or event types, and non-ASCII characters with codes
above 127 (such as ISO Latin-1) can be included if you use a vector.

Note that if KEY has a local binding in the current buffer,
that local binding will continue to shadow any global binding
that you make with this function.Flocal-set-key
Give KEY a local binding as COMMAND.
COMMAND is the command definition to use; usually it is
a symbol naming an interactively-callable function.
KEY is a key sequence; noninteractively, it is a string or vector
of characters or event types, and non-ASCII characters with codes
above 127 (such as ISO Latin-1) can be included if you use a vector.

The binding goes in the current buffer's local map,
which in most cases is shared with all other buffers in the same major mode.Fglobal-unset-key
Remove global binding of KEY.
KEY is a string or vector representing a sequence of keystrokes.Flocal-unset-key
Remove local binding of KEY.
KEY is a string or vector representing a sequence of keystrokes.Vkey-substitution-in-progress
Used internally by `substitute-key-definition'.Fsubstitute-key-definition
Replace OLDDEF with NEWDEF for any keys in KEYMAP now defined as OLDDEF.
In other words, OLDDEF is replaced with NEWDEF where ever it appears.
Alternatively, if optional fourth argument OLDMAP is specified, we redefine
in KEYMAP as NEWDEF those keys which are defined as OLDDEF in OLDMAP.

If you don't specify OLDMAP, you can usually get the same results
in a cleaner way with command remapping, like this:
  (define-key KEYMAP [remap OLDDEF] NEWDEF)

(fn OLDDEF NEWDEF KEYMAP &optional OLDMAP)Vglobal-map
Default global keymap mapping Emacs keyboard input into commands.
The value is a keymap which is usually (but not necessarily) Emacs's
global map.Vesc-map
Default keymap for ESC (meta) commands.
The normal global definition of the character ESC indirects to this keymap.Vctl-x-map
Default keymap for C-x commands.
The normal global definition of the character C-x indirects to this keymap.Vctl-x-4-map
Keymap for subcommands of C-x 4.Vctl-x-5-map
Keymap for frame commands.Flistify-key-sequence
Convert a key sequence to a list of events.Feventp
True if the argument is an event object.Fevent-modifiers
Return a list of symbols representing the modifier keys in event EVENT.
The elements of the list may include `meta', `control',
`shift', `hyper', `super', `alt', `click', `double', `triple', `drag',
and `down'.
EVENT may be an event or an event type.  If EVENT is a symbol
that has never been used in an event that has been read as input
in the current Emacs session, then this function can return nil,
even when EVENT actually has modifiers.Fevent-basic-type
Return the basic type of the given event (all modifiers removed).
The value is a printing character (not upper case) or a symbol.
EVENT may be an event or an event type.  If EVENT is a symbol
that has never been used in an event that has been read as input
in the current Emacs session, then this function may return nil.Fmouse-movement-p
Return non-nil if OBJECT is a mouse movement event.Fmouse-event-p
Return non-nil if OBJECT is a mouse click event.Fevent-start
Return the starting position of EVENT.
If EVENT is a mouse or key press or a mouse click, this returns the location
of the event.
If EVENT is a drag, this returns the drag's starting position.
The return value is of the form
   (WINDOW AREA-OR-POS (X . Y) TIMESTAMP OBJECT POS (COL . ROW)
    IMAGE (DX . DY) (WIDTH . HEIGHT))
The `posn-' functions access elements of such lists.Fevent-end
Return the ending location of EVENT.
EVENT should be a click, drag, or key press event.
If EVENT is a click event, this function is the same as `event-start'.
The return value is of the form
   (WINDOW AREA-OR-POS (X . Y) TIMESTAMP OBJECT POS (COL . ROW)
    IMAGE (DX . DY) (WIDTH . HEIGHT))
The `posn-' functions access elements of such lists.Fevent-click-count
Return the multi-click count of EVENT, a click or drag event.
The return value is a positive integer.Fposn-window
Return the window in POSITION.
POSITION should be a list of the form returned by the `event-start'
and `event-end' functions.Fposn-area
Return the window area recorded in POSITION, or nil for the text area.
POSITION should be a list of the form returned by the `event-start'
and `event-end' functions.Fposn-point
Return the buffer location in POSITION.
POSITION should be a list of the form returned by the `event-start'
and `event-end' functions.Fposn-set-point
Move point to POSITION.
Select the corresponding window as well.Fposn-x-y
Return the x and y coordinates in POSITION.
POSITION should be a list of the form returned by the `event-start'
and `event-end' functions.Fposn-col-row
Return the nominal column and row in POSITION, measured in characters.
The column and row values are approximations calculated from the x
and y coordinates in POSITION and the frame's default character width
and height.
For a scroll-bar event, the result column is 0, and the row
corresponds to the vertical position of the click in the scroll bar.
POSITION should be a list of the form returned by the `event-start'
and `event-end' functions.Fposn-actual-col-row
Return the actual column and row in POSITION, measured in characters.
These are the actual row number in the window and character number in that row.
Return nil if POSITION does not contain the actual position; in that case
`posn-col-row' can be used to get approximate values.
POSITION should be a list of the form returned by the `event-start'
and `event-end' functions.Fposn-timestamp
Return the timestamp of POSITION.
POSITION should be a list of the form returned by the `event-start'
and `event-end' functions.Fposn-string
Return the string object of POSITION.
Value is a cons (STRING . STRING-POS), or nil if not a string.
POSITION should be a list of the form returned by the `event-start'
and `event-end' functions.Fposn-image
Return the image object of POSITION.
Value is a list (image ...), or nil if not an image.
POSITION should be a list of the form returned by the `event-start'
and `event-end' functions.Fposn-object
Return the object (image or string) of POSITION.
Value is a list (image ...) for an image object, a cons cell
(STRING . STRING-POS) for a string object, and nil for a buffer position.
POSITION should be a list of the form returned by the `event-start'
and `event-end' functions.Fposn-object-x-y
Return the x and y coordinates relative to the object of POSITION.
POSITION should be a list of the form returned by the `event-start'
and `event-end' functions.Fposn-object-width-height
Return the pixel width and height of the object of POSITION.
POSITION should be a list of the form returned by the `event-start'
and `event-end' functions.Finsert-string
Mocklisp-compatibility insert function.
Like the function `insert' except that any argument that is a number
is converted into a string by expressing it in decimal.Fbaud-rate
Return the value of the `baud-rate' variable.Fmake-local-hook
Make the hook HOOK local to the current buffer.
The return value is HOOK.

You never need to call this function now that `add-hook' does it for you
if its LOCAL argument is non-nil.

When a hook is local, its local and global values
work in concert: running the hook actually runs all the hook
functions listed in *either* the local value *or* the global value
of the hook variable.

This function works by making t a member of the buffer-local value,
which acts as a flag to run the hook functions in the default value as
well.  This works for all normal hooks, but does not work for most
non-normal hooks yet.  We will be changing the callers of non-normal
hooks so that they can handle localness; this has to be done one by
one.

This function does nothing if HOOK is already local in the current
buffer.

Do not use `make-local-variable' to make a hook variable buffer-local.Fadd-hook
Add to the value of HOOK the function FUNCTION.
FUNCTION is not added if already present.
FUNCTION is added (if necessary) at the beginning of the hook list
unless the optional argument APPEND is non-nil, in which case
FUNCTION is added at the end.

The optional fourth argument, LOCAL, if non-nil, says to modify
the hook's buffer-local value rather than its default value.
This makes the hook buffer-local if needed, and it makes t a member
of the buffer-local value.  That acts as a flag to run the hook
functions in the default value as well as in the local value.

HOOK should be a symbol, and FUNCTION may be any valid function.  If
HOOK is void, it is first set to nil.  If HOOK's value is a single
function, it is changed to a list of functions.Fremove-hook
Remove from the value of HOOK the function FUNCTION.
HOOK should be a symbol, and FUNCTION may be any valid function.  If
FUNCTION isn't the value of HOOK, or, if FUNCTION doesn't appear in the
list of hooks to run in HOOK, then nothing is done.  See `add-hook'.

The optional third argument, LOCAL, if non-nil, says to modify
the hook's buffer-local value rather than its default value.Fadd-to-list
Add ELEMENT to the value of LIST-VAR if it isn't there yet.
The test for presence of ELEMENT is done with `equal',
or with COMPARE-FN if that's non-nil.
If ELEMENT is added, it is added at the beginning of the list,
unless the optional argument APPEND is non-nil, in which case
ELEMENT is added at the end.

The return value is the new value of LIST-VAR.

If you want to use `add-to-list' on a variable that is not defined
until a certain package is loaded, you should put the call to `add-to-list'
into a hook function that will be run only after loading the package.
`eval-after-load' provides one way to do this.  In some cases
other hooks, such as major mode hooks, can do the job.Fadd-to-ordered-list
Add ELEMENT to the value of LIST-VAR if it isn't there yet.
The test for presence of ELEMENT is done with `eq'.

The resulting list is reordered so that the elements are in the
order given by each element's numeric list order.  Elements
without a numeric list order are placed at the end of the list.

If the third optional argument ORDER is a number (integer or
float), set the element's list order to the given value.  If
ORDER is nil or omitted, do not change the numeric order of
ELEMENT.  If ORDER has any other value, remove the numeric order
of ELEMENT if it has one.

The list order for each element is stored in LIST-VAR's
`list-order' property.

The return value is the new value of LIST-VAR.Fadd-to-history
Add NEWELT to the history list stored in the variable HISTORY-VAR.
Return the new history list.
If MAXELT is non-nil, it specifies the maximum length of the history.
Otherwise, the maximum history length is the value of the `history-length'
property on symbol HISTORY-VAR, if set, or the value of the `history-length'
variable.
Remove duplicates of NEWELT if `history-delete-duplicates' is non-nil.
If optional fourth arg KEEP-ALL is non-nil, add NEWELT to history even
if it is empty or a duplicate.Vdelay-mode-hooks
If non-nil, `run-mode-hooks' should delay running the hooks.Vdelayed-mode-hooks
List of delayed mode hooks waiting to be run.Vafter-change-major-mode-hook
Normal hook run at the very end of major mode functions.Frun-mode-hooks
Run mode hooks `delayed-mode-hooks' and HOOKS, or delay HOOKS.
Execution is delayed if `delay-mode-hooks' is non-nil.
If `delay-mode-hooks' is nil, run `after-change-major-mode-hook'
after running the mode hooks.
Major mode functions should use this instead of `run-hooks' when running their
FOO-mode-hook.Fdelay-mode-hooks
Execute BODY, but delay any `run-mode-hooks'.
These hooks will be executed by the first following call to
`run-mode-hooks' that occurs outside any `delayed-mode-hooks' form.
Only affects hooks run in the current buffer.Fderived-mode-p
Non-nil if the current major mode is derived from one of MODES.
Uses the `derived-mode-parent' property of the symbol to trace backwards.Vminor-mode-list
List of all minor mode functions.Fadd-minor-mode
Register a new minor mode.

This is an XEmacs-compatibility function.  Use `define-minor-mode' instead.

TOGGLE is a symbol which is the name of a buffer-local variable that
is toggled on or off to say whether the minor mode is active or not.

NAME specifies what will appear in the mode line when the minor mode
is active.  NAME should be either a string starting with a space, or a
symbol whose value is such a string.

Optional KEYMAP is the keymap for the minor mode that will be added
to `minor-mode-map-alist'.

Optional AFTER specifies that TOGGLE should be added after AFTER
in `minor-mode-alist'.

Optional TOGGLE-FUN is an interactive function to toggle the mode.
It defaults to (and should by convention be) TOGGLE.

If TOGGLE has a non-nil `:included' property, an entry for the mode is
included in the mode-line minor mode menu.
If TOGGLE has a `:menu-tag', that is used for the menu item's label.Fsymbol-file
Return the name of the file that defined SYMBOL.
The value is normally an absolute file name.  It can also be nil,
if the definition is not associated with any file.  If SYMBOL
specifies an autoloaded function, the value can be a relative
file name without extension.

If TYPE is nil, then any kind of definition is acceptable.  If
TYPE is `defun', `defvar', or `defface', that specifies function
definition, variable definition, or face definition only.Flocate-library
Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
LIBRARY should be a relative file name of the library, a string.
It can omit the suffix (a.k.a. file-name extension) if NOSUFFIX is
nil (which is the default, see below).
This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\[load-library]'
to find the file that `\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
to the specified name LIBRARY.

If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
is used instead of `load-path'.

When called from a program, the file name is normally returned as a
string.  When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
and the file name is displayed in the echo area.Feval-at-startup
Make arrangements to evaluate BODY when Emacs starts up.
If this is run after Emacs startup, evaluate BODY immediately.
Always returns nil.

This works by adding a function to `before-init-hook'.
That function's doc string says which file created it.Fload-history-regexp
Form a regexp to find FILE in `load-history'.
FILE, a string, is described in the function `eval-after-load'.Fload-history-filename-element
Get the first elt of `load-history' whose car matches FILE-REGEXP.
Return nil if there isn't one.Feval-after-load
Arrange that, if FILE is ever loaded, FORM will be run at that time.
If FILE is already loaded, evaluate FORM right now.

If a matching file is loaded again, FORM will be evaluated again.

If FILE is a string, it may be either an absolute or a relative file
name, and may have an extension (e.g. ".el") or may lack one, and
additionally may or may not have an extension denoting a compressed
format (e.g. ".gz").

When FILE is absolute, this first converts it to a true name by chasing
symbolic links.  Only a file of this name (see next paragraph regarding
extensions) will trigger the evaluation of FORM.  When FILE is relative,
a file whose absolute true name ends in FILE will trigger evaluation.

When FILE lacks an extension, a file name with any extension will trigger
evaluation.  Otherwise, its extension must match FILE's.  A further
extension for a compressed format (e.g. ".gz") on FILE will not affect
this name matching.

Alternatively, FILE can be a feature (i.e. a symbol), in which case FORM
is evaluated whenever that feature is `provide'd.  Note that although
provide statements are usually at the end of files, this is not always
the case (e.g., sometimes they are at the start to avoid a recursive
load error).  If your FORM should not be evaluated until the code in
FILE has been, do not use the symbol form for FILE in such cases.

Usually FILE is just a library name like "font-lock" or a feature name
like 'font-lock.

This function makes or adds to an entry on `after-load-alist'.Fdo-after-load-evaluation
Evaluate all `eval-after-load' forms, if any, for ABS-FILE.
ABS-FILE, a string, should be the absolute true name of a file just loaded.Feval-next-after-load
Read the following input sexp, and run it whenever FILE is loaded.
This makes or adds to an entry on `after-load-alist'.
FILE should be the name of a library, with no directory name.Fprocess-lines
Execute PROGRAM with ARGS, returning its output as a list of lines.
Signal an error if the program returns with a non-zero exit status.Fprocess-kill-without-query
Say no query needed if PROCESS is running when Emacs is exited.
Optional second argument if non-nil says to require a query.
Value is t if a query was formerly required.Fprocess-get
Return the value of PROCESS' PROPNAME property.
This is the last value stored with `(process-put PROCESS PROPNAME VALUE)'.Fprocess-put
Change PROCESS' PROPNAME property to VALUE.
It can be retrieved with `(process-get PROCESS PROPNAME)'.Vread-quoted-char-radix
*Radix for \[quoted-insert] and other uses of `read-quoted-char'.
Legitimate radix values are 8, 10 and 16.Fread-quoted-char
Like `read-char', but do not allow quitting.
Also, if the first character read is an octal digit,
we read any number of octal digits and return the
specified character code.  Any nondigit terminates the sequence.
If the terminator is RET, it is discarded;
any other terminator is used itself as input.

The optional argument PROMPT specifies a string to use to prompt the user.
The variable `read-quoted-char-radix' controls which radix to use
for numeric input.Fread-passwd
Read a password, prompting with PROMPT, and return it.
If optional CONFIRM is non-nil, read the password twice to make sure.
Optional DEFAULT is a default password to use instead of empty input.

This function echoes `.' for each character that the user types.

The user ends with RET, LFD, or ESC.  DEL or C-h rubs out.
C-y yanks the current kill.  C-u kills line.
C-g quits; if `inhibit-quit' was non-nil around this function,
then it returns nil if the user types C-g, but quit-flag remains set.

Once the caller uses the password, it can erase the password
by doing (clear-string STRING).Fread-number
Read a numeric value in the minibuffer, prompting with PROMPT.
DEFAULT specifies a default value to return if the user just types RET.
The value of DEFAULT is inserted into PROMPT.Fsit-for
Perform redisplay, then wait for SECONDS seconds or until input is available.
SECONDS may be a floating-point value.
(On operating systems that do not support waiting for fractions of a
second, floating-point values are rounded down to the nearest integer.)

If optional arg NODISP is t, don't redisplay, just wait for input.
Redisplay does not happen if input is available before it starts.

Value is t if waited the full time with no input arriving, and nil otherwise.

An obsolete, but still supported form is
(sit-for SECONDS &optional MILLISECONDS NODISP)
where the optional arg MILLISECONDS specifies an additional wait period,
in milliseconds; this was useful when Emacs was built without
floating point support.

(fn SECONDS &optional NODISP)Fatomic-change-group
Perform BODY as an atomic change group.
This means that if BODY exits abnormally,
all of its changes to the current buffer are undone.
This works regardless of whether undo is enabled in the buffer.

This mechanism is transparent to ordinary use of undo;
if undo is enabled in the buffer and BODY succeeds, the
user can undo the change normally.Fprepare-change-group
Return a handle for the current buffer's state, for a change group.
If you specify BUFFER, make a handle for BUFFER's state instead.

Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to initiate
the actual changes of the change group.

To finish the change group, call either `accept-change-group' or
`cancel-change-group' passing the same handle as argument.  Call
`accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final;
call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all.  You should use
`unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always finished.  The call
to `activate-change-group' should be inside the `unwind-protect'.
Once you finish the group, don't use the handle again--don't try to
finish the same group twice.  For a simple example of correct use, see
the source code of `atomic-change-group'.

The handle records only the specified buffer.  To make a multibuffer
change group, call this function once for each buffer you want to
cover, then use `nconc' to combine the returned values, like this:

(nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1)
         (prepare-change-group buffer-2))

You can then activate that multibuffer change group with a single
call to `activate-change-group' and finish it with a single call
to `accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'.Factivate-change-group
Activate a change group made with `prepare-change-group' (which see).Faccept-change-group
Finish a change group made with `prepare-change-group' (which see).
This finishes the change group by accepting its changes as final.Fcancel-change-group
Finish a change group made with `prepare-change-group' (which see).
This finishes the change group by reverting all of its changes.Fforce-mode-line-update
Force redisplay of the current buffer's mode line and header line.
With optional non-nil ALL, force redisplay of all mode lines and
header lines.  This function also forces recomputation of the
menu bar menus and the frame title.Fmomentary-string-display
Momentarily display STRING in the buffer at POS.
Display remains until next event is input.
If POS is a marker, only its position is used; its buffer is ignored.
Optional third arg EXIT-CHAR can be a character, event or event
description list.  EXIT-CHAR defaults to SPC.  If the input is
EXIT-CHAR it is swallowed; otherwise it is then available as
input (as a command if nothing else).
Display MESSAGE (optional fourth arg) in the echo area.
If MESSAGE is nil, instructions to type EXIT-CHAR are displayed there.Fcopy-overlay
Return a copy of overlay O.Fremove-overlays
Clear BEG and END of overlays whose property NAME has value VAL.
Overlays might be moved and/or split.
BEG and END default respectively to the beginning and end of buffer.Vsuspend-hook
Normal hook run by `suspend-emacs', before suspending.Vsuspend-resume-hook
Normal hook run by `suspend-emacs', after Emacs is continued.Vtemp-buffer-show-hook
Normal hook run by `with-output-to-temp-buffer' after displaying the buffer.
When the hook runs, the temporary buffer is current, and the window it
was displayed in is selected.Vtemp-buffer-setup-hook
Normal hook run by `with-output-to-temp-buffer' at the start.
When the hook runs, the temporary buffer is current.
This hook is normally set up with a function to put the buffer in Help
mode.Vbuffer-file-type
Non-nil if the visited file is a binary file.
This variable is meaningful on MS-DOG and Windows NT.
On those systems, it is automatically local in every buffer.
On other systems, this variable is normally always nil.Vuser-emacs-directory
Directory beneath which additional per-user Emacs-specific files are placed.
Various programs in Emacs store information in this directory.
Note that this should end with a directory separator.
See also `locate-user-emacs-file'.Flocate-user-emacs-file
Return an absolute per-user Emacs-specific file name.
If OLD-NAME is non-nil and ~/OLD-NAME exists, return ~/OLD-NAME.
Else return NEW-NAME in `user-emacs-directory', creating the
directory if it does not exist.Ffind-tag-default
Determine default tag to search for, based on text at point.
If there is no plausible default, return nil.Fplay-sound
SOUND is a list of the form `(sound KEYWORD VALUE...)'.
The following keywords are recognized:

:file FILE - read sound data from FILE.  If FILE isn't an
absolute file name, it is searched in `data-directory'.

:data DATA - read sound data from string DATA.

Exactly one of :file or :data must be present.

:volume VOL - set volume to VOL.  VOL must an integer in the
range 0..100 or a float in the range 0..1.0.  If not specified,
don't change the volume setting of the sound device.

:device DEVICE - play sound on DEVICE.  If not specified,
a system-dependent default device name is used.

Note: :data and :device are currently not supported on Windows.Fshell-quote-argument
Quote ARGUMENT for passing as argument to an inferior shell.Fstring-or-null-p
Return t if OBJECT is a string or nil.
Otherwise, return nil.Fbooleanp
Return non-nil if OBJECT is one of the two canonical boolean values: t or nil.Ffield-at-pos
Return the field at position POS, taking stickiness etc into account.Fremove-yank-excluded-properties
Remove `yank-excluded-properties' between START and END positions.
Replaces `category' properties with their defined properties.Finsert-for-yank
Calls `insert-for-yank-1' repetitively for each `yank-handler' segment.

See `insert-for-yank-1' for more details.Finsert-for-yank-1
Insert STRING at point, stripping some text properties.

Strip text properties from the inserted text according to
`yank-excluded-properties'.  Otherwise just like (insert STRING).

If STRING has a non-nil `yank-handler' property on the first character,
the normal insert behavior is modified in various ways.  The value of
the yank-handler property must be a list with one to four elements
with the following format:  (FUNCTION PARAM NOEXCLUDE UNDO).
When FUNCTION is present and non-nil, it is called instead of `insert'
 to insert the string.  FUNCTION takes one argument--the object to insert.
If PARAM is present and non-nil, it replaces STRING as the object
 passed to FUNCTION (or `insert'); for example, if FUNCTION is
 `yank-rectangle', PARAM may be a list of strings to insert as a
 rectangle.
If NOEXCLUDE is present and non-nil, the normal removal of the
 yank-excluded-properties is not performed; instead FUNCTION is
 responsible for removing those properties.  This may be necessary
 if FUNCTION adjusts point before or after inserting the object.
If UNDO is present and non-nil, it is a function that will be called
 by `yank-pop' to undo the insertion of the current object.  It is
 called with two arguments, the start and end of the current region.
 FUNCTION may set `yank-undo-function' to override the UNDO value.Finsert-buffer-substring-no-properties
Insert before point a substring of BUFFER, without text properties.
BUFFER may be a buffer or a buffer name.
Arguments START and END are character positions specifying the substring.
They default to the values of (point-min) and (point-max) in BUFFER.Finsert-buffer-substring-as-yank
Insert before point a part of BUFFER, stripping some text properties.
BUFFER may be a buffer or a buffer name.
Arguments START and END are character positions specifying the substring.
They default to the values of (point-min) and (point-max) in BUFFER.
Strip text properties from the inserted text according to
`yank-excluded-properties'.Fstart-process-shell-command
Start a program in a subprocess.  Return the process object for it.
NAME is name for process.  It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
BUFFER is the buffer (or buffer name) to associate with the process.
 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
 with any buffer
COMMAND is the name of a shell command.
Remaining arguments are the arguments for the command; they are all
spliced together with blanks separating between each two of them, before
passing the command to the shell.
Wildcards and redirection are handled as usual in the shell.

(fn NAME BUFFER COMMAND &rest COMMAND-ARGS)Fstart-file-process-shell-command
Start a program in a subprocess.  Return the process object for it.
Similar to `start-process-shell-command', but calls `start-file-process'.Fcall-process-shell-command
Execute the shell command COMMAND synchronously in separate process.
The remaining arguments are optional.
The program's input comes from file INFILE (nil means `/dev/null').
Insert output in BUFFER before point; t means current buffer;
 nil for BUFFER means discard it; 0 means discard and don't wait.
BUFFER can also have the form (REAL-BUFFER STDERR-FILE); in that case,
REAL-BUFFER says what to do with standard output, as above,
while STDERR-FILE says what to do with standard error in the child.
STDERR-FILE may be nil (discard standard error output),
t (mix it with ordinary output), or a file name string.

Fourth arg DISPLAY non-nil means redisplay buffer as output is inserted.
Remaining arguments are strings passed as additional arguments for COMMAND.
Wildcards and redirection are handled as usual in the shell.

If BUFFER is 0, `call-process-shell-command' returns immediately with value nil.
Otherwise it waits for COMMAND to terminate and returns a numeric exit
status or a signal description string.
If you quit, the process is killed with SIGINT, or SIGKILL if you quit again.Fprocess-file-shell-command
Process files synchronously in a separate process.
Similar to `call-process-shell-command', but calls `process-file'.Fwith-current-buffer
Execute the forms in BODY with BUFFER-OR-NAME temporarily current.
BUFFER-OR-NAME must be a buffer or the name of an existing buffer.
The value returned is the value of the last form in BODY.  See
also `with-temp-buffer'.Fwith-selected-window
Execute the forms in BODY with WINDOW as the selected window.
The value returned is the value of the last form in BODY.

This macro saves and restores the selected window, as well as the
selected window of each frame.  It does not change the order of
recently selected windows.  If the previously selected window of
some frame is no longer live at the end of BODY, that frame's
selected window is left alone.  If the selected window is no
longer live, then whatever window is selected at the end of BODY
remains selected.

This macro uses `save-current-buffer' to save and restore the
current buffer, since otherwise its normal operation could
potentially make a different buffer current.  It does not alter
the buffer list ordering.Fwith-selected-frame
Execute the forms in BODY with FRAME as the selected frame.
The value returned is the value of the last form in BODY.

This macro neither changes the order of recently selected windows
nor the buffer list.Fwith-temp-file
Create a new buffer, evaluate BODY there, and write the buffer to FILE.
The value returned is the value of the last form in BODY.
See also `with-temp-buffer'.Fwith-temp-message
Display MESSAGE temporarily if non-nil while BODY is evaluated.
The original message is restored to the echo area after BODY has finished.
The value returned is the value of the last form in BODY.
MESSAGE is written to the message log buffer if `message-log-max' is non-nil.
If MESSAGE is nil, the echo area and message log buffer are unchanged.
Use a MESSAGE of "" to temporarily clear the echo area.Fwith-temp-buffer
Create a temporary buffer, and evaluate BODY there like `progn'.
See also `with-temp-file' and `with-output-to-string'.Fwith-output-to-string
Execute BODY, return the text it sent to `standard-output', as a string.Fwith-local-quit
Execute BODY, allowing quits to terminate BODY but not escape further.
When a quit terminates BODY, `with-local-quit' returns nil but
requests another quit.  That quit will be processed as soon as quitting
is allowed once again.  (Immediately, if `inhibit-quit' is nil.)Fwhile-no-input
Execute BODY only as long as there's no pending input.
If input arrives, that ends the execution of BODY,
and `while-no-input' returns t.  Quitting makes it return nil.
If BODY finishes, `while-no-input' returns whatever value BODY produced.Fcondition-case-no-debug
Like `condition-case' except that it does not catch anything when debugging.
More specifically if `debug-on-error' is set, then it does not catch any signal.Fwith-demoted-errors
Run BODY and demote any errors to simple messages.
If `debug-on-error' is non-nil, run BODY without catching its errors.
This is to be used around code which is not expected to signal an error
but which should be robust in the unexpected case that an error is signaled.Fcombine-after-change-calls
Execute BODY, but don't call the after-change functions till the end.
If BODY makes changes in the buffer, they are recorded
and the functions on `after-change-functions' are called several times
when BODY is finished.
The return value is the value of the last form in BODY.

If `before-change-functions' is non-nil, then calls to the after-change
functions can't be deferred, so in that case this macro has no effect.

Do not alter `after-change-functions' or `before-change-functions'
in BODY.Fwith-case-table
Execute the forms in BODY with TABLE as the current case table.
The value returned is the value of the last form in BODY.Fsave-match-data
Execute the BODY forms, restoring the global value of the match data.
The value returned is the value of the last form in BODY.Fmatch-string
Return string of text matched by last search.
NUM specifies which parenthesized expression in the last regexp.
 Value is nil if NUMth pair didn't match, or there were less than NUM pairs.
Zero means the entire text matched by the whole regexp or whole string.
STRING should be given if the last search was by `string-match' on STRING.Fmatch-string-no-properties
Return string of text matched by last search, without text properties.
NUM specifies which parenthesized expression in the last regexp.
 Value is nil if NUMth pair didn't match, or there were less than NUM pairs.
Zero means the entire text matched by the whole regexp or whole string.
STRING should be given if the last search was by `string-match' on STRING.Fmatch-substitute-replacement
Return REPLACEMENT as it will be inserted by `replace-match'.
In other words, all back-references in the form `\&' and `\N'
are substituted with actual strings matched by the last search.
Optional FIXEDCASE, LITERAL, STRING and SUBEXP have the same
meaning as for `replace-match'.Flooking-back
Return non-nil if text before point matches regular expression REGEXP.
Like `looking-at' except matches before point, and is slower.
LIMIT if non-nil speeds up the search by specifying a minimum
starting position, to avoid checking matches that would start
before LIMIT.

If GREEDY is non-nil, extend the match backwards as far as
possible, stopping when a single additional previous character
cannot be part of a match for REGEXP.  When the match is
extended, its starting position is allowed to occur before
LIMIT.Flooking-at-p
Same as `looking-at' except this function does not change the match data.Fstring-match-p
Same as `string-match' except this function does not change the match data.Fsubregexp-context-p
Return non-nil if POS is in a normal subregexp context in REGEXP.
A subregexp context is one where a sub-regexp can appear.
A non-subregexp context is for example within brackets, or within a
repetition bounds operator `\=\{...\}', or right after a `\'.
If START is non-nil, it should be a position in REGEXP, smaller
than POS, and known to be in a subregexp context.Vsplit-string-default-separators
The default value of separators for `split-string'.

A regexp matching strings of whitespace.  May be locale-dependent
(as yet unimplemented).  Should not match non-breaking spaces.

Warning: binding this to a different value and using it as default is
likely to have undesired semantics.Fsplit-string
Split STRING into substrings bounded by matches for SEPARATORS.

The beginning and end of STRING, and each match for SEPARATORS, are
splitting points.  The substrings matching SEPARATORS are removed, and
the substrings between the splitting points are collected as a list,
which is returned.

If SEPARATORS is non-nil, it should be a regular expression matching text
which separates, but is not part of, the substrings.  If nil it defaults to
`split-string-default-separators', normally "[ \f\t\n\r\v]+", and
OMIT-NULLS is forced to t.

If OMIT-NULLS is t, zero-length substrings are omitted from the list (so
that for the default value of SEPARATORS leading and trailing whitespace
are effectively trimmed).  If nil, all zero-length substrings are retained,
which correctly parses CSV format, for example.

Note that the effect of `(split-string STRING)' is the same as
`(split-string STRING split-string-default-separators t)'.  In the rare
case that you wish to retain zero-length substrings when splitting on
whitespace, use `(split-string STRING split-string-default-separators)'.

Modifies the match data; use `save-match-data' if necessary.Fcombine-and-quote-strings
Concatenate the STRINGS, adding the SEPARATOR (default " ").
This tries to quote the strings to avoid ambiguity such that
  (split-string-and-unquote (combine-and-quote-strings strs)) == strs
Only some SEPARATORs will work properly.Fsplit-string-and-unquote
Split the STRING into a list of strings.
It understands Emacs Lisp quoting within STRING, such that
  (split-string-and-unquote (combine-and-quote-strings strs)) == strs
The SEPARATOR regexp defaults to "\s-+".Fsubst-char-in-string
Replace FROMCHAR with TOCHAR in STRING each time it occurs.
Unless optional argument INPLACE is non-nil, return a new string.Freplace-regexp-in-string
Replace all matches for REGEXP with REP in STRING.

Return a new string containing the replacements.

Optional arguments FIXEDCASE, LITERAL and SUBEXP are like the
arguments with the same names of function `replace-match'.  If START
is non-nil, start replacements at that index in STRING.

REP is either a string used as the NEWTEXT arg of `replace-match' or a
function.  If it is a function, it is called with the actual text of each
match, and its value is used as the replacement text.  When REP is called,
the match-data are the result of matching REGEXP against a substring
of STRING.

To replace only the first match (if any), make REGEXP match up to \'
and replace a sub-expression, e.g.
  (replace-regexp-in-string "\$foo\$.*\\'" "bar" " foo foo" nil nil 1)
    => " bar foo"
Fadd-to-invisibility-spec
Add ELEMENT to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
See documentation for `buffer-invisibility-spec' for the kind of elements
that can be added.Fremove-from-invisibility-spec
Remove ELEMENT from `buffer-invisibility-spec'.Fwith-syntax-table
Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to TABLE.
The syntax table of the current buffer is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the
saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit.
Value is what BODY returns.Fmake-syntax-table
Return a new syntax table.
Create a syntax table which inherits from OLDTABLE (if non-nil) or
from `standard-syntax-table' otherwise.Fsyntax-after
Return the raw syntax of the char after POS.
If POS is outside the buffer's accessible portion, return nil.Fsyntax-class
Return the syntax class part of the syntax descriptor SYNTAX.
If SYNTAX is nil, return nil.Ftext-clone-maintain
Propagate the changes made under the overlay OL1 to the other clones.
This is used on the `modification-hooks' property of text clones.Ftext-clone-create
Create a text clone of START...END at point.
Text clones are chunks of text that are automatically kept identical:
changes done to one of the clones will be immediately propagated to the other.

The buffer's content at point is assumed to be already identical to
the one between START and END.
If SYNTAX is provided it's a regexp that describes the possible text of
the clones; the clone will be shrunk or killed if necessary to ensure that
its text matches the regexp.
If SPREADP is non-nil it indicates that text inserted before/after the
clone should be incorporated in the clone.Fdefine-mail-user-agent
Define a symbol to identify a mail-sending package for `mail-user-agent'.

SYMBOL can be any Lisp symbol.  Its function definition and/or
value as a variable do not matter for this usage; we use only certain
properties on its property list, to encode the rest of the arguments.

COMPOSEFUNC is program callable function that composes an outgoing
mail message buffer.  This function should set up the basics of the
buffer without requiring user interaction.  It should populate the
standard mail headers, leaving the `to:' and `subject:' headers blank
by default.

COMPOSEFUNC should accept several optional arguments--the same
arguments that `compose-mail' takes.  See that function's documentation.

SENDFUNC is the command a user would run to send the message.

Optional ABORTFUNC is the command a user would run to abort the
message.  For mail packages that don't have a separate abort function,
this can be `kill-buffer' (the equivalent of omitting this argument).

Optional HOOKVAR is a hook variable that gets run before the message
is actually sent.  Callers that use the `mail-user-agent' may
install a hook function temporarily on this hook variable.
If HOOKVAR is nil, `mail-send-hook' is used.

The properties used on SYMBOL are `composefunc', `sendfunc',
`abortfunc', and `hookvar'.Fprogress-reporter-update
Report progress of an operation in the echo area.
However, if the change since last echo area update is too small
or not enough time has passed, then do nothing (see
`make-progress-reporter' for details).

First parameter, REPORTER, should be the result of a call to
`make-progress-reporter'.  Second, VALUE, determines the actual
progress of operation; it must be between MIN-VALUE and MAX-VALUE
as passed to `make-progress-reporter'.

This function is very inexpensive, you may not bother how often
you call it.Fmake-progress-reporter
Return progress reporter object to be used with `progress-reporter-update'.

MESSAGE is shown in the echo area.  When at least 1% of operation
is complete, the exact percentage will be appended to the
MESSAGE.  When you call `progress-reporter-done', word "done"
is printed after the MESSAGE.  You can change MESSAGE of an
existing progress reporter with `progress-reporter-force-update'.

MIN-VALUE and MAX-VALUE designate starting (0% complete) and
final (100% complete) states of operation.  The latter should be
larger; if this is not the case, then simply negate all values.
Optional CURRENT-VALUE specifies the progress by the moment you
call this function.  You should omit it or set it to nil in most
cases since it defaults to MIN-VALUE.

Optional MIN-CHANGE determines the minimal change in percents to
report (default is 1%.)  Optional MIN-TIME specifies the minimal
time before echo area updates (default is 0.2 seconds.)  If
`float-time' function is not present, then time is not tracked
at all.  If OS is not capable of measuring fractions of seconds,
then this parameter is effectively rounded up.Fprogress-reporter-force-update
Report progress of an operation in the echo area unconditionally.

First two parameters are the same as for
`progress-reporter-update'.  Optional NEW-MESSAGE allows you to
change the displayed message.Fprogress-reporter-done
Print reporter's message followed by word "done" in echo area.Fdotimes-with-progress-reporter
Loop a certain number of times and report progress in the echo area.
Evaluate BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from
0, inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive.  Then evaluate RESULT to get
the return value (nil if RESULT is omitted).

At each iteration MESSAGE followed by progress percentage is
printed in the echo area.  After the loop is finished, MESSAGE
followed by word "done" is printed.  This macro is a
convenience wrapper around `make-progress-reporter' and friends.

(fn (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) MESSAGE BODY...)Vversion-separator
*Specify the string used to separate the version elements.

Usually the separator is ".", but it can be any other string.Vversion-regexp-alist
*Specify association between non-numeric version part and a priority.

This association is used to handle version string like "1.0pre2",
"0.9alpha1", etc.  It's used by `version-to-list' (which see) to convert the
non-numeric part to an integer.  For example:

String Version    Integer List Version
   "1.0pre2"         (1  0 -1 2)
   "1.0PRE2"         (1  0 -1 2)
   "22.8beta3"       (22 8 -2 3)
   "22.8 Beta3"      (22 8 -2 3)
   "0.9alpha1"       (0  9 -3 1)
   "0.9AlphA1"       (0  9 -3 1)
   "0.9 alpha"       (0  9 -3)

Each element has the following form:

(REGEXP . PRIORITY)

Where:

REGEXP		regexp used to match non-numeric part of a version string.
		It should begin with a `^' anchor and end with a `$' to
		prevent false hits.  Letter-case is ignored while matching
		REGEXP.

PRIORITY	negative integer which indicate the non-numeric priority.Fversion-to-list
Convert version string VER into an integer list.

The version syntax is given by the following EBNF:

VERSION ::= NUMBER ( SEPARATOR NUMBER )*.

NUMBER ::= (0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9)+.

SEPARATOR ::= `version-separator' (which see)
	       | `version-regexp-alist' (which see).

The NUMBER part is optional if SEPARATOR is a match for an element
in `version-regexp-alist'.

As an example of valid version syntax:

1.0pre2   1.0.7.5   22.8beta3   0.9alpha1   6.9.30Beta

As an example of invalid version syntax:

1.0prepre2   1.0..7.5   22.8X3   alpha3.2   .5

As an example of version convertion:

String Version    Integer List Version
   "1.0.7.5"         (1  0  7 5)
   "1.0pre2"         (1  0 -1 2)
   "1.0PRE2"         (1  0 -1 2)
   "22.8beta3"       (22 8 -2 3)
   "22.8Beta3"       (22 8 -2 3)
   "0.9alpha1"       (0  9 -3 1)
   "0.9AlphA1"       (0  9 -3 1)
   "0.9alpha"        (0  9 -3)

See documentation for `version-separator' and `version-regexp-alist'.Fversion-list-<
Return t if integer list L1 is lesser than L2.

Note that integer list (1) is equal to (1 0), (1 0 0), (1 0 0 0),
etc.  That is, the trailing zeroes are irrelevant.  Also, integer
list (1) is greater than (1 -1) which is greater than (1 -2)
which is greater than (1 -3).Fversion-list-=
Return t if integer list L1 is equal to L2.

If all LST elements are zeroes or LST is nil, return zero.Fversion<
Return t if version V1 is lesser than V2.

Note that version string "1" is equal to "1.0", "1.0.0", "1.0.0.0",
etc.  That is, the trailing ".0"s are irrelevant.  Also, version string "1"
is greater than "1pre" which is greater than "1beta" which is greater than
"1alpha".Stty-colors.elc
Vcolor-name-rgb-alist
An alist of X color names and associated 16-bit RGB values.Vtty-standard-colors
An alist of 8 standard tty colors, their indices and RGB values.Vtty-color-mode-alist
An alist of supported standard tty color modes and their aliases.Vtty-defined-color-alist
An alist of defined terminal colors and their RGB values.

See the docstring of `tty-color-alist' for the details.Ftty-color-alist
Return an alist of colors supported by FRAME's terminal.
FRAME defaults to the selected frame.
Each element of the returned alist is of the form:
 (NAME INDEX R G B)
where NAME is the name of the color, a string;
INDEX is the index of this color to be sent to the terminal driver
when the color should be displayed; it is typically a small integer;
R, G, and B are the intensities of, accordingly, red, green, and blue
components of the color, represented as numbers between 0 and 65535.
The file `etc/rgb.txt' in the Emacs distribution lists the standard
RGB values of the X colors.  If RGB is nil, this color will not be
considered by `tty-color-translate' as an approximation to another
color.Ftty-modify-color-alist
Put the association ELT into the alist of terminal colors for FRAME.
ELT should be of the form  (NAME INDEX R G B) (see `tty-color-alist'
for details).
If the association for NAME already exists in the color alist, it is
modified to specify (INDEX R G B) as its cdr.  Otherwise, ELT is
appended to the end of the color alist.
If FRAME is unspecified or nil, it defaults to the selected frame.
Value is the modified color alist for FRAME.Ftty-register-default-colors
Register the default set of colors for a character terminal.Ftty-color-canonicalize
Return COLOR in canonical form.
A canonicalized color name is all-lower case, with any blanks removed.Ftty-color-define
Specify a tty color by its NAME, terminal INDEX and RGB values.
NAME is a string, INDEX is typically a small integer used to send to
the terminal driver a command to switch this color on, and RGB is a
list of 3 numbers that specify the intensity of red, green, and blue
components of the color.
If specified, each one of the RGB components must be a number between
0 and 65535.  If RGB is omitted, the specified color will never be used
by `tty-color-translate' as an approximation to another color.
FRAME is the frame where the defined color should be used.
If FRAME is not specified or is nil, it defaults to the selected frame.Ftty-color-clear
Clear the list of supported tty colors for frame FRAME.
If FRAME is unspecified or nil, it defaults to the selected frame.Ftty-color-off-gray-diag
Compute the angle between the color given by R,G,B and the gray diagonal.
The gray diagonal is the diagonal of the 3D cube in RGB space which
connects the points corresponding to the black and white colors.  All the
colors whose RGB coordinates belong to this diagonal are various shades
of gray, thus the name.Ftty-color-approximate
Find the color in `tty-color-alist' that best approximates RGB.
Value is a list of the form (NAME INDEX R G B).
The argument RGB should be an rgb value, that is, a list of three
integers in the 0..65535 range.
FRAME defaults to the selected frame.Ftty-color-standard-values
Return standard RGB values of the color COLOR.

The result is a list of integer RGB values--(RED GREEN BLUE).
These values range from 0 to 65535; white is (65535 65535 65535).

The returned value reflects the standard X definition of COLOR,
regardless of whether the terminal can display it, so the return value
should be the same regardless of what display is being used.Ftty-color-translate
Given a color COLOR, return the index of the corresponding TTY color.

COLOR must be a string that is either the color's name, or its X-style
specification like "#RRGGBB" or "RGB:rr/gg/bb", where each primary.
color can be given with 1 to 4 hex digits.

If COLOR is a color name that is found among supported colors in
`tty-color-alist', the associated index is returned.  Otherwise, the
RGB values of the color, either as given by the argument or from
looking up the name in `color-name-rgb-alist', are used to find the
supported color that is the best approximation for COLOR in the RGB
space.
If COLOR is neither a valid X RGB specification of the color, nor a
name of a color in `color-name-rgb-alist', the returned value is nil.

If FRAME is unspecified or nil, it defaults to the selected frame.Ftty-color-by-index
Given a numeric index of a tty color, return its description.

FRAME, if unspecified or nil, defaults to the selected frame.
Value is a list of the form (NAME INDEX R G B).Ftty-color-values
Return RGB values of the color COLOR on a termcap frame FRAME.

If COLOR is not directly supported by the display, return the RGB
values for a supported color that is its best approximation.
The value is a list of integer RGB values--(RED GREEN BLUE).
These values range from 0 to 65535; white is (65535 65535 65535).
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Ftty-color-desc
Return the description of the color COLOR for a character terminal.
Value is a list of the form (NAME INDEX R G B).  The returned NAME or
RGB value may not be the same as the argument COLOR, because the latter
might need to be approximated if it is not supported directly.Ftty-color-gray-shades
Return the number of gray colors supported by DISPLAY's terminal.
A color is considered gray if the 3 components of its RGB value are equal.Sfont-core.elc
Vfont-lock-defaults
Defaults for Font Lock mode specified by the major mode.
Defaults should be of the form:

(KEYWORDS [KEYWORDS-ONLY [CASE-FOLD [SYNTAX-ALIST [SYNTAX-BEGIN ...]]]])

KEYWORDS may be a symbol (a variable or function whose value is the keywords
to use for fontification) or a list of symbols (specifying different levels
of fontification).

If KEYWORDS-ONLY is non-nil, syntactic fontification (strings and
comments) is not performed.

If CASE-FOLD is non-nil, the case of the keywords is ignored when fontifying.

If SYNTAX-ALIST is non-nil, it should be a list of cons pairs of the form
(CHAR-OR-STRING . STRING) used to set the local Font Lock syntax table, for
keyword and syntactic fontification (see `modify-syntax-entry').

If SYNTAX-BEGIN is non-nil, it should be a function with no args used to move
backwards outside any enclosing syntactic block, for syntactic fontification.
Typical values are `beginning-of-line' (i.e., the start of the line is known to
be outside a syntactic block), or `beginning-of-defun' for programming modes or
`backward-paragraph' for textual modes (i.e., the mode-dependent function is
known to move outside a syntactic block).  If nil, the beginning of the buffer
is used as a position outside of a syntactic block, in the worst case.

(See also Info node `(elisp)Font Lock Basics'.)

These item elements are used by Font Lock mode to set the variables
`font-lock-keywords', `font-lock-keywords-only',
`font-lock-keywords-case-fold-search', `font-lock-syntax-table' and
`font-lock-beginning-of-syntax-function', respectively.

Further item elements are alists of the form (VARIABLE . VALUE) and are in no
particular order.  Each VARIABLE is made buffer-local before set to VALUE.

Currently, appropriate variables include `font-lock-mark-block-function'.
If this is non-nil, it should be a function with no args used to mark any
enclosing block of text, for fontification via \[font-lock-fontify-block].
Typical values are `mark-defun' for programming modes or `mark-paragraph' for
textual modes (i.e., the mode-dependent function is known to put point and mark
around a text block relevant to that mode).

Other variables include that for syntactic keyword fontification,
`font-lock-syntactic-keywords' and those for buffer-specialized fontification
functions, `font-lock-fontify-buffer-function',
`font-lock-unfontify-buffer-function', `font-lock-fontify-region-function',
`font-lock-unfontify-region-function', and `font-lock-inhibit-thing-lock'.Vfont-lock-defaults-alist
Alist of fall-back Font Lock defaults for major modes.

Each item should be a list of the form:

(MAJOR-MODE . FONT-LOCK-DEFAULTS)

where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol and FONT-LOCK-DEFAULTS is a list of default
settings.  See the variable `font-lock-defaults', which takes precedence.Vfont-lock-function
A function which is called when `font-lock-mode' is toggled.
It will be passed one argument, which is the current value of
`font-lock-mode'.Vfont-lock-mode
Non-nil if Font-Lock mode is enabled.
Use the command `font-lock-mode' to change this variable.Ffont-lock-mode
Toggle Font Lock mode.
With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
Lock on.
(Font Lock is also known as "syntax highlighting".)

When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:

- Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
   value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.

To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \[customize-face].

You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
the major mode's hook.  For example, put in your ~/.emacs:

(add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)

Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
of `font-lock-global-modes'.  For example, put in your ~/.emacs:

(global-font-lock-mode t)

Where major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use
the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you
generally prefer.  When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is
fontified/defontified, though fontification occurs only if the buffer is
less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.

To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
use `font-lock-add-keywords'.

To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
size, you can use \[font-lock-fontify-buffer].

To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
syntactic change on other lines, you can use \[font-lock-fontify-block].

See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
settings.  You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook.

The above is the default behavior of `font-lock-mode'; you may specify
your own function which is called when `font-lock-mode' is toggled via
`font-lock-function'. Ffont-lock-defontify
Clear out all `font-lock-face' properties in current buffer.
A major mode that uses `font-lock-face' properties might want to put
this function onto `change-major-mode-hook'.Fturn-on-font-lock
Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it).Vfont-lock-global-modes
Modes for which Font Lock mode is automagically turned on.
Global Font Lock mode is controlled by the command `global-font-lock-mode'.
If nil, means no modes have Font Lock mode automatically turned on.
If t, all modes that support Font Lock mode have it automatically turned on.
If a list, it should be a list of `major-mode' symbol names for which Font Lock
mode should be automatically turned on.  The sense of the list is negated if it
begins with `not'.  For example:
 (c-mode c++-mode)
means that Font Lock mode is turned on for buffers in C and C++ modes only.Vglobal-font-lock-mode
Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
or call the function `global-font-lock-mode'.Fglobal-font-lock-mode
Toggle Font-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Font-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-font-lock-if-desired' would do it.
See `font-lock-mode' for more information on Font-Lock mode.Ssyntax.elc
Fsyntax-ppss-toplevel-pos
Get the latest syntactically outermost position found in a syntactic scan.
PPSS is a scan state, as returned by `partial-parse-sexp' or `syntax-ppss'.
An "outermost position" means one that it is outside of any syntactic entity:
outside of any parentheses, comments, or strings encountered in the scan.
If no such position is recorded in PPSS (because the end of the scan was
itself at the outermost level), return nil.Vsyntax-ppss-max-span
Threshold below which cache info is deemed unnecessary.
We try to make sure that cache entries are at least this far apart
from each other, to avoid keeping too much useless info.Vsyntax-begin-function
Function to move back outside of any comment/string/paren.
This function should move the cursor back to some syntactically safe
point (where the PPSS is equivalent to nil).Vsyntax-ppss-cache
List of (POS . PPSS) pairs, in decreasing POS order.Vsyntax-ppss-last
Cache of (LAST-POS . LAST-PPSS).Fsyntax-ppss-flush-cache
Flush the cache of `syntax-ppss' starting at position BEG.Fsyntax-ppss
Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS, defaulting to point.
The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
Point is at POS when this function returns.Sfont-lock.elc
Vfont-lock-maximum-size
Maximum size of a buffer for buffer fontification.
Only buffers less than this can be fontified when Font Lock mode is turned on.
If nil, means size is irrelevant.
If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . SIZE),
where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default).  For example:
 ((c-mode . 256000) (c++-mode . 256000) (rmail-mode . 1048576))
means that the maximum size is 250K for buffers in C or C++ modes, one megabyte
for buffers in Rmail mode, and size is irrelevant otherwise.Vfont-lock-maximum-decoration
Maximum decoration level for fontification.
If nil, use the default decoration (typically the minimum available).
If t, use the maximum decoration available.
If a number, use that level of decoration (or if not available the maximum).
If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . LEVEL),
where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default).  For example:
 ((c-mode . t) (c++-mode . 2) (t . 1))
means use the maximum decoration available for buffers in C mode, level 2
decoration for buffers in C++ mode, and level 1 decoration otherwise.Vfont-lock-verbose
If non-nil, means show status messages for buffer fontification.
If a number, only buffers greater than this size have fontification messages.Vfont-lock-comment-face
Face name to use for comments.Vfont-lock-comment-delimiter-face
Face name to use for comment delimiters.Vfont-lock-string-face
Face name to use for strings.Vfont-lock-doc-face
Face name to use for documentation.Vfont-lock-keyword-face
Face name to use for keywords.Vfont-lock-builtin-face
Face name to use for builtins.Vfont-lock-function-name-face
Face name to use for function names.Vfont-lock-variable-name-face
Face name to use for variable names.Vfont-lock-type-face
Face name to use for type and class names.Vfont-lock-constant-face
Face name to use for constant and label names.Vfont-lock-warning-face
Face name to use for things that should stand out.Vfont-lock-negation-char-face
Face name to use for easy to overlook negation.
This can be an "!" or the "n" in "ifndef".Vfont-lock-preprocessor-face
Face name to use for preprocessor directives.Vfont-lock-keywords
A list of the keywords to highlight.
There are two kinds of values: user-level, and compiled.

A user-level keywords list is what a major mode or the user would
set up.  Normally the list would come from `font-lock-defaults'.
through selection of a fontification level and evaluation of any
contained expressions.  You can also alter it by calling
`font-lock-add-keywords' or `font-lock-remove-keywords' with MODE = nil.

Each element in a user-level keywords list should have one of these forms:

MATCHER
 (MATCHER . SUBEXP)
 (MATCHER . FACENAME)
 (MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
 (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
 (eval . FORM)

where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, or the function name to
call to make the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search;
it should return non-nil, move point, and set `match-data' appropriately if
it succeeds; like `re-search-forward' would).
MATCHER regexps can be generated via the function `regexp-opt'.

FORM is an expression, whose value should be a keyword element, evaluated when
the keyword is (first) used in a buffer.  This feature can be used to provide a
keyword that can only be generated when Font Lock mode is actually turned on.

HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.

For highlighting single items, for example each instance of the word "foo",
typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
However, if an item or (typically) items are to be highlighted following the
instance of another item (the anchor), for example each instance of the
word "bar" following the word "anchor" then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.

MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:

(SUBEXP FACENAME [OVERRIDE [LAXMATCH]])

SUBEXP is the number of the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted.

FACENAME is an expression whose value is the face name to use.
Instead of a face, FACENAME can evaluate to a property list
of the form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...)
in which case all the listed text-properties will be set rather than
just FACE.  In such a case, you will most likely want to put those
properties in `font-lock-extra-managed-props' or to override
`font-lock-unfontify-region-function'.

OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags.  If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification can
be overwritten.  If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
If LAXMATCH is non-nil, that means don't signal an error if there is
no match for SUBEXP in MATCHER.

For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):

"\\\=<foo\\\=>"		discrete occurrences of "foo" in the value of the
			variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
 ("fu\$bar\$" . 1)	substring "bar" within all occurrences of "fubar" in
			the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
 ("fubar" . fubar-face)	Occurrences of "fubar" in the value of `fubar-face'.
 ("foo\\|bar" 0 foo-bar-face t)
			occurrences of either "foo" or "bar" in the value
			of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
 (fubar-match 1 fubar-face)
			the first subexpression within all occurrences of
			whatever the function `fubar-match' finds and matches
			in the value of `fubar-face'.

MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:

(MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)

where MATCHER is a regexp to search for or the function name to call to make
the search, as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT above, but with one exception; see below.
PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used.  Therefore they can be
used to initialize before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used.  Typically,
PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER.  POST-MATCH-FORM might
be used to move back, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.

For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):

("\\\=<anchor\\\=>" (0 anchor-face) ("\\\=<item\\\=>" nil nil (0 item-face)))

discrete occurrences of "anchor" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
 discrete occurrences of "item" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
 (Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil.  Therefore "item" is
 initially searched for starting from the end of the match of "anchor", and
 searching for subsequent instances of "anchor" resumes from where searching
 for "item" concluded.)

The above-mentioned exception is as follows.  The limit of the MATCHER search
defaults to the end of the line after PRE-MATCH-FORM is evaluated.
However, if PRE-MATCH-FORM returns a position greater than the position after
PRE-MATCH-FORM is evaluated, that position is used as the limit of the search.
It is generally a bad idea to return a position greater than the end of the
line, i.e., cause the MATCHER search to span lines.

These regular expressions can match text which spans lines, although
it is better to avoid it if possible since updating them while editing
text is slower, and it is not guaranteed to be always correct when using
support modes like jit-lock or lazy-lock.

This variable is set by major modes via the variable `font-lock-defaults'.
Be careful when composing regexps for this list; a poorly written pattern can
dramatically slow things down!

A compiled keywords list starts with t.  It is produced internal
by `font-lock-compile-keywords' from a user-level keywords list.
Its second element is the user-level keywords list that was
compiled.  The remaining elements have the same form as
user-level keywords, but normally their values have been
optimized.Vfont-lock-keywords-alist
Alist of additional `font-lock-keywords' elements for major modes.

Each element has the form (MODE KEYWORDS . HOW).
`font-lock-set-defaults' adds the elements in the list KEYWORDS to
`font-lock-keywords' when Font Lock is turned on in major mode MODE.

If HOW is nil, KEYWORDS are added at the beginning of
`font-lock-keywords'.  If it is `set', they are used to replace the
value of `font-lock-keywords'.  If HOW is any other non-nil value,
they are added at the end.

This is normally set via `font-lock-add-keywords' and
`font-lock-remove-keywords'.Vfont-lock-removed-keywords-alist
Alist of `font-lock-keywords' elements to be removed for major modes.

Each element has the form (MODE . KEYWORDS).  `font-lock-set-defaults'
removes the elements in the list KEYWORDS from `font-lock-keywords'
when Font Lock is turned on in major mode MODE.

This is normally set via `font-lock-add-keywords' and
`font-lock-remove-keywords'.Vfont-lock-keywords-only
*Non-nil means Font Lock should not fontify comments or strings.
This is normally set via `font-lock-defaults'.Vfont-lock-keywords-case-fold-search
*Non-nil means the patterns in `font-lock-keywords' are case-insensitive.
This is set via the function `font-lock-set-defaults', based on
the CASE-FOLD argument of `font-lock-defaults'.Vfont-lock-syntactically-fontified
Point up to which `font-lock-syntactic-keywords' has been applied.
If nil, this is ignored, in which case the syntactic fontification may
sometimes be slightly incorrect.Vfont-lock-syntactic-face-function
Function to determine which face to use when fontifying syntactically.
The function is called with a single parameter (the state as returned by
`parse-partial-sexp' at the beginning of the region to highlight) and
should return a face.  This is normally set via `font-lock-defaults'.Vfont-lock-syntactic-keywords
A list of the syntactic keywords to put syntax properties on.
The value can be the list itself, or the name of a function or variable
whose value is the list.

See `font-lock-keywords' for a description of the form of this list;
only the differences are stated here.  MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:

(SUBEXP SYNTAX OVERRIDE LAXMATCH)

where SYNTAX can be a string (as taken by `modify-syntax-entry'), a syntax
table, a cons cell (as returned by `string-to-syntax') or an expression whose
value is such a form.  OVERRIDE cannot be `prepend' or `append'.

Here are two examples of elements of `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'
and what they do:

("\\$\$#\$" 1 ".")

gives a hash character punctuation syntax (".") when following a
 dollar-sign character.  Hash characters in other contexts will still
 follow whatever the syntax table says about the hash character.

("\$'\$.\$'\$"
  (1 "\"")
  (2 "\""))

gives a pair single-quotes, which surround a single character, a SYNTAX of
 "\"" (meaning string quote syntax).  Single-quote characters in other
 contexts will not be affected.

This is normally set via `font-lock-defaults'.Vfont-lock-syntax-table
Non-nil means use this syntax table for fontifying.
If this is nil, the major mode's syntax table is used.
This is normally set via `font-lock-defaults'.Vfont-lock-beginning-of-syntax-function
*Non-nil means use this function to move back outside all constructs.
When called with no args it should move point backward to a place which
is not in a string or comment and not within any bracket-pairs (or else,
a place such that any bracket-pairs outside it can be ignored for Emacs
syntax analysis and fontification).

If this is nil, Font Lock uses `syntax-begin-function' to move back
outside of any comment, string, or sexp.  This variable is semi-obsolete;
we recommend setting `syntax-begin-function' instead.

This is normally set via `font-lock-defaults'.Vfont-lock-mark-block-function
*Non-nil means use this function to mark a block of text.
When called with no args it should leave point at the beginning of any
enclosing textual block and mark at the end.
This is normally set via `font-lock-defaults'.Vfont-lock-fontify-buffer-function
Function to use for fontifying the buffer.
This is normally set via `font-lock-defaults'.Vfont-lock-unfontify-buffer-function
Function to use for unfontifying the buffer.
This is used when turning off Font Lock mode.
This is normally set via `font-lock-defaults'.Vfont-lock-fontify-region-function
Function to use for fontifying a region.
It should take two args, the beginning and end of the region, and an optional
third arg VERBOSE.  If VERBOSE is non-nil, the function should print status
messages.  This is normally set via `font-lock-defaults'.Vfont-lock-unfontify-region-function
Function to use for unfontifying a region.
It should take two args, the beginning and end of the region.
This is normally set via `font-lock-defaults'.Vfont-lock-inhibit-thing-lock
List of Font Lock mode related modes that should not be turned on.
Currently, valid mode names are `fast-lock-mode', `jit-lock-mode' and
`lazy-lock-mode'.  This is normally set via `font-lock-defaults'.Vfont-lock-multiline
Whether font-lock should cater to multiline keywords.
If nil, don't try to handle multiline patterns.
If t, always handle multiline patterns.
If `undecided', don't try to handle multiline patterns until you see one.
Major/minor modes can set this variable if they know which option applies.Ffont-lock-add-keywords
Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.

MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
or nil.  If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
If optional argument HOW is `set', they are used to replace the current
highlighting list.  If HOW is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
end of the current highlighting list.

For example:

(font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
  '(("\\\=<\$FIXME\$:" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
    ("\\\=<\$and\\|or\\|not\$\\\=>" . font-lock-keyword-face)))

adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.

The above procedure will only add the keywords for C mode, not
for modes derived from C mode.  To add them for derived modes too,
pass nil for MODE and add the call to c-mode-hook.

For example:

(add-hook 'c-mode-hook
  (lambda ()
   (font-lock-add-keywords nil
    '(("\\\=<\$FIXME\$:" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
      ("\\\=<\$and\\|or\\|not\$\\\=>" .
       font-lock-keyword-face)))))

The above procedure may fail to add keywords to derived modes if
some involved major mode does not follow the standard conventions.
File a bug report if this happens, so the major mode can be corrected.

Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
`objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.Ffont-lock-update-removed-keyword-alist
Update `font-lock-removed-keywords-alist' when adding new KEYWORDS to MODE.Ffont-lock-remove-keywords
Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.

MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
or nil.  If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.

To make the removal apply to modes derived from MODE as well,
pass nil for MODE and add the call to MODE-hook.  This may fail
for some derived modes if some involved major mode does not
follow the standard conventions.  File a bug report if this
happens, so the major mode can be corrected.Vfont-lock-support-mode
Support mode for Font Lock mode.
Support modes speed up Font Lock mode by being choosy about when fontification
occurs.  The default support mode, Just-in-time Lock mode (symbol
`jit-lock-mode'), is recommended.

Other, older support modes are Fast Lock mode (symbol `fast-lock-mode') and
Lazy Lock mode (symbol `lazy-lock-mode').  See those modes for more info.
However, they are no longer recommended, as Just-in-time Lock mode is better.

If nil, means support for Font Lock mode is never performed.
If a symbol, use that support mode.
If a list, each element should be of the form (MAJOR-MODE . SUPPORT-MODE),
where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default).  For example:
 ((c-mode . fast-lock-mode) (c++-mode . fast-lock-mode) (t . lazy-lock-mode))
means that Fast Lock mode is used to support Font Lock mode for buffers in C or
C++ modes, and Lazy Lock mode is used to support Font Lock mode otherwise.

The value of this variable is used when Font Lock mode is turned on.Vfont-lock-extend-after-change-region-function
A function that determines the region to refontify after a change.

This variable is either nil, or is a function that determines the
region to refontify after a change.
It is usually set by the major mode via `font-lock-defaults'.
Font-lock calls this function after each buffer change.

The function is given three parameters, the standard BEG, END, and OLD-LEN
from `after-change-functions'.  It should return either a cons of the beginning
and end buffer positions (in that order) of the region to refontify, or nil
(which directs the caller to fontify a default region).
This function should preserve the match-data.
The region it returns may start or end in the middle of a line.Ffont-lock-fontify-buffer
Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.Vfont-lock-dont-widen
If non-nil, font-lock will work on the non-widened buffer.
Useful for things like RMAIL and Info where the whole buffer is not
a very meaningful entity to highlight.Vfont-lock-extend-region-functions
Special hook run just before proceeding to fontify a region.
This is used to allow major modes to help font-lock find safe buffer positions
as beginning and end of the fontified region.  Its most common use is to solve
the problem of /identification/ of multiline elements by providing a function
that tries to find such elements and move the boundaries such that they do
not fall in the middle of one.
Each function is called with no argument; it is expected to adjust the
dynamically bound variables `font-lock-beg' and `font-lock-end'; and return
non-nil if it did make such an adjustment.
These functions are run in turn repeatedly until they all return nil.
Put first the functions more likely to cause a change and cheaper to compute.Ffont-lock-extend-region-multiline
Move fontification boundaries away from any `font-lock-multiline' property.Ffont-lock-extend-region-wholelines
Move fontification boundaries to beginning of lines.Vfont-lock-extra-managed-props
Additional text properties managed by font-lock.
This is used by `font-lock-default-unfontify-region' to decide
what properties to clear before refontifying a region.Ffont-lock-extend-jit-lock-region-after-change
Function meant for `jit-lock-after-change-extend-region-functions'.
This function does 2 things:
- extend the region so that it not only includes the part that was modified
  but also the surrounding text whose highlighting may change as a consequence.
- anticipate (part of) the region extension that will happen later in
  `font-lock-default-fontify-region', in order to avoid the need for
  double-redisplay in `jit-lock-fontify-now'.Ffont-lock-fontify-block
Fontify some lines the way `font-lock-fontify-buffer' would.
The lines could be a function or paragraph, or a specified number of lines.
If ARG is given, fontify that many lines before and after point, or 16 lines if
no ARG is given and `font-lock-mark-block-function' is nil.
If `font-lock-mark-block-function' non-nil and no ARG is given, it is used to
delimit the region to fontify.Ffont-lock-prepend-text-property
Prepend to one property of the text from START to END.
Arguments PROP and VALUE specify the property and value to prepend to the value
already in place.  The resulting property values are always lists.
Optional argument OBJECT is the string or buffer containing the text.Ffont-lock-append-text-property
Append to one property of the text from START to END.
Arguments PROP and VALUE specify the property and value to append to the value
already in place.  The resulting property values are always lists.
Optional argument OBJECT is the string or buffer containing the text.Ffont-lock-fillin-text-property
Fill in one property of the text from START to END.
Arguments PROP and VALUE specify the property and value to put where none are
already in place.  Therefore existing property values are not overwritten.
Optional argument OBJECT is the string or buffer containing the text.Ffont-lock-apply-syntactic-highlight
Apply HIGHLIGHT following a match.
HIGHLIGHT should be of the form MATCH-HIGHLIGHT,
see `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'.Ffont-lock-fontify-syntactic-anchored-keywords
Fontify according to KEYWORDS until LIMIT.
KEYWORDS should be of the form MATCH-ANCHORED, see `font-lock-keywords',
LIMIT can be modified by the value of its PRE-MATCH-FORM.Ffont-lock-fontify-syntactic-keywords-region
Fontify according to `font-lock-syntactic-keywords' between START and END.
START should be at the beginning of a line.Vfont-lock-comment-start-skip
If non-nil, Font Lock mode uses this instead of `comment-start-skip'.Vfont-lock-comment-end-skip
If non-nil, Font Lock mode uses this instead of `comment-end'.Ffont-lock-fontify-syntactically-region
Put proper face on each string and comment between START and END.
START should be at the beginning of a line.Ffont-lock-apply-highlight
Apply HIGHLIGHT following a match.
HIGHLIGHT should be of the form MATCH-HIGHLIGHT, see `font-lock-keywords'.Ffont-lock-fontify-anchored-keywords
Fontify according to KEYWORDS until LIMIT.
KEYWORDS should be of the form MATCH-ANCHORED, see `font-lock-keywords',
LIMIT can be modified by the value of its PRE-MATCH-FORM.Ffont-lock-fontify-keywords-region
Fontify according to `font-lock-keywords' between START and END.
START should be at the beginning of a line.
LOUDLY, if non-nil, allows progress-meter bar.Ffont-lock-compile-keywords
Compile KEYWORDS into the form (t KEYWORDS COMPILED...)
Here each COMPILED is of the form (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...) as shown in the
`font-lock-keywords' doc string.
If SYNTACTIC-KEYWORDS is non-nil, it means these keywords are used for
`font-lock-syntactic-keywords' rather than for `font-lock-keywords'.Ffont-lock-eval-keywords
Evalulate KEYWORDS if a function (funcall) or variable (eval) name.Ffont-lock-value-in-major-mode
Return value in ALIST for `major-mode', or ALIST if it is not an alist.
Structure is ((MAJOR-MODE . VALUE) ...) where MAJOR-MODE may be t.Ffont-lock-choose-keywords
Return LEVELth element of KEYWORDS.
A LEVEL of nil is equal to a LEVEL of 0, a LEVEL of t is equal to
(1- (length KEYWORDS)).Ffont-lock-set-defaults
Set fontification defaults appropriately for this mode.
Sets various variables using `font-lock-defaults' (or, if nil, using
`font-lock-defaults-alist') and `font-lock-maximum-decoration'.Ffont-lock-match-c-style-declaration-item-and-skip-to-next
Match, and move over, any declaration/definition item after point.
Matches after point, but ignores leading whitespace and `*' characters.
Does not move further than LIMIT.

The expected syntax of a declaration/definition item is `word' (preceded by
optional whitespace and `*' characters and proceeded by optional whitespace)
optionally followed by a `('.  Everything following the item (but belonging to
it) is expected to be skip-able by `scan-sexps', and items are expected to be
separated with a `,' and to be terminated with a `;'.

Thus the regexp matches after point:	word (
					^^^^ ^
Where the match subexpressions are:	  1  2

The item is delimited by (match-beginning 1) and (match-end 1).
If (match-beginning 2) is non-nil, the item is followed by a `('.

This function could be MATCHER in a MATCH-ANCHORED `font-lock-keywords' item.Vcpp-font-lock-keywords-source-directives
Regular expression used in `cpp-font-lock-keywords'.Vcpp-font-lock-keywords-source-depth
An integer representing regular expression depth of `cpp-font-lock-keywords-source-directives'.
Used in `cpp-font-lock-keywords'.Vcpp-font-lock-keywords
Font lock keywords for C preprocessor directives.
`c-mode', `c++-mode' and `objc-mode' have their own font lock keywords
for C preprocessor directives.  This definition is for the other modes
in which C preprocessor directives are used. e.g. `asm-mode' and
`ld-script-mode'.Vlisp-font-lock-keywords-1
Subdued level highlighting for Lisp modes.Vlisp-font-lock-keywords-2
Gaudy level highlighting for Lisp modes.Vlisp-font-lock-keywords
Default expressions to highlight in Lisp modes.Sjit-lock.elc
Vjit-lock-chunk-size
Jit-lock fontifies chunks of at most this many characters at a time.

This variable controls both display-time and stealth fontification.Vjit-lock-stealth-time
Time in seconds to wait before beginning stealth fontification.
Stealth fontification occurs if there is no input within this time.
If nil, stealth fontification is never performed.

The value of this variable is used when JIT Lock mode is turned on.Vjit-lock-stealth-nice
Time in seconds to pause between chunks of stealth fontification.
Each iteration of stealth fontification is separated by this amount of time,
thus reducing the demand that stealth fontification makes on the system.
If nil, means stealth fontification is never paused.
To reduce machine load during stealth fontification, at the cost of stealth
taking longer to fontify, you could increase the value of this variable.
See also `jit-lock-stealth-load'.Vjit-lock-stealth-load
Load in percentage above which stealth fontification is suspended.
Stealth fontification pauses when the system short-term load average (as
returned by the function `load-average' if supported) goes above this level,
thus reducing the demand that stealth fontification makes on the system.
If nil, means stealth fontification is never suspended.
To reduce machine load during stealth fontification, at the cost of stealth
taking longer to fontify, you could reduce the value of this variable.
See also `jit-lock-stealth-nice'.Vjit-lock-stealth-verbose
If non-nil, means stealth fontification should show status messages.Vjit-lock-contextually
If non-nil, means fontification should be syntactically true.
If nil, means fontification occurs only on those lines modified.  This
means where modification on a line causes syntactic change on subsequent lines,
those subsequent lines are not refontified to reflect their new context.
If t, means fontification occurs on those lines modified and all
subsequent lines.  This means those subsequent lines are refontified to reflect
their new syntactic context, after `jit-lock-context-time' seconds.
If any other value, e.g., `syntax-driven', means syntactically true
fontification occurs only if syntactic fontification is performed using the
buffer mode's syntax table, i.e., only if `font-lock-keywords-only' is nil.

The value of this variable is used when JIT Lock mode is turned on.Vjit-lock-context-time
Idle time after which text is contextually refontified, if applicable.Vjit-lock-defer-time
Idle time after which deferred fontification should take place.
If nil, fontification is not deferred.Vjit-lock-mode
Non-nil means Just-in-time Lock mode is active.Vjit-lock-functions
Functions to do the actual fontification.
They are called with two arguments: the START and END of the region to fontify.Vjit-lock-context-unfontify-pos
Consider text after this position as contextually unfontified.
If nil, contextual fontification is disabled.Vjit-lock-stealth-timer
Timer for stealth fontification in Just-in-time Lock mode.Vjit-lock-stealth-repeat-timer
Timer for repeated stealth fontification in Just-in-time Lock mode.Vjit-lock-context-timer
Timer for context fontification in Just-in-time Lock mode.Vjit-lock-defer-timer
Timer for deferred fontification in Just-in-time Lock mode.Vjit-lock-defer-buffers
List of buffers with pending deferred fontification.Vjit-lock-stealth-buffers
List of buffers that are being fontified stealthily.Fjit-lock-mode
Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
Turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if ARG is non-nil.
Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.

When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
following ways:

- Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
  This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
  Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
  through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas.  This is
  useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.

- Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
  This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
  been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
  This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.

- Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-contextually' is
  non-nil.  This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
  true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-context-time' seconds of Emacs
  idle time, while Emacs remains idle.  Otherwise, fontification occurs
  on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
  corresponding to previous syntactic contexts.  This is useful where
  strings or comments span lines.

Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
fontification is suspended.  Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice'.Fjit-lock-register
Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
that needs to be (re)fontified.
If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.Fjit-lock-unregister
Unregister FUN as a fontification function.
Only applies to the current buffer.Fjit-lock-refontify
Force refontification of the region BEG..END (default whole buffer).Fjit-lock-function
Fontify current buffer starting at position START.
This function is added to `fontification-functions' when `jit-lock-mode'
is active.Fjit-lock-fontify-now
Fontify current buffer from START to END.
Defaults to the whole buffer.  END can be out of bounds.Fjit-lock-force-redisplay
Force the display engine to re-render buffer BUF from START to END.Fjit-lock-stealth-chunk-start
Return the start of the next chunk to fontify around position AROUND.
Value is nil if there is nothing more to fontify.Fjit-lock-stealth-fontify
Fontify buffers stealthily.
This function is called repeatedly after Emacs has become idle for
`jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds.  Optional argument REPEAT is expected
non-nil in a repeated invocation of this function.Fjit-lock-deferred-fontify
Fontify what was deferred.Fjit-lock-context-fontify
Refresh fontification to take new context into account.Vjit-lock-after-change-extend-region-functions
Hook that can extend the text to refontify after a change.
This is run after every buffer change.  The functions are called with
the three arguments of `after-change-functions': START END OLD-LEN.
The extended region to refontify is returned indirectly by modifying
the variables `jit-lock-start' and `jit-lock-end'.

Note that extending the region this way is not strictly necessary, except
that the nature of the redisplay code tends to otherwise leave some of
the rehighlighted text displayed with the old highlight until the next
redisplay (see comment about repeated redisplay in `jit-lock-fontify-now').Fjit-lock-after-change
Mark the rest of the buffer as not fontified after a change.
Installed on `after-change-functions'.
START and END are the start and end of the changed text.  OLD-LEN
is the pre-change length.
This function ensures that lines following the change will be refontified
in case the syntax of those lines has changed.  Refontification
will take place when text is fontified stealthily.Sfill.elc
Vfill-individual-varying-indent
Controls criterion for a new paragraph in `fill-individual-paragraphs'.
Non-nil means changing indent doesn't end a paragraph.
That mode can handle paragraphs with extra indentation on the first line,
but it requires separator lines between paragraphs.
A value of nil means that any change in indentation starts a new paragraph.Vcolon-double-space
Non-nil means put two spaces after a colon when filling.Vfill-paragraph-function
Mode-specific function to fill a paragraph, or nil if there is none.
If the function returns nil, then `fill-paragraph' does its normal work.
A value of t means explicitly "do nothing special".
Note: This only affects `fill-paragraph' and not `fill-region'
nor `auto-fill-mode', so it is often better to use some other hook,
such as `fill-forward-paragraph-function'.Vfill-paragraph-handle-comment
Non-nil means paragraph filling will try to pay attention to comments.Venable-kinsoku
Non-nil means enable "kinsoku" processing on filling paragraphs.
Kinsoku processing is designed to prevent certain characters from being
placed at the beginning or end of a line by filling.
See the documentation of `kinsoku' for more information.Fset-fill-prefix
Set the fill prefix to the current line up to point.
Filling expects lines to start with the fill prefix and
reinserts the fill prefix in each resulting line.Vadaptive-fill-mode
Non-nil means determine a paragraph's fill prefix from its text.Vadaptive-fill-regexp
Regexp to match text at start of line that constitutes indentation.
If Adaptive Fill mode is enabled, a prefix matching this pattern
on the first and second lines of a paragraph is used as the
standard indentation for the whole paragraph.

If the paragraph has just one line, the indentation is taken from that
line, but in that case `adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp' also plays
a role.Vadaptive-fill-first-line-regexp
Regexp specifying whether to set fill prefix from a one-line paragraph.
When a paragraph has just one line, then after `adaptive-fill-regexp'
finds the prefix at the beginning of the line, if it doesn't
match this regexp, it is replaced with whitespace.

By default, this regexp matches sequences of just spaces and tabs.

However, we never use a prefix from a one-line paragraph
if it would act as a paragraph-starter on the second line.Vadaptive-fill-function
Function to call to choose a fill prefix for a paragraph, or nil.
A nil value means the function has not determined the fill prefix.Vfill-indent-according-to-mode
Whether or not filling should try to use the major mode's indentation.Fcurrent-fill-column
Return the fill-column to use for this line.
The fill-column to use for a buffer is stored in the variable `fill-column',
but can be locally modified by the `right-margin' text property, which is
subtracted from `fill-column'.

The fill column to use for a line is the first column at which the column
number equals or exceeds the local fill-column - right-margin difference.Fcanonically-space-region
Remove extra spaces between words in region.
Leave one space between words, two at end of sentences or after colons
(depending on values of `sentence-end-double-space', `colon-double-space',
and `sentence-end-without-period').
Remove indentation from each line.Ffill-common-string-prefix
Return the longest common prefix of strings S1 and S2, or nil if none.Ffill-context-prefix
Compute a fill prefix from the text between FROM and TO.
This uses the variables `adaptive-fill-regexp' and `adaptive-fill-function'
and `adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp'.  `paragraph-start' also plays a role;
we reject a prefix based on a one-line paragraph if that prefix would
act as a paragraph-separator.Ffill-single-word-nobreak-p
Don't break a line after the first or before the last word of a sentence.Ffill-french-nobreak-p
Return nil if French style allows breaking the line at point.
This is used in `fill-nobreak-predicate' to prevent breaking lines just
after an opening paren or just before a closing paren or a punctuation
mark such as `?' or `:'.  It is common in French writing to put a space
at such places, which would normally allow breaking the line at those
places.Vfill-nobreak-predicate
List of predicates for recognizing places not to break a line.
The predicates are called with no arguments, with point at the place to
be tested.  If it returns t, fill commands do not break the line there.Vfill-nobreak-invisible
Non-nil means that fill commands do not break lines in invisible text.Ffill-nobreak-p
Return nil if breaking the line at point is allowed.
Can be customized with the variables `fill-nobreak-predicate'
and `fill-nobreak-invisible'.Vfill-find-break-point-function-table
Char-table of special functions to find line breaking point.Vfill-nospace-between-words-table
Char-table of characters that don't use space between words.Ffill-find-break-point
Move point to a proper line breaking position of the current line.
Don't move back past the buffer position LIMIT.

This function is called when we are going to break the current line
after or before a non-ASCII character.  If the charset of the
character has the property `fill-find-break-point-function', this
function calls the property value as a function with one arg LIMIT.
If the charset has no such property, do nothing.Ffill-delete-prefix
Delete the fill prefix from every line except the first.
The first line may not even have a fill prefix.
Point is moved to just past the fill prefix on the first line.Ffill-move-to-break-point
Move to the position where the line should be broken.
The break position will be always after LINEBEG and generally before point.Ffill-indent-to-left-margin
Indent current line to the column given by `current-left-margin'.Ffill-region-as-paragraph
Fill the region as one paragraph.
It removes any paragraph breaks in the region and extra newlines at the end,
indents and fills lines between the margins given by the
`current-left-margin' and `current-fill-column' functions.
(In most cases, the variable `fill-column' controls the width.)
It leaves point at the beginning of the line following the paragraph.

Normally performs justification according to the `current-justification'
function, but with a prefix arg, does full justification instead.

From a program, optional third arg JUSTIFY can specify any type of
justification.  Fourth arg NOSQUEEZE non-nil means not to make spaces
between words canonical before filling.  Fifth arg SQUEEZE-AFTER, if non-nil,
means don't canonicalize spaces before that position.

Return the `fill-prefix' used for filling.

If `sentence-end-double-space' is non-nil, then period followed by one
space does not end a sentence, so don't break a line there.Fskip-line-prefix
If point is inside the string PREFIX at the beginning of line, move past it.Ffill-minibuffer-function
Fill a paragraph in the minibuffer, ignoring the prompt.Vfill-forward-paragraph-function
Function to move over paragraphs used by the filling code.
It is called with a single argument specifying the number of paragraphs to move.
Just like `forward-paragraph', it should return the number of paragraphs
left to move.Ffill-paragraph
Fill paragraph at or after point.

If JUSTIFY is non-nil (interactively, with prefix argument), justify as well.
If `sentence-end-double-space' is non-nil, then period followed by one
space does not end a sentence, so don't break a line there.
The variable `fill-column' controls the width for filling.

If `fill-paragraph-function' is non-nil, we call it (passing our
argument to it), and if it returns non-nil, we simply return its value.

If `fill-paragraph-function' is nil, return the `fill-prefix' used for filling.

The REGION argument is non-nil if called interactively; in that
case, if Transient Mark mode is enabled and the mark is active,
call `fill-region' to fill each of the paragraphs in the active
region, instead of just filling the current paragraph.Ffill-comment-paragraph
Fill current comment.
If we're not in a comment, just return nil so that the caller
can take care of filling.  JUSTIFY is used as in `fill-paragraph'.Ffill-region
Fill each of the paragraphs in the region.
A prefix arg means justify as well.
Ordinarily the variable `fill-column' controls the width.

Noninteractively, the third argument JUSTIFY specifies which
kind of justification to do: `full', `left', `right', `center',
or `none' (equivalent to nil).  A value of t means handle each
paragraph as specified by its text properties.

The fourth arg NOSQUEEZE non-nil means to leave whitespace other
than line breaks untouched, and fifth arg TO-EOP non-nil means
to keep filling to the end of the paragraph (or next hard newline,
if variable `use-hard-newlines' is on).

Return the fill-prefix used for filling the last paragraph.

If `sentence-end-double-space' is non-nil, then period followed by one
space does not end a sentence, so don't break a line there.Vdefault-justification
Method of justifying text not otherwise specified.
Possible values are `left', `right', `full', `center', or `none'.
The requested kind of justification is done whenever lines are filled.
The `justification' text-property can locally override this variable.Fcurrent-justification
How should we justify this line?
This returns the value of the text-property `justification',
or the variable `default-justification' if there is no text-property.
However, it returns nil rather than `none' to mean "don't justify".Fset-justification
Set the region's justification style to STYLE.
This commands prompts for the kind of justification to use.
If the mark is not active, this command operates on the current paragraph.
If the mark is active, it operates on the region.  However, if the
beginning and end of the region are not at paragraph breaks, they are
moved to the beginning and end (respectively) of the paragraphs they
are in.

If variable `use-hard-newlines' is true, all hard newlines are
taken to be paragraph breaks.

When calling from a program, operates just on region between BEGIN and END,
unless optional fourth arg WHOLE-PAR is non-nil.  In that case bounds are
extended to include entire paragraphs as in the interactive command.Fset-justification-none
Disable automatic filling for paragraphs in the region.
If the mark is not active, this applies to the current paragraph.Fset-justification-left
Make paragraphs in the region left-justified.
This means they are flush at the left margin and ragged on the right.
This is usually the default, but see the variable `default-justification'.
If the mark is not active, this applies to the current paragraph.Fset-justification-right
Make paragraphs in the region right-justified.
This means they are flush at the right margin and ragged on the left.
If the mark is not active, this applies to the current paragraph.Fset-justification-full
Make paragraphs in the region fully justified.
This makes lines flush on both margins by inserting spaces between words.
If the mark is not active, this applies to the current paragraph.Fset-justification-center
Make paragraphs in the region centered.
If the mark is not active, this applies to the current paragraph.Fjustify-current-line
Do some kind of justification on this line.
Normally does full justification: adds spaces to the line to make it end at
the column given by `current-fill-column'.
Optional first argument HOW specifies alternate type of justification:
it can be `left', `right', `full', `center', or `none'.
If HOW is t, will justify however the `current-justification' function says to.
If HOW is nil or missing, full justification is done by default.
Second arg EOP non-nil means that this is the last line of the paragraph, so
it will not be stretched by full justification.
Third arg NOSQUEEZE non-nil means to leave interior whitespace unchanged,
otherwise it is made canonical.Funjustify-current-line
Remove justification whitespace from current line.
If the line is centered or right-justified, this function removes any
indentation past the left margin.  If the line is full-justified, it removes
extra spaces between words.  It does nothing in other justification modes.Funjustify-region
Remove justification whitespace from region.
For centered or right-justified regions, this function removes any indentation
past the left margin from each line.  For full-justified lines, it removes
extra spaces between words.  It does nothing in other justification modes.
Arguments BEGIN and END are optional; default is the whole buffer.Ffill-nonuniform-paragraphs
Fill paragraphs within the region, allowing varying indentation within each.
This command divides the region into "paragraphs",
only at paragraph-separator lines, then fills each paragraph
using as the fill prefix the smallest indentation of any line
in the paragraph.

When calling from a program, pass range to fill as first two arguments.

Optional third and fourth arguments JUSTIFYP and CITATION-REGEXP:
JUSTIFYP to justify paragraphs (prefix arg).
When filling a mail message, pass a regexp for CITATION-REGEXP
which will match the prefix of a line which is a citation marker
plus whitespace, but no other kind of prefix.
Also, if CITATION-REGEXP is non-nil, don't fill header lines.Ffill-individual-paragraphs
Fill paragraphs of uniform indentation within the region.
This command divides the region into "paragraphs",
treating every change in indentation level or prefix as a paragraph boundary,
then fills each paragraph using its indentation level as the fill prefix.

There is one special case where a change in indentation does not start
a new paragraph.  This is for text of this form:

foo>    This line with extra indentation starts
   foo> a paragraph that continues on more lines.

These lines are filled together.

When calling from a program, pass the range to fill
as the first two arguments.

Optional third and fourth arguments JUSTIFY and CITATION-REGEXP:
JUSTIFY to justify paragraphs (prefix arg).
When filling a mail message, pass a regexp for CITATION-REGEXP
which will match the prefix of a line which is a citation marker
plus whitespace, but no other kind of prefix.
Also, if CITATION-REGEXP is non-nil, don't fill header lines.Spage.elc
Fforward-page
Move forward to page boundary.  With arg, repeat, or go back if negative.
A page boundary is any line whose beginning matches the regexp
`page-delimiter'.Fbackward-page
Move backward to page boundary.  With arg, repeat, or go fwd if negative.
A page boundary is any line whose beginning matches the regexp
`page-delimiter'.Fmark-page
Put mark at end of page, point at beginning.
A numeric arg specifies to move forward or backward by that many pages,
thus marking a page other than the one point was originally in.Fnarrow-to-page
Make text outside current page invisible.
A numeric arg specifies to move forward or backward by that many pages,
thus showing a page other than the one point was originally in.Fcount-lines-page
Report number of lines on current page, and how many are before or after point.Fwhat-page
Print page and line number of point.Sparagraphs.elc
Vuse-hard-newlines
Non-nil if Use-Hard-Newlines mode is enabled.
Use the command `use-hard-newlines' to change this variable.Fuse-hard-newlines
Minor mode to distinguish hard and soft newlines.
When active, the functions `newline' and `open-line' add the
text-property `hard' to newlines that they insert, and a line is
only considered as a candidate to match `paragraph-start' or
`paragraph-separate' if it follows a hard newline.

Prefix argument says to turn mode on if positive, off if negative.
When the mode is turned on, if there are newlines in the buffer but no hard
newlines, ask the user whether to mark as hard any newlines preceeding a
`paragraph-start' line.  From a program, second arg INSERT specifies whether
to do this; it can be `never' to change nothing, t or `always' to force
marking, `guess' to try to do the right thing with no questions, nil
or anything else to ask the user.

Newlines not marked hard are called "soft", and are always internal
to paragraphs.  The fill functions insert and delete only soft newlines.Vparagraph-start
Regexp for beginning of a line that starts OR separates paragraphs.
This regexp should match lines that separate paragraphs
and should also match lines that start a paragraph
(and are part of that paragraph).

This is matched against the text at the left margin, which is not necessarily
the beginning of the line, so it should never use "^" as an anchor.  This
ensures that the paragraph functions will work equally well within a region
of text indented by a margin setting.

The variable `paragraph-separate' specifies how to distinguish
lines that start paragraphs from lines that separate them.

If the variable `use-hard-newlines' is non-nil, then only lines following a
hard newline are considered to match.Vparagraph-separate
Regexp for beginning of a line that separates paragraphs.
If you change this, you may have to change `paragraph-start' also.

This is matched against the text at the left margin, which is not necessarily
the beginning of the line, so it should not use "^" as an anchor.  This
ensures that the paragraph functions will work equally within a region of
text indented by a margin setting.Vsentence-end-double-space
Non-nil means a single space does not end a sentence.
This is relevant for filling.  See also `sentence-end-without-period'
and `colon-double-space'.

This value is used by the function `sentence-end' to construct the
regexp describing the end of a sentence, when the value of the variable
`sentence-end' is nil.  See Info node `(elisp)Standard Regexps'.Vsentence-end-without-period
Non-nil means a sentence will end without a period.
For example, a sentence in Thai text ends with double space but
without a period.

This value is used by the function `sentence-end' to construct the
regexp describing the end of a sentence, when the value of the variable
`sentence-end' is nil.  See Info node `(elisp)Standard Regexps'.Vsentence-end-without-space
String of characters that end sentence without following spaces.

This value is used by the function `sentence-end' to construct the
regexp describing the end of a sentence, when the value of the variable
`sentence-end' is nil.  See Info node `(elisp)Standard Regexps'.Vsentence-end
Regexp describing the end of a sentence.
The value includes the whitespace following the sentence.
All paragraph boundaries also end sentences, regardless.

The value nil means to use the default value defined by the
function `sentence-end'.  You should always use this function
to obtain the value of this variable.Vsentence-end-base
Regexp matching the basic end of a sentence, not including following space.Fsentence-end
Return the regexp describing the end of a sentence.

This function returns either the value of the variable `sentence-end'
if it is non-nil, or the default value constructed from the
variables `sentence-end-base', `sentence-end-double-space',
`sentence-end-without-period' and `sentence-end-without-space'.

The default value specifies that in order to be recognized as the
end of a sentence, the ending period, question mark, or exclamation point
must be followed by two spaces, with perhaps some closing delimiters
in between.  See Info node `(elisp)Standard Regexps'.Vpage-delimiter
Regexp describing line-beginnings that separate pages.Vparagraph-ignore-fill-prefix
Non-nil means the paragraph commands are not affected by `fill-prefix'.
This is desirable in modes where blank lines are the paragraph delimiters.Fforward-paragraph
Move forward to end of paragraph.
With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N paragraphs.

A line which `paragraph-start' matches either separates paragraphs
(if `paragraph-separate' matches it also) or is the first line of a paragraph.
A paragraph end is the beginning of a line which is not part of the paragraph
to which the end of the previous line belongs, or the end of the buffer.
Returns the count of paragraphs left to move.Fbackward-paragraph
Move backward to start of paragraph.
With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N paragraphs.

A paragraph start is the beginning of a line which is a
`paragraph-start' or which is ordinary text and follows a
`paragraph-separate'ing line; except: if the first real line of a
paragraph is preceded by a blank line, the paragraph starts at that
blank line.

See `forward-paragraph' for more information.Fmark-paragraph
Put point at beginning of this paragraph, mark at end.
The paragraph marked is the one that contains point or follows point.

With argument ARG, puts mark at end of a following paragraph, so that
the number of paragraphs marked equals ARG.

If ARG is negative, point is put at end of this paragraph, mark is put
at beginning of this or a previous paragraph.

Interactively, if this command is repeated
or (in Transient Mark mode) if the mark is active,
it marks the next ARG paragraphs after the ones already marked.Fkill-paragraph
Kill forward to end of paragraph.
With arg N, kill forward to Nth end of paragraph;
negative arg -N means kill backward to Nth start of paragraph.Fbackward-kill-paragraph
Kill back to start of paragraph.
With arg N, kill back to Nth start of paragraph;
negative arg -N means kill forward to Nth end of paragraph.Ftranspose-paragraphs
Interchange this (or next) paragraph with previous one.Fforward-sentence
Move forward to next end of sentence.  With argument, repeat.
With negative argument, move backward repeatedly to start of sentence.

The variable `sentence-end' is a regular expression that matches ends of
sentences.  Also, every paragraph boundary terminates sentences as well.Frepunctuate-sentences
Put two spaces at the end of sentences from point to the end of buffer.
It works using `query-replace-regexp'.Fbackward-sentence
Move backward to start of sentence.  With arg, do it arg times.
See `forward-sentence' for more information.Fkill-sentence
Kill from point to end of sentence.
With arg, repeat; negative arg -N means kill back to Nth start of sentence.Fbackward-kill-sentence
Kill back from point to start of sentence.
With arg, repeat, or kill forward to Nth end of sentence if negative arg -N.Fmark-end-of-sentence
Put mark at end of sentence.  Arg works as in `forward-sentence'.
If this command is repeated, it marks the next ARG sentences after the
ones already marked.Ftranspose-sentences
Interchange this (next) and previous sentence.Stext-mode.elc
Vtext-mode-hook
Normal hook run when entering Text mode and many related modes.Vtext-mode-variant
Non-nil if this buffer's major mode is a variant of Text mode.
Use (derived-mode-p 'text-mode) instead.Vtext-mode-syntax-table
Syntax table used while in `text-mode'.Vtext-mode-map
Keymap for `text-mode'.
Many other modes, such as `mail-mode', `outline-mode' and `indented-text-mode',
inherit all the commands defined in this map.Ftext-mode
Major mode for editing text written for humans to read.
In this mode, paragraphs are delimited only by blank or white lines.
You can thus get the full benefit of adaptive filling
 (see the variable `adaptive-fill-mode').
\{text-mode-map}
Turning on Text mode runs the normal hook `text-mode-hook'.Fparagraph-indent-text-mode
Major mode for editing text, with leading spaces starting a paragraph.
In this mode, you do not need blank lines between paragraphs
when the first line of the following paragraph starts with whitespace.
`paragraph-indent-minor-mode' provides a similar facility as a minor mode.
Special commands:
\{text-mode-map}
Turning on Paragraph-Indent Text mode runs the normal hooks
`text-mode-hook' and `paragraph-indent-text-mode-hook'.Fparagraph-indent-minor-mode
Minor mode for editing text, with leading spaces starting a paragraph.
In this mode, you do not need blank lines between paragraphs when the
first line of the following paragraph starts with whitespace, as with
`paragraph-indent-text-mode'.
Turning on Paragraph-Indent minor mode runs the normal hook
`paragraph-indent-text-mode-hook'.Ftext-mode-hook-identify
Mark that this mode has run `text-mode-hook'.
This is how `toggle-text-mode-auto-fill' knows which buffers to operate on.Ftoggle-text-mode-auto-fill
Toggle whether to use Auto Fill in Text mode and related modes.
This command affects all buffers that use modes related to Text mode,
both existing buffers and buffers that you subsequently create.Fcenter-paragraph
Center each nonblank line in the paragraph at or after point.
See `center-line' for more info.Fcenter-region
Center each nonblank line starting in the region.
See `center-line' for more info.Fcenter-line
Center the line point is on, within the width specified by `fill-column'.
This means adjusting the indentation so that it equals
the distance between the end of the text and `fill-column'.
The argument NLINES says how many lines to center.Stimer.elc
Ftimerp
Return t if OBJECT is a timer.Ftimer-set-time
Set the trigger time of TIMER to TIME.
TIME must be in the internal format returned by, e.g., `current-time'.
If optional third argument DELTA is a positive number, make the timer
fire repeatedly that many seconds apart.Ftimer-set-idle-time
Set the trigger idle time of TIMER to SECS.
SECS may be an integer, floating point number, or the internal
time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
If optional third argument REPEAT is non-nil, make the timer
fire each time Emacs is idle for that many seconds.Ftimer-next-integral-multiple-of-time
Yield the next value after TIME that is an integral multiple of SECS.
More precisely, the next value, after TIME, that is an integral multiple
of SECS seconds since the epoch.  SECS may be a fraction.Ftimer-relative-time
Advance TIME by SECS seconds and optionally USECS microseconds.
SECS may be either an integer or a floating point number.Ftimer--time-less-p
Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.Ftimer-inc-time
Increment the time set in TIMER by SECS seconds and USECS microseconds.
SECS may be a fraction.  If USECS is omitted, that means it is zero.Ftimer-set-time-with-usecs
Set the trigger time of TIMER to TIME plus USECS.
TIME must be in the internal format returned by, e.g., `current-time'.
The microsecond count from TIME is ignored, and USECS is used instead.
If optional fourth argument DELTA is a positive number, make the timer
fire repeatedly that many seconds apart.Ftimer-set-function
Make TIMER call FUNCTION with optional ARGS when triggering.Ftimer-activate
Put TIMER on the list of active timers.

If TRIGGERED-P is t, that means to make the timer inactive
(put it on the list, but mark it as already triggered).
To remove from the list, use `cancel-timer'.

REUSE-CELL, if non-nil, is a cons cell to reuse instead
of allocating a new one.Ftimer-activate-when-idle
Arrange to activate TIMER whenever Emacs is next idle.
If optional argument DONT-WAIT is non-nil, then enable the
timer to activate immediately, or at the right time, if Emacs
is already idle.

REUSE-CELL, if non-nil, is a cons cell to reuse instead
of allocating a new one.Fcancel-timer
Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.Fcancel-timer-internal
Remove TIMER from the list of active timers or idle timers.
Only to be used in this file.  It returns the cons cell
that was removed from the timer list.Fcancel-function-timers
Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.Vtimer-event-last
Last timer that was run.Vtimer-event-last-1
Next-to-last timer that was run.Vtimer-event-last-2
Third-to-last timer that was run.Vtimer-max-repeats
*Maximum number of times to repeat a timer, if many repeats are delayed.
Timer invocations can be delayed because Emacs is suspended or busy,
or because the system's time changes.  If such an occurrence makes it
appear that many invocations are overdue, this variable controls
how many will really happen.Ftimer-until
Calculate number of seconds from when TIMER will run, until TIME.
TIMER is a timer, and stands for the time when its next repeat is scheduled.
TIME is a time-list.Ftimer-event-handler
Call the handler for the timer TIMER.
This function is called, by name, directly by the C code.Ftimeout-event-p
Non-nil if EVENT is a timeout event.Frun-at-time
Perform an action at time TIME.
Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
"11:23pm" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
`diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
"2 hours 35 minutes" (the acceptable formats are those
recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.  REPEAT may
be an integer or floating point number.  The action is to call
FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.

This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.Frun-with-timer
Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.

This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.Fadd-timeout
Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.Frun-with-idle-timer
Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.

If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).

This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.Fwith-timeout-handler
This is the timer function used for the timer made by `with-timeout'.Vwith-timeout-timers
List of all timers used by currently pending `with-timeout' calls.Fwith-timeout
Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
be detected.

(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)Fwith-timeout-suspend
Stop the clock for `with-timeout'.  Used by debuggers.
The idea is that the time you spend in the debugger should not
count against these timeouts.

The value is a list that the debugger can pass to `with-timeout-unsuspend'
when it exits, to make these timers start counting again.Fwith-timeout-unsuspend
Restart the clock for `with-timeout'.
The argument should be a value previously returned by `with-timeout-suspend'.Fy-or-n-p-with-timeout
Like (y-or-n-p PROMPT), with a timeout.
If the user does not answer after SECONDS seconds, return DEFAULT-VALUE.Vtimer-duration-words
Alist mapping temporal words to durations in seconds.Ftimer-duration
Return number of seconds specified by STRING, or nil if parsing fails.Svc-hooks.elc
Vvc-ignore-dir-regexp
Regexp matching directory names that are not under VC's control.
The default regexp prevents fruitless and time-consuming attempts
to determine the VC status in directories in which filenames are
interpreted as hostnames.Vvc-handled-backends
List of version control backends for which VC will be used.
Entries in this list will be tried in order to determine whether a
file is under that sort of version control.
Removing an entry from the list prevents VC from being activated
when visiting a file managed by that backend.
An empty list disables VC altogether.Vvc-directory-exclusion-list
List of directory names to be ignored when walking directory trees.Vvc-path
List of extra directories to search for version control commands.Vvc-make-backup-files
If non-nil, backups of registered files are made as with other files.
If nil (the default), files covered by version control don't get backups.Vvc-follow-symlinks
What to do if visiting a symbolic link to a file under version control.
Editing such a file through the link bypasses the version control system,
which is dangerous and probably not what you want.

If this variable is t, VC follows the link and visits the real file,
telling you about it in the echo area.  If it is `ask', VC asks for
confirmation whether it should follow the link.  If nil, the link is
visited and a warning displayed.Vvc-display-status
If non-nil, display revision number and lock status in modeline.
Otherwise, not displayed.Vvc-consult-headers
If non-nil, identify work files by searching for version headers.Vvc-keep-workfiles
If non-nil, don't delete working files after registering changes.
If the back-end is CVS, workfiles are always kept, regardless of the
value of this flag.Vvc-mistrust-permissions
If non-nil, don't assume permissions/ownership track version-control status.
If nil, do rely on the permissions.
See also variable `vc-consult-headers'.Fvc-mistrust-permissions
Internal access function to variable `vc-mistrust-permissions' for FILE.Vvc-stay-local
Non-nil means use local operations when possible for remote repositories.
This avoids slow queries over the network and instead uses heuristics
and past information to determine the current status of a file.

If value is the symbol `only-file' `vc-dir' will connect to the
server, but heuristics will be used to determine the status for
all other VC operations.

The value can also be a regular expression or list of regular
expressions to match against the host name of a repository; then VC
only stays local for hosts that match it.  Alternatively, the value
can be a list of regular expressions where the first element is the
symbol `except'; then VC always stays local except for hosts matched
by these regular expressions.Fvc-stay-local-p
Return non-nil if VC should stay local when handling FILE.
This uses the `repository-hostname' backend operation.
If FILE is a list of files, return non-nil if any of them
individually should stay local.Fvc-mode
Version Control minor mode.
This minor mode is automatically activated whenever you visit a file under
control of one of the revision control systems in `vc-handled-backends'.
VC commands are globally reachable under the prefix `\[vc-prefix-map]':
\{vc-prefix-map}Vvc-file-prop-obarray
Obarray for per-file properties.Fvc-file-setprop
Set per-file VC PROPERTY for FILE to VALUE.Fvc-file-getprop
Get per-file VC PROPERTY for FILE.Fvc-file-clearprops
Clear all VC properties of FILE.Fvc-make-backend-sym
Return BACKEND-specific version of VC symbol SYM.Fvc-find-backend-function
Return BACKEND-specific implementation of FUN.
If there is no such implementation, return the default implementation;
if that doesn't exist either, return nil.Fvc-call-backend
Call for BACKEND the implementation of FUNCTION-NAME with the given ARGS.
Calls

(apply 'vc-BACKEND-FUN ARGS)

if vc-BACKEND-FUN exists (after trying to find it in vc-BACKEND.el)
and else calls

(apply 'vc-default-FUN BACKEND ARGS)

It is usually called via the `vc-call' macro.Fvc-call
A convenience macro for calling VC backend functions.
Functions called by this macro must accept FILE as the first argument.
ARGS specifies any additional arguments.  FUN should be unquoted.
BEWARE!! FILE is evaluated twice!!Fvc-parse-buffer
Find PATTERN in the current buffer and return its Ith submatch.Fvc-insert-file
Insert the contents of FILE into the current buffer.

Optional argument LIMIT is a regexp.  If present, the file is inserted
in chunks of size BLOCKSIZE (default 8 kByte), until the first
occurrence of LIMIT is found.  Anything from the start of that occurrence
to the end of the buffer is then deleted.  The function returns
non-nil if FILE exists and its contents were successfully inserted.Fvc-find-root
Find the root of a checked out project.
The function walks up the directory tree from FILE looking for WITNESS.
If WITNESS if not found, return nil, otherwise return the root.Fvc-registered
Return non-nil if FILE is registered in a version control system.

This function performs the check each time it is called.  To rely
on the result of a previous call, use `vc-backend' instead.  If the
file was previously registered under a certain backend, then that
backend is tried first.Fvc-backend
Return the version control type of FILE-OR-LIST, nil if it's not registered.
If the argument is a list, the files must all have the same back end.Fvc-backend-subdirectory-name
Return where the master and lock FILEs for the current directory are kept.Fvc-name
Return the master name of FILE.
If the file is not registered, or the master name is not known, return nil.Fvc-checkout-model
Indicate how FILES are checked out.

If FILES are not registered, this function always returns nil.
For registered files, the possible values are:

'implicit   FILES are always writable, and checked out `implicitly'
              when the user saves the first changes to the file.

'locking    FILES are read-only if up-to-date; user must type
              \[vc-next-action] before editing.  Strict locking
              is assumed.

'announce   FILES are read-only if up-to-date; user must type
              \[vc-next-action] before editing.  But other users
              may be editing at the same time.Fvc-user-login-name
Return the name under which the user accesses the given FILE.Fvc-state
Return the version control state of FILE.

If FILE is not registered, this function always returns nil.
For registered files, the value returned is one of:

'up-to-date        The working file is unmodified with respect to the
                     latest version on the current branch, and not locked.

'edited            The working file has been edited by the user.  If
                     locking is used for the file, this state means that
                     the current version is locked by the calling user.

USER               The current version of the working file is locked by
                     some other USER (a string).

'needs-update       The file has not been edited by the user, but there is
                     a more recent version on the current branch stored
                     in the master file.

'needs-merge       The file has been edited by the user, and there is also
                     a more recent version on the current branch stored in
                     the master file.  This state can only occur if locking
                     is not used for the file.

'unlocked-changes  The working version of the file is not locked,
                     but the working file has been changed with respect
                     to that version.  This state can only occur for files
                     with locking; it represents an erroneous condition that
                     should be resolved by the user (vc-next-action will
                     prompt the user to do it).

'added             Scheduled to go into the repository on the next commit.
                     Often represented by vc-working-revision = "0" in VCSes
                     with monotonic IDs like Subversion and Mercurial.

'removed           Scheduled to be deleted from the repository on next commit.

'conflict          The file contains conflicts as the result of a merge.
                     For now the conflicts are text conflicts.  In the
                     future this might be extended to deal with metadata
                     conflicts too.

'missing           The file is not present in the file system, but the VC
                     system still tracks it.

'ignored           The file showed up in a dir-status listing with a flag
                     indicating the version-control system is ignoring it,
                     Note: This property is not set reliably (some VCSes
                     don't have useful directory-status commands) so assume
                     that any file with vc-state nil might be ignorable
                     without VC knowing it.

'unregistered      The file is not under version control.

A return of nil from this function means we have no information on the
status of this file.Fvc-up-to-date-p
Convenience function that checks whether `vc-state' of FILE is `up-to-date'.Fvc-default-state-heuristic
Default implementation of vc-BACKEND-state-heuristic.
It simply calls the real state computation function `vc-BACKEND-state'
and does not employ any heuristic at all.Fvc-workfile-unchanged-p
Return non-nil if FILE has not changed since the last checkout.Fvc-default-workfile-unchanged-p
Check if FILE is unchanged by diffing against the master version.
Return non-nil if FILE is unchanged.Fvc-working-revision
Return the repository version from which FILE was checked out.
If FILE is not registered, this function always returns nil.Fvc-default-registered
Check if FILE is registered in BACKEND using vc-BACKEND-master-templates.Fvc-check-master-templates
Return non-nil if there is a master corresponding to FILE.

TEMPLATES is a list of strings or functions.  If an element is a
string, it must be a control string as required by `format', with two
string placeholders, such as "%sRCS/%s,v".  The directory part of
FILE is substituted for the first placeholder, the basename of FILE
for the second.  If a file with the resulting name exists, it is taken
as the master of FILE, and returned.

If an element of TEMPLATES is a function, it is called with the
directory part and the basename of FILE as arguments.  It should
return non-nil if it finds a master; that value is then returned by
this function.Fvc-toggle-read-only
Change read-only status of current buffer, perhaps via version control.

If the buffer is visiting a file registered with version control,
throw an error, because this is not a safe or really meaningful operation
on any version-control system newer than RCS.

Otherwise, just change the read-only flag of the buffer.

If you bind this function to \[toggle-read-only], then Emacs
will properly intercept all attempts to toggle the read-only flag
on version-controlled buffer.Fvc-default-make-version-backups-p
Return non-nil if unmodified versions should be backed up locally.
The default is to switch off this feature.Fvc-version-backup-file-name
Return a backup file name for REV or the current version of FILE.
If MANUAL is non-nil it means that a name for backups created by
the user should be returned; if REGEXP is non-nil that means to return
a regexp for matching all such backup files, regardless of the version.Fvc-delete-automatic-version-backups
Delete all existing automatic version backups for FILE.Fvc-make-version-backup
Make a backup copy of FILE, which is assumed in sync with the repository.
Before doing that, check if there are any old backups and get rid of them.Fvc-before-save
Function to be called by `basic-save-buffer' (in files.el).Fvc-after-save
Function to be called by `basic-save-buffer' (in files.el).Fvc-mode-line
Set `vc-mode' to display type of version control for FILE.
The value is set in the current buffer, which should be the buffer
visiting FILE.
If BACKEND is passed use it as the VC backend when computing the result.Fvc-default-mode-line-string
Return string for placement in modeline by `vc-mode-line' for FILE.
Format:

"BACKEND-REV"        if the file is up-to-date
  "BACKEND:REV"        if the file is edited (or locked by the calling user)
  "BACKEND:LOCKER:REV" if the file is locked by somebody else

This function assumes that the file is registered.Fvc-follow-link
If current buffer visits a symbolic link, visit the real file.
If the real file is already visited in another buffer, make that buffer
current, and kill the buffer that visits the link.Fvc-find-file-hook
Function for `find-file-hook' activating VC mode if appropriate.Fvc-file-not-found-hook
When file is not found, try to check it out from version control.
Returns t if checkout was successful, nil otherwise.
Used in `find-file-not-found-functions'.Fvc-kill-buffer-hook
Discard VC info about a file when we kill its buffer.Sjka-cmpr-hook.elc
Vjka-compr-file-name-handler-entry
`file-name-handler-alist' entry used by jka-compr I/O functions.Vjka-compr-compression-info-list--internal
Stored value of `jka-compr-compression-info-list'.
If Auto Compression mode is enabled, this is the value of
`jka-compr-compression-info-list' when `jka-compr-install' was last called.
Otherwise, it is nil.Vjka-compr-mode-alist-additions--internal
Stored value of `jka-compr-mode-alist-additions'.
If Auto Compression mode is enabled, this is the value of
`jka-compr-mode-alist-additions' when `jka-compr-install' was last called.
Otherwise, it is nil.Vjka-compr-load-suffixes--internal
Stored value of `jka-compr-load-suffixes'.
If Auto Compression mode is enabled, this is the value of
`jka-compr-load-suffixes' when `jka-compr-install' was last called.
Otherwise, it is nil.Fjka-compr-get-compression-info
Return information about the compression scheme of FILENAME.
The determination as to which compression scheme, if any, to use is
based on the filename itself and `jka-compr-compression-info-list'.Fjka-compr-install
Install jka-compr.
This adds entries to `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes'.Fjka-compr-installed-p
Return non-nil if jka-compr is installed.
The return value is the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' for jka-compr.Fjka-compr-update
Update Auto Compression mode for changes in option values.
If you change the options `jka-compr-compression-info-list',
`jka-compr-mode-alist-additions' or `jka-compr-load-suffixes'
outside Custom, while Auto Compression mode is already enabled
(as it is by default), then you have to call this function
afterward to properly update other variables.  Setting these
options through Custom does this automatically.Fjka-compr-set
Internal Custom :set function.Vjka-compr-compression-info-list
List of vectors that describe available compression techniques.
Each element, which describes a compression technique, is a vector of
the form [REGEXP COMPRESS-MSG COMPRESS-PROGRAM COMPRESS-ARGS
UNCOMPRESS-MSG UNCOMPRESS-PROGRAM UNCOMPRESS-ARGS
APPEND-FLAG STRIP-EXTENSION-FLAG FILE-MAGIC-CHARS], where:

regexp                is a regexp that matches filenames that are
                         compressed with this format

compress-msg          is the message to issue to the user when doing this
                         type of compression (nil means no message)

compress-program      is a program that performs this compression
                         (nil means visit file in read-only mode)

compress-args         is a list of args to pass to the compress program

uncompress-msg        is the message to issue to the user when doing this
                         type of uncompression (nil means no message)

uncompress-program    is a program that performs this compression

uncompress-args       is a list of args to pass to the uncompress program

append-flag           is non-nil if this compression technique can be
                         appended

strip-extension-flag  non-nil means strip the regexp from file names
                         before attempting to set the mode.

file-magic-chars      is a string of characters that you would find
			 at the beginning of a file compressed in this way.

If you set this outside Custom while Auto Compression mode is
already enabled (as it is by default), you have to call
`jka-compr-update' after setting it to properly update other
variables.  Setting this through Custom does that automatically.Vauto-compression-mode
Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
or call the function `auto-compression-mode'.Fauto-compression-mode
Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
Return the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).Fwith-auto-compression-mode
Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.Sediff-hook.elc
Sepa-hook.elc
Vepa-file-name-regexp
Regexp which matches filenames to be encrypted with GnuPG.

If you set this outside Custom while epa-file is already enabled, you
have to call `epa-file-name-regexp-update' after setting it to
properly update file-name-handler-alist.  Setting this through Custom
does that automatically.Vepa-file-inhibit-auto-save
If non-nil, disable auto-saving when opening an encrypted file.Vepa-file-encrypt-to
*Recipient(s) used for encrypting files.
May either be a string or a list of strings.Vauto-encryption-mode
Non-nil if Auto-Encryption mode is enabled.
See the command `auto-encryption-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
or call the function `auto-encryption-mode'.Fauto-encryption-mode
Toggle automatic file encryption and decryption.
With prefix argument ARG, turn auto encryption on if positive, else off.
Return the new status of auto encryption (non-nil means on).Swidget.elc
Fdefine-widget
Define a new widget type named NAME from CLASS.

NAME and CLASS should both be symbols, CLASS should be one of the
existing widget types, or nil to create the widget from scratch.

After the new widget has been defined, the following two calls will
create identical widgets:

* (widget-create NAME)

* (apply 'widget-create CLASS ARGS)

The third argument DOC is a documentation string for the widget.Swindow.elc
Vwindow-size-fixed
*Non-nil in a buffer means windows displaying the buffer are fixed-size.
If the value is `height', then only the window's height is fixed.
If the value is `width', then only the window's width is fixed.
Any other non-nil value fixes both the width and the height.
Emacs won't change the size of any window displaying that buffer,
unless you explicitly change the size, or Emacs has no other choice.Fsave-selected-window
Execute BODY, then select the previously selected window.
The value returned is the value of the last form in BODY.

This macro saves and restores the selected window, as well as the
selected window in each frame.  If the previously selected window
is no longer live, then whatever window is selected at the end of
BODY remains selected.  If the previously selected window of some
frame is no longer live at the end of BODY, that frame's selected
window is left alone.

This macro saves and restores the current buffer, since otherwise
its normal operation could make a different buffer current.  The
order of recently selected windows and the buffer list ordering
are not altered by this macro (unless they are altered in BODY).Fwindow-body-height
Return number of lines in WINDOW available for actual buffer text.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

The return value does not include the mode line or the header
line, if any.  If a line at the bottom of the window is only
partially visible, that line is included in the return value.  If
you do not want to include a partially visible bottom line in the
return value, use `window-text-height' instead.Fone-window-p
Return non-nil if the selected window is the only window.
Optional arg NOMINI non-nil means don't count the minibuffer
even if it is active.  Otherwise, the minibuffer is counted
when it is active.

The optional arg ALL-FRAMES t means count windows on all frames.
If it is `visible', count windows on all visible frames.
ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means count only the selected frame,
plus the minibuffer it uses (which may be on another frame).
ALL-FRAMES 0 means count all windows in all visible or iconified frames.
If ALL-FRAMES is anything else, count only the selected frame.Fwindow-current-scroll-bars
Return the current scroll bar settings for WINDOW.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

The return value is a cons cell (VERTICAL . HORIZONTAL) where
VERTICAL specifies the current location of the vertical scroll
bars (`left', `right', or nil), and HORIZONTAL specifies the
current location of the horizontal scroll bars (`top', `bottom',
or nil).

Unlike `window-scroll-bars', this function reports the scroll bar
type actually used, once frame defaults and `scroll-bar-mode' are
taken into account.Fwalk-windows
Cycle through all windows, calling PROC for each one.
PROC must specify a function with a window as its sole argument.
The optional arguments MINIBUF and ALL-FRAMES specify the set of
windows to include in the walk, see also `next-window'.

MINIBUF t means include the minibuffer window even if the
minibuffer is not active.  MINIBUF nil or omitted means include
the minibuffer window only if the minibuffer is active.  Any
other value means do not include the minibuffer window even if
the minibuffer is active.

Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
is active, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer
are included too.  Therefore, if you are using a separate
minibuffer frame and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it
counts, `walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from
which you entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer
window.

ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle through all windows on
 WINDOW's frame, plus the minibuffer window if specified by the
 MINIBUF argument, see above.  If the minibuffer counts, cycle
 through all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer
 too.
ALL-FRAMES t means cycle through all windows on all existing
 frames.
ALL-FRAMES `visible' means cycle through all windows on all
 visible frames.
ALL-FRAMES 0 means cycle through all windows on all visible and
 iconified frames.
ALL-FRAMES a frame means cycle through all windows on that frame
 only.
Anything else means cycle through all windows on WINDOW's frame
 and no others.

This function changes neither the order of recently selected
windows nor the buffer list.Fget-window-with-predicate
Return a window satisfying PREDICATE.
More precisely, cycle through all windows using `walk-windows',
calling the function PREDICATE on each one of them with the
window as its sole argument.  Return the first window for which
PREDICATE returns non-nil.  If no window satisfies PREDICATE,
return DEFAULT.

The optional arguments MINIBUF and ALL-FRAMES specify the set of
windows to include.  See `walk-windows' for the meaning of these
arguments.Fget-buffer-window-list
Return list of all windows displaying BUFFER-OR-NAME, or nil if none.
BUFFER-OR-NAME may be a buffer or the name of an existing buffer
and defaults to the current buffer.

The optional arguments MINIBUF and ALL-FRAMES specify the set of
windows to consider.  See `walk-windows' for the precise meaning
of these arguments.Fminibuffer-window-active-p
Return t if WINDOW is the currently active minibuffer window.Fcount-windows
Return the number of visible windows.
The optional argument MINIBUF specifies whether the minibuffer
window shall be counted.  See `walk-windows' for the precise
meaning of this argument.Fbw-get-tree
Get a window split tree in our format.

WINDOW-OR-FRAME must be nil, a frame, or a window.  If it is nil,
then the whole window split tree for `selected-frame' is returned.
If it is a frame, then this is used instead.  If it is a window,
then the smallest tree containing that window is returned.Fbw-l
Left edge of OBJ.Fbw-t
Top edge of OBJ.Fbw-r
Right edge of OBJ.Fbw-b
Bottom edge of OBJ.Fbw-dir
Return window split tree direction if OBJ.
If OBJ is a window return 'both.  If it is a window split tree
then return its direction.Fbw-eqdir
Return t if window split tree directions are equal.
OBJ1 and OBJ2 should be either windows or window split trees in
our format.  The directions returned by `bw-dir' are compared and
t is returned if they are `eq' or one of them is 'both.Fbw-refresh-edges
Refresh the edge information of OBJ and return OBJ.Fbalance-windows
Make windows the same heights or widths in window split subtrees.

When called non-interactively WINDOW-OR-FRAME may be either a
window or a frame.  It then balances the windows on the implied
frame.  If the parameter is a window only the corresponding window
subtree is balanced.Fbw-adjust-window
Wrapper around `adjust-window-trailing-edge' with error checking.
Arguments WINDOW, DELTA and HORIZONTAL are passed on to that function.Fwindow-fixed-size-p
Return t if WINDOW cannot be resized in DIRECTION.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.  DIRECTION can be
nil (i.e. any), `height' or `width'.Vwindow-area-factor
Factor by which the window area should be over-estimated.
This is used by `balance-windows-area'.
Changing this globally has no effect.Fbalance-windows-area
Make all visible windows the same area (approximately).
See also `window-area-factor' to change the relative size of
specific buffers.Vdisplay-buffer-function
If non-nil, function to call to handle `display-buffer'.
It will receive two args, the buffer and a flag which if non-nil
means that the currently selected window is not acceptable.  It
should choose or create a window, display the specified buffer in
it, and return the window.

Commands such as `switch-to-buffer-other-window' and
`find-file-other-window' work using this function.Vspecial-display-buffer-names
List of names of buffers that should be displayed specially.
Displaying a buffer with `display-buffer' or `pop-to-buffer', if
its name is in this list, displays the buffer in a way specified
by `special-display-function'.  `special-display-popup-frame'
(the default for `special-display-function') usually displays
the buffer in a separate frame made with the parameters specified
by `special-display-frame-alist'.  If `special-display-function'
has been set to some other function, that function is called with
the buffer as first, and nil as second argument.

Alternatively, an element of this list can be specified as
(BUFFER-NAME FRAME-PARAMETERS), where BUFFER-NAME is a buffer
name and FRAME-PARAMETERS an alist of (PARAMETER . VALUE) pairs.
`special-display-popup-frame' will interpret such pairs as frame
parameters when it creates a special frame, overriding the
corresponding values from `special-display-frame-alist'.

As a special case, if FRAME-PARAMETERS contains (same-window . t)
`special-display-popup-frame' displays that buffer in the
selected window.  If FRAME-PARAMETERS contains (same-frame . t),
it displays that buffer in a window on the selected frame.

If `special-display-function' specifies some other function than
`special-display-popup-frame', that function is called with the
buffer named BUFFER-NAME as first, and FRAME-PARAMETERS as second
argument.

Finally, an element of this list can be also specified as
(BUFFER-NAME FUNCTION OTHER-ARGS).  In that case,
`special-display-popup-frame' will call FUNCTION with the buffer
named BUFFER-NAME as first argument, and OTHER-ARGS as the
second.  If `special-display-function' specifies some other
function, that function is called with the buffer named
BUFFER-NAME as first, and the element's cdr as second argument.

If this variable appears "not to work", because you added a
name to it but the corresponding buffer is displayed in the
selected window, look at the values of `same-window-buffer-names'
and `same-window-regexps'.  Those variables take precedence over
this one.

See also `special-display-regexps'.Vspecial-display-regexps
List of regexps saying which buffers should be displayed specially.
Displaying a buffer with `display-buffer' or `pop-to-buffer', if
any regexp in this list matches its name, displays it specially
using `special-display-function'.  `special-display-popup-frame'
(the default for `special-display-function') usually displays
the buffer in a separate frame made with the parameters specified
by `special-display-frame-alist'.  If `special-display-function'
has been set to some other function, that function is called with
the buffer as first, and nil as second argument.

Alternatively, an element of this list can be specified as
(REGEXP FRAME-PARAMETERS), where REGEXP is a regexp as above and
FRAME-PARAMETERS an alist of (PARAMETER . VALUE) pairs.
`special-display-popup-frame' will then interpret these pairs as
frame parameters when creating a special frame for a buffer whose
name matches REGEXP, overriding the corresponding values from
`special-display-frame-alist'.

As a special case, if FRAME-PARAMETERS contains (same-window . t)
`special-display-popup-frame' displays buffers matching REGEXP in
the selected window.  (same-frame . t) in FRAME-PARAMETERS means
to display such buffers in a window on the selected frame.

If `special-display-function' specifies some other function than
`special-display-popup-frame', that function is called with the
buffer whose name matched REGEXP as first, and FRAME-PARAMETERS
as second argument.

Finally, an element of this list can be also specified as
(REGEXP FUNCTION OTHER-ARGS).  `special-display-popup-frame'
will then call FUNCTION with the buffer whose name matched
REGEXP as first, and OTHER-ARGS as second argument.  If
`special-display-function' specifies some other function, that
function is called with the buffer whose name matched REGEXP
as first, and the element's cdr as second argument.

See also `special-display-buffer-names'.Fspecial-display-p
Return non-nil if a buffer named BUFFER-NAME gets a special frame.
More precisely, return t if `special-display-buffer-names' or
`special-display-regexps' contain a string entry equaling or
matching BUFFER-NAME.  If `special-display-buffer-names' or
`special-display-regexps' contain a list entry whose car equals
or matches BUFFER-NAME, the return value is the cdr of that
entry.Vspecial-display-function
Function to call for displaying special buffers.
This function is called with two arguments - the buffer and,
optionally, a list - and should return a window displaying that
buffer.  The default value usually makes a separate frame for the
buffer using `special-display-frame-alist' to specify the frame
parameters.  See the definition of `special-display-popup-frame'
for how to specify such a function.

A buffer is special when its name is either listed in
`special-display-buffer-names' or matches a regexp in
`special-display-regexps'.Vsame-window-buffer-names
List of names of buffers that should appear in the "same" window.
`display-buffer' and `pop-to-buffer' show a buffer whose name is
on this list in the selected rather than some other window.

An element of this list can be a cons cell instead of just a
string.  In that case, the cell's car must be a string specifying
the buffer name.  This is for compatibility with
`special-display-buffer-names'; the cdr of the cons cell is
ignored.

See also `same-window-regexps'.Vsame-window-regexps
List of regexps saying which buffers should appear in the "same" window.
`display-buffer' and `pop-to-buffer' show a buffer whose name
matches a regexp on this list in the selected rather than some
other window.

An element of this list can be a cons cell instead of just a
string.  In that case, the cell's car must be a regexp matching
the buffer name.  This is for compatibility with
`special-display-regexps'; the cdr of the cons cell is ignored.

See also `same-window-buffer-names'.Fsame-window-p
Return non-nil if a buffer named BUFFER-NAME would be shown in the "same" window.
This function returns non-nil if `display-buffer' or
`pop-to-buffer' would show a buffer named BUFFER-NAME in the
selected rather than (as usual) some other window.  See
`same-window-buffer-names' and `same-window-regexps'.Vpop-up-frames
Whether `display-buffer' should make a separate frame.
If nil, never make a seperate frame.
If the value is `graphic-only', make a separate frame
on graphic displays only.
Any other non-nil value means always make a separate frame.Vdisplay-buffer-reuse-frames
Non-nil means `display-buffer' should reuse frames.
If the buffer in question is already displayed in a frame, raise
that frame.Vpop-up-windows
Non-nil means `display-buffer' should make a new window.Vsplit-window-preferred-function
Function called by `display-buffer' routines to split a window.
This function is called with a window as single argument and is
supposed to split that window and return the new window.  If the
window can (or shall) not be split, it is supposed to return nil.
The default is to call the function `split-window-sensibly' which
tries to split the window in a way which seems most suitable.
You can customize the options `split-height-threshold' and/or
`split-width-threshold' in order to have `split-window-sensibly'
prefer either vertical or horizontal splitting.

If you set this to any other function, bear in mind that the
`display-buffer' routines may call this function two times.  The
argument of the first call is the largest window on its frame.
If that call fails to return a live window, the function is
called again with the least recently used window as argument.  If
that call fails too, `display-buffer' will use an existing window
to display its buffer.

The window selected at the time `display-buffer' was invoked is
still selected when this function is called.  Hence you can
compare the window argument with the value of `selected-window'
if you intend to split the selected window instead or if you do
not want to split the selected window.Vsplit-height-threshold
Minimum height for splitting windows sensibly.
If this is an integer, `split-window-sensibly' may split a window
vertically only if it has at least this many lines.  If this is
nil, `split-window-sensibly' is not allowed to split a window
vertically.  If, however, a window is the only window on its
frame, `split-window-sensibly' may split it vertically
disregarding the value of this variable.Vsplit-width-threshold
Minimum width for splitting windows sensibly.
If this is an integer, `split-window-sensibly' may split a window
horizontally only if it has at least this many columns.  If this
is nil, `split-window-sensibly' is not allowed to split a window
horizontally.Fwindow-splittable-p
Return non-nil if `split-window-sensibly' may split WINDOW.
Optional argument HORIZONTAL nil or omitted means check whether
`split-window-sensibly' may split WINDOW vertically.  HORIZONTAL
non-nil means check whether WINDOW may be split horizontally.

WINDOW may be split vertically when the following conditions
hold:
- `window-size-fixed' is either nil or equals `width' for the
  buffer of WINDOW.
- `split-height-threshold' is an integer and WINDOW is at least as
  high as `split-height-threshold'.
- When WINDOW is split evenly, the emanating windows are at least
  `window-min-height' lines tall and can accommodate at least one
  line plus - if WINDOW has one - a mode line.

WINDOW may be split horizontally when the following conditions
hold:
- `window-size-fixed' is either nil or equals `height' for the
  buffer of WINDOW.
- `split-width-threshold' is an integer and WINDOW is at least as
  wide as `split-width-threshold'.
- When WINDOW is split evenly, the emanating windows are at least
  `window-min-width' or two (whichever is larger) columns wide.Fsplit-window-sensibly
Split WINDOW in a way suitable for `display-buffer'.
If `split-height-threshold' specifies an integer, WINDOW is at
least `split-height-threshold' lines tall and can be split
vertically, split WINDOW into two windows one above the other and
return the lower window.  Otherwise, if `split-width-threshold'
specifies an integer, WINDOW is at least `split-width-threshold'
columns wide and can be split horizontally, split WINDOW into two
windows side by side and return the window on the right.  If this
can't be done either and WINDOW is the only window on its frame,
try to split WINDOW vertically disregarding any value specified
by `split-height-threshold'.  If that succeeds, return the lower
window.  Return nil otherwise.

By default `display-buffer' routines call this function to split
the largest or least recently used window.  To change the default
customize the option `split-window-preferred-function'.

You can enforce this function to not split WINDOW horizontally,
by setting (or binding) the variable `split-width-threshold' to
nil.  If, in addition, you set `split-height-threshold' to zero,
chances increase that this function does split WINDOW vertically.

In order to not split WINDOW vertically, set (or bind) the
variable `split-height-threshold' to nil.  Additionally, you can
set `split-width-threshold' to zero to make a horizontal split
more likely to occur.

Have a look at the function `window-splittable-p' if you want to
know how `split-window-sensibly' determines whether WINDOW can be
split.Fwindow--try-to-split-window
Try to split WINDOW.
Return value returned by `split-window-preferred-function' if it
represents a live window, nil otherwise.Fwindow--frame-usable-p
Return FRAME if it can be used to display a buffer.Veven-window-heights
If non-nil `display-buffer' will try to even window heights.
Otherwise `display-buffer' will leave the window configuration
alone.  Heights are evened only when `display-buffer' chooses a
window that appears above or below the selected window.Fwindow--even-window-heights
Even heights of WINDOW and selected window.
Do this only if these windows are vertically adjacent to each
other, `even-window-heights' is non-nil, and the selected window
is higher than WINDOW.Fwindow--display-buffer-1
Raise the frame containing WINDOW.
Do not raise the selected frame.  Return WINDOW.Fwindow--display-buffer-2
Display BUFFER in WINDOW and make its frame visible.
Return WINDOW.Fdisplay-buffer
Make buffer BUFFER-OR-NAME appear in some window but don't select it.
BUFFER-OR-NAME must be a buffer or the name of an existing
buffer.  Return the window chosen to display BUFFER-OR-NAME or
nil if no such window is found.

Optional argument NOT-THIS-WINDOW non-nil means display the
buffer in a window other than the selected one, even if it is
already displayed in the selected window.

Optional argument FRAME specifies which frames to investigate
when the specified buffer is already displayed.  If the buffer is
already displayed in some window on one of these frames simply
return that window.  Possible values of FRAME are:

`visible' - consider windows on all visible frames.

0 - consider windows on all visible or iconified frames.

t - consider windows on all frames.

A specific frame - consider windows on that frame only.

nil - consider windows on the selected frame (actually the
last non-minibuffer frame) only.  If, however, either
`display-buffer-reuse-frames' or `pop-up-frames' is non-nil
(non-nil and not graphic-only on a text-only terminal),
consider all visible or iconified frames.Fpop-to-buffer
Select buffer BUFFER-OR-NAME in some window, preferably a different one.
BUFFER-OR-NAME may be a buffer, a string (a buffer name), or
nil.  If BUFFER-OR-NAME is a string not naming an existent
buffer, create a buffer with that name.  If BUFFER-OR-NAME is
nil, choose some other buffer.

If `pop-up-windows' is non-nil, windows can be split to display
the buffer.  If optional second arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil,
insist on finding another window even if the specified buffer is
already visible in the selected window, and ignore
`same-window-regexps' and `same-window-buffer-names'.

If the window to show BUFFER-OR-NAME is not on the selected
frame, raise that window's frame and give it input focus.

This function returns the buffer it switched to.  This uses the
function `display-buffer' as a subroutine; see the documentation
of `display-buffer' for additional customization information.

Optional third arg NORECORD non-nil means do not put this buffer
at the front of the list of recently selected ones.Vsplit-window-keep-point
If non-nil, \[split-window-vertically] keeps the original point in both children.
This is often more convenient for editing.
If nil, adjust point in each of the two windows to minimize redisplay.
This is convenient on slow terminals, but point can move strangely.

This option applies only to `split-window-vertically' and
functions that call it.  `split-window' always keeps the original
point in both children.Fsplit-window-vertically
Split selected window into two windows, one above the other.
The upper window gets SIZE lines and the lower one gets the rest.
SIZE negative means the lower window gets -SIZE lines and the
upper one the rest.  With no argument, split windows equally or
close to it.  Both windows display the same buffer, now current.

If the variable `split-window-keep-point' is non-nil, both new
windows will get the same value of point as the selected window.
This is often more convenient for editing.  The upper window is
the selected window.

Otherwise, we choose window starts so as to minimize the amount of
redisplay; this is convenient on slow terminals.  The new selected
window is the one that the current value of point appears in.  The
value of point can change if the text around point is hidden by the
new mode line.

Regardless of the value of `split-window-keep-point', the upper
window is the original one and the return value is the new, lower
window.Fsplit-window-horizontally
Split selected window into two windows side by side.
The selected window becomes the left one and gets SIZE columns.
SIZE negative means the right window gets -SIZE lines.

SIZE includes the width of the window's scroll bar; if there are
no scroll bars, it includes the width of the divider column to
the window's right, if any.  SIZE omitted or nil means split
window equally.

The selected window remains selected.  Return the new window.Fset-window-text-height
Set the height in lines of the text display area of WINDOW to HEIGHT.
HEIGHT doesn't include the mode line or header line, if any, or
any partial-height lines in the text display area.

Note that the current implementation of this function cannot
always set the height exactly, but attempts to be conservative,
by allocating more lines than are actually needed in the case
where some error may be present.Fenlarge-window-horizontally
Make selected window COLUMNS wider.
Interactively, if no argument is given, make selected window one
column wider.Fshrink-window-horizontally
Make selected window COLUMNS narrower.
Interactively, if no argument is given, make selected window one
column narrower.Fwindow-buffer-height
Return the height (in screen lines) of the buffer that WINDOW is displaying.Fcount-screen-lines
Return the number of screen lines in the region.
The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual lines,
due to line breaking, display table, etc.

Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max'
respectively.

If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optional third argument
COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE is non-nil.

The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for obtaining
parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so on.  The default is
to use the selected window's parameters.

Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current buffer,
regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW.  This makes possible to use
`count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it is currently displayed
in some window.Ffit-window-to-buffer
Adjust height of WINDOW to display its buffer's contents exactly.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.
Optional argument MAX-HEIGHT specifies the maximum height of the
window and defaults to the maximum permissible height of a window
on WINDOW's frame.
Optional argument MIN-HEIGHT specifies the minimum height of the
window and defaults to `window-min-height'.
Both, MAX-HEIGHT and MIN-HEIGHT are specified in lines and
include the mode line and header line, if any.

Return non-nil if height was orderly adjusted, nil otherwise.

Caution: This function can delete WINDOW and/or other windows
when their height shrinks to less than MIN-HEIGHT.Fwindow-safely-shrinkable-p
Return t if WINDOW can be shrunk without shrinking other windows.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.Fshrink-window-if-larger-than-buffer
Shrink height of WINDOW if its buffer doesn't need so many lines.
More precisely, shrink WINDOW vertically to be as small as
possible, while still showing the full contents of its buffer.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.

Do not shrink to less than `window-min-height' lines.  Do nothing
if the buffer contains more lines than the present window height,
or if some of the window's contents are scrolled out of view, or
if shrinking this window would also shrink another window, or if
the window is the only window of its frame.

Return non-nil if the window was shrunk, nil otherwise.Fkill-buffer-and-window
Kill the current buffer and delete the selected window.Fquit-window
Quit WINDOW and bury its buffer.
With a prefix argument, kill the buffer instead.  WINDOW defaults
to the selected window.

If WINDOW is non-nil, dedicated, or a minibuffer window, delete
it and, if it's alone on its frame, its frame too.  Otherwise, or
if deleting WINDOW fails in any of the preceding cases, display
another buffer in WINDOW using `switch-to-buffer'.

Optional argument KILL non-nil means kill WINDOW's buffer.
Otherwise, bury WINDOW's buffer, see `bury-buffer'.Vrecenter-last-op
Indicates the last recenter operation performed.
Possible values: `top', `middle', `bottom'.Frecenter-top-bottom
Move current line to window center, top, and bottom, successively.
With no prefix argument, the first call redraws the frame and
 centers point vertically within the window.  Successive calls
 scroll the window, placing point on the top, bottom, and middle
 consecutively.  The cycling order is middle -> top -> bottom.

A prefix argument is handled like `recenter':
 With numeric prefix ARG, move current line to window-line ARG.
 With plain `C-u', move current line to window center.

Top and bottom destinations are actually `scroll-margin' lines
 the from true window top and bottom.Vmouse-autoselect-window-timer
Timer used by delayed window autoselection.Vmouse-autoselect-window-position
Last mouse position recorded by delayed window autoselection.Vmouse-autoselect-window-window
Last window recorded by delayed window autoselection.Vmouse-autoselect-window-state
When non-nil, special state of delayed window autoselection.
Possible values are `suspend' (suspend autoselection after a menu or
scrollbar interaction) and `select' (the next invocation of
'handle-select-window' shall select the window immediately).Fmouse-autoselect-window-cancel
Cancel delayed window autoselection.
Optional argument FORCE means cancel unconditionally.Fmouse-autoselect-window-start
Start delayed window autoselection.
MOUSE-POSITION is the last position where the mouse was seen as returned
by `mouse-position'.  Optional argument WINDOW non-nil denotes the
window where the mouse was seen.  Optional argument SUSPEND non-nil
means suspend autoselection.Fmouse-autoselect-window-select
Select window with delayed window autoselection.
If the mouse position has stabilized in a non-selected window, select
that window.  The minibuffer window is selected only if the minibuffer is
active.  This function is run by `mouse-autoselect-window-timer'.Fhandle-select-window
Handle select-window events.Fdelete-other-windows-vertically
Delete the windows in the same column with WINDOW, but not WINDOW itself.
This may be a useful alternative binding for \[delete-other-windows]
 if you often split windows horizontally.Ftruncated-partial-width-window-p
Return non-nil if lines in WINDOW are specifically truncated due to its width.
WINDOW defaults to the selected window.
Return nil if WINDOW is not a partial-width window
 (regardless of the value of `truncate-lines').
Otherwise, consult the value of `truncate-partial-width-windows'
 for the buffer shown in WINDOW.Sversion.el
Vemacs-version
Version numbers of this version of Emacs.Vemacs-build-time
Time at which Emacs was dumped out.Femacs-version
Return string describing the version of Emacs that is running.
If optional argument HERE is non-nil, insert string at point.
Don't use this function in programs to choose actions according
to the system configuration; look at `system-configuration' instead.

${this.title}

Code Editor : DOC-23.1.1